Page 1

New Books

mber January February March April May June July Aug


Issue 2

Taylor & Francis Routledge CRC Press Psychology Press Garland Science

About this Catalogue


Nursing and Allied Health

Humanities Philosophy Religion History Archaeology and Museum Studies Classical Studies Media, Communication and Cultural Studies Literature English Language & Linguistics Language Learning Theatre and Performance Studies Music

2 6 7 11 13 15 23 29 33 35 36

Education Early Years & Childhood Studies Teaching and Learning Special Needs Post-Compulsory and Higher Education Research Methods Education Theory

38 39 46 47 48 49

Social Sciences Politics Military and Strategic Studies Asian Studies Middle East Studies Law Criminology Business & Management Economics Geography and GIS Anthropology Sociology Sports Science, Leisure Studies, and Culture

56 68 75 86 90 98 103 114 120 124 125 141

Behavioural Sciences Psychology Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry Psychotherapy and Counselling Couples & Family Therapy Psychoanalysis Jung/Analytical Psychology Child & Adolescent Mental Health Creative Arts Therapies


145 155 159 161 163 166 167 171

Nursing Medical Sociology & Health Studies Alternative Medicine Social Work & Social Policy

172 173 174 175



Life Sciences Biological Sciences Biotechnology Pharmaceutical Sciences Neuroscience Forensic Science Food Science

177 182 183 184 185 186

Built Environment Architecture Planning Civil Engineering Building Environmental Engineering

190 192 196 199 201

Science and Technology Ergonomics and Human Factors Environmental Science GIS & Remote Sensing Electrical, Chemical, and Mechanical Engineering Industrial Engineering, and Management Mathematics and Statistics Computer Science and Computer Engineering Information Technology Geotechnology, Mining, and Petroleum Engineering Physics, Chemistry and Materials Science Water Management and Technology

204 206 207

Library Reference


208 213 214 228 235 237 240 251

Routledge Trade/General Interest 274 Routledge Paperbacks Direct


Index Agents and Distribution

284 302

Front Cover Photograph: taken from Grief, Loss and Bereavement Care

Welcome to the Taylor & Francis New Titles catalogue Our catalogue Our New Titles catalogue is designed to bring you the most current and accurate information about our new books. It covers a range of subject groups including: • Humanities • Education • Social Sciences • Psychology • Nursing • Architecture & Engineering • Science & Technology • Library Reference • Routledge Paperbacks Direct programme. If you require any further information, please contact your local sales representative who will be happy to assist you (details to be found at the end of this catalogue).

Our history Over two centuries ago, the foundations of the company were laid in pioneering fashion when in 1798 Richard Taylor launched the Philosophical Magazine, one of the first scientific journals produced by an independent company. It was the start of much close collaboration with scholarly societies. Dr William Francis, a chemist, joined Richard Taylor in 1852 and continued the tradition of the close links between the academic community and the company. Today, we continue to be fully committed to the publication of academic and scholarly information of the highest quality and this remains our primary goal. Taylor & Francis has grown rapidly to become a leading international, academic publisher. With offices across the globe, the Taylor & Francis Group now publishes more than 1,500 journals and 3,200 new books each year; with a books backlist in excess of 50,000 specialist titles. * denotes a previously announced title. Prices featured are correct at time of going to press but are subject to change without notice.

Book orders should be addressed to the Taylor & Francis Customer Services Department at Bookpoint, or the appropriate overseas agent. UK/RoW


Bookpoint Ltd 130 Milton Park Abingdon OX14 4SB Tel: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)1235 400525 e-mail:

7625 Empire Dr. Florence KY 41042 Tel: 800-634-7064 email:

If you would like to receive books on our pre-selective standing order system, please contact your local sales representative or our Customer Services Department: Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400524 e-mail: Further information about Taylor & Francis and our products can be found at: for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information


çè eBooks are only available to order online



Bodies That Matter

Ethics and Public Policy

On the Discursive Limits of Sex

A Philosophical Inquiry

Judith Butler, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Jonathan Wolff, University College London, UK

Series: Routledge Classics In Bodies That Matter, renowned theorist and philosopher Judith Butler argues that theories of gender need to return to the most ‘material’ dimension of sex and sexuality: the body. Butler offers a brilliant reworking of the body, examining how the power of heterosexual hegemony forms the ‘matter’ of bodies, sex, and gender. Butler argues that power operates to constrain ‘sex’ from the start, delimiting what counts as a viable sex. She offers a clarification of the notion of ‘performativity’ introduced in Gender Trouble and explores the meaning of a citational politics. The text includes readings of Plato, Irigaray, Lacan, and Freud on the formation of materiality and bodily boundaries; ‘Paris is Burning,’ Nella Larsen’s ‘Passing,’ and short stories by Willa Cather; along with a reconsideration of ‘performativity’ and politics in feminist, queer, and radical democratic theory.


Arguing About Bioethics Edited by Stephen Holland, University of York, UK Series: Arguing About Philosophy Arguing About Bioethics is a highly accessible, engaging introduction to the core questions in bioethics. This bold and exciting collection offers a selection of though-provoking articles by some of the most influential philosophers in the field, including Peter Singer, James Rachels, John Harris and Onora O’Neill, and challenges the reader to reflect on debates on: • embryos and foetuses • euthanasia • organ donation • human reproductive cloning • patient consent and autonomy • vaccination • healthcare provision. The editor provies lu cid introductions to each section in which he provides and overview of the debate and outlines the arguments of the papers. Arguing About Bioethics is an original and stimulating reader for students new to bioethics. Routledge «Market: Philosophy April 2011: 246x174: 700pp Hb: 978-0-415-47632-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47633-1: £24.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

• the use of animals in scientific experimentation • what limits to gambling can be achieved through legislation? • what assumptions underlie drug policy? • why do we have minimum safety standards? • what is bad about crime? Does punishment work? • does access to healthcare make any difference to health and life expectancy? • what should society provide for people with disabilities? Each chapter concludes with ‘Lessons for Philosophy’ making this an ideal introduction for those coming to philosophy, ethics or public and social policy for the first time. Routledge «Market: Philosophy May 2011: 216x138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-66852-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-66853-8: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81638-7: £60.00

Ethics and the Limits of Philosophy Bernard Williams Series: Routledge Classics Bernard Williams was one of the greatest philosophers of his generation. Ethics and the Limits of Philosophy is not only widely acknowledged to be his most important book, but also hailed a contemporary classic of moral philosophy. Drawing on the ideas of the Greek philosophers, Williams reorients ethics away from a preoccupation with universal moral theories towards ‘truth, truthfulness and the meaning of an individual life’. He explores and reflects upon the most difficult problems in contemporary philosophy and identifies new ideas about central issues such as relativism, objectivity and the possibility of ethical knowledge. This edition also includes a new commentary on the text by A.W. Moore. Routledge «Market: Philosophy April 2011: 198x129: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-61014-8: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82828-1: £25.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Gender Studies April 2011: 216x138: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-61015-5: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82827-4: £29.99

In Ethics and Public Policy renowned philosopher and consultant to the Home Office on gambling Jonathan Wolff, introduces and assesses core problems in public policy from a philosophical standpoint. Each chapter centres on an important area of public policy where there is considerable moral and political disagreement:


Mind, Reason and Being-in-the-World The McDowell-Dreyfus Debate

The Existence of God A Philosophical Introduction Yujin Nagasawa, University of Birmingham, UK Does God exist? What are the different arguments that seek to prove the existence of God? Are they valid arguments? The Existence of God: A Philosophical Introduction assesses classical and contemporary arguments concerning the existence of God, including:

Edited by Joseph K. Schear, University of Oxford, UK The work of John McDowell and Hubert Dreyfus has done much to shape the fields of analytic philosophy and phenomenology respectively. Mind, Reason and Being-inthe-World: The McDowell-Dreyfus Debate opens with their debate over one of the most controversial subjects in philosophy: is perceptual experience permeated with rationality and reflectiveness, or is perception fundamentally bodily; prior to rationality? They provide a fascinating insight into fundamental differences between analytic philosophy and phenomenology as well as areas where they may have something in common. 14 specially commissioned chapters by distinguished international contributors enrich the debate. Among the philosophical problems discussed are: the embodied mind, subjectivity and self-consciousness, intentionality, and human agency. Mind, Reason and Being-in-the-World is essential reading for students and scholars of analytic philosophy and phenomenology. Routledge «Market: Philosophy April 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48586-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48587-6: £19.99

Jean-Paul Sartre First published in 1936, The Imagination is Jean-Paul Sartre’s first full philosophical work, presenting some of the basic arguments concerning phenomenology, consciousness and intentionality that appeared in his master works and became so influential in the course of Twentieth century philosophy. Long out of print, this is the first English translation in many years. Sartre begins by criticising the theories of the imagination of Descartes, Leibniz and Hume, before establishing his central arguments about the imagination. He then reviews psychological approaches, including a fascinating discussion of the work of Henri Bergson. Sartre concludes with a chapter on Husserl’s theory of the imagination which, despite its sharing the flaws of earlier approaches, signals a new phenomenological way forward in understanding the imagination. The Imagination is essential reading for anyone interested in Sartre’s philosophy, phenomenology, and the history of Twentieth century philosophy.


• the cosmological argument, and philosophers’ discussions about the ultimate cause • the teleological argument, the concept of irreducible complexity, and the current controversy over intelligent design • arguments about the existence of God in relation to recent research on miracles, neuroscience and the controversy over the possibility of a ‘God spot’ in the brain. The Existence of God is an ideal introduction to philosophy of religion and an excellent starting point for anyone interested in arguments about the existence of God.

The Myths We Live By Mary Midgley, Newcastle Upon-Tyne University, UK Series: Routledge Classics Myths, as Mary Midgley argues in this powerful book, are everywhere. In political thought they sit at the heart of theories of human nature and the social contract; in economics in the pursuit of self interest; and in science the idea of human beings as machines, which originates in the seventeenth century, is a today a potent force. Far from being the opposite of science, however, Midgley argues that myth is a central part of it. Myths are neither lies nor mere stories but a network of powerful symbols for interpreting the world. Tackling a dazzling array of subjects such as philosophy, evolutionary psychology, animals, consciousness and the environment in her customary razor-sharp pros, The Myths We Live By reminds us of the powerful role of symbolism and the need to take our imaginative life seriously. Routledge «Market: Philosophy April 2011: 198x129: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-61024-7: £12.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82832-8: £25.99

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Philosophy June 2011: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77618-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77619-6: £16.99

for e-mail updates in your field

• the ontological argument, introducing topics such as the nature of existence, modality, possible worlds and Gaunilo’s parody objection

Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Religion April 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46588-5: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46589-2: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81862-6: £65.00

The Imagination

3 eBooks are only available to order online



Beyond The Tractatus Wars


The New Wittgenstein Debate

William Child, University of Oxford, UK

Edited by Rupert Read, University of East Anglia, UK and Matthew A. Lavery, Adelphi University, USA

Series: The Routledge Philosophers

Over fifteen years have passed since Cora Diamond and James Conant turned Wittgenstein scholarship upside down with the program of ‘resolute’ reading, and ten years since this reading was crystallized in the major collection The New Wittgenstein. This approach remains at the center of the debate about Wittgenstein and his philosophy, and this book draws together the latest thinking of the world’s leading Tractatarian scholars and promising newcomers. Showcasing one piece alternately from each ‘camp’, Beyond the Tractatus Wars pairs newly commissioned pieces addressing differing views on how to understand early Wittgenstein, providing for the first time an arena in which the debate between ‘strong’ resolutists, ‘mild’ resolutists and ‘elucidatory’ readers of the book can really take place. The collection includes famous ‘samizdat’ essays by Warren Goldfarb and Roger White that are finally seeing the light of day. Routledge «Market: 20th Century Philosophy July 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87439-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87440-3: £24.99

Ludwig Wittgenstein is considered by most philosophers – even those who do not share his views – to be the most influential philosopher of the 20th century. His contributions to the philosophy of language, mind, meaning and psychology – as well as to logic, mathematics and epistemology – permanently altered the philosophical landscape. In this superb introduction to Wittgenstein’s life and work, William Child discusses: Tractatus Logico-Philosophicus, including his account of language and thought; Wittgenstein’s later philosophy; intentionality and rule-following; philosophy of mind and psychology; knowledge and certainty; philosophy of religion; and the legacy and influence of Wittgenstein’s ideas. Including a chronology, glossary, and helpful conclusions to each chapter, Wittgenstein is essential reading for anyone coming to Wittgenstein’s philosophy for the first time. Routledge «Market: Philosophy May 2011: 216x138: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-31205-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31206-6: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81775-9: £65.00

2nd Edition textbook

The Open Society and Its Enemies What is this Thing Karl Sir Popper Called Metaphysics? Preface by Vaclav Havel

Brian Garrett, The Australian National University, Australia

Series: Routledge Classics

This clear and accessible introduction covers the central topics in metaphysics in a concise but comprehensive way. Brian Garrett discusses the crucial concepts and addresses the key areas of metaphysics: God; Existence; Modality; Universals and Particulars; Facts; Paradoxes of Material Constitution; Causation; Time; Free Will; Personal Identity; and Truth.

First published in two volumes in 1945, The Open Society and Its Enemies is one of the most influential books of all time. Hailed by Bertrand Russell as a ‘vigorous and profound defence of democracy’, its legendary attack on the philosophies of Plato, Hegel and Marx exposed the dangers of centrally planned political systems, and became an inspiration to lovers of freedom living under communism in Eastern Europe. Available for the first time in a single paperback, this edition includes a preface by Vaclav Havel, and a recollection of the story behind the book’s publication by Karl Popper’s friend, E.H. Gombrich. Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Politics April 2011: 234x156: 896pp Pb: 978-0-415-61021-6: £16.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

What is this Thing Called Metaphysics? second edition has been thoroughly revised, with new sections on modality and truth, there are two new chapters on facts and material constitution. Each chapter concludes with a useful summary, a glossary of important terms, study questions, annotated further reading, and a guide to web resources. Text-boxes provide bite-sized summaries of key concepts and major philosophers, and clear and interesting examples are used throughout. Routledge «Market: Philosophy March 2011: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-61721-5: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61722-2: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82623-2: £65.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-39392-8

D +44 (0)1235 400525


’If in this book harsh words are spoken about some of the greatest among the intellectual leaders of mankind, my motive is not, I hope, to belittle them. It springs rather from my conviction that, if our civilization is to survive, we must break with the habit of deference to great men.’ – Karl Popper, from the Preface

philosophy Civil Society in Liberal Democracy Mark Jensen, Calvin College, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy This book develops a model of civil society and situates that model in the debate over the relationship between civil society and democracy. Jensen argues that while we can draw up an ideal in which political institutions and civil society are mutually supportive, this ideal cannot be realized without luck. Routledge «Market: Philosophy May 2011: 229x152: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-88632-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81722-3: £80.00

Models, Simulations, and Representations

The Philosophy of the Pittsburgh School

Edited by Paul Humphreys, University of Virginia, USA and Cyrille Imbert, Archives Poincare, Universite Nancy 2, France

Sellars, McDowell, Brandom

Series: Routledge Studies in the Philosophy of Science Looking at scientific models and simulations, this collection brings together some of the best work on the nature of representation being done by both established senior philosophers of science and younger researchers. Routledge «Market: Philosophy of Science June 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-89196-7: £80.00

Conservative Reductionism

Platonism, Naturalism, and Mathematical Knowledge

Michael Esfeld and Christian Sachse, both at University of Lausanne, Switzerland Series: Routledge Studies in the Philosophy of Science All properties that exist in the world are functional properties in the sense of causal properties. The authors base a conservative ontological reductionism on this claim and then develop functional reduction into a fully-fledged theory reduction through functional sub-types that are coextensive with physical types, providing case studies from biology. Routledge «Market: Philosophy of Science / Metaphysics May 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-89186-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81734-6: £75.00

James Robert Brown, University of Toronto, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in the Philosophy of Science Discussing Quine, Maddy, Kitcher, Lakoff, Colyvan, and many others, Brown makes an extended philosophical study of the nature of mathematics, in the process offering a defense of Platonism. Routledge «Market: Philosophy July 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87266-9: £70.00

Chauncey Maher, Dickinson College, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy In this volume, Maher contextualizes the work of a group of contemporary analytic philosophers – The Pittsburgh School – whose work is characterized by an interest in the history of philosophy and a commitment to normative functionalism. Routledge «Market: Philosophy August 2011: 229x152: 260pp Hb: 978-0-415-80442-4: £65.00

The Politics of Logic Badiou, Wittgenstein, and the Consequences of Formalism Paul Livingston, University of New Mexico, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy In this book, Livingston develops the political implications of formal results obtained over the course of the twentieth century in set theory, metalogic, and computational theory. Routledge «Market: Philosophy July 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-89191-2: £95.00

The Ethics of Need Agency, Dignity, and Obligation Sarah Clark Miller, University of Memphis, USA

Philosophical Inquiry into Pregnancy, Childbirth, and Mothering

Series: Studies in Philosophy

Maternal Subjects Edited by Sheila Lintott, Bucknell University, USA and Maureen Sander-Staudt, Arizona State University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Philosophy Using feminist, existential, ethical, aesthetic, phenomenological, social and political theories, the contributors to this book consider topics including pregnancy and embodiment, breast-feeding, miscarriage and premature birth, adoption, post-partum motherhood, and global surrogacy.

This study explores the philosophical significance of human vulnerability and interdependence for moral responsibility. Drawing on Kantian and feminist ethics, the book advances a normative analysis of the concept of need that reveals an obligation to meet others’ needs in a manner that promotes their agency and dignity. Routledge «Market: Philosophy May 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88268-2: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Feminist Theory June 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-89187-5: £75.00




for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information




5 eBooks are only available to order online



Studying Buddhism in Practice

The Bible and American Culture

Edited by John Harding, University of Lethbridge, Canada

A Sourcebook

Series: Religions in Practice

Edited by Claudia Setzer and David Shefferman, both at Manhattan College

Buddhism is rich in fascinating practices and rituals. From well known rituals such as chanting sutras or painting mandalas to lesser known rites associated with death or stupa consecration, or derived from contact with other religions, this book offers students a unique understanding of the living tradition. It draws on eye witness reports of Buddhism on the ground, but also provides a reflective context within which the practices can be understood and appreciated. It covers religious and lay practices, art and festivals, regional and temporal variations, socio-political practices, and much else. Written by an authority on the topic, each chapter introduces a ritual or practice, describes it as the author has observed it and then goes on to discuss its context and significance. All entries include a list of further reading as well as photographs to help students deepen their understanding.

Studying Hinduism in Practice Edited by Hillary Rodrigues, University of Lethbridge, Canada Series: Religions in Practice Hinduism is rich in fascinating practices. Studying Hinduism in Practice offers students a unique understanding of the living tradition, including discussions of well-known rituals such as the performance of ‘puja’ and the great festivals of Holi and Divali, to lesser known rites associated with healing or possession. Drawing on eye witness reports of Hinduism on the ground, the book provides a reflective context within which the practices can be understood and appreciated. The chapters explore a variety of folk, village and tribal traditions, women and Hinduism, diasporic Hinduism, Hinduism’s relationship with other religions and Hinduism and politics. The contributors are authorities on their topics, and each chapter introduces a ritual or practice, describes it as the author has observed it, and examines its context and significance. All entries include photographs and a list of further reading. Routledge «Market: Religion / Hinduism June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46847-3: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46848-0: £16.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Religion / American History June 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-45196-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57811-0: £21.99

The Routledge Companion to Religion and Science James W. Haag, Suffolk University, USA, Gregory R. Peterson, South Dakota State University, USA and Michael L. Spezio, Scripps College, USA Series: Routledge Religion Companions Religion and science is one of the most exciting and dynamic areas of research today. This major new companion brings together an outstanding team of scholars to explore the ways in which science intersects with the major religions of the world and religious naturalism. Many previous books have focussed primarily on the compatibility or otherwise of Christian theology with certain theories. This new work looks also at other major religious traditions, featuring exciting work currently being done in Islamic Studies, Buddhist Studies, Hindu Studies, Native American Religions and many other traditions. It provides an overview of the field and also indicates ways in which it is developing. Each topic is presented in a clear readable fashion, ideal for scholars but also useful for upper level undergraduates. Routledge «Market: Religion / Science June 2011: 246x174: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-49244-7: £125.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Religion / Buddhism June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46485-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46486-4: £16.99

This book gathers and contextualizes primary sources from the period of the first European settlers to the present day, illuminating the significant role of the Bible in American history and culture. It brings together a remarkable series of texts drawn from sermons, theological works, institutional documents, trial accounts, political speeches and works of art, music, poetry and fiction, which illustrate the variety of ways the Bible has functioned in American public life.



Adam Smith as Theologian Edited by Paul Oslington, Australian Catholic University Series: Routledge Studies in Religion This book considers the theological background and meaning of Smith’s work, opening up a dialogue between economists and theologians. Adam Smith as Theologian gathers a group of eminent economists, historians, philosophers, and theologians to reflect on these questions, examining the extent to which even contemporary economics may contain residues of Smith’s theological mores. Routledge «Market: Religion May 2011: 229x152: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-88071-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81641-7: £75.00


Britain and World War I

Doing History

Alan G.V. Simmonds, Hull University, UK

Mark Donnelly and Claire Norton, both at St Marys University, UK


Routledge «Market: British History / Military History / World War I History June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45538-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45539-8: £18.99 for e-mail updates in your field


Series: Doing... Series History as an academic discipline has dramatically changed over the last few decades and has become much more exciting and varied as a result of ideas from other disciplines, the influence of postmodernism and historians‘ incorporation of their own theoretical reflections into their work. The way history is studied at university level can vary greatly from history at school or as represented in the media and Doing History bridges that gap. This practical and accessible introduction to the discipline introduces students to these key discussions, familiarises them with the important terms and issues, equips them with the necessary vocabulary and encourages them to think about, and engage with, these questions. Clearly structured and accessibly written,it is an essential volume for all students embarking on the study of history. Routledge ★Market: History / Study Skills June 2011: 198x129 Hb: 978-0-415-56576-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56577-6: £12.99

E-mail: for more information


The First World War appears as a fault line in Britain’s twentieth-century history. Between August 1914 and November 1918 the titanic struggle against Imperial Germany and her allies consumed more people, more money and more resources than any other conflict Britain had hitherto experienced. These momentous events were the source of profound and radical change in British society; and yet, at the same time, the conflict left long-standing institutions and social attitudes largely untouched. In chapters looking at industry and the economy, the government in operation during the war, women’s work, farming, popular culture and propaganda, Alan G.V. Simmonds focuses on the war as a civilian rather than a military experience, interpreting the military dimension as a background for examining the conflict as a political, social and cultural experience. This is an essential book for all students of the First World War. eBooks are only available to order online

history 8




6. Introduction to Medieval Europe 300–1550

2nd Edition

International History of the Twentieth Century and Beyond

Wim Blockmans and Peter Hoppenbrouwers 2007: 246x189: 392pp Pb: 978-0-415-34699-3: £23.99

Antony Best, Jussi M. Hanhimäki, Joseph A. Maiolo and Kirsten E. Schulze 2008: 246x189: 640pp Pb: 978-0-415-43896-4: £24.99


7. The Elizabethan World

5th Edition

American Civilization

Edited by Susan Doran and Norman Jones 2010: 246x174: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-40959-9: £150.00

An Introduction David C. Mauk and John Oakland 2009: 246x174: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-48162-5: £19.99


8. 7th Edition

2nd Edition

British Civilization

The Oral History Reader

An Introduction

Edited by Robert Perks and Alistair Thomson

John Oakland

2006: 246x174: 592pp Pb: 978-0-415-34303-9: £23.99

2010: 246x174: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-58328-2: £19.99


9. Warfare and Society in Europe, 1792–1914

The History on Film Reader Edited by Marnie Hughes-Warrington 2009: 246x174: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-46219-8: £24.99

Geoffrey Wawro 1999: 234x156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-21445-2: £23.99


10. The European World 1500–1800

2nd Edition

An Introduction to Early Modern History

William Simpson and Martin Jones

Europe 1783–1914

2009: 246x174: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-43253-5: £20.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


2009: 246x189: 480pp Pb: 978-0-415-47066-7: £23.99

Edited by Beat Kümin


Entering the Picture

Star Chamber Stories *

Judy Chicago, The Fresno Feminist Art Program, and the Collective Visions of Women Artists

G.R. Elton ’A combination of accurate and penetrating scholarship and imaginative and readable narrative’ – Time and Tide

Edited by Jill Fields Series: New Directions in American History The Feminist Art Program that was set up by Judy Chicago at CSU Fresno in 1970 was arguably the most important event giving rise to the Feminist Art Movement in the United States. Those first fifteen students left that program and went on to influence American art in cities across the country. Entering the Picture explores and critically appraises the first four decades of the feminist art movement, from its foundational moments in Fresno, to Los Angeles and New York, including subsequent feminist art institutions and collaborative projects created in these cities and beyond. The book includes a color insert which showcases the work of these artists, both past and present. Routledge «Market: Art History / American History July 2011: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-88768-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88769-4: £26.99

‘An almost faultless example of popularization that neither misleads the general reader nor disappoints the profession’ – Manchester Guardian These stories from the Star Chamber papers, first published in 1958, reveal the real, and sometimes comic, side of the functioning of the Star Chamber. They are valuable both for the ‘real life’ detail they bring to a historical concept, and for the light they throw on accepted historical generalizations. Selected Contents: 1. The Fool of Oxford 2. Cambridge Riots 3. Informing for Profit 4. The Treasurer and the Goldsmith 5. The Quondam of Rievaulx 6. Tithe and Trouble Routledge «Market: History April 2011: 216x138: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-57668-0: £23.50 eBook: 978-0-203-85423-5: £70.00

Napoleon Georges Lefebvre Series: Routledge Classics Whether viewed as an inspired leader or obsessed tyrant, Napoleon has divided opinion for over 200 years. Georges Lefebvre’s classic work, published here in one paperback volume in English for the first time, is a definitive portrait of the Napoleonic era. More than a biography, this is a brilliant survey of the turbulent age Napoleon inaugurated in his attempt to redraw the map of Europe. Napoleon’s determination to emulate Caesar and Augustus condemned Europe to more than a decade of war and economic crisis, but he also built an empire, introducing educational, administrative and financial initiatives that are still in place today. Known as the ‘historian’s historian’, Georges Lefebvre was one of the pre-eminent French scholars of the 20th century. In his introduction to this edition, the award-winning historian Andrew Roberts explains his admiration for Lefebvre’s ability to ‘dig beneath the surface of Napoleonic myth-making’, and why this biography, first published in 1935, has never been surpassed.

for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: History April 2011: 234x156: 640pp Pb: 978-0-415-61009-4: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82830-4: £33.99

9 eBooks are only available to order online

10 history Globalizing Human Rights

Historical Disasters in Context

Lotteries in Colonial America

Private Citizens, the Soviet Union, and the West

Science, Religion, and Politics

Neal Millikan, University of South Carolina, USA

Christian Peterson, Ohio University, USA

Edited by Andrea Janku, SOAS, University of London, Gerrit Schenk, Darmstadt University, Germany and Franz Mauelshagen, Kulturwissenschaftliches Institut, Germany

Series: Studies in American Popular History and Culture

This book explores the complexities of the role human rights played in US-Soviet and Western Europe-Soviet relations through the prism of globalization. In addition to examining the behavior of the US government, this book offers an in-depth analysis of the Soviet government’s view of dissenters and non-official activities. It devotes considerable attention to how Soviet policymakers responded to the efforts of Western governments and to how private citizens used human rights as a way of undermining the international prestige of their regime. Routledge «Market: History May 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88511-9: £70.00

Hesitancy and Experimentation in Enlightenment Spain and Spanish America Edited by Ann L. Mackenzie, University of Glasgow, UK and Jeremy Robbins, University of Edinburgh, UK This thematically unified volume of twelve original studies by international specialists focuses on the culture and theatre of Spain and its New World colonies during the eighteenth-century Age of Reason. This book was published as a special issue of the Bulletin of Spanish Studies.

Series: Routledge Studies in Cultural History Growing concerns about climate change and the increasing occurrence of ever more devastating natural disasters in some parts of the world and their consequences for human life, not only in the immediately affected regions, but for all of us, have increased our desire to learn more about disaster experiences in the past. Historical Disasters in Context illustrates how past societies coped with a threatening environment, how societies changed in response to disaster experiences, and how disaster experiences were processed and communicated, both locally and globally. International case studies demonstrate that while there are huge differences across cultures in the way people and societies responded to disasters, there are also many commonalities and interactions between different cultures that have the potential to alter the ways people prepare for and react to disasters in future. Routledge «Market: History July 2011: 229x152: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-88509-6: £70.00

Lotteries in Colonial America illustrates the ways in which this form of gambling played a pivotal role in the development of the colonies, subsidizing the construction of churches and schools, financing internal improvements, and providing land owners and merchants with an effective means of disposing of possessions. Lotteries served as a form of ‘voluntary taxation’ that proved invaluable both to communities and private individuals, and were usually approved by legislatures who opposed enacting taxes to pay for new endeavours. And, at least initially, the Crown and colonial governments granted colonists free reign to establish public and private lotteries. Routledge «Market: History July 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-88656-7: £70.00

Pluralism in the Middle Ages Hybrid Identities, Conversion, and Mixed Marriages in Medieval Iberia Ragnhild Johnsrud Zorgati, University of Oslo, Norway Series: Routledge Research in Medieval Studies The merits and challenges of cultural and religious diversity that face European and American societies today are not a new phenomenon. People in the Middle Ages lived in pluralistic societies, and they found highly complex ways of dealing with religious and cultural diversity. Pluralism in the Middle Ages explores the subject of cultural exchange between Christians and Muslims in medieval Iberia by focusing primarily on conversion and mixed marriages.

Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies / European Studies / History February 2011: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-60364-5: £80.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: History August 2011: 229x152: 195pp Hb: 978-0-415-88131-9: £70.00

archaeology and museum studies 11

Labour, Working Class and Heritage Edited by Laurajane Smith, University of York, UK, Paul Shackel and Gary Cambell Social inclusion and exclusion is an issue that museums are addressing in response to the focus of both international and national cultural policy on the way traditional audiences and communities are treated. Working class communities are one of the key groups identified among the socially ‘excluded’. Labour, Working Class and Heritage provides a way forward in these debates by addressing what labour and working class heritage is, and how it differs from dominant ways of understanding heritage and history? The book also explores how heritage is used in working class communities and by labour organizations, what meanings and significance this heritage may have, and how and why communities and their heritage have been excluded. It represents an innovative and useful resource for heritage and museum practitioners, students and academics concerned with understanding community heritage and the debate on social inclusion/exclusion. Routledge «Market: Museum Studies June 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-61810-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61811-3: £24.99

Marketing and Public Relations for Museums, Galleries, Cultural and Heritage Attractions Ylva French and Susan Runyard Visitors to museums, galleries, heritage sites and other not for profit attractions receive their information in changing ways. Communications channels are shifting and developing all the time, presenting new challenges to cultural PR and Marketing teams. Marketing and Public Relations for Museums and Cultural Heritage Organisations, as well as providing some of the theory of marketing, provides the latest available case studies coupled with comments and advice from professionals inside and outside the cultural sector to describe the possibilities and outline strategies for the future. It is aimed at students of marketing, museums, culture and heritage as well as professionals working in a range of cultural organisations from small to large and at different stages of market development from new entrants to those offering mature products. This includes museums, galleries, heritage and visitor attractions, community organisations, as well as organisers of festivals, markets, craft fairs and temporary exhibitions. Routledge «Market: Museum Studies June 2011: 246x174: 324pp Hb: 978-0-415-61045-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61046-9: £29.99

2nd Edition

Field Archaeology


An Introduction

Heritage and Identity in Europe Today

Peter Drewett, University of Sussex

Sharon Macdonald, University of Manchester, UK

Since its first publication, Field Archaeology: An Introduction has proved to be a key handbook for all those undertaking introductory courses in archaeology or volunteering on their first excavation. In this revised second edition, key developments in technology, theory and changes in the law are included, bringing it up to date with the most recent fieldwork practices. Peter Drewett’s comprehensive survey explores the process, from the core work of discovery and excavation to the final product, the published archaeological report. Illustrated with 100 photographs and line drawings, and using numerous case studies, this second edition of Field Archaeology ensures it will remain the essential introductory guide for archaeology students and the growing number of enthusiasts for the subject.

Memorylands investigates the nature of heritage, memory and understandings of the past in Europe today. It addresses the ongoing apparent ‘memory obsession’ evident in many museums, heritage sites and memorials, and the arguments about the changing nature of identities. It aims to provide a new perspective on the place of the past, especially as manifest in such heritage institutions, in different parts of Europe. This volume addresses how the past is understood in Europe today, how this informs contemporary identities, and what roles public and material culture play in this. Drawing on concepts and arguments in anthropology and ‘historical consciousness’, this volume argues for a deeper, more nuanced understanding of cultural assumptions involved in relating to the past. Using wide-ranging case studies, it seeks to theorise the ways in which ‘materialisations’ of identity in heritage institutions work; and to relate these to different forms of identification within Europe. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Museum / Heritage Studies June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45333-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45334-9: £24.99

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Archaeology February 2011: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55118-2: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55119-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83087-1: £65.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-8572-8738-7 eBooks are only available to order online

12 archaeology and museum studies

Routledge Companion to Museum Ethics Redefining Ethics for the Twenty-First Century Museum Edited by Janet Marstine, Seton Hall University, USA Recent social, economic, political, and technological shifts have presented novel ethical challenges and opportunities across all areas of museum activity. The Routledge Companion to Museum Ethics elucidates contemporary museum ethics, providing a much needed resource to researchers, students, and museum professionals worldwide who are grappling with these matters. It articulates a new museum ethics characterized by democratic pluralism, radical transparency and accountability, and an ongoing negotiation towards social understanding in which process trumps product. The Routledge Companion to Museum Ethics is a collection of original essays that unites scholars and practitioners from diverse disciplines and international contexts, covering major strands in museum activity where ethical dilemmas and opportunities commonly occur including. This volume will inspire practitioners and students to re-imagine and reshape the ethics code as applied to the museum world.




Routledge «Market: Museum Studies June 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-56611-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56612-4: £27.99

Exhibiting Madness in Museums Remembering Psychiatry Through Collection and Display Edited by Catharine Coleborne, University of Waikato, New Zealand and Dolly MacKinnon, University of Melbourne, Australia Series: Routledge Research in Museum Studies This innovative volume offers a comparative history of independent and institutional collections of psychiatric objects around the globe. Leading scholars in the field investigate collectors, collections, their display, and the reactions to exhibitions of the history of insanity. Linked to the study of medical museums, this work broadens the study of the history of psychiatry by analyzing, for the first time, the significance of twentieth-century psychiatric communities in the preservation, interpretation, and representation of the history of mental health through the practice of collecting.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Heritage and Museum Studies July 2011: 229x152: 190pp Hb: 978-0-415-88092-3: £70.00

classical studies 13

Ancient City of Rome

Herakles *

J.C.N. Coulston, University of St. Andrews, UK, Hazel Dodge, Trinity College, University of Dublin, Ireland and Christopher Smith, University of St. Andrews, UK

Emma Stafford, University of Leeds, UK Series: Gods and Heroes of the Ancient World Emma Stafford examines the various aspects of Herakles’ myth, representations in literature and art, monographs and articles, and presents a hugely accessible account of this legendary figure. By highlighting areas of consensus and dissent in the theories and discussion on Herakles, the book is easy to read and perfectly suited to students of classics and related disciplines.

Series: Routledge Sourcebooks for the Ancient World This sourcebook uniquely gathers a wide range of texts that illustrate the physical structures of the city, the rhythms of its daily life and the interaction between topography, monuments and the people from Rome’s earliest days, through its imperial heyday until its transformation into the Western Christian capital. The chapters examined within this comprehensive introduction include: • the early and republican city • the emperor • art and architecture • leisure, life and death • religion and late antiquity. Ancient City of Rome is designed to be directly relevant to those studying Roman civilization, or the city of Rome, at school or university level.

Routledge «Market: Classical Studies June 2011: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-30067-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30068-1: £16.99

Routledge «Market: Classical Studies June 2011: 216x138: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-18245-4: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-18246-1: £21.99

Greek Tragedy

The Ancient Greeks

H.D.F. Kitto

History and Culture from Archaic Times to the Death of Alexander


Routledge «Market: Classical Literature April 2011: 216x138: 432pp Pb: 978-0-415-61019-3: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82823-6: £29.99 for e-mail updates in your field


Dillon Matthew and Garland Lynda, both at University of New England, Australia CMYK

The Ancient Greeks: History and Culture from Archaic Times to the GREEKS Death of Alexander offers students a comprehensive introduction to the history and culture of the ancient Greek world 800–323 BC. The Ancient Greeks moves beyond political history to include social sections on women, religion and slaves. Including illustrations, maps, a chronological table and close referencing to Ancient Greece: Social and Historical Documents from Archaic Times to the Death of Alexander, this book will provide support for courses in ancient Greek history and civilization.


edited by Matthew Dillon and Lynda Garland

Routledge «Market: Classics / Ancient History June 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47144-2: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47143-5: £19.99

E-mail: for more information

Pinched Crown Quarto 246x174+3mm

History and Culture from Archaic Times to the Death of Alexander

cover image: figure of a running girl Greek, about 520-500 BC © The British Museum

Why did Aeschylus characterize differently from Sophocles? Why did Sophocles introduce the third actor? Why did Euripides not make better plots? So asks H.D.F Kitto in this acclaimed study of Greek tragedy, first published in 1936 and now available for the first time in Routledge Classics, with a new foreword by Edith Hall. Kitto argues that in spite of dealing with big moral and intellectual questions, the Greek dramatist is above all an artist and the key to understanding classical Greek drama is to try and understand the tragic conception of each play. Through a fascinating analysis of Aeschylus’s ‘Oresteia’, the plays of Sophocles including ‘Antigone’ and ‘Oedipus Tyrannus’; and Euripides’s ‘Medea’ and ‘Hecuba’, Kitto skilfully conveys the artistic and literary brilliance of the Greek dramatists and explains why classical Greek tragedy has the power to grip the reader today as when the plays were first written and performed.


Series: Routledge Classics eBooks are only available to order online

14 classical studies 2nd Edition textbook

The Mediterranean World in Late Antiquity AD 395–600 Averil Cameron, University of Oxford, UK Series: The Routledge History of the Ancient World This second edition of The Mediterranean World in Late Antiquity 365–600 AD provides a detailed introduction to the period and a direct challenge to conventional views of the late empire. Averil Cameron focuses on the changes and continuities in Mediterranean society before the Arab conquests. A new chapter surveys the situation in the west after Justinian’s death, and covers the wars with Persia, the reign of Heraclius, the Arab conquests and the establishment of the Umayyad caliphate. This edition takes account of recent research on topics such as the barbarians, periodization, questions of decline or continuity in archaeological evidence, and recent interest in orthodoxy, heresy and schism. It contains a new survey of recent scholarship on the 4th century AD, and an updated bibliography and suggestions for further reading. This volume continues to be the benchmark for publications on this period and is an indispensible guide for students. Routledge «Market: Classics April 2011: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-57961-2: £21.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-01421-2

Early Christian Dress

Poisons in the Roman World

Virgil’s Homeric Lens

Gender, Virtue, and Authority

Cheryl L. Golden, Newman University, USA

Edan Dekel, Williams College, USA

Kristi Upson-Saia, Occidental College, USA

Keeping in mind the ambiguity, the complexity of the lore, the paranoia and the anecdotal, through original research Cheryl Golden uncovers evidence that the threat of murder and accidental death by poison created serious legal concerns for the Roman World. Poisons aided farmers, soldiers, doctors and homemakers, were a legal concern in the market place, in family law and for the Roman constitution. Examining evidence from the history of Rome’s transition from Republic to Empire, this study offers a fresh approach to the investigation of one of the most important transitional periods in western history.

Series: Routledge Monographs in Classical Studies

This study is the first full-length monograph on the subject of dress in early Christianity. It pays attention to the ways in which dress expressed and formed Christian identity, the role dress played in Christians’ rivalries with pagan neighbors, and especially to the ways in which notions of gender were culled and revised in the process. Although the construction of gender has consumed scholars of late antiquity in recent years, very few scholars have paid attention to the ways in which dress and physical appearance confirmed or contended with discursive constructions of femininity and masculinity. This study addresses that gap and helps us to better understand how gender was formulated by pagans in the early Imperial period and by Christians in late antiquity.

Routledge «Market: Ancient History July 2011: 229x152: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-88169-2: £70.00

Routledge «Market: Classical Studies July 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-89001-4: £75.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

This book reevaluates the traditional view of the Aeneid ‘s relationship to Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey. By examining the ways in which Virgil bases his own epic project on the dynamic interaction between the two Homeric poems themselves, author Edan Dekel proposes a comprehensive system in which the Aeneid uses the Odyssey both as a conceptual model for writing an intertextual epic and as a powerful refracting lens for the specific interpretation of the Iliad and its consequences. By engaging current scholarship on intertextuality, this volume further contributes to the larger scholarly discourses on ancient reading habits, textual commentary, and Latin reception of Greek poetry. Routledge «Market: Classical Studies August 2011: 229x152: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-89040-3: £75.00


Series: Routledge Studies in Ancient History

media, communication & cultural studies 15

After the Media

Changing Journalism

Culture and Identity in the 21st Century

Tamara Witschge, Angela Phillips and Peter Lee-Wright, both at Goldsmiths College, University of London, UK

Peter Bennett and Alex Kendall, both at University of Wolverhampton, UK and Julian McDougall This provocative text considers the state of media and cultural studies today after the demolition of the traditional media paradigm, and engages with the new, active consumer culture. Media Studies, particularly within schools, has until recently been concerned with mass media and the effects of ‘the media’ in society and on people. As new media technology has blurred the boundaries between the audience and the media, the status of this area of education is threatened. Whilst some have called for a drastic re-think (Media Studies 2.0), others have called for caution, arguing that the power dynamics of ownership and gatekeeping are left intact. This book uses cultural and technological change as a context for a more forensic exploration of the traditional dependence on the idea of ‘the media’ as one homogenous unit. It suggests that it would be liberating for students, teachers and academics to depart from such a model and shift the focus to people and how they create culture in this contemporary ‘mediascape’. Routledge «Market: Media Studies May 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58682-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58683-2: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81788-9: £85.00

Series: Communication and Society Changing Journalism examines the way in which journalism is changing and what the consequences of these developments are for journalism, both in the UK and further afield. Based in practice, but with a theoretical understanding, this book is written by practitioners and academics, and bridges the gap between theory and practice. The book analyses research in both national and local journalism, broadcast, newspaper and online journalism, broadsheet and tabloid, drawing comparisons between the different outlets in the field of news journalism. Looking at ethnographies, interviews, feature analyses, and qualitative content analysis, this book will provide an in-depth survey of the practice and future of journalism. Routledge «Market: Journalism / Communication Studies June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57954-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57955-1: £19.99


AS Media Studies The Essential Introduction for WJEC

5th Edition

An Introduction to Political Communication Brian McNair, Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Antony Bateman, Sarah Casey Benyahia, Teacher, Film and Media Studies, Claire Mortimer, Colchester Sixth Form College and Peter Wall, Chair of Examiners for GCE Media Studies & Communication Studies Series: Essentials Developing key topics in depth and introducing students to independent study, this illustrated textbook supports students through their WJEC AS in Media Studies. Chapters cover:

Series: Communication and Society


Routledge «Market: Communication Studies / Media Studies and Politics March 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-59643-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59644-2: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82869-4: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-41069-4 for e-mail updates in your field


• Textual Analysis: Visual, Technical, Audio, Narrative and Genre Codes • Approaches to Representation and Audience Response • Case Studies on Gender, Ethnicity, Age, Issues, Events and Identity • Passing MS1 • Production Work, Evaluation and report. Designed to be user-friendly, this text includes key terms, case studies and sample exam questions. It introduces the course, tackles useful approaches to study, content covered in the specification, and guides the student in approaching and planning the exam and production work through analysis, prompts and activities. Routledge «Market: Media Studies and Cultural Studies June 2011: 246x174: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-61334-7: £18.99

E-mail: for more information


A successful and well established textbook, Brian McNair examines how politicians, trade unions, pressure groups and terrorist organizations make use of the media. Separate chapters look at political media and their effects, the work of political advertising, marketing and public relations, and the communicative practices of organizations at all levels, from grass-root campaigning through to governments and international bodies. An Introduction to Political Communication draws on a range of contemporary examples to show how politicians and political groups communicate. eBooks are only available to order online

16 media, communication & cultural studies

Communication Yearbook 35


Edited by Charles T. Salmon

Media Spaces and Security after 9/11

Communication Yearbook 35 continues the tradition of publishing state-of-thediscipline literature reviews and essays. Editor Charles T. Salmon presents a volume that is highly international and interdisciplinary in scope, with authors and chapters representing the broad global interests of the International Communication Association. The volume opens with a chapter by renowned scholar Elihu Katz, and the contents are organized into four discrete areas, with internationally renowned scholars serving as respondents to the chapters in each section. Offering a blend of chapters emphasizing timely disciplinary concerns and enduring theoretical questions, this volume will be valuable to scholars throughout communication studies.

Lisa Parks, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

Routledge «Market: Communication July 2011: 229x152: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-89227-8: £95.00

Many view coverage as simply a neutral practice of objectively reporting an event by the news media. However, since the 9/11 attacks, media and security have become increasingly intertwined. The media technologies of filtering, sorting, and keywording are now essential elements of national defense. In Coverage, Lisa Parks argues media coverage actively involves the power to shape not only how citizens think and act, but also how they imagine global space and power relations in the aftermath of 9/11. Seemingly benign, supporting media technologies such as Powerpoint, YouTube, and Google Earth are often behind the scenes of larger media systems like television news, and have been used to extend the security regime into the spaces of everyday life. Routledge «Market: Media July 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99981-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99982-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87964-1: £60.00

2nd Edition

Concepts in Composition

Folk Devils and Moral Panics

Theory and Practice in the Teaching of Writing

Stanley Cohen, London School of Economics, UK

Irene L. Clark, California State University Northridge, USA

Series: Routledge Classics

Routledge «Market: Composition and Writing July 2011: 254x178: 488pp Hb: 978-0-415-88515-7: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88516-4: £55.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-3820-6

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Stanely Cohen’s study of deviant groups – society’s ‘folk devils’ – and the public and media reaction to them, is widely hailed as a classic of its kind. With great insight he reviews recent theory and criticism about the concept of ‘moral panics’ and discusses the moral panics surrounding the folk devils of recent times: ecstasy and designer drugs; the death of James Bulger; the ‘Name and Shame’ campaign against suspected paedophiles; and the vilification of ‘bogus’ asylum seekers. Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies / Sociology April 2011: 198x129: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-61016-2: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82825-0: £29.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Concepts in Composition: Theory and Practice in the Teaching of Writing is designed to foster reflection on how theory impacts practice, enabling prospective teachers to develop their own comprehensive and coherent conception of what writing is or should be and to consider how people learn to write. This approach allows readers to assume the dual role of both teacher and student as they enter the conversation of the discipline and become familiar with some of the critical issues.New to this second edition are up-to-date primary source readings, additional assignments and classroom activities, an emphasis on new media and information literacy and their impact on the teaching of writing, and a companion website featuring a list of additional readings and instructor resources such as writing assignments and lecture notes.

media, communication & cultural studies 17

Global Media, Culture, and Identity * Theory, Cases, and Approaches

Media and Democracy James Curran, Goldsmiths College, University of London, UK Series: Communication and Society Media and Democracy addresses key topics and themes in relation to democratic theory, media and technology, comparative media studies, media and history, and the evolution of media research. Curran provides both a clear introduction to media research, written for university undergraduates studying in different countries, and an innovative analysis written by one of the field’s leading scholars.

Edited by Rohit Chopra, Santa Clara University, USA and Radhika Gajjala, Bowling Green State University, USA The intedisciplinary, international scholars gathered here push the discussion of what it means to do global media studies beyond, on the one hand, uncritical and euphoric celebrations of the global media technologies (or globalization) and, on the other hand, perspectives that are a priori dismissive of the possibilities of global media. Some of the key questions and themes that the international contributors explore include: Is the global audience of global television the same as the global audience of the internet? Can we conceptualize the global culture-mediaidentity dynamic beyond the discourse of postcolonialism? How does the globalization of media affect feelings of nationalism? How is the growth of a consumer ‘global middle class’ spread, and resisted, through media?

Routledge «Market: Media Studies April 2011: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-31706-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31707-8: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-40687-8: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Media / Cultural Studies May 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-87790-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87791-6: £24.99

Political Public Relations

Journalism After September 11 * Edited by Barbie Zelizer, University of Pennsylvania, USA and Stuart Allan Series: Communication and Society Journalism After September 11 examines how the traumatic attacks of that day continue to transform the nature of journalism, particularly in the United States and Britain. It brings together an internationally respected group of scholars and media commentators to explore journalism’s present and future, by engaging with such pressing issues as trauma, free speech, censorship, patriotism, impartiality, and celebrity. This new, revised edition, includes additional new chapters on television audiences, Arabic media reporting of September 11 and radio and magazine coverage of the event, as well as a new afterword by Phillip Knightley.


Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Journalism and Mass Communication April 2011: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-46014-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46015-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81896-1: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-28800-2 for e-mail updates in your field


Principles and Applications Edited by Jesper Stromback, Mid Sweden University, Sweden and Spiro Kiousis, University of Florida, USA Series: Routledge Communication Series Political Public Relations introduces the emerging topic of political public relations. It maps and defines the field, bringing together scholars from various disciplines – political communication, public relations and political science – to explore the area in detail, and suggests a research agenda for future studies on political public relations. The book has an international orientation, as the field of political public relations must be studied in the context of various political and communication systems to be fully understood. The volume connects differing schools of thought, brings together theoretical and empirical investigations, and defines a field that becoming increasingly important and prominent. As a singular contribution to scholarship in public relations and political communication, it fills a significant gap in the existing literature and is certain to shape the future development of theory and research in this area. Routledge «Market: Politics / Public Relations May 2011: 229x152: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-87380-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87381-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86417-3: £80.00

E-mail: for more information


2nd Edition eBooks are only available to order online

18 media, communication & cultural studies

Robert Potter, Indiana University, USA and Paul Bolls, University of Missouri, Columbia, USA Series: Routledge Communication Series This research volume serves as a comprehensive resource for psychophysiological research on media responses. It addresses the theoretical underpinnings, methodological techniques, and most recent research in this area. It goes beyond current volumes by placing the research techniques within a context of communication processes and effects as a field, and demonstrating how the real-time measurement of physiological responses enhances and complements more traditional measures of psychological effects from media. Routledge «Market: Media / Communication June 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6286-7: £52.50 Pb: 978-0-415-99414-9: £19.99 eBook: 978-1-4106-1688-3: £52.50

4th Edition

Publishing Law Hugh Jones and Christopher Benson With an introduction to UK and EU law, full coverage of electronic rights and e-commerce issues and detailed coverage of changes in UK and EU legislation, Publishing Law continues in its status as a comprehensive guide to the law as it affects the publishing process. Hugh Jones and Christopher Benson address a range of key legal issues in the publishing process and explain legal points with reference to important statutes, cases and relevant trade practices. This work is a comprehensive handbook for publishers, authors and agents, and anyone who needs a practical understanding of where and how the law may apply. Routledge «Market: Law and Publishing Studies April 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-57513-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57517-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83817-4: £80.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-38427-8

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Racial Spectacles Explorations in Media, Race, and Justice Jonathan Markovitz, University of California, San Diego, USA Racial Spectacles: Explorations in Race, Media, and Justice examines the crucial role the media has played in circulating and shaping national dialogues about race through demonstrations of crime and racialized violence. Jonathan Markovitz argues that mass media ‘racial spectacles’ often work to shore up racist stereotypes, but that they also provide opportunities to challenge prevalent conceptions of race, and can be seized upon as vehicles for social protest. This book explores a series of mass media spectacles revolving around the news, prime-time television, Hollywood cinema, and the internet that have either relied upon, reconfigured, or helped to construct collective memories of race, crime, and (in)justice. The case studies explored include the Scottsboro interracial rape case of the 1930s, the Kobe Bryant rape case, the Los Angeles Police Department’s ‘Rampart scandal’, the Abu Ghraib photographs, and a series of racist incidents at the University of California. This book will prove to be important not only for courses on race and media, but also for any reader interested in issues of the media’s role in social justice. Routledge «Market: Media Studies June 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-88345-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88383-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84321-5: £80.00

Reporting Disaster on Deadline * Lee Wilkins, Martha Steffens, Esther Thorson, Greeley Kyle and Kent Collins, all at University of Missouri, Columbia, USA and Fred Vultee, Wayne State University, USA This book provides an introduction to covering crises, considering practice issues and providing guidance in preparing for and responding to calamities. It offers a concise overview for journalism academics and practitioners of covering disasters – not a ‘how to’ handbook but a ‘how to prepare’ reference. This essential resource is among the first to focus specifically and comprehensively on journalistic coverage of disasters. It demonstrates the application of scholarship and theory to professional practice, and includes a crash book template with logistical and information-collection requirements. Its companion web site provides exemplars and links to related organizations. As a text for advanced reporting, broadcast journalism, and journalism ethics, or a reference for professionals, Reporting Disasters on Deadline provides key information for keeping on deadline in responding to crises. Routledge «Market: Journalism August 2011: 229x152: 200pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6166-2: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99096-7: £24.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Psychophysiological Measurement and Meaning

media, communication & cultural studies 19 2nd Edition reader

3rd Edition

That’s the Joint! *

The Book Publishing Industry

The Hip-Hop Studies Reader

Albert N. Greco, Fordham University, USA

Edited by Murray Forman, Northeastern University, USA and Mark Anthony Neal, Duke University, USA

The Book Publishing Industry focuses on consumer books (adult, juvenile, and mass market paperbacks) and reviews all major book categories to present a comprehensive overview of this diverse business. In addition to the insights and portrayals of the U.S. publishing industry, this book includes an appendix containing historical data on the industry from 1946 to the end of the 20th century. The selective bibliography includes the latest literature, including works in marketing and economics that has a direct relationship with this dynamic industry. This third edition will feature a chapter specifically on e-books and will provide an overview of the current shift toward digital media in the U.S. book publishing industry. A companion website will be available, featuring PowerPoints on market structure and editorial processes as well as bibliographies and up-to-date industry statistics.

This newly expanded and revised second edition of That’s the Joint brings together the most important and up-to-date hip-hop scholarship in one comprehensive volume. The new edition includes expanded coverage of gender and racial diversity in hip-hop, and takes a look at hip-hop’s role in politics, including the 2008 presidential election of Barack Obama. The new edition also includes expanded pedagogical features including author biographies, headnotes summarizing key points of articles, questions for discussion, and references for further reading, listening, and viewing. A companion website includes student and instructor resources to encourage classroom discussion and point students to web resources for further study of classic and contemporary hip hop. Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies / Music March 2011: 254x178: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-87325-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87326-0: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86527-9: £95.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-96919-2

Routledge July 2011: 229x152: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-88725-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88724-3: £39.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-4853-3


The Transcendence of the Ego

The Gender and Media Reader

A Sketch for a Phenomenological Description

Edited by Mary Celeste Kearney, University of Texas, Austin, USA

Jean-Paul Sartre

The Gender and Media Reader seeks to expand readers’ knowledge of how gender operates through media culture with a collection of classic, foundational writings upon which contemporary studies in this area are based. Taking an approach that considers gender broadly and examines media texts alongside their production and consumption, The Gender and Media Reader will enable readers’ critical thinking about how gender is constructed, contested, and subverted in different sites within media culture. In addition, the anthology will include introductions to each section that facilitate readers’ understanding of the development of gender and media studies by contextualizing the various topics, debates, and theoretical approaches that have shaped it, as well as by highlighting current trends.

Introduction by Sarah Richmond, University College London, UK Translated by Andrew Brown Series: Routledge Classics When The Transcendence of the Ego first appeared in 1936, Sartre was still largely unknown, working as a school teacher in provincial France and struggling to find a publisher for his most famous fictional work, Nausea. The Transcendence of the Ego is the outcome of Sartre’s intense engagement with the philosophy of Edmund Husserl, the founder of phenomenology. It offers a brilliant diagnosis of where Husserl went wrong, and a radical alternative account of the self as a product of consciousness, situated in the world. Sartre introduces many of the themes central to his major work, Being and Nothingness: the nature of consciousness, the problem of self-knowledge, other minds, anguish. This translation includes a thorough and illuminating introduction by Sarah Richmond, placing Sartre’s essay in its philosophical and historical context.

Routledge «Market: Media Studies May 2011: 254x178: 512pp Pb: 978-0-415-99346-3: £27.99 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge ★Market: Philosophy March 2011: 198x129: 96pp Pb: 978-0-415-61017-9: £11.99 eBooks are only available to order online

20 media, communication & cultural studies

The Language and Style of Film Criticism

The Mobile Interface of Everyday Life

Edited by Andrew Klevan, The University of Oxford, UK and Alex Clayton, Bristol University, UK

Technology, Embodiment, and Culture Jason Farman, University of Maryland, USA

The Language and Style of Film Criticism brings together a range of essays from international academics and film critics highlighting the achievements, complexities and potential of film criticism. The book will be essential reading for all those engaged in the activity of writing about film – academics, students, and journalists – as well as readers of film criticism who wish to understand and appreciate its language and style.

In this book, Jason Farman shows how mobile technology has fundamentally altered our experience of everyday life. He argues that mobile media’s pervasive computing model, which allows users to connect and interact with the Web while moving across a wide variety of locations, has produced for a new sense of self for users, a new embodied identity that stems from virtual space and material space regularly enhancing, cooperating or disrupting each other. Farman explores everyday mobile media practices such as mapping, social networking, and gaming to demonstrate how pervasive computing is redefining both the way we experience and understand space and place. He also examines a number of new media-inspired art practices such as alternate reality games, flash mob performances, and location-based narratives that illustrate how mobile technology is creating virtual environments out of everyday, lived space.

Routledge «Market: Film Studies May 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56095-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56096-2: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81731-5: £70.00

Routledge «Market: Media July 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-87890-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87891-3: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84766-4: £80.00

The Life of Voices

The Music Industry Handbook

Bodies, Subjects and Dialogue

Paul Rutter, Southampton Solent University, UK

B. Hannah Rockwell, Loyola University Chicago, USA

Series: Media Practice

The Life of Voices illustrates how human voices have special significance as the place where mind and body collaborate to produce every day speech. Hannah Rockwell links Russian semiotician Mikhail Bakhtin’s philosophy of dialogue with French phenomenologist Maurice Merleau-Ponty’s views of the relation between bodies and speech expression to develop a unique theory of communication and bodies. Many scholars in communication, sociology, philosophy, psychology, linguistics, anthropology, gender studies and identity politics would find valuable insights, methods or examples in this work.

The Music Industry Handbook unpacks the complex structures contained in the current music industry and maps the industry as it exists today. Drawing from a range of sources, personal experience and interviews, and featuring a foreword by Feargal Sharkey, this book explains how the industry is structured, and how its various elements work in practice. Paul Rutter provides explanations of the many issues that individuals may encounter when studying the music industry, or when thinking about pursuing a career within it. Providing the necessary knowledge and insights to proceed with confidence, this tackles the ways in which music is created, consumed and exploited.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Music May 2011: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58680-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58681-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81685-1: £75.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Communication Studies October 2010: 229x152: 144pp Hb: 978-0-8058-2191-8: £46.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81889-3: £46.00

media, communication & cultural studies 21

Thoughts on Shorts *

What Photography Is *

Reflections on Writing the Short Film

James Elkins, Art Institute of Chicago, USA

Charlie Moritz, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

In What Photography Is, James Elkins examines the strange and alluring power of photography in the same provocative and evocative manner that he explored oil painting in his best-selling What Painting Is. Elkins argues that photograpy is also about meaninglessness – its apparently endless capacity to show us things that we do not want or need to see – and pain – extremely powerful images that can sear into our consciousness permanently. Extensively illustrated with a surprising range of images, Elkins demonstrates that what makes photography uniquely powerful is its ability to express the difficulty – physically, psychologically, emotionally, and aethstically – of the act of seeing.

Thoughts on Shorts takes a detailed look at a variety of short film scripts by award-winning writers including: Cup and Lip by Smita Bhide (2002), For the Love of God by Joe Tucker (2007), Ela by Silvana Aguirre (2007), La Virgine degli Angeli by Charles Sturridge from Aria (1987), Who’s My Favourite Girl? by Adrian McDowall (1999) and D.I.Y. Hard by Linda Cotterill (2002). Each script is introduced by Charlie Moritz and set in context before the full script is reproduced for study. The script is followed by an interview with the writer and some final thoughts from Moritz on how the film was received and how the writer’s intentions came through in the piece. Each film studied is readily available and accessible from the Thoughts on Shorts website, where you can also find short profiles of each of the filmmakers discussed in the book including filmographies, reviews of the shorts, and useful links. Routledge «Market: Film May 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54972-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54973-8: £22.99

Routledge «Market: Art September 2009: 216x140: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-99568-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99569-6: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88648-9: £80.00



ONLINE for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



USING THE URLS BELOW EACH LISTING eBooks are only available to order online

22 media, communication & cultural studies Branding Post-Communist Nations

Patron-Driven Acquisitions

The Future of Journalism

Marketizing National Identities in the ‘New’ Europe

Current Successes and Future Directions

Edited by Bob Franklin, Cardiff University, UK

Edited by Judith M. Nixon, Robert S. Freeman and Suzanne M. Ward, all at Purdue University, USA

This book offers an unprecedented, informed and research-based analysis by global specialists of the changes and challenges confronting contemporary journalism. This book consists of special issues from Journalism Studies and Journalism Practice.

Edited by Nadia Kaneva, University of Denver, USA Series: Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies This volume collects in one place studies that examine the practices and discourses of the nation branding undertaken in Central and Eastern Europe. Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Cultural Studies / Marketing August 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88275-0: £80.00

International News in the Digital Age East-West Perceptions of A New World Order Edited by Michael Bromley, University of Queensland, Australia and Judith Clarke, Hong Kong Baptist University, Hong Kong Series: Routledge Research in Journalism As the contributors to this volume show, the concept of ‘international news’ relies on tightly interwoven elements of orthodox journalism, social media, civic expression and public assembly. Routledge «Market: Journalism July 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88722-9: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Library & Information Sciences / Information Industries February 2011: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-61870-0: £80.00

Science Fiction Film and Television Adaptation Across the Screens Edited by Jay Telotte and Gerald Duchovnay, Texas A&M University, Commerce, USA Series: Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies Contributors consider intermedia adaptation, using science fiction television programs and films as their point of reference. Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Science Fiction August 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88719-9: £80.00

Neoliberalism and Global Cinema Capital, Culture, and Marxist Critique Edited by Jyotsna Kapur, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, USA and Keith B. Wagner, King’s College London, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Film Studies In this edited volume, an international ensemble of scholars looks at how the world’s various cinemas have performed, contested, and reinforced the worldwide transition to neoliberalism. Grounded in Marxist theory, the book considers how the contradictions of capital, both as culture and commerce, have played out globally in contemporary media culture. Routledge «Market: Film January 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88905-6: £75.00

This book explores many libraries’ innovative programs that are aimed at building collections based on patron requests and demonstrates that, in general, the material is subsequently used more heavily than librarian-selected titles. This book was published as a special issue of Collections Management.

Teletechnologies, Place and Community Rowan Wilken, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia Series: Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies In this wide-ranging study, Wilken re-evaluates the way notions of place and community are understood to intersect and interconnect with the social and wider uses of teletechnologies. Routledge «Market: Media / Cultural Studies July 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87595-0: £70.00

The Adaptation Industry The Cultural Economy of Literary Adaptation Simone Murray, Monash University, Australia

Routledge «Market: Journalism / Sociology of Media / Publishing Industry May 2011: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-59869-9: £80.00

The Messianic Now Philosophy, Religion, Culture Edited by Arthur Bradley and Paul Fletcher This is the first comprehensive examination of the implications of the messianic turn within contemporary thought. It will be of appeal to students and scholars working in the fields of cultural studies; philosophy; religious studies; politics and international relations and literary studies. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Cultural Research. Routledge «Market: Media Cultural Studies February 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61527-3: £80.00

2nd Edition

The Musical A Research and Information Guide William Everett Series: Routledge Music Bibliographies This research guide includes more than 1,400 annotated entries related to the musical as it appears on stage and screen. It includes reference works, monographs, articles, anthologies, and websites related to the musical. Separate sections are devoted to sub-genres, non-English language musical genres in the U.S., traditions outside the U.S., individual shows, creators, performers, and performance. The second edition reflects the notable increase in musical theater scholarship since 2000. In addition to printed materials, it includes multimedia and electronic resources. Routledge «Market: Music / Theatre Studies / Reference April 2011: 229x152: 356pp Hb: 978-0-415-99421-7: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89119-3: £90.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-94295-9

Series: Routledge Research in Cultural and Media Studies Focusing on contemporary adaptations, this book corrects previous adaptation studies’ tired overreliance on textual analysis and reconceptualises adaptation as a complex and fascinating material system which profoundly influences the shape of contemporary culture.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies / Literary Studies / Film July 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-99903-8: £60.00

literature 23


Medieval Herbal Remedies

Peter Womack, University of East Anglia, UK

The Old English Herbarium and Anglo-Saxon Medicine

Series: The New Critical Idiom

Anne Van Arsdall

Playful and allusive, dialogue has often been the mode of expression for eccentrics and provocateurs, but can also claim to be the original format for Western Philosophy. In this clear and concise guide to the historical and contemporary significance of the term, Peter Womack: • considers the history of the dialogue form, looking at Platonic, Renaissance, Enlightenment and Modern examples • examines questions of writing versus conversation and public versus private, and how literary dialogue moves between the two • illustrates the use of dialogue in the many ‘voices ‘of the novel and considers the place of dramatic dialogue • looks at the influential dialogic theories of Mikhail Bakhtin. Practical and thought-provoking, this volume is the ideal springboard for those first encountering this diverse and fascinating literary form. Routledge «Market: Literary Theory May 2011: 198x129: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-32921-7: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32922-4: £12.99 eBook: 978-0-203-39127-3: £55.00

This book presents for the first time an up-to-date and easy-to-read translation of a medical reference work that was used in Western Europe from the fifth century well into the Renaissance. Listing 185 medicinal plants, the uses for each, and remedies that were compounded using them, the translation will fascinate medievalist, medical historians and the layman alike. Selected Contents: Acknowledgements. Introduction 1. Oswald the Obscure: The Lifelong disapointments of T.O. Cockayne 2. Cockayne’s Herbarium 3. The Old English Hebarium in a Larger European Context 4. The Herbarium: Manuscripts, Illustrations, and the need for a new translation 5. A New Translation of the Old English Herbarium: Herbarium: Contents list Hebarium: Remedies Bibliography. Index of Plant Names. Index of Complaints Routledge «Market: Medieval Studies May 2010: 229x152: 350pp Pb: 978-0-415-88403-7: £24.99

2nd Edition

Martin Heidegger

2nd Edition

Timothy Clark, University of Durham, UK


Series: Routledge Critical Thinkers

• structuralism

Since the publication of his mammoth work, Being and Time, Martin Heidegger has remained one of the most influential figures in contemporary thought, and is a key influence for modern literary and cultural theory. This guidebook provides an ideal entry-point for readers new to Heidegger, outlining such issues and concepts as:

• post-structuralism

• the limits of ‘theory’

• deconstruction

• the history of being

• postcolonialism

• the origin of the work of art

Graham Allen, University College Cork, Ireland Series: The New Critical Idiom Graham Allen’s Intertextuality outlines clearly the history and the use of the term in contemporary theory, demonstrating how it has been employed in:

• Marxism

• language

• feminism

• the literary work

• psychoanalytic theory.

• poetry and the political


Routledge «Market: Literary Theory June 2011: 198x129: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59693-0: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59694-7: £12.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82945-5: £55.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-17475-6 for e-mail updates in your field


• Heidegger’s involvement with Nazism. Fully updated throughout and featuring a new section on Heidegger, Environmentalism and Ecocriticism, this guidebook clearly and concisely introduces Heidegger’s crucial work relating to art, language and poetry, and outlines his continuing influence on critical theory. Routledge «Market: Literary Theory and Philosophy May 2011: 198x129: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59089-1: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59090-7: £12.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82944-8: £55.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-22929-6

E-mail: for more information


Incorporating a wealth of illuminating examples from literary and cultural texts, this fully updated second edition presents a new expanded conclusion on the future of intertextuality, focusing on the politics and aesthetics of the term and its relationship to global cultures and New Media. This book offers an invaluable introduction to intertextuality for any students of literature and culture. eBooks are only available to order online

24 literature

Philip Larkin

The Canon *

Andrew Motion, Royal Hollway, University of London

Christopher Kuipers, Eastern Illinois University, USA

Philip Larkin is recognised as one of the most important writers to have emerged in Britain since the Second World War. First published in 1982, Andrew Motion’s study begins with an account of Larkin’s life and literary background and discusses his literary relationship with Hardy and Yeats and his association with the Movement. He analyses Larkin’s two novels and assesses his three mature collections. Throughout the book much reference is made to uncollected reviews and articles and occasionally to unpublished manuscripts. Rather than developing the familiar line on Larkin as an empirical and melancholy writer, Andrew Motion explores the Symbolist and transcendent element in his work, and emphasises its range and variety.

Series: The New Critical Idiom

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Background 3. The Novels 4. The Poems Routledge «Market: Literature April 2011: 216x138: 92pp Pb: 978-0-415-57314-6: £23.50

This comprehensive and engaging book emphasises the significance of the canon to literary studies and cultural studies, exploring how crucial decisions are made about which texts are worth studying and which are not. Routledge «Market: Literature June 2011: 198x129: 170pp Hb: 978-0-415-36923-7: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36924-4: £12.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02944-2: £55.00

Philip Roth Hermione Lee, Wolfson College, Oxford

Theory and the Disappearing Future

On its original publication in 1982 this book was the first full-length study of Philip Roth as a major twentieth-century writer. As well as setting the novelist’s work in the context of Jewish-American writing (and Jewish-American families) and twentieth-century American politics, the book explores the characteristic paradoxes in Roth: self-disgust and self-consciousness, restraint and letting go, nausea and appetite, energy and frustration, stylishness and vulgarity, surrealism and the mundane. Roth is a highly literary and referential character and an assessment is made of the conflicting influnces on his work of Kafka, Chekov, Gogol, Henry James, Melville and Henry Youngman, a Jewish nightclub and Vaudeville comic. In addition a close examination of his anxious, revolting, garrulous heroes, their mothers, their marriages, their shrinks, and their shiksas is undertaken and a deep seriousness is discovered, co-existing with Roth’s comic brashness and bravura.

On de Man, On Benjamin Paul de Man, Claire Colebrook, Penn State University, USA, J. Hillis Miller, University of California, Irvine, USA and Tom Cohen, University at Albany, SUNY, USA

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Paul de Man is often associated with an era of ‘high theory’; an era it is argued may now be coming to a close. This book, written by three leading contemporary scholars, includes a previously unpublished text by de Man from his handwritten notes for a lecture on Walter Benjamin. Challenging and relevant, this volume presents de Man’s text as a critical resource for dealing with the most important questions of the twenty-first century, arguing for the place of theory within it. The contemporary Humanities must necessarily engage with dystopian narratives of globalisation, capitalism, environmental disaster and terrorist destruction. Through de Man, this volume draws out the implications of this engagement, exploring the limits of political thinking, historical retrieval and the ethics of archives and cultural memory. Routledge «Market: Literary Theory May 2011: 216x138: 174pp Hb: 978-0-415-60452-9: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60453-6: £22.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: 1. ‘Are you Finished?’ 2. ‘Nathan Dedalus’: Jewish sons, Jewish Novelists, Jewish Jokes 3. ‘Beyond the Pale’: American Reality from the Second World War to Watergate 4. ‘You Must Change Your Life’: Mentors, Doubles and Literary Influences in the Search for Self 5. Finishing Routledge «Market: Literature April 2011: 216x138: 96pp Pb: 978-0-415-56799-2: £23.50 eBook: 978-0-203-09253-8: £23.50

order now!

What is ‘the canon’? Who determines it? How should it be read? These are the questions that preoccupied academics during the ‘theory wars’ of the late twentieth century and continue to challenge and define literary studies today. Considering why ‘the canon’ is such an important concept in literary studies, and explaining the key concepts and approaches to the debate, Christopher Kuipers: examines the history of the Western concept of ‘the canon’; discusses the modern and post-modern evolution of the canon; illustrates his argument with specific examples of alternative canons; explores how the canon relates to pedagogy and publication; and asks what the digital era portends for the canon.

literature 25 new in paperback

new in paperback

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Mark Twain

The Routledge Companion to Science Fiction

Edited by J.R. LeMaster, Baylor University, USA and James D. Wilson

Edited by Mark Bould, University of the West of England, UK, Andrew M. Butler, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK, Adam Roberts, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK and Sherryl Vint, Brock University, Canada

‘A model reference work that can be used with profit and delight by general readers as well as by more advanced students of Twain. Highly recommended.’ – Library Journal

Series: Routledge Literature Companions ’Offering a useful, much-needed companion to the study of science fiction (SF) as a genre. This title should serve as a base for future updates that will continue to enrich knowledge and appreciation of science fiction ... Highly recommended. ‘ – Choice

‘A pleasure to read and invaluable for students and scholars ... Sure to become the standard guide to Twain for readers at all levels.’ – American Libraries Now available in paperback, this comprehensive resource includes more than 700 alphabetically arranged entries on: Twain’s life and times; Complete Works; Significant characters, places, and landmarks; Recurring concerns, themes or concepts; and Twain’s sources and influences. Useful for students, researchers, librarians and teachers, this volume features a chronology, a special appendix section tracking the poet’s genealogy, and a thorough index. Each entry also includes a bibliography for further study. Routledge «Market: American Literature March 2011: 254x178: 888pp Pb: 978-0-415-89058-8: £34.99

A comprehensive overview of the history and study of science fiction, this volume is divided into four parts which look at: • History – an integrated chronological narrative of the genre’s development • Theory – detailed accounts of major theoretical approaches including feminism, Marxism, psychoanalysis, cultural studies, postcolonialism, posthumanism and utopian studies • Issues and Challenges – anticipates future directions for study in areas as diverse as science studies, music, design, environmentalism, ethics and alterity • Subgenres – a prismatic view of the genre, tracing themes and developments within specific subgenres.

new in paperback

The Routledge Encyclopedia of Walt Whitman

Routledge «Market: Literature and Cultural Studies January 2011: 246x174: 576pp Pb: 978-0-415-45379-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87131-7: £125.00

An Encyclopedia Edited by J.R. LeMaster, Baylor University, USA and Donald D. Kummings, University of Wisconsin – Parkside, USA ‘A reference work so comprehensive as to have no true precedent for readers of Whitman.’ – Walt Whitman Quarterly Review Now available for the first time in paperback, this volume comprises more than 750 entries arranged in convenient alphabetical format. Coverage includes: Biographical Information; Whitman’s Works; Prominent Themes and Concepts; Significant Forms and Techniques; and Surveys of Whitman’s International Impact as well as an assessment of his literary legacy. Useful for students, researchers, librarians, teachers, and Whitman devotees, this volume features extensive cross-references, numerous photographs of the poet, a chronology, a special appendix section tracking the poet’s genealogy, and a thorough index. Each entry includes a bibliography for further study. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: American Literature March 2011: 254x178: 847pp Pb: 978-0-415-89057-1: £34.99 eBooks are only available to order online

26 literature Aesthetic Pleasure in TwentiethCentury Women’s Food Writing The Innovative Appetites of M.F.K. Fisher, Alice B. Toklas, and Elizabeth David Alice McLean, Sweet Briar College, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature This book explores the aesthetic pleasures of eating and writing in the lives of M.F.K. Fisher, Alice B. Toklas, and Elizabeth David. Each of these women pioneered an idiosyncratic form of writing that challenged the rigidly gendered bounds of nineteenth-century food writing to establish a twentieth-century tradition that celebrates female appetite.

Cities, Borders and Spaces in Intercultural American Literature and Film Ana M. Manzanas, Universidad de Salamanca, Spain and Jes˙s Benito Sanchez, Universidad de Valladolid, Spain Series: Routledge Transnational Perspectives on American Literature This book takes the spatial shift in cultural studies into the field of interethnic literature and film. Through reconceptualizing spatiality, the volume analyses how space, its usage, appropriation, or domination operates for those who have been traditionally traversed by borders of class, ethnicity, or nationality.

Routledge «Market: Literature March 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-87138-9: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Literature February 2010: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-88721-2: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83080-2: £80.00

American Utopia and Social Engineering in Literature, Social Thought, and Political History

Critical Approaches to American Working-Class Literature

Peter Swirski, University of Missouri-St. Louis, USA Series: Routledge Transnational Perspectives on American Literature Focusing on American literature, social history, and politics in the transnational context of evolved human nature, this book analyses post-WW2 American socio-political history in relation to fiction of the period. Swirski considers novels by B.F. Skinner, Ken Kesey, Bernard Malamud, Walker Percy, and Philip Roth. Routledge «Market: Literature May 2011: 229x152: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-89192-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81661-5: £80.00

Critiquing Class Edited by Michelle Tokarczyk, Goucher University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature This book is among the first collections on a neglected field in American literature: that written by and about the working-class. Drawing upon theories of media studies, postcolonial studies, cultural geography, and masculinity studies, the essays consider slave narratives, contemporary poetry and fiction, Depression-era newspaper plays, and ethnic American literature. Routledge «Market: Literature June 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88546-1: £80.00

Criticism, Crisis, and Contemporary Narrative Textual Horizons in an Age of Global Risk Edited by Paul Crosthwaite, Cardiff University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Contemporary Literature This landmark collection of essays demonstrates the capacity of literary and cultural criticism, working in dialogue with contemporary narrative texts, to provide penetrating insights into a public sphere defined by a succession of overlapping global crises, ranging from finance and economics to the environment, geopolitics, terrorism, and public health.

Making Space in the Works of James Joyce * Edited by Valerie Benejam, Universite de Nantes, Frances and John Bishop, University of California, Berkeley Series: Routledge Studies in Twentieth-Century Literature Joyce’s preoccupation with space – be it urban, geographic, stellar, geometrical or optical – is a central and idiosyncratic feature of his work. This volume evaluates his perception and mental construction of space, contributing to our understanding of modernism, as well as the relationship between space, language, and literature. Routledge «Market: Literature May 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-99741-6: £75.00

Poetry and Autobiography Edited by Jo Gill and Melanie Waters This collection makes a critical and creative intervention into ongoing debates about the relationship between poetry and autobiography. Drawing on recent theories of life writing, the essays and reflections in this volume offer new analyses of works by a range of poets, dating from the early modern period to the present day. This book was published as a special issue of Life Writing. Routledge «Market: Literature February 2011: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-61755-0: £80.00

Generating the Hybrid City Women Writers Create Urban Space Isabel Carrera Suárrez Series: Routledge Research in Postcolonial Literatures This book is a study of the representation of the global, postcolonial, hybrid city by women writers in English. Focusing specifically on London, Toronto and Singapore as examples of different positions in the postcolonial process, Suarez grounds her discussion on theories of the global city, urban representation and postcolonial, diaspora and gender theories. Routledge ★Market: Literature June 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47814-4: £80.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Literature February 2011: 229x152: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-87949-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83102-1: £75.00

literature 27 Print, Visuality, and Gender in Eighteenth-Century Satire

The Postcolonial Secular Imagination

Transnational Russian-American Travel Writing

‘The Scope in Ev’ry Page’

Manav Ratti, University of Warwick, UK

Katherine Mannheimer, University of Rochester, USA

Series: Routledge Research in Postcolonial Literatures

Margarita Marinova, Christopher Newport University, USA

Series: Routledge Studies in Eighteenth-Century Literature

Through an intimate, literary conjunction of religion and politics, this book theorizes the emergence of a ‘post-secular’ condition of the contemporary world, where organized, conventional religion has failed politically. Ratti discusses recent Anglophone novels that reflect the multireligious nature of the Indian sub-continent, considering a range of religions and writers.

This study interprets eighteenth-century satire’s typographical obsession as a response to the Enlightenment’s ‘ocularcentric’ epistemological paradigms, and to an increasingly visual printculture focused on format, layout, and visual advertising strategies. Mannheimer studies the gender politics and broader ethical concerns of ocularcentrism in the works of Montagu, Swift, Pope, and Fielding. Routledge «Market: Literature May 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-89082-3: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Literature June 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48097-0: £80.00

The Textual Condition of Late Nineteenth-Century Literature Josephine Guy, University of Nottingham, UK and Ian Small, University of Birmingham, UK

Re-visioning Historical Fiction for Young Readers

Series: Routledge Studies in Nineteenth Century Literature

The Past through Modern Eyes Kim Wilson, Wenona School, Australia Series: Children’s Literature and Culture This study considers how readers are positioned to interpret the past in historical fiction for children and young adults. Looking at literature published within the last thirty to forty years, Wilson identifies and explores a prevalent trend for re-visioning and rewriting the past according to modern social and political ideological assumptions. Routledge «Market: Literature May 2011: 229x152: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-89007-6: £80.00

In this important new book, Guy and Small develop a new account of literary creativity in the late nineteenth century, one which combines concepts generated by text-theorists concerning the embodied nature of textuality with the empirical insights of text-editors and book historians. Routledge «Market: Literature July 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-80612-1: £75.00

Series: Routledge Research in Travel Writing In this study, Marinova examines the diverse practices of crossing boundaries, tactics of translation, and experiences of double and multiple political and national attachments evident in texts about Russo-American encounters from the end of the American Civil War to the Russian Revolution of 1905. Routledge «Market: Literature June 2011: 229x152: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-88271-2: £80.00

Women and the Victorian Occult Edited by Tatiana Kontou What kinds of metaphors do spirits, ghosts, mediums, mesmerists, theosophists, spectral actresses, evil servants, dead bodies and vampires offer in understanding womanhood in the nineteenth century? This collection examines the many interpretations of the occult in nineteenthcentury culture and the ways that women used supernatural imagery and language to draw attention to issues that bore immediate implications on their own lives. This book was published as a special issue of Women’s Writing. Routledge «Market: English Language December 2010: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-61326-2: £80.00

Theoretical Perspectives on Human Rights and Literature

Shakespeare, the Bible, and the History of the Material Book Contested Scriptures Edited by Travis DeCook, Carleton University, Canada and Alan Galey, University of Toronto, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Shakespeare This volume brings together leading scholars in Shakespeare, book history, and the Bible as literature, whose essays converge on the question of Scripture as source versus Scripture as process – whether that scripture is biblical or Shakespearean – and in turn explore themes such as cultural authority, pedagogy, secularism, textual scholarship, and the materiality of texts.

Edited by Elizabeth Goldberg, Babson College, USA and Alexandra Schultheis, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, USA Series: Routledge Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Literature Focusing on the intersection of literary studies and human rights, this interdisciplinary volume will appeal to scholars and students in legal studies, political science, ethical philosophy, language studies, women and gender studies, and cultural studies. Routledge «Market: Literature June 2011: 229x152: 260pp Hb: 978-0-415-89097-7: £80.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Literature June 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88350-4: £80.00 eBooks are only available to order online

English Language and Linguistics


28 literature


6. 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

In Other Words

Introducing Sociolinguistics

A Coursebook on Translation

Miriam Meyerhoff

Mona Baker

2011: 246x189: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-55005-5: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55006-2: £20.99

2011: 246x174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-46753-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46754-4: £20.99


7. Introducing English Language

3rd Edition

Language, Society and Power

A Resource Book for Students

An Introduction

Louise Mullany and Peter Stockwell

Annabelle Mooney, Jean Stilwell Peccei, Suzanne LaBelle, Berit Engøy Henriksen, Eva Eppler, Anthea Irwin, Pia Pichler, Siân Preece and Satori Soden

2010: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-44886-4: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44885-7: £19.99

2010: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-57658-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57659-8: £18.99


8. English with an Accent

Introducing Translation Studies

Language, Ideology and Discrimination in the United States

Theories and Applications

Rosina Lippi-Green

2008: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39694-3: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39693-6: £20.99

Jeremy Munday

1997: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-11476-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-11477-6: £22.99


9. 3rd Edition

2nd Edition

Second Language Acquisition

Intercultural Communication

An Introductory Course

An Advanced Resource Book for Students

Susan M. Gass and Larry Selinker

Adrian Holliday, John Kullman and Martin Hyde

2008: 229x152: 616pp Hb: 978-0-8058-5497-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-8058-5498-5: £31.99

2010: 246x174: 368pp Pb: 978-0-415-48942-3: £24.99


10. 5th Edition

3rd Edition

A History of the English Language

Ways of Reading Advanced Reading Skills for Students of English Literature

Albert C. Baugh and Thomas Cable

Martin Montgomery, Alan Durant, Alan Durant, Nigel Fabb, Tom Furniss, Sara Mills and Sara Mills

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524


2006: 246x174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-34633-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34634-4: £19.99 +44 (0)1235 400525


2002: 234x156: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-28098-3: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28099-0: £24.99

english language & linguistics 29

David Crystal’s Introduction to Language A Complete Course David Crystal Series: The Routledge David Crystal Lectures David Crystal brings linguistics alive in these specially recorded lectures. Six 30 minute lectures, divided into two parts for flexibility of use in lectures and virtual learning environments, cover all the key topics in an introductory English Language/Linguistics course: • Language, communication and pragmatics • Language structure: semantics; grammar • The mode of transmission: speech; writing • Language in use: temporal variation • Language in use: regional, social and personal variation • Language and discourse (headings of lectures). This is the essential resource for all beginning students of English Language, Linguistics and English as a Second Language. Routledge «Market: English Language / Linguistics May 2011 DVD: 978-0-415-60267-9: £120.00 (incl. £20.00 VAT)

Jokes and the Linguistic Mind Debra Aarons, University of New South Wales, Australia This book presents a detailed understanding of what the application of linguistic analysis to jokes can tell us about the mind. By using jokes that play on some aspect of the structure and function of a particular language (often referred to as ‘linguistic humor’), the author illustrates and provides additional evidence that listeners need to access their tacit knowledge of their own language. The book includes lively discussions of such topics as language play and humor creation with single and multiple linguistic features, jokes involving more than one language, jokes that are about language, and cryptic crosswords and letter play. With its use of jokes as data and its highly accessible explanations of complex linguistic concepts, this book is an appealing supplementary/recommended reading textbook for introductory courses in linguistics, psycholinguistics, cognitive linguistics, and cognitive science. Routledge «Market: Introduction to Linguistics / Cognitive Linguistics July 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-89048-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-89049-6: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81474-1: £85.00

3rd Edition

Doing Applied Linguistics

Growing Up with Two Languages

A Guide for Students

A Practical Guide for the Bilingual Family

Nicholas Groom and Jeanette Littlemore, both at University of Birmingham, UK

Una Cunningham, Stockholm University, Sweden

Doing Applied Linguistics provides a concise, lively and accessible introduction to the field of applied linguistics for readers who have little or no prior knowledge of the subject. The book explores the basics of the field then goes on to examine in more depth what applied linguists actually do, and the types of research methods that are most frequently used in the field. By reading this book students will find the answers to four sets of basic questions: • What is applied linguistics, and what do applied linguists do? • Why do it? What is the point of applied linguistics? • How and why might I get involved in applied linguistics? • How to do it? What kinds of activities are involved in doing applied linguistic research? Doing Applied Linguistics is essential reading for all students with interests in this area. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics / Education May 2011: 216x138: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59851-4: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59852-1: £17.99

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics July 2011: 198x129: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-56641-4: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56642-1: £14.99

The lives of many families involve contact with more than one language and culture on a daily basis. Growing Up with Two Languages is aimed at the many parents and professionals who feel uncertain about the best way to go about helping children gain maximum benefit from the multilingual situation.This best-selling guide is illustrated by glimpses of life from interviews with fifty families from all around the world. Features of this third edition include: a website with new and updated Internet resources; a new chapter giving the perspective of adults who have themselves grown up with more than one language; a new chapter presenting research into bilingual language acquisition with information about further reading; new and updated first-hand advice and examples throughout and a Facebook group for parents to discuss their situation and ask advice. Growing Up with Two Languages will help all those who feel uncertain about how to help children benefit fully from their bilingual situation. It will also be useful for students on bilingualism, language acquisition and education courses. eBooks are only available to order online

30 english language & linguistics

Angela Goddard and Beverly Geesin, both at York St. John University, UK Series: Intertext This accessible textbook in the Routledge Intertext series offers students hands-on practical experience of textual analysis focused on language and technology. Written in a clear, user-friendly style, it combines practical activities with texts, accompanied by commentaries and suggestions for further study. Aimed at A-Level and beginning undergraduate students, Language and Technology: • explores the history of new communication tools such as texting; Facebook and online forums • examines the public discourses about these new tools • incorporates real texts such as adverts, newspaper articles and chat room data • includes a comprehensive glossary of terms. Routledge «Market: English Language and Linguistics May 2011: 246x174: 112pp Pb: 978-0-415-60416-1: £14.99

Language, Gender and Feminism Theory and Methodology Sara Mills, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Louise Mullany, University of Nottingham, UK Language, Gender and Feminism introduces students to key theoretical perspectives, methodology and analytical frameworks in the field of feminist linguistic analysis, providing readers with a comprehensive survey of the current state of the field. A defining feature of the book is that it contains practical examples throughout in order to ensure that students can clearly observe real world applications of all current theories and approaches. Examples are taken both from the authors’ own research and from other researchers’ studies which use data from a range of global locations.This textbook analyses both authentic spoken and written data from a wealth of different contexts, settings and sources. Areas covered include: politics, religion, the workplace, education, cyberspace, media discourse, music, literary works, the family and friendship groups. Language, Gender and Feminism is an invaluable introductory text for students of Language and Gender, Communication Studies and Women’s Studies. Routledge «Market: English Language / Gender Studies / Women’s Studies / Communication Studies April 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48595-1: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48596-8: £19.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

The Routledge Handbook of Discourse Analysis Edited by James Paul Gee, Arizona State University, USA and Michael Handford, University of Tokyo, Japan Series: Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics This volume covers the major approaches to discourse analysis and their applications in key educational and institutional settings. Divided into six sections: Approaches to Discourse Analysis, Approaches to Spoken Discourse, Genres and Practices, Educational Applications, Institutional Applications, and Identity, Culture and Discourse.Chapters are written by a wide range of contributors from around the world, each a leading researcher in their respective field, which have been closely edited by James Paul Gee and Michael Handford. With a focus on the application of discourse analysis to real-life problems, the contributors introduce the reader to a topic and analyse authentic data. The Routledge Handbook of Discourse Analysis is vital reading for linguistics students as well as other areas where discourse analysis is studied, from communication and cultural studies to social psychology and anthropology. Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics June 2011: 246x174: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-55107-6: £110.00 Rising to £125.00 three months after publication


Research Methods for Applied Language Studies An Advanced Resource Book for Students Steven John Ross, University of Maryland, USA, Paul Seedhouse, University of Newcastle, UK and Keith Richards, University of Warwick, UK Series: Routledge Applied Linguistics Research Methods for Applied Language Studies provides an advanced introduction to quantitative and qualitative research methods used in second and foreign language learning, teaching, and assessment. Written by experienced teachers and researchers in Applied Linguistics, the authors present and comment on key readings and articles from leading names in the field. Examples are drawn from qualitative (phenomenological and constructionist) studies as well as quantitative studies mainly featuring intervention and exploratory designs. Research Methods for Applied Language Studies is an essential resource for students and researchers of Applied Linguistics, and is supported by a companion website. Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics July 2011: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-55140-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55141-0: £22.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Language and Technology

english language & linguistics 31

The Articulate Mammal An Introduction to Psycholinguistics Jean Aitchison, University of Oxford, UK Series: Routledge Classics Where does language come from? Is language restricted to humans? How do children acquire language so quickly? Why are Noam Chomsky’s theories of language so influential – and is he right? A classic in its field for almost forty years, The Articulate Mammal is a brilliant introduction to psycholinguistics. In lucid prose Jean Aitchison introduces and demystifies the fundamentals of psycholinguistics: the possibility of a ‘language gene’; postChomskyan theories of language; language within an evolutionary framework; how children become acclimatized to speech rhythms before birth; the acquisition of verbs; construction and cognitive grammar; and aphasia and dementia. This Routledge Classics edition includes a new foreword by the author. Routledge «Market: English LAnguage / Linguistics / Psychology April 2011: 216x138: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-61018-6: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82824-3: £29.99

The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition Edited by Susan M. Gass, Michigan State University, USA and Alison Mackey, Georgetown University, USA Series: Routledge Handbooks in Applied Linguistics The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition brings together 36 leading international figures in the field to produce a state-of-the-art overview of second language acquisition. The handbook covers a wide range of topics related to second language acquisition: language in context, linguistic, psycholinguistic, and neurolinguistic theories and perspectives, skill learning, individual differences, L2 learning settings, and language assessment. All chapters introduce the reader to the topic, outline the core issues, then explore the pedagogical application of research in the area and possible future development. Edited by leading authors Gass and Mackey, The Routledge Handbook of Second Language Acquisition is an essential resource for all those studying and researching second language acquisition. Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics / TESOL June 2011: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-47993-6: £110.00 Rising to £125.00 three months after publication


The Language, Society and Power Reader Edited by Annabelle Mooney, Jean Stilwell Peccei, Suzanne LaBelle, Berit Engøy Henriksen, Eva Eppler and Satori Soden, all at Roehampton University, UK, Pia Pichler, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK and Anthea Irwin, Glasgow Caledonian University, UK


The Routledge Applied Linguistics Reader Edited by Li Wei, Birkbeck University, University of London, UK The Routledge Applied Linguistics Reader is an essential collection of readings for students of Applied Linguistics. Featuring 25 carefully selected readings, the Reader focuses on the topics and issues to which Applied Linguistics research has made a significant contribution, in particular:

The Language, Society and Power Reader is the definitive reader for students studying introductory modules in language and society. Highly user-friendly, this wide-ranging collection of key readings introduces students to the thoughts and writings of major writers working within the area of sociolinguistics.


Routledge «Market: English Language and Linguistics / Communication Studies February 2011: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-43082-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43083-8: £18.99 for e-mail updates in your field


• reconceptualising language in language learning and practice • critical issues in applied linguistics • applied linguistics in a changing world. The selection comprises seminal articles from leading researchers, as well as fresh perspectives from new voices in the field. These Readings are amplified by a critical introduction, a detailed discussion of methodological issues, as well as study questions, recommended further reading and a resource list. Routledge «Market: Applied Linguistics March 2011: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-56619-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56620-9: £26.99

E-mail: for more information


While it can be used as a stand-alone text, The Language, Society and Power Reader has also been fully crossreferenced with the new companion title: Language, Society and Power, 3rd edition (Routledge, 2011). Together these books provide the complete resource for students studying modules in language and society in English language and linguistics, media, communication, cultural studies, sociology and psychology.

• reconceptualising the native speaker and the language learner eBooks are only available to order online

32 english language & linguistics Beyond Cognitive Metaphor Theory

Language Planning in the Asia Pacific

Perspectives on Literary Metaphor

Hong Kong, Timor Leste and Sri Lanka

Edited by Monika Fludernik, University of Freiburg, Germany

Edited by Robert B. Kaplan, University of Southern California, USA and Richard B. Baldauf, University of Queensland, Australia

Edited by Sigrid Norris, Auckland University of Technology, New Zealand

This volume covers the language situation in Hong Kong, Timor Leste and Sri Lanka explaining the linguistic diversity, the historical and political contexts and the current language situation, including language-in-education planning, the role of the media, the role of religion and the roles of non-indigenous languages. It draws together the literature on each of the polities to present an overview of the research available about each of them, while providing new research-based information. This book was published as special issues of Current Issues in Language Planning.

In this wide-ranging collection, scholars from around the world come together and present examples of multimodal discourse analysis in practice.

Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Linguistics / Curriculum Studies April 2011: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61851-9: £80.00

Guglielmo Cinque

Series: Routledge Studies in Rhetoric and Stylistics In this innovative collection, an international group of scholars come together to discuss literary metaphors and cognitive metaphor theory. Routledge «Market: Linguistics / Literature May 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-88828-8: £85.00

Language Mixing and Code-Switching in Writing Approaches to Mixed-Language Written Discourse Edited by Mark Sebba, University of Lancashire, UK, Shahrzad Mahootian, Northeastern Illinois University, USA and Carla Jonsson, Stockholm University, Sweden Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Multilingualism Contributors to this volume introduce a range of approaches applied to different types of ‘multilingual texts’ (this term is used as an inclusive one, which covers both ‘code-switching’ in a traditional sense and other types of language mixing). The collection covers a range of different languages (including different scripts) and research methods. Routledge «Market: Linguistics July 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87946-0: £85.00

Multimodal Film Analysis How Films Mean John Bateman and Karl-Heinrich Schmidt, University of Wuppertal, Germany

Multimodality in Practice Investigating Theory-in-Practice-throughMethodology

Series: Routledge Studies in Multimodality

Routledge «Market: Linguistics June 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88037-4: £95.00

Typological Studies Word Order and Relative Clauses Series: Routledge Leading Linguists In this new book, Guglielmo Cinque takes a generative perspective on typological questions relating to word order and to the syntax of relative clauses. Routledge «Market: Linguistics July 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88423-5: £90.00

Series: Routledge Studies in Multimodality In this study, Bateman and Schmidt provide a methodologically sound and detailed account of how to analyse films within a framework based on the current state of the art in multimodal research. Routledge «Market: Linguistics July 2011: 229x152: 228pp Hb: 978-0-415-88351-1: £90.00




order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525



language learning 33 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Danish: An Essential Grammar

Greek: A Comprehensive Grammar of the Modern Language

Tom Lundskaer-Nielsen and Philip Holmes, formerly at the University of Hull, UK Series: Essential Grammars Danish: An Essential Grammar is a reference guide to the most important aspects of current Danish as it is used by native speakers. It presents a fresh and accessible description of the language, focusing on those areas of Danish that pose particular problems for English speakers but at the same time providing a broad general account of the language. The complexities of Danish are set out in short readable sections. Features include: • clear, jargon-free explanations • many tables and diagrams for extra clarity • separate glossary of linguistic and grammatical terms • detailed index with key Danish and English words. This new edition has been fully updated to reflect changes in grammar and recent cultural developments. Routledge «Market: Reference and Language Learning April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49688-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49689-6: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87800-2: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-20679-2

Colloquial Yiddish Lily Kahn, Department of Hebrew and Jewish Studies at University College London Series: Colloquial Series

Vassilios Spyropoulos, The University of Athens, Greece, David Holton, Peter Mackridge and Irene Philippaki-Warburton Series: Comprehensive Grammars This is a complete reference guide to modern Greek grammar. It is the first truly comprehensive grammar of the language to be produced, concentrating on the real patterns of use in modern Greek, and will provide the standard reference work for years to come. The Grammar is an ideal reference source for the adult learner and user of Greek. It is suitable either for independent study or for use in schools, colleges, universities and adult classes of all types. Features include: * detailed treatment of all grammatical structures * up-to-date examples * separate and detailed treatment of syntax * particular attention to areas of confusion and difficulty. Routledge «Market: Language Learning June 2011: 234x156: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-59801-9: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59202-4: £39.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-10002-1

2nd Edition

The Routledge Handbook of Scripts and Alphabets Christopher Moseley, University College London, UK and George L. Campbell The Routledge Handbook of Scripts and Alphabets is a unique reference to the main scripts and alphabets of the world. The Handbook presents over sixty alphabets covering an enormous scope of languages; from Amharic and Chinese to Tahi and Cree. Full scripts tables are given for every language and each entry is accompaniued by a detailed overview of its historical and linguistic context. New to this second edition: enhanced introduction discussing the basic principles and strategies utilized by world writing systems; expanded to include more languages; and improved presentation of non-Roman scripts.

Routledge «Market: Langauge Learning / Yiddish June 2011: 216x138: 416pp Pack: 978-0-415-58022-9: £39.99 Pb: 978-0-415-58019-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85120-3: £43.99

Routledge «Market: Foreign Language and Linguistics June 2011: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-56098-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56097-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86548-4: £59.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-13715-7 for e-mail updates in your field


This handy resource is the ideal reference for all students and scholars of language and linguistics.

E-mail: for more information



Specially written by an experienced teacher, Colloquial Yiddish offers a step-by-step approach to Yiddish as it is spoken and written today. Colloquial Yiddish provides the first widely available, easily accessible, comprehensive Yiddish course designed primarily for the 21st-century international Englishspeaking independent learner and suitable for use in Yiddish classes worldwide. Key features include; graded development of speaking, listening, reading and writing skills, realistic and entertaining dialogues and jargon-free, clearly structured grammatical explanations. Audio material is available to purchase separately on CDs or in MP3 format, or comes included in the great value Colloquial Yiddish paperback and CDs complete course. eBooks are only available to order online

34 language learning 3rd Edition

3rd Edition

Modern German Grammar

Modern German Grammar Workbook

A Practical Guide John Klapper, Ruth Whittle and Katharina Glöckel, all at University of Birmingham, UK, Bill Dodd and Christine Eckhard-Black, The University of Oxford, UK

John Klapper and Ruth Whittle, both at University of Birmingham, UK, William Dodd, Heidi Zojer, University College, Dublin and Christine Eckhard-Black, The University of Oxford, UK

Series: Modern Grammars This is an innovative reference grammar combining a traditional and functionbased approach in one book.

Series: Modern Grammar Workbooks

The book addresses the learners’ practical needs and presents grammar in both a traditional and communicative setting. New to this edition: the new spelling reform, the ongoing controversy of the ‘ess-zett’, or fl and the new rules, (or rejection of the most recent reform, Die Reform der Reform); European ML/US MLA reference framework to set the level of this book; update examples and include a more pluricentric approach (the German of Switzerland and Austria); section on, and examples elsewhere of English loan-words; and an even more comprehensive index.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Language Learning February 2011: 246x174: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-56725-1: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82863-2: £38.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-27302-2

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Language Learning and Reference February 2011: 246x174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-57771-7: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56726-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83232-5: £80.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-27300-8

Modern German Grammar Workbook, Third Edition, is an innovative book of exercises and language tasks for intermediate and advanced learners of German. The book is divided into three sections: Section 1 provides exercises based on essential grammatical structures. Section 2 practises everyday functions (e.g. making introductions, apologising, expressing needs) Section 3 contains realistic role-plays in short scenes, set in a range of different contexts Modern German Grammar Workbook, Third Edition, is ideal for all learners who want to deepen their knowledge of German, including intermediate and advanced students at schools, in adult education and within higher education. It can be used independently or alongside Modern German Grammar, Third Edition (ISBN 978-0-415-56726-8) also published by Routledge.

theatre & performance 35

Acting for Animators

Auditioning for the Camera

Ed Hooks

Joseph Hacker, University of Southern California, USA Ed Hooks’ indispensable acting guidebook for animators returns. Ed uses basic acting theory to explain everything from character movement and facial expressions to interaction and scene construction. Just as acting on film and on stage are very different disciplines, so is the use of acting theory in creating an animated character, scene or story. New to this edition:

To win a screen role, an actor must learn to contend with an on-camera audition. Understanding how to make the crucial adjustments to one’s craft that this kind of audition requires is vital to the career of any screen actor. Auditioning for the Camera sets out the key elements of a successful on-camera audition and explains how to put them into practice. Key elements examined include:

• illustrated, scene-by-scene analyses of six films, including Up, Coraline and Kung Fu Panda

• textual analysis

• an expanded chapter on video game animation • all-new illustrations

• knowing where to look • dealing with nerves • on-camera interviews • using the environment

• a history of acting in 500 words.

• retaining the camera’s focus.

Routledge «Market: Animation June 2011: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-58023-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58024-3: £19.99

The book also features point-by-point chapter summaries, as well as a glossary of acting and technical terms, and is a comprehensive and enlightening resource for screen actors of all levels. Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies June 2011: 198x129: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61901-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61902-8: £15.99

Acting Reframes

Shakespeare, Theatre, and Time *

Using NLP to Make Better Decisions In and Out of the Theatre

Series: Routledge Advances in Theatre & Performance Studies

Robert Barton, University of Oregon, USA Acting Reframes presents theatre and film practitioners with a methodology for using Neuro Linguistic Programming (NLP) as a tool to aid their practice. Author Robert Barton uses the NLP approach to illustrate a range of innovative methods to help the actor and directors, including:

Matthew Wagner, Victoria University of Wellington This book investigates time in Shakespearean theatre. Wagner posits that theatrical, and especially Shakespearean, time is characterized predominantly by various forms of temporal conflict. From this perspective, he traces the ways in which time transcends thematic and metaphorical functions, and forms an essential part of Shakespearean stage praxis. Routledge «Market: Theatre / Shakespeare June 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-80587-2: £75.00

• reducing performance anxiety • enabling clearer communication • intensifying character analysis • stimulating imaginative rehearsal choices. The book displays the use of NLP to the reader in a playful, creative and easily accessible style, that is structured to enable solo study, as well as group work. The text offers a range of engaging exercises and extensive analysis of language patterns used in performance. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Drama and Theatre Studies April 2011: 198x129: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59231-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59232-1: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82910-3: £60.00 eBooks are only available to order online

36 music

Music in Television

Rhythm Changes

Channels of Listening

Jazz, Culture, Discourse

Edited by James Deaville, Carleton University, Canada

Alan Stanbridge, University of Toronto, Canada

Series: Routledge Music and Screen Media Series

This book addresses the various discourses that have shaped contemporary understandings of jazz and improvised music – namely, the analyses, assessments, critiques, and evaluations made of the music, whether by critics, academics, industry professionals, audiences, or the musicians themselves. It offers an alternative perspective on the history and development of jazz, from standpoint of the cultural theorist rather than the musicologist.

This collection of essays examines television’s production of meaning through music in terms of historical contexts, institutional frameworks, broadcast practices, technologies, and aesthetics.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Selected Contents: 1. Jazz Scholarship, Jazz Canons, and the Canons of Jazz Scholarship 2. Jazz, Sound Recording, and the Paradox of Authenticity 3. Jazz, Classical Music, and the Third Stream Debate 4. The Jazz Influence in Television Police and Detective Series Music 5. The Discursive Politics of Mutable Vocal Styles 6. ‘My Funny Valentine’ and Musical Intertextuality 7. Of Sunshine and Happy Endings: Jazz, Parody, and the Limits of Interpretation 8. Jazz History as a Contested Cultural Site Routledge «Market: Music July 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-99150-6: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-98867-4: £21.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: 1. Reading Writing About Listening to Television James Deaville 2. Music and Genre Hybridization in American Television Ron Rodman 3. TV Music and the History of Television Sound Shawn VanCour 4. Rural Music on American Television, 1948–2010 Michael Saffle 5. Music in the Golden Age of Television News Documentaries Colin Roust 6. Leitmotiv and Musical Textures in Doctor Who (2005) Robynn Stilwell 7. South Park, Music, and the Cartoon Format Sean Nye 8. Television Music and the Politics of the War On Poverty Norma Coates 9. Masculinities from Television to New Hollywood Julie Brown 10. Consuming Canada at Live 8 Kip Pegley Routledge «Market: Music / Media Studies April 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88135-7: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88136-4: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83101-4: £60.00

music 37 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Béla Bartók


A Research and Information Guide

A Research and Information Guide

Music, Science, and the Rhythmic Brain

Elliott Antokoletz and Paolo Susanni

Jennifer C. Post

Cultural and Clinical Implications

Series: Routledge Music Bibliographies

Series: Routledge Music Bibliographies

This research guide is an annotated bibliography of primary and secondary sources and catalogue of Bartók’s compositions. Since the publication of the second edition, a wealth of information has been proliferating in the field of Bartók research. The third edition of this research guide provides an update in this field and represents the multidisciplinary research areas in the growing Bartók literature.

This guide for research in ethnomusicology directs users to resources for finding information in music and related fields, and provides annotated lists of selected current publications. It includes articles, books, websites, blogs, video clips, documentary films, audio recordings, and field documentation published with commercial recordings and preserved in archives.

Edited by Jonathan Berger, Stanford University, US and Gabe Turow, Stanford University, US

Routledge «Market: Music / Reference May 2011: 229x152: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-99523-8: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88889-6: £90.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8153-2088-3

Routledge «Market: Music / Ethnomusicology September 2010: 229x152: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-87977-4: £90.00

Series: Routledge Research in Music This book studies the effects of repetitive musical rhythm on the brain, considering ethnomusicology, psychology, neuroscience, anthropology, religious studies, music therapy, and human health. It presents aspects of musical rhythm and biological rhythms, in particular rhythmic entrainment, and will appeal to those interested in the therapeutic potential of music. Routledge «Market: Music July 2011: 229x152: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-89059-5: £75.00

Bodily Expression in Electronic Music Perspectives on a Reclaimed Performativity Edited by Deniz Peters, Gerhard Eckel and Andreas Dorschel, all at University of Music and Performing Arts Graz, Austria Series: Routledge Research in Music In this book, scholars and artists explore the relation between electronic music and bodily expression from perspectives including aesthetics, philosophy of mind, phenomenology, dance and interactive performance arts, sociology, computer music and sonic arts, and music theory, transgressing disciplinary boundaries and established beliefs. Routledge «Market: Literature August 2011: 229x152: 260pp Hb: 978-0-415-89080-9: £75.00



ONLINE for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



USING THE URLS BELOW EACH LISTING eBooks are only available to order online

38 early years & childhood studies Taylor & Francis is the official distributor for Guilford Press books in the UK, Europe and Israel. Customers from the USA, Canada and the rest of the world should purchase Guilford Press titles (indicated below) via

Ann Watts, Early Years Consultant, UK A garden can be a magical place for young children and offers them rich and engaging learning experiences with plants, animals, soil, sand and many other natural materials. This book guides you through the process of creating a garden, however small, for young children. It looks at the impact a garden area can have on children’s overall development and the benefits of using natural materials as learning tools. Written for all early years practitioners who deliver the Early Years Foundation Stage curriculum, this book is essential for those looking to further enhance their outdoor environment and fulfil the potential learning opportunities that a garden can provide. Routledge «Market: Education / Early Years April 2011: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-59130-0: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59131-7: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81849-7: £65.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Meeting the Child in Steiner Kindergartens An Exploration of Beliefs, Values and Practices Edited by Rod Parker-Rees, University of Plymouth, UK ‘Steiner schools have helped carry the flag of liberal, creative, humanistic education through these dark ages and can now act as a beacon’ – Professor Peter Woods, formerly of the Open University Drawing on their extensive research in the field, the contributors, who include experienced Steiner educators and early childhood experts from other traditions, have worked together to explore and understand what is distinctive about Steiner kindergarten practice. In these chapters, readers will meet with aspects of the Steiner philosophy which will help to inform and expand on their own practice as early years professionals. Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-60391-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60392-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81802-2: £75.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Every Nursery Needs a Garden

teaching and learning 39 3rd Edition

2nd Edition

Dare to Differentiate

Developing Physical Health, Fitness and Well-being through Gymnastics (7–11)

Vocabulary Strategies for All Students Danny Brassell, California State University-Domingez Hills, USA Series: APD Press Titles for Teachers ’Not only does Brassell present an array of engaging instructional strategies, but he also provides ways to make each strategy work for different students and classrooms. Differentiation makes the difference! I highly recommend this extraordinary volume.’ – Timothy Rasinski, Kent State University, USA This highly practical resource for K-6 teachers is packed with 25 classroomtested, step-by-step strategies for developing word knowledge. The emphasis throughout is not only on teaching new words, but also on strengthening students’ comprehension and long-term vocabulary acquisition. Especially valuable are guidelines for how to differentiate each strategy so it can be used successfully with English language learners and students at varying proficiency levels. In a large-size format for easy photocopying, the book features helpful print and Web resources for each strategy, along with 20 reproducible worksheets. Guilford Press «Market: Teaching and Learning / Literacy December 2010: 203x266: 152pp Pb: 978-1-60918-005-8: £16.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-60623-430-3

A Session-by-Session Approach Maggie Carroll and Jackie Hannay This easy-to-use teacher’s guide is a brand new edition of the very popular workbook Gymnastics 7–11. It adopts a session-bysession approach to teaching gymnastics for the 7–11 age range. Fully updated with the most current schemes of work to use across Key stage 2, it sets out a series of sessions over the four year span, ensuring progression from year to year. The companion volume, Developing Health and Well-being through Gymnastic Activity (5–7): A Session-By-Session Approach follows the same format. Together these user-friendly books provide a progressively developing programme of work from Year 1 through to Year 6 for all teachers working with young children. Routledge «Market: Primary Education / PE June 2011: 246x189: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59109-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59108-9: £21.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-7507-0002-3

3rd Edition


Explicit Instruction

The Key to Online Teaching and Learning

Effective and Efficient Teaching

Gilly Salmon, University of Leicester, UK

Anita L. Archer, Consultant, Oregon, USA and Charles A. Hughes, The Pennsylvania State University, USA

The third edition of this best-selling text has been fully updated and addresses many technological changes that have taken place in the field of online learning since 2004. In this revision of E-Moderating, Gilly Salmon maintains her sound reputation and delivers another consistent and classic resource for practitioners working in the field of online teaching and learning. Interest in online teaching continues to grow, yet one thing remains constant: the key role of the e-moderator in ensuring the quality and success of online learning. Offering a practical approach and easy accessibility, E-Moderating is the perfect user’s guide to working effectively in the virtual world.

Explicit Instruction is systematic, direct, engaging, and success oriented – and has been shown to promote achievement for all students. This highly practical and accessible resource gives special and general education teachers the tools to implement explicit instruction in any grade level or content area. The authors are leading experts who provide clear guidelines for identifying key concepts, skills, and routines to teach; designing and delivering effective lessons; and giving students opportunities to practice and master new material. Sample lesson plans, lively examples, and reproducible checklists and teacher worksheets enhance the utility of the volume.


Guilford Press «Market: Teaching and Learning / Literacy January 2011: 8x10-1/2: 256pp Pb: 978-1-60918-041-6: £24.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 229x152: 246pp Hb: 978-0-415-88173-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88174-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81668-4: £90.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-33544-7

E-mail: for more information


Series: What Works for Special-Needs Learners eBooks are only available to order online

40 teaching and learning

Handbook of Early Literacy Research, Volume 3

High Quality Teaching and Learning

Edited by Susan B. Neuman, University of Michigan, USA and David K. Dickinson, Vanderbuilt University, Tennessee, USA

International Perspectives on Teacher Education

’This book offers fresh evidence and rich insights about how we, as a society, can better advance the oral and written language skills of young children ... Truly a ‘must read’ for educators, developmentalists, policymakers, and all those who aim to give young children a head start.’ – Bruce Fuller, University of California, Berkeley, USA This Handbook examines the full range of factors that shape learning in and out of the classroom, from basic developmental processes to family and sociocultural contexts, pedagogical strategies, curricula, and policy issues. Highlights of Volume 3 include cutting-edge perspectives on English language learning; innovative ways to support print knowledge, phonological awareness, and other code-related skills; and exemplary approaches to early intervention and teacher professional development. Guilford Press «Market: Teaching and Learning / Literacy February 2011: 246x174: 454pp Hb: 978-1-60918-027-0: £44.00

Handbook of Research on Literacy and Diversity

Edited by Aydin Yücesan Durgunoglu, University of Minnesota, USA and Claude Goldenberg, Stanford University, USA

’A much-needed resource, this handbook addresses both the promises and challenges of working with the richly diverse students attending schools today ... This volume should be added to the reference shelves of all literacy researchers, and can offer a strong grounding for graduate coursework.’ – Kristen H. Perry, University of Kentucky, USA

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Series: Challenges in Language and Literacy ’This volume presents an impressive cross-section of current research and thinking that will be greatly appreciated by graduate students and researchers in a wide range of disciplines, including curriculum and instruction, bilingual education, psycholinguistics and applied linguistics.’ – Kathryn Kohnert, University of Minnesota, USA Grounded in state-of-the-art research, this book explores how English language learners develop both the oral language and literacy skills necessary for school success. Chapters examine the cognitive bases of English acquisition, and how the process is different for children from alphabetic (such as Spanish) and nonalphabetic (such as Chinese) language backgrounds. Guilford Press «Market: Literacy December 2010: 234x156: 364pp Hb: 978-1-60623-954-4: £41.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


order now!

Teachers are the most important single element of the education system but what does it take to create high-quality teachers? In this book, leading international scholars describe the systemic policies and practices of teacher education in eight high-achieving countries – Finland, Singapore, the Netherlands, the UK, Hong Kong, Canada, Australia and the USA – and how they are dealing with teacher quality, equity, and the changing global society. An interesting diversity of policies and practices that support different emphases and changes in education is revealed – from those that emphasize the preparation of beginning teachers to those that emphasize teacher retention to those that emphasize critical policies and curriculum change.

Language and Literacy Development in Bilingual Settings

Edited by Lesley Mandel Morrow, Rutgers University, USA, Robert Rueda, University of Southern California, USA and Diane Lapp, San Diego State University, USA

Guilford Press «Market: Teaching and Learning / Literacy February 2011: 7x10: 464pp Pb: 978-1-60918-145-1: £30.50

Series: Teacher Quality and School Development

Routledge «Market: Education June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57700-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57701-4: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81755-1: £75.00

new in paperback

This is the first research Handbook to address all dimensions of diversity that have an impact on literacy achievement. Leading experts examine how teaching and learning intersect with cultural and language differences and socioeconomic disparities in today’s increasingly diverse schools and communities. The volume weaves compelling research findings together with theory, policy considerations, and discussions of exemplary instructional practices. The concluding section provides crucial recommendations for teacher preparation and professional development.

Edited by Ann Lieberman, Columbia University, USA and Linda Darling-Hammond, Stanford University, USA

teaching and learning 41

Leading a Creative School *

Professional Responsibility

Learning about Lasting School Change

New Horizons of Praxis

Edited by Ethel Sanders, University of Nottingham, UK

Edited by Ciaran Sugrue, University of Cambridge,UK and Tone Solbrekke, University of Oslo, Norway

Series: Creative Teaching/Creative Schools Leading a Creative School argues that school leaders are central in any change process, and offers suggestions and models of practice for a whole school change towards creative practice. Providing an overview of key issues and debates surrounding models of creative change, practical activities, and stimulus material for CPD sessions, this book will explain how to: • reflect on what change is, and why it is important • motivate teaching staff • create the conditions for change • develop practical strategies to bring about lasting reform • and assess and monitor changes taking place. Providing case studies and examples of school change from leading practitioners throughout, this book is an invaluable guide for all those involved in school leadership, management and change. Routledge «Market: Education / Creativity May 2011: 246x174: 96pp Hb: 978-0-415-57082-4: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57083-1: £18.99

Profound Improvement

Edited by Rebecca Powell, Georgetown College, Kentucky, USA and Elizabeth Rightmyer, Independent Education/Research Consultant, USA The Culturally Responsive Instruction Observation Protocol (CRIOP) is a framework for implementing culturally relevant literacy instruction and classroom observation. Drawing on research and theory reflecting a range of perspectives – multicultural instruction, literacy theory, equity pedagogy, language and discourse models, sheltered instruction, critical pedagogy – it provides a means for assessing the many variables of classroom literacy instruction and for guiding practitioners in their development as multicultural educators. The book includes classroom examples, written by teachers, showing their victories and struggles as they attempt to implement a pedagogy that is culturally responsive within a climate of high stakes testing. A highly effective instrument for assessing culturally responsive literacy instruction in schools, the CRIOP serves as a model for realizing a literacy that is both relevant and transformative.


Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88586-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88587-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83873-0: £95.00


Building Capacity for a Learning Community Coral Mitchell, Brock University, Canada and Larry Sackney, University of Saskatchewan, Canada Series: Contexts of Learning This revised and updated edition of Profound Improvement not only brings this important work up-to-date but also shows how the authors thinking has changed and developed since the book was originally written. The book focuses on the life of educators as it relates to professional learning and growth. It is concerned with human growth and development, human cognition and affect and human interactions and actions in the context of a school community. For the new edition the authors also: elaborate more fully the notion of learning communities based on living systems and ecological perspectives; and develop their capacity building model. They show that building a learning community is a dynamic process that engages the individual, the group and the organization in embedded interdependencies and mutual influences. As the authors clearly demonstrate: education is a living system as opposed to a managed system. Routledge «Market: Education / Professional Development March 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58923-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58924-6: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82602-7: £80.00 Prev. Ed: 978-9-0265-1634-4

E-mail: for more information


An Instructional Framework for Closing the Gap

for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge «Market: Continuing Professional Development May 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61462-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61463-4: £24.99

2nd Edition

Literacy for All Students

What does professional responsibility entail in an increasingly insecure, unpredictable and de-regulated world? This is the core question addressed in this text. The point of departure for the various contributions is that Professional Responsibility is a way of being in the world that includes a particular mandate – to behave in a manner consistent with moral and societal obligations as a professional. Increasingly, however, there is a lack of consensus as to what such mandates imply, and even more dissensus as to what appropriate exercise of responsibility entails. One of the distinctive features of this book is the manner in which it combines normative and empirical dimensions. It moves beyond dualistic perspectives to create a more inclusive conversation on professional responsibility. eBooks are only available to order online

42 teaching and learning 3rd Edition

2nd Edition

Starting Drama Teaching

Supporting Learning and Teaching

Mike Fleming, University of Durham, UK

Edited by Christine Bold

Starting Drama Teaching is a comprehensive guide to the teaching of drama in primary and secondary schools. It looks at the aims and purposes of drama and provides an insight into the theoretical perspectives that underpin practice alongside practical activities, examples of lessons and approaches to planning. Written by a leading authority in the field, this textbook emphasises the need for quality drama education and will be valuable reading for trainee teachers who are new to drama and teachers who wish to update and broaden their range. Routledge «Market: Education / Drama April 2011: 246x174: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-60133-7: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60134-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81800-8: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 246x174: 252pp Hb: 978-0-415-58355-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58356-5: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81836-7: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-8431-2127-5

Reclaiming Reading Reappropriating and Cultivating Reading for the 21st Century

new in paperback

Edited by Richard J. Meyer, University of New Mexico, USA and Kathryn F. Whitmore, University of Iowa, USA Inviting teachers back to the role of reflective advocates for thoughtful reading instruction, this book presents theory and pedagogical possibilities to reclaim and build upon the knowledge base that was growing when government mandates, scripted commercial programs, and high stakes tests took over as the dominant agenda for reading instruction in U.S. public schools. It examines how the teaching of reading can be reclaimed via an intensive reconsideration of five pillars as central to the teaching and learning of reading: learning, teaching, curriculum, language, and sociocultural contexts. Explaining what happens in readers’ minds as they read, and how teachers can design practices to support that process, Reclaiming Reading offers the knowledge base for taking good reading instruction out of the cracks and placing it back at the center of the classroom, informing and encouraging teachers to the stance of reflective, knowledgeable, professional decision-makers.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Teaching and Learning Proof Across the Grades * A K-16 Perspective Edited by Despina A. Stylianou, The City University of New York, USA, Maria L. Blanton, University of Massachusetts, Dartmouth, USA and Eric J. Knuth, University of Wisconsin, USA Series: Studies in Mathematical Thinking and Learning Series This important new collection provides a much-needed forum for mathematics educators to articulate a connected K-16 ‘story’ of proof. Such a story includes understanding how the forms of proof, including the nature of argumentation and justification as well as what counts as proof, evolve chronologically and cognitively and how curricula and instruction can support the development of students’ understanding of proof. By building and extending on existing research and by allowing a variety of voices from the field to be heard, Teaching and Learning Proof Across the Grades not only highlights the main ideas that have recently emerged on proof research, but also defines an agenda for future study. Routledge «Market: Education September 2010: 229x152: 408pp Pb: 978-0-415-88731-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88200-9: £85.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Education July 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88809-7: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88810-3: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83266-0: £100.00

This edited collection brings together theoretical perspectives, practical educational ideas and current academic debates to help students develop their understanding of core educational issues and the professional relationships necessary for quality learning. Covering a wide range of themes and topics relevant to learning support including styles, with a strong emphasis on developing effective study skills and reflective thinking skills this second edition: is fully updated with references to current legislation including the Common Assessment Framework, the Workforce Reform agenda and the Higher Level Teaching Assistant Status; contains new information on the changing roles of support workers in educational settings; covers issues from all age ranges so students can transfer this knowledge to their own educational setting; and helps students develop skills in guidance, counselling and behaviour management.

teaching and learning 43

Teaching Children English as an Additional Language

The Complete Citizenship Resource File

Programme for 7–11 Year Olds Part 2

A Whole School Solution for Years 7–11

Caroline Scott, EAL Teacher and Project Leader, UK

Andrew McCallum, London Metropolitan University, UK

Teaching Children English as an Additional Language involves a 10-week teaching programme of units and lesson activities for children aged 7–11 (Key Stage 2) new to English. It will help these children learn some very basic English sentences, questions and vocabulary, to get them through regular day-to-day routines more easily. The programme also contains emergency lessons to support learners in the first three days, cross curricular links, ways of using a home-school learning book and an opportunity for the child to make a booklet about themselves. It fosters the child’s home language, incorporates different learning styles as well as including a wealth of carefully tailored, themed resources. The programme is complete with activities, resources and assessment materials and helpful tips on how to develop a successful EAL department. Routledge «Market: Education / EAL June 2011: 297x210: 528pp Pb: 978-0-415-58656-6: £99.00

The Citizenship Education Resource File is a comprehensive resource pack for teaching Citizenship Education from Years 7 to 11. It provides everything you need to teach lively and engaging lessons that encourage students to take an interest in topical and controversial issues and actively involve themselves in discussion and debate. Each unit contains: • a planned programme of study with clear lesson objectives linked to the National Curriculum • full schemes of work for every lesson • fully photocopiable activities and worksheets. The emphasis throughout is on active learning and the materials provided are intended to provoke debate and get students to consider their role in their school, communities and wider society. All the worksheets are fully flexible and can be used for individual, pairs and group work or form the basis for class discussion. Routledge «Market: Secondary / Citizenship May 2011: 246x189: 304pp Pack: 978-0-415-60346-1: £125.00

2nd Edition

A Social Studies Approach Alan J. Singer, Hofstra University, USA Teaching Global History challenges prospective and beginning social studies teachers to formulate their own views about what is important to know in global history and why. It explains how to organize the curriculum around broad social studies concepts and themes and student questions about humanity, history, and the contemporary world. All chapters include lesson ideas, a sample lesson plan, primary source documents, and helpful visuals. The traditional curriculum tends to highlight the Western heritage, and to race through epochs and regions, leaving little time for an in-depth exploration of concepts and historical themes, for the evaluation of primary and secondary sources, and for students to draw their own historical conclusions. Offering an alternative to such pre-packaged textbook outlines and materials, this text is a powerful resource for promoting thoughtful reflection and debate about what the global history curriculum should be and how to teach it.


Routledge «Market: Education July 2011: 254x178: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-87548-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87549-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83236-3: £95.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Teaching Primary English through Drama A Practical and Creative Approach Suzi Clipson-Boyles, Deputy Director (Schools) – Nord Anglia Inspections, UK Teaching Primary English through Drama provides teachers and trainee teachers with a comprehensive and practical approach to using drama in the classroom as a vehicle for teaching English in the primary curriculum. This is underpinned by clear guidance on relevant classroom management and organisation. Guidance is given on how drama can enrich learning for pupils who are learning English as an additional language. There is also a chapter on drama as a discrete subject, including performance. Ideas to help with planning and assessment are included to support teachers when evaluating pupils’ progress in speaking, listening and social skills. This new book is a reworking of the author’s classic text Drama in Primary English. Routledge «Market: Primary Education June 2011: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59691-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59692-3: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81738-4: £75.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-8534-6540-6

E-mail: for more information


Teaching Global History eBooks are only available to order online

44 teaching and learning

The Primary Science and Technology Encyclopedia Chris Collier, Dan Davies, Alan Howe and Kendra McMahon, all at Bath Spa University, UK Unique in its field, The Primary Science Encyclopedia brings together in one indispensable reference volume over 250 entries covering a wide range of topics and ideas. The book provides clear descriptions, definitions and explanations of difficult scientific concepts, carefully chosen to reflect the needs of those involved in primary science education. In addition, this encyclopedia explains clearly how to teach scientific and technological ideas in a relevant and appropriate way. Extended entries are included on topics such as creativity, thinking skills and theories of learning and the book also provides insight into cross-curricular work, assessment and classroom organisation in the primary science classroom. This encyclopedia will be of interest to all teachers of 5 to 11-year-olds and anyone concerned with primary science and design and technology education.

The Really Useful ICT Book Graham Peacock and Jill Jesson, both at Sheffield Hallam University, UK Series: The Really Useful Series The Really Useful ICT Book provides straight-forward guidance for all those who want to improve their confidence using ICT in the primary classroom. Packed with ideas, worksheets and templates, this useable handbook provides specific guidance on: working with your class in a computer suite; developing meaningful lessons with stand-alone computers in all class sessions; using interactive whiteboards easily and really effectively; understanding how to assess children’s use of ICT; and using e-portfolios, blogs and wikis to present and share information. With an emphasis on developing children’s creativity and on progression from the Foundation Stage to Key Stage 2, The Really Useful ICT Book is the ideal resource for all training, newly qualified and experienced teachers, as well as those in support roles in primary schools.

Routledge «Market: Education / Primary Science December 2010: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-47818-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47819-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83224-0: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Primary Education / ICT May 2011: 297x210 Pb: 978-0-415-59277-2: £22.99

Best Practices in ELL Instruction

Practices for the Middle Grades

Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy ’Best Practices in ELL Instruction is a rich, invaluable resource for teacher educators, literacy specialists, and, most importantly, classroom teachers’ Both scholarly and accessible, this book is certain to become a classic in the field of language teaching and learning.’ – Yvonne S. Freeman, University of Texas at Brownsville, USA In this indispensable work, prominent authorities review the latest research on all aspects of ELL instruction (K-12) and identify what works for real students and schools. Provided are best-practice guidelines for targeting reading, writing, oral language, vocabulary, content-domain literacies, and other core skill areas; assessing culturally and linguistically diverse students; and building strong school-home-community partnerships. Chapters include clear-cut recommendations for teaching adolescent ELLs and those with learning disabilities. Guilford Press «Market: Teaching and Learning / Literacy June 2010: 234x156: 394pp Hb: 978-1-60623-663-5: £37.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-662-8: £24.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Leigh A. Hall, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA, Leslie D. Burns, University of Kentucky, USA and Elizabeth Carr Edwards, Georgia Southern University, USA Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy ’While addressing vocabulary, assessment, text selection, and other core topics, the book clearly and engagingly illustrates the significance of students’ cultural lives in the classroom.’ – Bob Fecho, University of Georgia, USA This book provides classroom-tested methods for engaging struggling middle grade readers – even those who appear to have given up – and fostering their success. The emphasis is on constructing respectful, encouraging learning environments that incorporate students’ diverse literacies, cultural interests, and prior knowledge and skills into instruction. Chapters outline effective, innovative strategies for instruction and assessment in comprehension, vocabulary, text-based discussion, critical reading, and other core areas. Realistic classroom examples are included throughout, including applications of non-traditional texts. Guilford Press «Market: Teaching and Learning / Literacy January 2011: 234x156: 238pp Hb: 978-1-60918-024-9: £34.00 Pb: 978-1-60918-023-2: £19.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Edited by Guofang Li and Patricia A. Edwards, both at Mitchigan State University, USA

Empowering Struggling Readers

teaching and learning 45

Matching Books and Readers

Real Talk in Elementary Classrooms

Helping English Learners in Grades K-6

Effective Oral Language Practice

Nancy L. Hadaway, University of Texas at Arlington, USA and Terrell A. Young, Washington State University, USA

Maureen P. Boyd, State University of New York, USA and Lee Galda, University of Minnesota, USA

Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy

Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy

’... Hadaway and Young make the complexity of teaching ELLs comprehensible without oversimplification. They bridge complex bodies of knowledge about reading instruction and language development, and do so with amazing clarity.’ – Catherine Kurkjian, Central Connecticut State University, USA Providing practical guidance and resources, this book helps teachers harness the power of children’s literature for developing ELLs’ literacy skills and language proficiency. The authors show how carefully selected fiction, non-fiction, and poetry can support students’ learning across the curriculum. Criteria and guiding questions are presented for matching books and readers based on text features, literacy and language proficiency, and student background knowledge and interests. Guilford Press «Market: Teaching and Learning / Literacy October 2010: 234x156: 254pp Hb: 978-1-60623-882-0: £34.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-881-3: £18.00

Reading Instruction for Diverse Classrooms

’Teachers and professional development providers will find this book highly readable, engaging, and useful. I really like the vignettes illustrating how each of the four teachers implemented their own versions of ‘real talk’ in their classrooms.’ – Anna O. Soter, The Ohio State University, USA Describing effective, creative strategies for talking with students in ways that enhance literacy learning, this book offers a window into the classrooms of four exemplary teachers. Principles of productive classroom discussions are illustrated with detailed case examples. The book shows how – and explains why – ‘real talk’ can enhance student engagement, foster critical thinking, promote mastery of literacy concepts, and instill a lasting love of reading. Guilford Press «Market: Teaching and Learning / Literacy April 2011: 234x156: 214pp Hb: 978-1-60918-159-8: £30.50 Pb: 978-1-60918-158-1: £18.00

Responsive Guided Reading in Grades K-5

Research-Based, Culturally Responsive Practice

Simplifying Small-Group Instruction

Edited by Ellen McIntyre, North Carolina State University, USA, Nancy Hulan, University of Louisville, USA and Vicky Layne, Engelhard Elementary School, Kentucky, USA

Jennifer Berne and Sophie C. Degener, both at the National College of Education, National-Louis University, USA Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy

Series: Solving Problems in the Teaching of Literacy


Guilford Press «Market: Teaching and Learning / Literacy February 2011: 246x174: 300pp Hb: 978-1-60918-054-6: £37.00 Pb: 978-1-60918-053-9: £20.00 for e-mail updates in your field


’Berne and Degener stand on the shoulders of literacy leaders such as Fountas and Pinnell, Allington, and Clay, but have further refined guided reading ... It will benefit not only new teachers organizing their classrooms for the first time, but also experienced teachers.’ – Terri Lowery, Union Elementary School, Warsaw, Ohio, USA This hands-on book presents an innovative approach to guided reading that is manageable even for teachers who are new to small-group, differentiated reading instruction. Numerous classroom examples illustrate how to organize groups and select suitably challenging materials, structure group sessions, provide scaffolding and cues while listening to students read, and balance small-group with whole-class instruction. Guilford Press «Market: Literacy June 2010: 234x156: 162pp Hb: 978-1-60623-704-5: £30.50 Pb: 978-1-60623-703-8: £16.95

E-mail: for more information


’McIntyre et al. present the latest thinking on ways to deliver culturally relevant literacy instruction that is both powerful and engaging ... This book is a ‘must read’ for teachers looking for a strong professional development resource.’ – Robert B. Cooter, Jr., Bellarmine University, USA This practical, teacher-friendly book provides indispensable guidance for implementing research-based reading instruction that is responsive to students’ diverse cultural and linguistic backgrounds. Structured around the ‘big five’ core topics of an effective reading program – phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension – the book explains tried-and-true teaching strategies for fostering all students’ achievement. eBooks are only available to order online

46 teaching and learning

The Reception Year in Action A Month-by-Month Guide to Success in The Classroom Anna Ephgrave, De Bohun School, UK The Reception Class in Action offers a unique insight into the workings of a highly successful Reception class as it progresses through a complete academic year. Covering all aspects of working with young children, the book clearly explains how the classroom and garden are organised and the boundaries that are in place to keep children safe, happy and free to explore and learn. It then then sets out the examples of learning and development that occurred during each month, as well as any surprises, activities and examples of ‘next steps’ that came about as a result of events. At each stage Anna Ephgrave gives the reason behind each decision and shows what the outcomes have been for the children. Written by a leading consultant teacher who is gaining national recognition for her practice, this book aims to inspire teachers by giving them the practical ideas and evidence of success to work in a way that is rewarding, manageable and, above all, best for the children in their care. Routledge «Market: Education / Early Years / Primary May 2011: 297x210: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-61850-2: £22.99

special needs

Edited by James M. Kauffman and Daniel P. Hallahan, both at University of Virginia, USA Special education is now an established part of public education in the United States – by law and by custom. However, it is still widely misunderstood and continues to be dogged by controversies related to such things as categorization, grouping, assessment, placement, funding, instruction, and a variety of legal issues. The purpose of this 13-part, 57-chapter handbook is to help profile and bring greater clarity to this sprawling and growing field. To ensure consistency across the volume, chapter authors review and integrate existing research, identify strengths and weaknesses, note gaps in the literature, and discuss implications for practice and future research. Routledge «Market: Education June 2011: 279x216: 864pp Hb: 978-0-415-80071-6: £140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80072-3: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83730-6: £140.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Teaching Students with Moderate and Severe Disabilities Diane M. Browder and Fred Spooner, both at the University of North Carolina at Charlotte, USA ‘Up-to-date, comprehensive, and thoughtfully sequenced, this book should be at the top of the list for any course on teaching students with moderate or severe disabilities. An outstanding text!’ – Craig H. Kennedy, Vanderbilt University, USA This essential text and practitioner guide is unique in its emphasis on fostering academic learning as well as life skills. In-depth chapters cover reading, mathematics, science, and social studies, as well as health care needs, communication and social skills, daily living, and job skills. The expert authors present research-based best practices for assessing each student’s needs and crafting individualized education plans that build a strong foundation for life in the community. User-friendly features include engaging vignettes, sample lesson plans, and reproducible checklists and forms. Guilford Press «Market: Special Education February 2011: 246x174: 430pp Hb: 978-1-60623-991-9: £51.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Handbook of Special Education

post-compulsory & higher education 47

Assessment for Learning in Higher Education

Sacred and Secular Tensions in Higher Education

A Practical Guide to Developing Learning Communities

Connecting Parallel Universities

Liz McDowell, Kay Sambell and Catherine Montgomery, Northumbria University, UK

Michael D. Waggoner, University of Northern Iowa, USA

Assessment for learning (Afl) has become an accepted term in Higher Education in the UK and beyond and features in the learning and teaching strategies of many universities. Often staff in HE are uncertain about how to implement AfL especially in times of constrained resources and this vital new guide provides low cost solutions that make best use of this essential new assessment tool. Providing an accessible blend of practical examples the authors suggest small-scale,’do-able’ ideas for the introduction of AfL. With practical case studies, suggestions include approaches to foster effective learning environments and communities via: collaboration; research-based learning; social interaction; peer interaction; and inquiry-based learning. Filling a vital gap in assessment literature, this book will become a useful handbook to guide all academic practitioners. Routledge «Market: Higher Education May 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58657-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58658-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81826-8: £75.00

Both sacred and secular worldviews have long held a place in U.S. higher education, although non-religious perspectives have been privileged in most institutions in the modern era. Sacred and Secular Tensions in Higher Education illustrates the importance of cultivating multiple worldviews at public, private, and faith-based colleges and universities in the interest of academic freedom, and intellectual and moral dialogue. Contributors argue that sacred perspectives are as integral to contemporary higher education in the United States as the more dominant secular perspectives. The debates and issues addressed attempt to rebalance the dialogue and place an emphasis on pluralism, rather than declare victory of one paradigm over the other. Student affairs administrators, higher education and religious studies faculty, and campus ministers and chaplains will benefit from better understanding the interplay of these ideas on campus, and the impact of the debate on the lives of faculty, students, and staff. Routledge «Market: Education July 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88755-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88756-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83383-4: £95.00

Diversity in American Higher Education Toward a More Comprehensive Approach Edited by Lisa M. Stulberg and Sharon Lawner Weinberg, both at New York University, USA Diversity has been a focus of higher education policy, law, and scholarship for decades, continually expanding to include not only race, ethnicity and gender, but also socioeconomic status, sexual and political orientation and more. Yet, existing collections still tend to focus on diversity in education as narrowly defined, or in relation to singular topics like access to higher education, financial aid, and affirmative action. By contrast, Diversity in American Higher Education captures in one volume the wide range of critical issues that comprise the current discourse on diversity on the college campus in its broadest sense.

The Engaged University International Perspectives on Civic Engagement David Watson,University of London, UK, Susan E. Stroud, Innovations in Civic Participation, USA, Robert Hollister, Tufts University, USA and Elizabeth Babcock, Innovations in Civic Participation, USA Series: International Studies in Higher Education University civic engagement encompasses a broad range of efforts to directly apply university resources to the communities and societies in which they are located. These activities include applied research, community service learning courses, education and training of non-matriculated groups, community development partnerships, and student volunteering. The Engaged University is a fully empirical account of a genuinely global movement of higher education institutions to increase university civic engagement. Based on the self-assessment policies and practices of an international network of over 20 universities committed to social and civic service, it examines the everyday their objectives, management and achievements. Routledge «Market: Education July 2011: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-87465-6: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81876-3: £100.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Education June 2011: 229x152: 334pp Hb: 978-0-415-87451-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87452-6: £29.99 eBooks are only available to order online

48 research methods

Beginning Interpretive Inquiry

Successful Research Supervision

A Step-by-Step Approach to Research and Evaluation

Supervising Students Doing Research

Richard Morehouse, Viterbo University, Wisconsin, USA

Anne Lee

After providing a solid philosophical foundation for an understanding of interpretive inquiry, the author gives a detailed step-by-step approach to conducting a research or evaluation project exploring all stages of the process including: • how the processes of interpretive inquiry fit together • where do inquiry ideas come from? • developing an appropriate inquiry sample? • data collection mechanisms • data analysis • writing for publication. Complete with case studies of a wide variety of interpretive inquiry projects this vital new book will help researchers from a wide range of disciples to plan, conduct and evaluate research that successfully blends both qualitative and quantitative approaches.

This book offers a research-based frame for academics to be able to examine and develop their effectiveness as research supervisors. It is vital for those supervising research at all levels in higher education if they want to ensure that their students succeed, gain efficiencies from working as part of an effective cohort and develop high levels of interdisciplinary understanding and criticality. From identifying and recruiting the best candidates to managing a project through to successful completion, this book guides the reader through a series of exercises to identify their strengths and weaknesses and then provides practical yet theoretically sound advice. The book is full of examples of best practice from outstanding scientists, social scientists and humanities supervisors in both the UK and the USA. Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-66352-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-66353-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81684-4: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Education Research June 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60188-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60189-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81824-4: £80.00

2nd Edition

Literacy Research Methodologies Edited by Nell K. Duke, Michigan State University, USA and Marla H. Mallette, Southern Illinois University, USA The definitive reference on literacy research methods, this book serves as a key resource for researchers and as a text in graduate-level courses. Distinguished scholars clearly describe established and emerging methodologies, discuss the types of questions and claims for which each is best suited, identify standards of quality, and present exemplary studies that illustrate the approaches at their best. The book demonstrates how each mode of inquiry can yield unique insights into literacy learning and teaching and how the methods can work together to move the field forward. New to this edition:




• significantly expanded: covers 18 approaches instead of 13 • chapters on content analysis, research in digital contexts, mixed methods, narrative approaches, and single-subject experimental design.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Guilford Press «Market: Literacy April 2011: 241x160: 506pp Hb: 978-1-60918-163-5: £51.00 Pb: 978-1-60918-162-8: £30.50 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5938-5060-9

education theory 49

Applied Critical Leadership in Education

Bourdieu and the Fields of Education Policy

Choosing Change

Understanding Globalization, Mediatization, Implementation

Lorri J. Santamaría and Andrés P. Santamaría, both at California State University, San Marcos, USA

Bob Lingard, University of Queensland, Australia and Shaun Rawolle, Charles Sturt University, Australia

Educational researchers, leaders, and practitioners are seeing the increasing need for practical transformative models and theories to address academic, cultural, and socio-economic gaps separating learners at all levels of the educational system. This book argues the need to transform status quo educational practices and explores an applied leadership model arising from critical theory and critical pedagogy traditions. The authors examine qualitative case studies featuring critical leaders in early childhood education, elementary school, middle school, high school, district level, and higher education, and follow with analysis, discussion, and application questions for readers to address. Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-88104-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88109-8: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81868-8: £85.00

This book thus breaks new ground methodologically and in terms of its application of Bourdieu specifically within education policy studies in the context of globalization and provides a new approach to education policy studies, derived from Bourdieu, and suitable for today’s context of multilevel governance and post-national pressures. It is the first book length analysis of education policy, situated in the context of contemporary globalization, and using all of Bourdieu’s ‘thinking tools’ and his reflexive methodology. Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57583-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81822-0: £75.00

Basil Bernstein

Curriculum, Syllabus Design and Equity *

The Thinker and the Field

A Primer and Model

Rob Moore, Cambridge University, UK

Edited by Allan Luke, Woods Annette and Katie Weir, all at Queensland University of Technology, Brisbane, Australia


Routledge «Market: Education / Sociology of Education June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-57703-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81825-1: £75.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Curriculum scholars and teachers working for social justice and equity have been caught up in acrimonious and polarizing political debates over content, ideology, and disciplinary knowledge. At the forefront in cutting through these debates and addressing the practical questions of the ‘technical form’ of the syllabus, this volume advances a unified, principled approach to the design of syllabus documents that aims for high quality/high equity educational outcomes. It introduces and unpacks definitions of curriculum, syllabus, the school subject, and ‘informed professionalism’; presents principles of design that are key to equitable teaching and learning; discusses a range of approaches; and offers clear and practical guidelines for writing curriculum documents and designing official syllabi and professional development programs at system and school levels. Examples from the US, Canada, Europe and Asia are included. Routledge «Market: Education July 2011: 229x152: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-80319-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80320-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83345-2: £90.00

E-mail: for more information


This book provides a detailed overview of the sociology of Basil Bernstein. It locates his thinking within the history of the field of British sociology in his life-time and also explores the classical sources in Durkheim and Marx. A major argument is that Bernstein needs to be located in first instance within a tradition in cultural anthropology that goes back to the linguistic theories of Whorf and Sapir. His relationships with the anthropologist, Mary Douglas, and the linguist, Michael Halliday are examined in these terms and the intellectually collaborative character of Bernstein’s evolving system of ideas is explored. This approach brings out the distinctive originality of Bernstein’s contribution to social theory. eBooks are only available to order online

50 education theory

Deconstructing Digital Natives

Educating for the Knowledge Economy?

Young People, Technology, and the New Literacies Edited by Michael Thomas, University of Central Lancashire, UK The term ‘digital native’ refers to the generation born after 1980, which has grown up in a world where digital technologies and the internet are a normal part of everyday life. Young people belonging to this generation are therefore supposed to be ‘native’ to the digital lifestyle, always connected to the internet and comfortable with a range of cuttingedge technologies. Deconstructing Digital Natives offers the most balanced, research-based view of this group to date. Existing studies of digital natives lack application to specific disciplines or conditions, ignoring the differences of educational fields and gender. Routledge «Market: Education June 2011: 229x152: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-88993-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88996-4: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81884-8: £90.00

Toward Diverse, Democratic, and Sustainable Communities Rebecca A. Martusewicz, Eastern Michigan University, USA, Jeff Edmundson, University of Oregon, USA and John Lupinacci, Eastern Michigan University, USA

Education Reconfigured

Series: Sociocultural, Political, and Historical Studies in Education Designed for introductory social foundations or multicultural education courses, this text offers a powerful model for cultural ecological analysis and pedagogy of responsibility, providing teachers and teacher educators with the information and classroom practices they need to help develop citizens who are prepared to support and achieve diverse, democratic, and sustainable societies in an increasingly globalized world. A primary premise is that diversity and democracy must be considered within our larger and more fundamental relationships to the living ecological systems supporting our communities. The book examines issues of social justice – race, class, gender, globalization – within a larger EcoJustice framework. It offers an analytic model whereby teachers and their students learn to identify the deep cultural patterns and assumptions framing our relationships to each other and to the natural world. The Companion Website for this book ( offers a wealth of resources linked to each chapter in the book.

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Culture, Encounter, and Change Jane Roland Martin, University of Massachusetts Boston, USA As philosophers throughout the ages have asked: what is justice? What is truth? What is art? What is law? In Education Reconfigured , the internationally acclaimed philosopher of education, Jane Roland Martin, now asks: what is education? In answer, she puts forward a unified theory that casts education in a brand new light. Martin’s ‘theory of education as encounter’ places culture alongside the individual at the heart of the educational process, thus responding to the call John Dewey made over a century ago for an enlarged outlook on education. Look through her theory’s lens and you can see that education takes place not only in school but at home, on the street, in the mall – everywhere and all the time. Look through that lens and you can see that education does not always spell improvement; rather, it can be for the better or the worse. Indeed, you can see that education is inevitably a maker and shaper of both individuals and cultures. Routledge «Market: Education June 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88962-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88963-6: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82914-1: £90.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


order now!

An unorthodox account of the knowledge economy and economic globalisation suggests that autonomy in the workplace and permission to think will be only given to the elite because of the introduction of digital taylorism which routinises much of the knowledge work that once required judgement and creativity. There are at least two reasons underlying such a view; it may be argued that in terms of the principle of equity all children should have an education that holds out the possibility that they may ascend the credential ladder to become knowledge workers; additionally it has been argued that such an education would provide the basis for entrepreneurialism. In this book, leading scholars from the US, the UK, Australia and New Zealand discuss these issues and interrogate the assumptions and links between the different elements of education and how they might relate to the economy. Routledge «Market: Education Policy & Politics June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61506-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61507-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81769-8: £75.00

EcoJustice Education

Routledge «Market: Education April 2011: 229x152: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-87250-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87251-5: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83604-0: £95.00

Edited by Hugh Lauder, University of Bath, UK, Michael Young, University of London, UK, Harry Daniels, Maria Balarin and John Lowe, all at University of Bath, UK

education theory 51

Educational Therapy in Action Behind and Beyond the Office Door Dorothy Fink Ungerleider This book goes behind the clinician’s door to illustrate the unusual and broad range of interventions – both academic/ vocational and social/emotional – that an educational therapist employs. This particular case study involves a young woman named Nora who had a severe but undiagnosed auditory processing disorder. She could not give meaning to the spoken language that came at her too rapidly, leaving her in a constant fog of words that she couldn’t comprehend. This case discloses the problems, their causes, and the emotional toll that had to be considered in developing an effective educational/therapeutic plan for Nora. It vividly illustrates the dynamic exchanges and mutual learning that goes on between client and therapist. Parts I and II illustrate how the psycho-educational interventions that addressed Nora’s academic and non-academic needs were gradually formulated over the first year. Part III provides a series of vignettes from subsequent years that illustrate the ongoing applications of the therapist’s work. Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 254x178: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-88884-4: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88885-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83154-0: £85.00

Foundations of Educational Technology Integrative Approaches and Interdisciplinary Perspectives J. Michael Spector, University of Georgia, USA Series: Interdisciplinary Approaches to Educational Technology The first volume in Routledge’s new Integrative Approaches to Educational Technology series, Foundations of Educational Technology is an introductory textbook for students enrolled in Educational Technology Masters and PhD programs. It focuses on fundamental characteristics that cut across users, contexts, and settings, considers the underlying assumptions of the field, introduces the relevant theories on which practice has been developed, and discusses the kinds of professional activities graduates are likely to engage in. This text provides students with engaging exercises and activities that contribute to their professional growth, using a unique four-step pedagogical feature that engages learners to TELL, ASK, SHOW, and DO. Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 254x178: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-87470-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87471-7: £45.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81419-2: £100.00

Exploring Well-being in Schools

Gaming the Past

A Guide to Making Children’s Lives More Fulfilling

Using Video Games to Teach Secondary History

John Peter White

Jeremiah McCall, Cincinnati Country Day School, USA

Despite a dramatic rise in average income in the last 40 years, people are no happier. Since the millennium personal well-being has recently shot up the political and educational agendas, with schools in the UK even including ‘Personal Well-being’ as a curriculum topic in its own right. This book takes teachers, student teachers and parents step by step through the many facets of well-being, pausing at each step to look at the educational implications for teachers and parents trying to make our children’s lives more fulfilling. With his renowned talent for distilling the most complex of philosophical arguments into accessible laymen’s terms, John White addresses the moral maze of well-being in this short, engaging book. It is of special interest to teachers and parents, since they are now at the sharp end of the culture change we are now experiencing.

As the games and learning field continues to grow in importance, Gaming the Past provides social studies teachers and teacher educators help in implementing this unique and engaging new pedagogy. This book focuses on specific examples to help social studies educators effectively use computer simulation games to teach critical thinking and historical analysis. Chapters cover the core parts of conceiving, planning, designing, and implementing simulation based lessons. Also included are sample unit and lesson plans and worksheets as well as suggestions for further reading. The book ends with multiple appendices that cover profiles of historical video games, hardware and software considerations, resources for web publishing, and suggestions for further reading. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Education / Well-being June 2011: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-60347-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60348-5: £19.99

Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-88759-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88760-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83183-0: £80.00 eBooks are only available to order online

52 education theory

Global Learning and Sustainable Development Edited by Helen Gadsby, Liverpool Hope University, UK and Andrea Bullivant, Liverpool World Centre, UK Series: Teaching Contemporary Themes in Secondary Education The new national secondary curriculum encourages teachers to develop more creative and flexible teaching around interrelated cross curricular topics which can help young people make sense of the some of the key ideas and challenges in today’s world. This book provides a clear overview of the Global Dimension and Sustainable Development dimension, its development in policy and what this means for teachers in practice. It outlines the different ways in which this particular dimension can be delivered as a crosscurricular theme, with examples of current activities and practice in schools, including detailed lesson plans and schemes of work. Providing clear guidance on the underpinning theory and policy and drawing upon current initiatives in schools, this book is essential reading for trainee and practising teachers wanting to know how the Global Dimension and Sustainable Development can be delivered in practice. Routledge «Market: Education / Secondary April 2011: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-58409-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58410-4: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81740-7: £75.00

How to use Technology Effectively in Post-Compulsory Education Alan Clarke, National Institute of Adult Continuing Education, UK Information and learning technology can provide valuable support for teachers in the wide range of contexts that exist in post-compulsory education. Aimed at trainee and pracitising teachers, this book contains clear, practical guidance on how to use technology and e-learning effectively to enhance all aspects of teaching and learning. Alan Clarke explains the technologies that are available and how to use them from whiteboards and virtual learning environments to digital photographs, podcasts and e-portfolios. Including a wide range of activities, questions for reflective practice and links to further sources of information, this essential textbook will help teachers in postcompulsory education to understand the major ILT tools and use them confidently and effectively in their teaching. Routledge «Market: Education / Technology April 2011: 246x174: 172pp Hb: 978-0-415-59132-4: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59133-1: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81741-4: £75.00

Intelligibility in World Englishes * Learning Theory and Theory and Practice Online Technology Cecil L. Nelson, Indiana State University, USA Intelligibility is the term most generally used to address the complex of criteria that describe, broadly, how useful someone’s English is when talking or writing to someone else. Set within the paradigm of world Englishes – which posits that the Englishes of the world may be seen as flexibly categorized into three Circles (Inner, Outer, Expanding) in terms of their historical developments – this text provides a comprehensive overview of the definitions and scopes of intelligibility , comprehensibility and interpretability, and addresses key topics within this paradigm. Designed for students, teacher educators, and scholars internationally, each chapter includes ‘Topics for Discussion and Assignments’ and ‘Suggestions for Further Reading’. Routledge «Market: Education December 2010: 229x152: 166pp Hb: 978-0-415-87181-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87182-2: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83257-8: £95.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Linda Harasim, Simon Fraser University, Canada Written for Instructional and Educational Technology Masters Programs, Learning Theory and Online Technology makes clear how teaching and learning online can provide a powerful new learning environment when built upon the success of traditional classroom and distance learning. This break-through text is based on extensive experience, theory and research, and reflects the growing recognition that online learning empowers many students with improved access to opportunities in Higher Education. Learning Theory and Online Technology offers an overview of the current state of e-learning, a foundation of its historical roots and growth, and a framework for discriminating among the major types of e-learning. It effectively addresses pedagogy, evaluation, and history.

Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 254x178: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-99975-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99976-2: £30.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84693-3: £100.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Series: ESL & Applied Linguistics Professional Series

education theory 53

Marx and Education

Shaping Education Policy

Jean Anyon, CUNY Graduate Center, USA

Power and Process

Series: Routledge Key Ideas in Education

Edited by Douglas E. Mitchell, University of California, Riverside, USA, Robert L. Crowson, Vanderbilt University, USA and Dorothy Shipps, Baruch College, USA

This concise, introductory book by Jean Anyon centers on the ideas of Marx that have been used in education studies as a guide to theory, analysis, research, and practice. Marxism and Education begins with a brief overview of basic Marxist ideas and terms and then traces some of the main points scholars in education have been articulating since the late 1970s. Following this trajectory, Anyon details how social class analysis has developed in research and theory, how understanding the roles of education in society is influenced by a Marxian lens, how the failures of urban school reform can be understood through the lens of political economy, and how cultural analysis has laid the foundation for critical pedagogy in U.S. classrooms. She assesses ways neo-Marxist thought can contribute to our understanding of issues that have arisen more recently and how a Marxist analysis can be important to an adequate understanding and transformation of the future of education and the economy.

Shaping Education Policy is a comprehensive overview of education politics and policy during the most turbulent and rapidly changing period in American history. Respected scholars review the history of education policy to explain the political powers and processes that shape education today. Chapters cover major themes that have influenced education, including the civil rights movement, federal involvement, the accountability movement, family choice, and development of nationalization and globalization. Sponsored by the Politics of Education Association, this edited collection examines the tumultuous shifts in education policy over the last six decades and projects the likely future of public education. This book is a necessary resource for understanding the evolution, current status, and possibilities of educational policy and politics.

Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 197x127: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-80329-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80330-4: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82961-5: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Education June 2011: 229x152: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-87504-2: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87505-9: £37.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83735-1: £100.00

Urban Education

The Great Literacy Debate

A Model for Leadership and Policy

A Critical Response to the Literacy Strategy and the Framework for English

Edited by Karen Gallagher, Estela Bensimon, Dominic Brewer and Rodney Goodyear, all at University of Southern California, USA Many factors complicate the education of urban students. Among them have been issues related to population density; racial, ethnic, cultural, and linguistic diversity; poverty; racism (individual and institutional); and funding levels. Although urban educators have been addressing these issues for decades, placing them under the umbrella of ‘urban education’ and treating them as a specific area of practice and inquiry is relatively recent. Despite the wide adoption of the term a consensus about its meaning exists at only the broadest of levels. In short, urban education remains an ill-defined concept. This comprehensive volume addresses this definitional challenge and provides a 3-part conceptual model in which the achievement of equity for all – regardless of race, gender, or ethnicity – is an ideal that is central to urban education. for e-mail updates in your field


The National Literacy Strategy, and its secondary version, The Framework for English, is considered the most ambitious educational reform programme in the world. In its 10 year history it affected every primary and secondary teacher in the country and, therefore, every child. This book is the first definitive, and objective, attempt to examine the actual impact of these reforms. The contributors are amongst the most respected experts on literacy and English from the UK and from across the world, and they do both justice to the policies and practices that developed, and examine them critically. The book will interest anyone concerned about literacy, whether a policy maker or a classroom teacher. Readers from around the world will be able to put this huge and vastly expensive initiative into a genuine and evidence-based perspective and to consider the lessons learned from both its ambitions and its failures. Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59763-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59764-7: £24.99

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Education July 2011: 254x178: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-87240-9: £160.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87241-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83733-7: £160.00

Edited by Andrew Goodwyn, University of Reading, UK and Carol Fuller eBooks are only available to order online

54 education theory

Psychological Theories of Learning in the Workplace

The New Political Economy of Urban Education

Filip Dochy, K. U Leuven, Belgium, David Gijbels, University of Antwerp, Belgium, Mien Segers, Leiden University, the Netherlands and Piet van den Bossche, Maastricht University, the Netherlands

Neoliberalism, Race, and the Right to the City

Series: Routledge Psychology in Education Psychological Theories of Learning in the Workplace is an advanced textbook that provides a fascinating overview of the most important psychological theories of learning and their practical application to organisational or workplace learning. Rigorously underpinned with contemporary psychological theories of learning, this book will be essential reading for all trainee and practicing educational psychologists, organisational psychologists, researchers and students in the field of Lifelong learning, Educational policy makers, students, researchers and teachers in Higher Education. The chapters have been written by key figures in education, psychology, and cognitive science and encompass a comprehensive range of conceptual perspectives on learning theory offering a wealth of new insights to support innovative research directions.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Series: Critical Social Thought Urban education and its contexts have changed in powerful ways. Old paradigms are being eclipsed by global forces of privatization and markets and new articulations of race, class, and urban space. Using Chicago as a case study of the interconnectedness of neoliberal urban policies on housing, economic development, race, and education, Lipman explores larger implications for equity, justice, and ‘the right to the city’. She draws on scholarship in critical geography, urban sociology and anthropology, education policy, and critical analyses of race. Her critical appraisal offers a significant contribution to current arguments about urban schooling and how we think about relations between neoliberal education reforms and the transformation of cities. By examining the cultural politics of why and how these relationships resonate with people’s lived experience, Lipman pushes the analysis one step further toward a new educational and social paradigm rooted in radical political and economic democracy. Routledge «Market: Education June 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-80223-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80224-6: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82180-0: £80.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Educational Psychology June 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-61893-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61894-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81799-5: £80.00

Pauline Lipman, University of Illinois-Chicago, USA

education theory 55 Education in the Black Diaspora Edited by Kassie Freeman, Southern University and A&M College, USA and Ethan Johnson, Portland State University, USA Series: Routledge Research in Education This volume gathers scholars from around the world in a comparative approach to the various educational struggles of people of African descent, advancing the search for solutions and bringing to light new facets of the experiences of Black people in the era of globalization. Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-89034-2: £75.00

Gender, Race, and the Politics of Role Modeling

Resilience in Social-Ecological Systems

The Influence of Male Teachers

The Role of Learning and Education

Wayne J. Martino and Goli Rezai-Rashti, both at University of Western Ontario, Canada

Edited by Marianne E. Krasny, Cornell University, USA, Cecilia Lundholm, University of Stockholm, Sweden and Ryan Plummer, Brock University, Canada

Series: Routledge Research in Education Drawing on the perspectives of minority teachers and students, and utilizing feminist, queer and anti-racist frameworks, this book rejects role modeling as a basis for explaining or addressing boys’ disaffection with schooling. Routledge «Market: Education July 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87866-1: £70.00

Moral Education in sub-Saharan Africa

Pedagogy of Multiliteracies Rewriting Goldilocks

Culture, Economics, Conflict and AIDS Edited by Sharlene Swartz, Human Sciences Research Council, South Africa and Monica Taylor, University of London, UK

Heather Lotherington, York University, Canada Series: Routledge Research in Education

This book challenges prevailing and dominant Global North frameworks on moral education by showing how an African perspective may be employed to address seemingly intractable problems such as the legacies of ethnic conflict, genocide, Apartheid, poverty and HIV/AIDS. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Moral Education.

Based on case studies from public schools in Toronto, Canada, this book aims to develop a theory and practice of teaching multiliteracies in culturally diverse, linguistically heterogeneous urban classrooms. Lotherington argues that in a globalized world literacy must be reassessed on an international scale and multilingualism must be theorized – and practiced – as a component of multimodal literacy.

Routledge «Market: Education Studies / Moral Education / African Studies April 2011: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-61340-8: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-88710-6: £75.00

Languages of Education *

Personal Epistemology and Teacher Education

Protestant Legacies, National Identities, and Global Aspirations

Edited by Jo Brownlee, Queensland University of Technology, Australia, Gregory Schraw, University of Nevada Las Vegas, USA and Donna Berthelsen, Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Daniel Tröhler, University of Luxembourg Series: Studies in Curriculum Theory Series In this landmark contribution to the study of the formation of the modern school, Daniel Tröhler applies one of the most recognized methods of historical research to an analysis of the ‘language’ of the academic discipline of education. Arguing the value of looking at languages rather than arguments – langues rather than paroles – this method of historical research is used to examine the background of different philosophies, theories, or arguments of education, specifically republicanism and Protestantism. Routledge «Market: Education February 2009: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-99508-5: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82842-7: £95.00

This book seeks answers to questions about the role of education and learning in helping social and ecological systems respond to change. This book was published as a special issue of Environmental Education Research. Routledge «Market: Learning Theory / Environmental Studies / Research Methods May 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55253-0: £80.00

Schooling and the Making of Citizens in the Long Nineteenth Century Comparative Visions Edited by Daniel Tröhler, University of Luxembourg, Thomas S. Popkewitz, University of Wisconsin-Madison, USA and David F. Labaree, Stanford University, USA Series: Routledge Research in Education This book is a comparative history that explores the social, cultural, and political formation of the modern nation through the construction of public schooling. It asks how modern school systems arose in a variety of different republics and nonrepublics across four continents during the long nineteenth century. Routledge «Market: Education May 2011: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-88900-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81805-3: £75.00

Series: Routledge Research in Education

Teacher Learning that Matters

This edited volume examines the role of personal epistemology in teaching across early childhood, primary, secondary and tertiary contexts, and the implications for teacher education, incorporating the most up-to-date research and theorising in the field.

International Perspectives

Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88356-6: £75.00

Postcolonial Perspectives on Global Citizenship Education Edited by Vanessa Andreotti, University of Canterbury, New Zealand and Lynn Mario de Souza, University of Sao Paulo, Brazil Series: Routledge Research in Education Applying postcolonial theory as a framework of analysis, this volume offers critiques of notions of development, progress, humanism, culture, representation, and identity, examining the implications of these critiques for pedagogical theory and educational practice.

Edited by Mary Kooy, OISE/University of Toronto, Canada and Klaas van Veen, ICLON/Leiden University Series: Routledge Research in Education This book compiles and synthesizes international research and theory of effective teacher learning, exploring the social and contextual (e.g., workplace) conditions in which teachers build and their capacities as learners and teachers, with the aim of transforming top-down professional development models that – the authors argue – fail to effectively change teacher knowledge/skill or improve student learning. Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88880-6: £75.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Education August 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88496-9: £75.00 eBooks are only available to order online

56 politics

Bilderberg People

Carole Pateman: Democracy, Feminism & Welfare

Inside the Exclusive Global Elite Ian Richardson, Andrew Kakabadse, Cranfield University, UK and Nada Kakabadse

Terrell Carver, University of Bristol, UK, Samuel A. Chambers and Carole Pateman, UCLA, USA

Bilderberg People explores the transnational power elite and the fundamental forces that shape the world in which we live. These forces, with their power to bring about transitions in emotion and preference within and beyond the elite community have potentially profound implications for all of us. Through exclusive interviews with attendees of the most prestigious of all informal transnational networks – Bilderberg – this book provides a unique insight into the networking habits and motivations of the world’s most powerful people. For the very first time, and through observance of strict anonymity, the personal accounts of transnational elite participants shed light on the critical question of who runs the world and why they run it the way they do.

Series: Routledge Innovators in Political Theory Carole Pateman’s work has pushed the leading edge of political theory. This book draws on her most influential pieces over the last four decades to provide a coherent and comprehensive overview of her significant contribution to the field of political theory.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Transnationalism and the Transnational Elite 2. Transnational Elite Interactions 3. Elite Collaboration 4. Transnational Networks 5. Consensus Formation 6. The Seductive Lure of Elite Membership 7. The Future of the Transnational Elite 8. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Politics & International Relations / International Political Economy / International Business June 2011: 198x129: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57634-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57635-2: £20.99

The Era of Socioeconomic Transition Theodore J. Davis Jr., University of Delaware, USA

Democracy at Last?

Series: Routledge Series on Identity Politics

Daniel C. Hellinger, Webster University, USA

Theodore Davis argues that the greatest threat to the social and political cohesiveness of the so-called black community may be the rise of a socially and economically privileged group among the ranks of black America. This rift has affected its ability to organize effectively and influence politics. Davis traces the changes in economic status, public opinion, political power and participation, and leadership over three generations of black politics. The result is an insightful analysis of black politics today.

This textbook introduces students to the study of Latin American politics by drawing primarily from political science research in comparative politics, but also with insights from interdisciplinary ‘area studies’ to provide a fuller context of the region. The themes of globalization and democratization are central. Selected Contents: Part I: Comparative Political Theory and Latin American Area Studies Part II: History: Colonial Legacies, Mass Politics and Democracy Part III: Development, Mass Politics in the Twentieth Century Part IV: Democratic Breakdown, Economic Struggles, and Transitions Part V: Revolution and Democracy Part VI: Movements, Civil Society and Parties Part VII: Rights, Institutions and Law: the Formal Rules of the Game Part VIII: Globalization and the Role of the United States Routledge «Market: Latin American Politics March 2011: 234x156: 560pp Pb: 978-0-415-88917-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82966-0: £100.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: 1. Three Eras of Contemporary Black Politics 2. Divided by Class 3. Public Opinion in Black and White 4. Changing Values and the Rise of Intra-racial Politics 5. Patterns of Public Opinion Among Blacks 6. Blacks’ Struggle for Political Power 7. Black Leadership and Politics 8. Beyond Class Routledge «Market: American Politics July 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87914-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87915-6: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85225-5: £95.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524


Comparative Politics of Latin America

Black Politics Today *

order now!

Selected Contents: Introduction Terrell Carver & Sam Chambers 1. Political Culture, Political Structure and Political Change 2. A Contribution to the Political Theory of Organizational Democracy 3. Political Obligation and the Sword of Leviathan 4. If Voting Could Change Anything, it Would be Illegal 5. Feminism a nd Democracy 6. The Shame of the Marriage Contract 7. Sex and Power 8. Equality, Difference, Subordination 9. Three Questions about Womanhood Suffrage 10. Wollstoncraft 11. The Legacy of T.H.Marshall 12. Freedom and Democratization 13. Another Way Foreward 14. An Interview with Carole Pateman Routledge «Market: Politics / Current Affairs April 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-78111-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78112-1: £25.99

politics 57

Deconstructing International Politics *

Feminism and International Relations *

Michael Dillon, University of Lancaster, UK

Conversations About the Past, Present and Future

Series: Interventions

Edited by J. Ann Tickner, University of Southern California, USA and Laura Sjoberg, University of Florida, USA

This book is the first full length manuscript to draw on the the insights and techniques of deconstruction to analyse international relations. Influenced primarily by Derrida, it critiques the cornerstones of international relations such as modernity, the state, the subject, security and ethics and justice. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Derrida for Starters Part 1: Deconstructing the Modern 2. The Sign of the State 3. The Sovereign and the Stranger 4. The Scandal of the Refugee Part 2: Deconstructing Security 5. Security and Subjectivity 6. Modernity, Discourse and Deterrence 7. Deconstructing the Military Body Part 3: International Politics to Come 8. Another Justice 9. Transformation 10. Conclusion: Another International Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Global Governance May 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55669-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55670-5: £24.99

European Union Security

This important introduction to feminist International Relations discusses the history, present and future of the field. With a unique format, it examines issues including global governance, the United Nations, war, peace, security, science, beauty and human rights.

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Gender Studies May 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-58457-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58460-9: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81681-3: £85.00

Governing the Global Economy

From Cold War to Terror War

Politics, Institutions and Development

Steve Marsh, University of Cardiff, UK and Wyn Rees, University of Nottingham, UK

Edited by Dag Harald Claes and Carl Henrik Knutsen, both at University of Oslo, Norway


Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Security Studies / European Studies / Transatlantic Studies June 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-34122-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34123-3: £21.99 for e-mail updates in your field


Series: Warwick Studies in Globalisation This volume provides an overview of the study of international political economy, analysing key questions in the discipline. With contributions from the leading scholars in the field, it provides a ‘bridging’ text between undergraduate textbooks and more advanced level research. Written accessibly and logically structured, the book is essential reading for all students and scholars of political economy.

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations May 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-66535-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-66536-0: £29.99

E-mail: for more information


A new and comprehensive guide to the European Union’s role and development in European security since the end of the Cold War, which explores the interface between the EU and other organizations and states, specifically NATO, the US and Russia. eBooks are only available to order online

58 politics

International Law, International Political Theory Relations and Global Governance and Climate Change Charlotte Ku, University of Illinois College of Law, USA

Precaution, Justice & Triage

Series: Global Institutions

Catriona McKinnon, University of Reading, UK International Relations and International Law have developed in parallel but distinctly throughout the 20th century. This book focuses on collaborative work within the disciplines of international law and international relations to note sample efforts to collaborate, and to assess the cultivation of an interdisciplinary outlook.

Series: Routledge Issues in Contemporary Political Theory Climate change is arguably the most important problem facing humanity. This work provides an important overview and valuable new perspectives on what political theory can bring to the debates about climate change. The book: • clearly explains the scientific issues involved

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Scholarly Collaboration Between International Law and International Relations 2. International Law and International Relations: Establishing Separate Identities 3. A Move Towards Collaboration in the Study of International Institutions 4. The Context and Background of International Activity 5. Contemporary Transnational Relations 6. Collaboration in the Study of Global Governance Routledge «Market: Politics / International Law April 2011: 216x138: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77872-5: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77873-2: £17.99

• discusses the range of theoretical responses including liberalism, utilitarianism, egalitarianism, rational choice, feminism, communitarianism and green theory • examines precautions against climate change • develops an original theory of liberal egalitarianism as a new way of understanding our response to climate change. It should be required reading for political theorists and environmental philosophers. Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Theory / Political Philosophy June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-46124-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46125-2: £24.99

Maritime Piracy Robert Haywood Series: Global Institutions Beginning with an overview and historical development of piracy and the relevant maritime governance structures, Maritime Piracy examines how 20th century shifts in global governance norms and structures eventually left the high seas open for predatory attacks on one of the world’s most fastest growing and essential industries. Moving through contemporary debates about how to best combat piracy, Haywood emphasises that a solution to this chronic global problem requires a long-term, holistic, and inclusive approach.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

A Comprehensive Introduction Edited by Sanjay Seth Series: Interventions What can postcolonialism tell us about international relations? What can international relations tell us about postcolonialism? In recent years, postcolonial perspectives and insights have challenged our conventional understanding of international politics. Postcolonial Theory and International Relations is the first book to provide a comprehensive and accessible survey of how postcolonialism radically alters our understanding of international relations. Routledge «Market: Politics / Postcolonial Studies June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58287-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58288-9: £22.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: 1. Overview Of The General Subject And Organizational Structure 2. The History And Development Of Key Moments Of Change In Forms, Intensity, And Locality Of Piracy 3. The ‘Nuts And Bolts’ Of Today’s Maritime Governance 4. The History And Development Of The Trends And Governance Of Piracy 5. Current Debate In Historical Perspective 6. Key Criticisms 7. Emerging Issues And Future Directions Routledge «Market: International Organizations / Politics / International Law June 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-78197-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78198-5: £17.99

Postcolonial Theory & International Relations

politics 59

Recovering Realism Colin Elman, Maxwell School of Syracuse University, USA This exciting new textbook systematically collects and collates the different strands of contemporary realism, accounting for their different predictions and explaining their prescriptions for policymakers. It provides a broad survey of contemporary realist scholarship; realism and foreign policy; balance of power theory; realism and typologies; and the metatheoretic status of realism. Selected Contents: 1. Recovering Realism: The Return of Pessimism 2. The Roots of the Realist Tradition 3. Classical Realism 4. Balance of Power Theory 5. Neorealism 6. Defensive Structural Realism 7. Offensive Structural Realism 8. Rise and Fall Realism 9. Neoclassical Realism 10. The Liberal Critique 11. The Institutionalist Critique 12. The Constructivist Critique 13. Realism and European Cooperation 14. Realism, American ‘Hegemony,’ and ‘Soft’ Balancing 15. Realism and the Rise of Nonstate Actors Routledge «Market: Political Science / International Relations June 2011: 246x174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77358-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77359-1: £23.99

Religion, Politics and International Relations Selected Essays Jeff Haynes, London Metropolitan University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics A leading authority in the discipline, Jeffrey Haynes has contributed to many of the most significant debates in the fields of religion and politics and religion and international relations in the last twenty years. This book brings together many of his most influential essays, offering a comprehensive analysis of religious actors and their political goals. Over the course of 15 essays, Jeffrey Haynes presents a survey of the interaction of religion and politics, both domestically and internationally, in relation to a variety of issues, and draws the findings together in a new conclusion written for the volume. Routledge «Market: Politics / Religion / International Relations April 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-61780-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61781-9: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81863-3: £90.00


Colin Elman, Maxwell School of Syracuse University, USA Despite some years in the doldrums, political realism is recovering its previously dominant role as the leading paradigm in the international relations sub-field. Realism’s return to prominence has been accompanied by a surge of new research, and by the development of several distinct variants within the research tradition. Covering the most important realist works, the book will be organized around different approaches, important critiques of realism, and debates realists and their critics have engaged in concerning recent events. The Realism Reader will provide a ‘one-stop-shop’ for all students taking a course in contemporary international relations theory, with a particular focus on realism.


Routledge «Market: Political Science / International Relations June 2011: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77354-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77357-7: £26.99 for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge Handbook of Diplomacy and Statecraft Edited by B.J.C. McKercher, Royal Military College of Canada, Canada The Routledge Handbook of Diplomacy and Statecraft illustrates that the new international order that has evolved – and is still evolving – after the end of the Cold War of the latter half of the twentieth century is one dominated by the rivalry of the Great Powers. A comprehensive survey of diplomacy across the world, this work will be essential reading for scholars and professionals alike. Selected Contents: Section 1: The Context of Diplomacy Section 2: The Great Powers 3. The United States Section 3: Middle Powers Section 4: Developing Powers Section 5: International Organisations and Military Alliances Section 6: The International Economy Section 7: Issues of Conflict and Co-operation Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Comparative Politics June 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-78110-7: £130.00

E-mail: for more information


Realism Reader eBooks are only available to order online

60 politics

Routledge Handbook of European Elections

The European Union and Global Social Change

Edited by Donatella M. Viola, Calabria University, Italy

A Critical Geopolitical-Economic Analysis

This Handbook is a comprehensive reference guide to the European Parliamentary Elections. Each of the country case studies is written to a common template making for an easy comparison of data, methodology and outcomes. Each of the country case studies includes:

József Böröcz, Rutgers University, USA This book provides an historical analysis of the European Union. Examining the development of the EU in a global context, the book draws on long-term processes of change in historical depth to developing a deeper understanding of global social change.

• country profile: area, population size and density, ethnic structure • an overview of the political landscape with a brief account of the political parties and electoral systems in EP elections and general national elections • public opinion survey on the European Union • level of party-cohesion over the EU • an outline of key international, European and domestic issues raised in the campaign • table of voters’ turnout and election results. The Handbook is an invaluable resource for all scholars of the European Union, European Parliament, Elections and Parties.

Routledge «Market: European Politics / Geopolitics / International Relations June 2010: 172x119: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-59517-9: £24.95 eBook: 978-0-203-87355-7: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / European Politics / Elections June 2011: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-59203-1: £130.00

3rd Edition

Edited by Graeme Gill There are an ever-burgeoning number of books analyzing the Russian experience, or aspects of it. However there is no single volume which gives both a broad survey of the literature as well as highlighting the cutting edge research work. Through both empirical data and theoretical investigation each chapter in the Routledge Handbook Russian of Politics and Society will review both the Russian experience and the existing literature, point to research trends, and identify issues that remain to be resolved. This handbook seeks to answer questions about democratic transition, the relationship between the market and democracy, stability and authoritarian politics, the development of civil society, the role of crime and corruption, and the creation of a market economy. Providing a comprehensive resource for scholars and policy makers alike, this book is an important contribution to the study of Russian Studies, Eastern European studies, and International Relations. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Comparative Politics June 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-57627-7: £110.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Texas Politics Governing the Lone Star State Cal Jillson, Southern Methodist University, USA Approaching the politics of the Lone Star State from historical, developmental, and analytical perspectives, this text avoids partisanship, ideology, and gimmicks to provide the most comprehensive, readable, and accurate brief description of Texas politics available today. Selected Contents: 1. Texas and the Texans: Then and Now 2. The Texas Constitution and American Federalism 3. Political Participation in Texas: Voters, Campaigns, and Elections 4. Interest Groups in Texas 5. Political Parties in Texas 6. The Texas Legislature 7. The Governor and the Executive Branch 8. The Judicial System in Texas 9. Local Government in Texas 10. Financing State Government: Budgets, Revenues, and Expenses Routledge «Market: American Politics March 2011: : 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-89060-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82941-7: £22.19

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge Handbook of Russian Politics & Society

politics 61

Third Party Blues The Truth and Consequences of Two Party Dominance Scot Schraufnagel, Northern Illinois University, USA Series: Controversies in Electoral Democracy and Representation Third Party Blues presents a concerted effort to analyze the historical value of third parties while showing that minor party inclusion does prompt real-world positive consequences.

United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) Stephen Browne, Director of The Future of the UN Development System (FUNDS) Project Series: Global Institutions The UNDP has been responsible for many of the development activities of all the UN agencies from the 1940s to the Millennium Development Goals. This volume is a short and accessible introduction to the organization that serves as the primary coordinator of the work of the United Nations (UN) system throughout the developing world – the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP). It explains the UNDP’s history, institutional structure and policies and assesses its successes and failures in the fight against global poverty.

Selected Contents: 1. The Case for Third Party Representation 2. The Effect of Election Laws on Third Party Failure 3. More of the Truth: Ballot Access Change in Maryland and Florida 4. Third Parties and Landmark Policy Productivity 5. Third Parties and Civic Engagement 6. How to Make Third Parties Viable Once More? Routledge «Market: American Politics May 2011: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-88158-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88159-3: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84780-0: £95.00

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: the UN and Development 2. The origins and history of UNDP 3. The origins and history of the UN Development System 4. Development research and advocacy 5. The UN in technical assistance 6. Development standards, norm-setting and UN policy 7. Fostering inter-governmental (and international) cooperation 8. Why Reform has Failed 9. Conclusion: the Future of UNDP and the UN Development System Routledge «Market: Politics / African Politics June 2011: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-77649-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77650-9: £16.99

3rd Edition

2nd Edition

The Modern State

UN Security Council

Christopher Pierson

Practice and Promise


Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Modern States 2. Placing the State in Modernity 3. States and Societies 4. State and Economy 5. States and Citizens 6. States and the International Order 7. States of the Twenty-First Century 8. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Politics / Sociology and International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58761-7: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58762-4: £22.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-32933-0 for e-mail updates in your field


Edward C. Luck, Columbia University, USA Series: Global Institutions Remarkably little has been written about the Council, though it has become one of the most dynamic, ambitious, and controversial institutions in contemporary world politics. The new edition of this sucessful work has been fully updated to reflect the current agenda of the Council, including new material on peacebuilding, gender based and sexual violence, and the responsiblity to protect, UN Security Council is essential reading for those with interests in international peace and security and international politics and relations. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 216x138: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-78237-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78238-8: £17.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-35531-5

E-mail: for more information


The new edition of this well-established and highly regarded textbook continues to provide the clearest and most comprehensive introduction to the modern state. It examines the state from its historical origins at the birth of modernity to its current jeopardized position in the globalized politics of the 21st century. The book has been entirely revised and updated throughout, and there is substantial new material on the financial crisis and the environment. eBooks are only available to order online

62 politics A Critical History of the Economy *

China and Orientalism

Ryan Walter, University of Queensland, Australia

Western Knowledge Production and the P.R.C

Comparative Environmental Regionalism

Series: Routledge/RIPE Studies in Global Political Economy

Edited by Daniel Vukovich, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong

Edited by Lorraine Elliott and Shaun Breslin, University of Warwick, UK

This book provides a detailed intellectual and critical history of the economy, explaining how the economy came to be analytically separated from its social and political moorings in the 19th century. It offers a historical perspective on current IPE concerns, and links IPE with the growing field of contextualist intellectual history.

Series: Postcolonial Politics

Series: Routledge/GARNET series

This book argues that there is a new specifically Sinological form of orientalism at work in the world. This marks a shift within orientalism from a logic of an essential difference between East and West, to one of sameness, China where is now seen as becoming-the-same as the West: liberal, modern, normal.

Focuses on environmental governance as a key issue of analysis, to provide an important new conceptualisation of ‘region’ and regional power.

Alker and IR Global Studies in an Interconnected World Edited by Renèe Marlin-Bennett Series: New International Relations Examines Hayward Alker’s contribution to the study of global IR and Politics. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61597-6: £80.00

Conflicting Understandings, Competing Preferences 1990–2002 Suzanne Xiao Yang, Balliol College, University of Oxford Examining China’s changing role in the UN security council, in the context of policy decisions and the Iraq intervention.

Theory & Violence in World Politics Francois Debrix, Florida International University, USA and Alexander D. Barder, John Hopkins University, USA Series: Interventions This book provides a novel approach to the study of security and global governance by demonstrating that psychological interventions are integral to global governmentality. Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Theory / International Relations Theory June 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-78059-9: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61769-7: £80.00

The Role of the Chair Dimitris Bourantonis, American University, Washington DC, USA Series: Routledge Research on the United Nations (UN) The book develops an analytical framework for the systematic study of the chairmanship office and its potential impact on multilateral negotiations. It elaborates on its origins, the parameters and conditions of chair’s effectiveness, and the performance of the chair’s functions.

Corporate Risk and National Security Redefined * Karen Lund Petersen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics Situated within the debate on terrorism risk and security, this book investigates the role of private companies in counter-terrorism policies. With case studies on airports, airlines, ports and food production companies it challenges the modern understandings of national security and corporate risk. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Security May 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-57999-5: £75.00

Council of Europe *

Climate Policy Changes in Germany and Japan

Martyn Bond

A Path to Paradigmatic Policy Change

The book reviews the history of the Council of Europe from its foundation in 1949 through the early conventions on human rights and culture to its expansion into the fields of social affairs, environment and education. It provides a comprehensive examination of the expansion of membership and the extension of competences as well as describing key debates within the organisation.

Rie Watanabe, University of Niigata Prefecture, Japan Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics

Chairing Multilateral Negotiations in the United Nations

order now!

China in the UN Security Council Decision-making on Iraq

Series: New International Relations

Beyond Biopolitics

Routledge «Market: Politics June 2011: 216x138: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-49082-5: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Postcolonial Studies / Critical Theory June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59220-8: £80.00

This volume examines German and Japanese case studies to examine paradigm shifts in climate change policy. This comparative approach provides a foundation for examination of wider policy issues and policy making on climate change within governmental organisations. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61575-4: £80.00

Coalition Government and Party Mandate How Coalition Agreements Constrain Ministerial Action Catherine Moury, CIES, Spain Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics A comparative study of ministerial behaviour and coalition agreements. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60161-0: £80.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Series: Global Institutions

Routledge «Market: Politics / European Politics June 2011: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-57119-7: £75.00

Dealing with the Legacy of Authoritarianism The ‘Politics of the Past’ in Southern European Democracies Edited by Antonio Costa Pinto, University of Lisbon, Portugal and Leonardo Morlino, University of Florence, Italy This collective work deals with repressive institutions and human rights abuses as two dimensions of authoritarian legacies in southern European democracies. This book was published as a special issue of South European Society and Politics. Routledge «Market: European Politics / Democracy / Nationalism May 2011: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-58708-2: £85.00


Routledge «Market: IPE / International Relations / Economics / History May 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58890-4: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations March 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-61143-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81895-4: £75.00

politics 63 Democracy and Violence Global Debates and Local Challenges Edited by John Schwarzmantel and Hendrik Jan Kraetzschmar, both at University of Leeds, UK This book examines the impact of political violence on democracy and democratisation with original case-studies drawn from Latin America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia. This book was published as a special issue of Democratizations. Routledge «Market: Democracy / Political Behaviour / Political Violence June 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-60957-9: £85.00

Dialectics and Contemporary Politics Critique and Transformation from Hegel to Post-Marxism John Grant, McMaster University, Canada Series: Routledge Innovations in Political Theory Dialectics and Contemporary Politics develops a full theory of dialectics in order to reset the terms of dialectical critique and affirm its ability to produce radical insights about contemporary society. Dialectical thought has been the subject of sustained criticism since the 1960s, when competing approaches such as structuralism, genealogy, deconstruction and post-Marxism took political theorizing in new directions. Far from simply rehabilitating old ideas, however, this work offers an original theory of dialectics that is flexible, intelligent and coherent, and which can account for more than just capitalism and the labour movement. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations Theory April 2011: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-78134-3: £80.00

Federalism and the History of the European Union Iona Annett, University of Melbourne, Australia Examines the integration history of the European Union as a gradual process of federalisation that began with the European Coal and Steel Community in 1951. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61574-7: £80.00

Emergency Management and Social Intelligence

Intercultural Negotiations

A Comprehensive All-Hazards Approach

As a result of transnational population flows and globalized media, intercultural communication is a daily occurrence. The contributions to this volume propose new ways of conceptualizing intercultural communication to suit contemporary multicultural and multilingual environments. This book was published as a special issue of the European Journal of English Studies.

Ameya Pawar, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois, Charna R. Epstein and Scott. C. Simon, University of Chicago, Illinois Supplying an understanding of social vulnerability and its interplay with emergency management, this book provides information on garnering information to adapt emergency plans for emergency situations. It includes a historical analysis of how disaster monies has been spent as well as how it has been allocated so that it doesn’t mitigate future events. The authors discuss how harnessing local community intelligence from information centers and leveraging organizational capacity can help to ensure emergency plans remain living documents that are easily adaptable. CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4797-8: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4798-5: £57.99

Edited by Ian MacKenzie

Routledge «Market: Politics February 2011: 246x174: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-61746-8: £80.00

Interrogating Democracy in World Politics * Edited by Joe Hoover, Meera Sabaratnam and Laust Schouenborg, all at London School of Economics, Editor, Millennium Journal Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics

Epistemological Liberalism Culture, Justice and the State Adam James Tebble, University of Buckingham, UK Series: Routledge Innovations in Political Theory How should the State respond to the different and sometimes conflicting identity-based justice claims made by its citizens? To what extent should majority societies accede to the claims of immigrant groups whose conflicting values are so different to their own? Drawing on the work of economist and political theorist Friederich Hayek, the author builds a major critique of the role of public institutions and of contemporary responses to cultural diversity and the underlying principles for justice. Discovering Cultural Justice seeks to defend an ‘epistemological’ account of liberalism as the most appropriate response to the challenges facing justice in a culturally diverse and socially complex modern society. An invaluable contribution to contemporary debates about justice, this book will be of interest to students and scholars of culture and identity, contemporary political theory/ philosophy and liberal political theory. Routledge «Market: Contemporary Political Theory / Political Philisophy / Politics June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59199-7: £80.00

Global Social Justice * Edited by Heather Widdows and Nicola J. Smith, both at University of Birmingham, UK

It is often assumed that democracy is both desirable and possible in global politics. This volume provides an important counter-argument to this assumption by questioning the history, meaning and concepts of democracy in contemporary international and global politics. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59531-5: £80.00

Issue Salience in International Politics * Edited by Kai Oppermann, University of Cologne, Germany and Henrike Viehrig, University of Cologne, Germany Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics This book analyses the salience of foreign and security policy issues to domestic actors, its role in the analysis of international politics and its consequences for foreign policy decision-making. It features studies on Western Europe and North America and addresses European Integration, Foreign and Security Policy and Transatlantic Relations. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations May 2011: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-58651-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81695-0: £80.00

Series: Rethinking Globalizations This book provides a distinctive multi-disciplinary contribution to debates about global justice and global ethics addresses issues including human rights, the environment, health, labour, peacebuilding and political participation, and sexuality. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Philosophy May 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57941-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81697-4: £70.00 eBooks are only available to order online

64 politics Italian Neo-Fascism from 1943 to the Present Day

New Directions in Feminism and Human Rights

Nuclear Waste Management in a Globalised World

Andrea Mammone, Kingston University, UK and Stèphanie Dechezelles, Institut d’Etudes Politiques, Bordeaux, France

Edited by Dana Collins, California State University at Fullerton, USA, Sylvanna Falcon, University of California, USA, Sharmila Lodhia, Santa Clara University, USA and Molly Talcott, California State University at Los Angeles, USA

Edited by Urban Strandberg and Mats Andrèn, both at University of Gothenburg, Sweden

This cross-disciplinary book provides the first account of the history and evolution of Italian neofascism; from the early clandestine and terrorist insurgency in 1943 to the contemporary blackshirt archipelago. The book reveals the patterns of political and cultural continuity since Fascism as well as the constant contradiction within the history and cosmology of Italian neo-fascism. Routledge «Market: Politics and Current Affairs April 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-44715-7: £75.00

This book seeks to understand the contradictions that emanate from, on the one hand, the institutionalization of human rights among imperial nation-states and global governmental bodies and, on the other, the growing embrace of human rights logics and languages by women and men who are struggling for justice across the world. This book was published as a special issue of the International Feminist Journal of Politics. Routledge «Market: Feminist Politics / Human Rights / Women’s Studies June 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-61030-8: £85.00

Jim Crow Citizenship How Southern Progressives Remade Race, Citizenship and Liberalism in America Marek Steedman, University of Southern Mississippi, USA Series: Routledge Series on Identity Politics Jim Crow Citizenship relates familiar developments in American state-building, legal development, and political thought to race, showing how race intertwines with these developments, often shaping them in decisive fashion.

New Participatory Dimensions in Civil Society * Professionalization and Individualized Collective Action Edited by Jan W. Van Deth, Mannheim University, Germany and William A. Maloney, University of Newcastle Upon Tyne, UK Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science

Routledge «Market: African American Studies / Politics / American History July 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-89053-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82947-9: £70.00

This volume explores how citizens participate in democratic politics today and the development of new participatory forms. It demonstrates that many citizens don’t find political involvement attractive and increasingly leave the floor to professional associations and opt for individualized modes of collective action.

Marxism and the Global Financial Crisis

Routledge «Market: Comparative Politics / Political Participation / Citizenship Studies / Sociology June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58893-5: £75.00

Edited by Hillel Ticktin, University of Glasgow, UK The book discusses the nature of Marxist theory of crisis and applies it to the global financial crisis which began in 2007. It goes into detail into its causes in a spirited and independent manner. This book was published as a special issue of Critique. Routledge «Market: International Political Economy / Political Philosophy March 2011: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-60397-3: £80.00

NATO’s Security Discourse After the Cold War * Representing the West Andreas Behnke, University of Reading, UK Series: New International Relations This book provides a critical investigation into the discursive processes through which the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) reproduced a geopolitical order after the end of the Cold War and the demise of its constitutive enemy, the Soviet Union.

Nigeria At Fifty The Nation in Narration Edited by Ebenezer Obadare, University of Kansas, USA and Wale Adebanwi, University of California-Davis, USA On the special occasion of the fiftieth anniversary of Nigeria’s political independence, this book frames the socio-historical and political trajectory of Nigeria while examining the many dimensions of the critical choices that has shaped the country. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary African Studies. Routledge «Market: African Studies / Postcolonial Studies June 2011: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-60840-4: £85.00

Routledge «Market: Politics / Internation Relations / Security Studies June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58453-1: £80.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

High-level nuclear waste brings about controversies, uncertainties, and risks, and will be subject to policy decisions and value assessments during at least the next 100 years. By exploring policy-making in Canada, France, Germany, India, Sweden, the UK and the USA, this special issue book addresses the challenges that nuclear waste poses for mankind today and in the distant future. This book was published as a special issue of Journal of Risk Research. Routledge «Market: Politics February 2011: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-61567-9: £80.00

Party System Change in Western Europe Gemma Loomes Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics Examines the reasons for party system change in western Europe by focusing on the role that political parties themselves play in the process Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60160-3: £80.00

Politicising Ethics in International Relations Cosmopolitanism as Hospitality Gideon Baker, Griffith University, Australia Series: Routledge Research in International Relations Theory Addressing key issues including sovereignty, political community, democracy and international intervention, this book outlines a theory of cosmopolitan politics based on hospitality and makes an important contribution to the debates about cosmopolitanism and ethics in IR. Routledge «Market: International Relations / Political Theory / Security March 2011: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-56177-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82903-5: £75.00

Politics and the Art of Commemoration Katherine Hite, Vassar College, USA Series: Interventions This book explores relationships among art, representation and politics through memorials to violent pasts. Drawing on curators, art historians, psychologists, political theorists, holocaust studies scholars, and others, the book uses memorials as conceptual lenses into deep politics of conflict and as suggestive arenas for imagining democratic practice. Routledge «Market: Politics / Development June 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-78071-1: £80.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Series: Extremism and Democracy

politics 65 Politics of Religion in Western Europe

Religious Actors in the Public Sphere

Shifting Borders in the European Union

Edited by Franáois Foret and Xabier Itcaina, SPIRIT, Institut d’Etudes Politiques de Bordeaux, France

Means, Objectives, and Effects

Theoretical Approaches and Policy Implications in the New Neighbourhood

Series: Routledge/ECPR Studies in European Political Science Examines the role of religion in the EU integration process and Western European countries. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59534-6: £75.00

Politics of Urbanism Seeing Like a City Warren Magnusson, University of Victoria, Canada Series: Interventions Magnusson suggests that we need to abandon our state-centric approach to political understanding and learn to see ‘like a city’ if we are to make sense of contemporary politics. This work will be of great interests to scholars of political theory, urban theory and international relations theory. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations Theory / Philosophy June 2011: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-78241-8: £80.00

Regulation Theory and Sustainable Development Business Leaders and Ecological Modernisation Corinne Gendron, Universitè du Quèbec á Montrèal, Canada Series: Routledge Research in Environmental Politics Examines whether proposed economic solutions to environmental issues are viable. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61770-3: £80.00

Edited by Jeff Haynes, London Metropolitan University, UK and Anja Hennig, European University Viadrina, Germany Series: Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics This book seeks to argue that religious actors play a crucial role in the complex processes of entering or re-entering the public spheres of state, political, and civil society. Seeking to ameliorate the analytical lacuna and concentrating on both the meso and micro levels of religious public involvement, the contributors explain how representatives from religious and political institutions act and interact in a variety of ways for various purposes. Routledge «Market: Politics / Religion / Public Policy June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61035-3: £80.00

Examines the impact of globalization and integration on borders within the EU, and between the EU and external countries. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-61609-6: £80.00

Socialism and Religion Vincent Geoghegan Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought

Role Theory in International Relations Edited by Sebastian Harnisch, Ruprecht-KarlsUniversity of Heidelberg, Germany Series: Routledge Advances in International Relations and Global Politics This important new volume advances current role theory scholarship, offering concrete theoretical suggestions of how foreign policy analysis and IR theory could benefit from a closer integration of role theory. It will be of great interest to all scholars and students of international relations, foreign policy and international politics. Routledge «Market: International Relations / International Politics / Foreign Policy March 2011: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-61484-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81875-6: £80.00

Religion and Democracy

Edited by Adrian Dellecker and Thomas Gomart, both at IFRI, France

A Worldwide Comparison

Series: Routledge/GARNET series

Carsten Anckar, Åbo Akademi University, Finland

This book provides an original and thoroughly academic analysis of the link between Russian energy and foreign policies in Eurasia, as well as offering an interpretation of Russia’s coherence on the international stage.

This important new study empirically assesses the relationship between religion and democracy, looking at the global, regional and individual country picture. Examining religions including Christianity, Islam Buddhism, Hinduism, Chinese folk religion, Confucianism, Taoism and Judaism, Anckar seeks to demonstrate that the political context is more important than religious affiliation for explaining attitudes towards democracy.

Series: Routledge/GARNET series

Roads to Common Wealth

Russian Energy Security and Foreign Policy *

Series: Routledge Studies in Religion and Politics

Edited by Klaus Bachmann, University of Wroclaw and the Warsaw School for Social Psychology, Poland and Elzbieta Stadtmuller, University of Wroclaw

Providing a comprehensive analysis of the Common Wealth movement, this work seeks to bring together for the first time the religious and political commitments of four of the leading thinkers in the movement, bringing to light the significance of the relationships between them. Routledge «Market: Politics / Political Theory / Religion / Social Theory May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66828-6: £75.00

Stuart Hall and ‘Race’ Edited by Claire Alexander, London School of Economics, UK Stuart Hall is one of the most important contemporary theorists of race and ethnicity in the world. This collection of essays explores the legacy of Hall’s five decades of writing and political engagement, and includes an in-depth interview with Hall himself in which he reflects on this work and explores the challenges for the future. This book was published as a special issue of Cultural Studies . Routledge «Market: Politics February 2011: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-61300-2: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Russian & Central Asian Studies May 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-54733-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81673-8: £80.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Comparative Politics / Religion / Sociology / International Relations May 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55659-0: £80.00 eBooks are only available to order online

66 politics The Bank for International Settlements

The Global Governance of Knowledge

The Political Economy of Noncompliance

The Politics of Global Financial Supervision in the Age of High Finance

Education, Research, Innovation and International Knowledge Diffusion

The Politics of Adjusting to the European Single Market

Kevin V Ozgercin, SUNY College at Old Westbury, USA

Edited by Helge Hveem, University of Oslo, Norway and Lelio Iapadre, United Nations University (UNU-CRIS), Belgium

Scott Siegel, Naval Postgraduate School, USA

This book offers readers the only available definitive guide to understanding the BIS’s identity and institutional make-up, as well as its role in the global financial system. It examines the internal governance and policy outputs of the BIS and provides a critical analysis of its evolution as the principal international center for central bank cooperation and the establishment international rules and standards for supervising internationally active banks. Routledge «Market: Politics and Current Affairs June 2011: 216x138: 196pp Hb: 978-0-415-77929-6: £75.00

Edited by Christopher Hobson, University of Aberystwyth, UK and Milja Kurki, Aberystwyth University, UK Series: Democratization Studies Explores the frameworks underlying different notions of democracy, and how these influence political decisions. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59687-9: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-60574-8: £80.00

A World Without Sovereigns Alex Prichard, University of Bristol, UK Series: New International Relations An original interpretation of the influence of Pierre-Joseph Proudhon on political systems and international relations. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59688-6: £75.00

The Political Economy of Global Remittances *

The European Union and Multilateral Trade Governance The Politics of the Doha Round Arlo Poletti, University of Antwerp, Belgium Series: Routledge/GARNET series Examines the EU’s role in global economic governance and the negotiations of the Doha Round.

order now!

This volume utilises case studies and a comparative country / thematic approach to prove a compehensive survey of the regulation and governance of knowledge flow, research and innovation.

The International Political Theory of Pierre-Joseph Proudhon

The Conceptual Politics of Democracy Promotion

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59689-3: £80.00

Series: Routledge/GARNET series

Gender, Governmentality and Neoliberalism Rahel Kunz, University of Lucerne, Switzerland Series: Routledge/RIPE Studies in Global Political Economy This volume examines the emergence of the global remittances trend (GRT) against the backdrop of a number of ongoing global transformations. It explores the conceptual and institutional apparatus that constitute the GRT assesses the implications beyond the intended outcome of promoting development and reducing poverty. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / IPE / Development May 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59062-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81671-4: £75.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Series: Routledge Advances in European Politics This volume explains why states fail to comply with international law. The book answers questions of EU noncompliance by looking at the domestic politics of complying with international law, and will be of interest to students and scholars of European Politics, international relations and political economy. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations May 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-61585-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81632-5: £75.00

The Politics of Charity Kerry O’Halloran, Queensland University of Technology, Brisbane, Australia Series: Routledge Research in Comparative Politics The Politics of Charity examines the contemporary political role played by charity, as legally defined, in the developed democratic nations. It considers how this has come about, why it is now significant, what it is that is integral to the content and role of ‘charity’ that allows it to hold such a pivotal political position and why this would seem to be non-transferable to undemocratic nations. It also identifies and assesses the political relevance of different types of charitable activity. Routledge «Market: Politics / Law / Social Policy March 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-45299-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81904-3: £75.00

The Politics of European Competition Regulation A Critical Political Economy Perspective Hubert Buch-Hansen, Copenhagen Business School and Angela Wigger, Global Political Economy, Radbound University, the Netherlands Series: Routledge/RIPE Studies in Global Political Economy Examines the political power struggles that have shaped the evolution of European competition regulation over the past six decades. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations February 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-60579-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82852-6: £75.00


Series: Global Institutions

politics 67 The Politics of Genetically Modified Agriculture in Africa

Theorising Transnational Migration *

Transnationalism, Migration and Marriage

Jemima Agyare, Institute for Democratic Governance (IDEG), Ghana

The Status Paradox of Migration

Edited by Katherine Charsley, University of Oxford, UK

Examining and critiquing GM agriculture as a solution to poverty and malnutrition in Africa.

Series: Routledge Research in Transnationalism

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59677-0: £80.00

The Regional Integration Manual Quantitative and Qualitative Methods Edited by Philippe De Lombaerde, United Nations University, Belgium, Renato Flores, Fundação Getulio Vargas, Brazil, Lelio Iapadre, United Nations University (UNU-CRIS), Belgium and Michael Schulz, University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Boris Nieswand, Max Plank Institute, Germany This book seeks to understand migrant integration processes and develops a theory: the status paradox of migration. It explores the interaction between migrants’ integration into the receiving country and the maintained inclusion into the sending society; and their simultaneous loss and gain of status. Routledge «Market: Politics / Sociology / Globalisation Studies April 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-58455-5: £80.00

Transforming Disaster Response

Series: Routledge/Warwick Studies in Globalisation

Federalism and Leadership

Relevant to policy makers and practitioners, this volume brings together different methods for monitoring and analyzing regional integration processes together in a systematic way, and provides a complete methodology for measuring the impact and effectiveness of regional integration.

William Lester, Jacksonville State University, Alabama, USA

Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-60255-6: £80.00

The South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) Lawrence Saez, SOAS, UK Series: Global Institutions The text provides a comprehensive introduction to the SAARC, describing the historical developments that lead to its formation, it examines the institutional structure, objectives and effectiveness of the SAARC in its role as South Asia’s leading regional institution. Drawing on original research it offers a fresh and accessible account of SAARC, arguing that South Asia forms a unique regional security complex that enables certain forms of regional cooperation and bars cooperation on other issue areas.

Series: ASPA Series in Public Administration and Public Policy Much of the published work on disaster response has focused on specific disasters, highlighting what went wrong. Taking a new approach, this book explores using transformation leadership principles to change individuals and entire departments, redefining the way organizations approach disaster preparation and response, and as a consequence, change the mission of the organizations to be collaborative rather than competitive. Rather than focus on replacing people and/or centralizing responsibility, Lester takes readers through a stepby-step process of how to achieve collaboration. He includes implementation plans to make each concept into workable, effective strategies that can be used immediately. CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9464-0: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9465-7: £44.99

Series: Routledge Research in Transnationalism Exploring a previously neglected form of migration this timely volume brings together work from Europe and beyond, addressing the issue of transnational marriage from a range of interrelated perspectives, presenting substantial new empirical material, and taking a fresh look at concepts and theory in this area. Routledge «Market: International Politics / Sociology / Transnational Studies June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58653-5: £75.00

Understanding the Politics of Pandemic Scares An Introduction to Global Politosomatics Mika Aaltola, The Finnish Institue of International Affairs, Helsinki Series: Routledge Studies in Governance and Public Policy Reactions to pandemics are unlike any other global emergency; with an emphasis on withdrawal and containment of the sight of the infected. Dealing with the historical and conceptual background of diseases in politics and international relations, this volume investigates the global political reaction to pandemic scares. By evaluating anxiety and the political response to pandemics as a legitimisation of the modern state and its ability to protect its citizens from infectious disease, Understanding the Politics of Pandemic Scares examines the connection between international health governance and the emerging Western liberal world order. Routledge «Market: Politics / International Relations / Global Health June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60381-2: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Politics / Current Affairs / International Orgainizations April 2011: 216x138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-57628-4: £70.00



ONLINE for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



USING THE URLS BELOW EACH LISTING eBooks are only available to order online

68 military & strategic studies

The Infrapolitics of Peacebuilding Oliver P. Richmond, University of St. Andrews, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution This book examines how localised responses to liberal peacebuilding have led to the emergence of a form of post-liberal peace, in which international norms are being modified by unexpected local capacities. Selected Contents: Introduction: Eirenism and a Post-Liberal Peace Part I: The Romanticisation of the Local 1. Liberal Peacebuilding, Needs, and Welfare 2. The Culture of Liberal Peacebuilding 3. Romanticising the Local: Liberal Peacebuilding in Cambodia, Timor Leste, Bosnia and Kosovo 4. De-Romanticising the Local: How the Local Becomes Visible Part II: Hybridity and The Infrapolitics of Peace 5. The Politics of Peace: Resistance in the Everyday 6. De-romanticising the Local, De-mystifying the International: Aspects of the Local-Liberal Hybrid in Timor Leste and the Solomon Islands Conclusion: A Post-Liberal Peace: Infrapolitics, Hybridity, and a Pedagogy of Peacebuilding Routledge «Market: Peace and Conflict Studies / International Relations May 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-66782-1: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-66784-5: £24.99

Biopolitics of Security in the 21st Century * A Political Analytic of Finitude Michael Dillon, University of Lancaster, UK Series: PRIO New Security Studies This volume of essays by Michael Dillon explores the emerging subfield of the biopolitics of security with a scope and degree of innovation not currently available in any other study. Providing a genealogy of the biopolitics of security, it begins with Foucault’s original account of the rise of biopolitics at the beginning of the 18th century, and clarifies and further develops Foucault’s original analytic of the topic. This work is an original introduction to the emerging field of the biopolitics of security, tracking its development into the 21st century, and will be of great interest to students of critical security studies, political theory and sociology. Routledge «Market: Critical Security Studies / IR / Continental Philosophy June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-48432-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48433-6: £24.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Conflict, Security and Development * An Introduction Paul Jackson and Danielle Beswick, both at University of Birmingham, UK This new textbook addresses the impact of conflict and security on development initiatives, and has three key aims: to draw on the best of recent academic theory, field research and policy to provide an overview of the connections between security and development; to explore the implications of these connections for the theory and practice of development; and to investigate the challenges that arise for post-conflict reconstruction when we recognise that security and development are mutually contingent. Each chapter will be informed by student pedagogy and the book will be essential reading for all students of development studies, war and conflict studies, and human security. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Security and DevelopmentMutually Reinforcing? 3. Accounting for Conflict in the Developing World 4. The Changing Nature of Conflict and its Impact on Development 5. Development Actors in War 6. International and Humanitarian Intervention 7. The Privatisation of Security 8. Development and Security in Post-Conflict Environments 9. International Responses to the Development-Security Dilemma 10. Conclusions: Development and Security Routledge «Market: War and Conflict Studies / Development Studies / Security Studies May 2011: 246x174: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-49983-5: £23.99

Peace and Conflict Research * Theory and Practice Peter Wallensteen, Uppsala University, Sweden Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution This volume comprises essays on peace research by Prof. Peter Wallensteen, one of the leading scholars in the field over the past 30 years. The book focuses on four key fields of inquiry in peace research: finding ways to understand and identify conflicts and undertake conflict resolution; practising conflict resolution through academic diplomacy; peaceful alternatives to war, notably sanctions; and the need to reflect on peace research itself. This book will be of great interest to all students of peace studies, conflict resolution, war and conflict studies, development studies and IR/ security studies in general. Routledge «Market: Peace Studies / Conflict Resolution / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58088-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58089-2: £24.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


A Post-Liberal Peace

military & strategic studies 69

Contemporary Debates on Terrorism

Routledge Handbook of Religion and Security

Edited by Richard Jackson, Aberystwyth University, Wales, UK and Samuel J. Sinclair, Harvard Medical School, USA

Theory and Practice

This is an innovative new textbook, addressing a number of key issues in contemporary terrorism studies from both ‘traditional’ and ‘critical’ perspectives. It aims to bring together in one place many of the field’s leading scholars to debate the key issues relating a set of 12 important controversies and questions. The format of the volume involves a leading scholar taking a particular position on the controversy, followed by an opposing or alternative viewpoint written by another scholar. In addition to the pedagogic value of allowing students to read opposing arguments in one place, the volume will also be important for providing an overview of the state of the field and its key lines of debate. This textbook will be essential reading for all students of terrorism and political violence, critical terrorism studies, critical security studies, security studies and IR in general. Routledge «Market: Terrorism Studies / Politics / Security Studies June 2011: 246x174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-59115-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59116-4: £25.99

Edited by Pauletta Otis, Christopher Seiple and Dennis Hoover This Handbook addresses global security through the lens of religion and the role religion plays in both war and peace. Selected Contents: Part I: Religion and Security Part II: Perspectives and Approaches to Religion and War Part III: War, Culture and Religion Part IV: The Global Environment

Routledge «Market: Religion / Security Studies / International Relations June 2011: 246x174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-66744-9: £110.00


Ending War

Peace and Conflict Studies *

Consolidating Peace

A Reader

Mats Berdal, King’s College London, UK and Achim Wennmann, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Switzerland

Edited by Charles Webel, University of New York in Prague and Jorgen Johansen This Reader is a comprehensive and intensive introduction to the key works in the growing field of peace and conflict studies. The volume editors frame the discussion in an extensive introduction and provide short introductions to each section as well as suggestions for further reading and student questions. This book will be essential reading for students of peace and conflict studies and conflict resolution, and highly recommended for students of peace operations, peacebuilding, sociology, international security and IR in general.

Series: Adelphi series This Adelphi offers a series of economic perspectives on conflict resolution, to show how the challenges of peacebuilding can be more effectively tackled. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Security Studies / Conflict Resolution September 2010: 234x156 Pb: 978-0-415-61387-3: £9.99

Selected Contents: Part I: The Meanings and History of Peace; The Advent of Peace and Conflict Studies Part II: The Meanings and Nature of Conflict Part III: The History of Peace and Conflict Part IV: Conflict Management, Resolution, and Transformation Part V: Nonviolent Action and Social Change Part VI: Building Cultures and Paradigms of Peace Routledge «Market: Peace Studies / War and Conflict Studies / Security Studies June 2011: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-59128-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59129-4: £27.99 eBooks are only available to order online

70 military & strategic studies

Terrorist Financing, Money Laundering and Tax Evasion

Terrorist Rehabilitation A look Inside the Detainee Rehabilitation Programs in Iraq Ami M. Angell and Rohan Gunaratna, both at IDSS, Singapore

Examining the Performance of Financial Intelligence Units Jayesh D’Souza, Florida International University, USA Using the Balanced Scorecard method for assessment, this book explores the effectiveness of a government’s financial intelligence units in combating terrorist financing. It explores the large-scale misuse of funds to commit financial crimes, describes how easy it is for criminals, and reviews the inter-jurisdictional problems involved. Contributions from politicians, government policy analysts, auditors, regulators, police officers, lawyers, bankers, and academics provide various perspectives. Case studies demonstrate innovative solutions and crime fighting strategies. Although focused on the U.S., Canada, Australia, The European Union, the UK, Spain, and Holland, the strategies apply to all countries.

Illuminating the resounding success and sustained positive after-effects of the all too often underutilized and underfunded rehabilitation programs for terrorist detainees, this book draws on the experience and expertise of military commanders and ground staff, local professionals, and civilians actively engaged in the rehabilitation process to quell misinformation on the subject. Using interviews, unclassified photos, detainee and personnel testimonials, and numerous examples, it provides support, know-how, and tips to avoid pitfalls allowing countries to embrace and pursue the utilization of detainee rehabilitation as the next necessary course of action in combating and eliminating global terrorism.

CRC Press «Market: Forensics and Criminal Justice May 2011: 229x152: 175pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2850-2: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2851-9: £38.99

CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5249-1: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5250-7: £44.99


4th Edition

Terrorism Studies *

The Counterterrorism Handbook

A Reader

Tactics, Procedures, and Techniques

Edited by John Horgan and Kurt Braddock, both at Pennsylvania State University, USA

Frank Bolz, Jr., Bolz Associates Inc., Huntington Station, New York, USA, Kenneth J. Dudonis, Detective (Retired), New York City Police Department, USA and David P. Schulz, Journalist, New York City, USA

This comprehensive Reader aims to introduce and guide students through the most important articles in the burgeoning literature on terrorism. Containing many of the most influential and groundbreaking studies from the world’s leading authorities on terrorism, drawn from several disciplines, and edited by one of the world’s leading experts, John Horgan, this book is the essential companion for the student of terrorism and political violence.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Completely revised and updated with 33% new material, this fourth edition of an acclaimed bestseller includes lessons learned from such incidents as the recent Fort Hood massacre in Texas and the terrorist attacks in Mumbai. It discusses the resurgence of piracy and use of kidnapping to fund terrorist activity and includes an entirely new chapter on terrorist threats and counterterrorism strategy involving transportation and transit venues. It also contains a totally revised chapter on domestic terrorism and an expanded section on bomb incidents. Appendices provide new information on foreign terrorist organizations and government-sponsored terrorism. CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 500pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4670-4: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4668-1: £57.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-4200-5790-4

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: Studying Terrorism: An Introduction Section 1: Terrorism in Historical Context Section 2: Definitions Section 3: Understanding and Explaining Terrorism Section 4: Terrorist Movements Section 5: Terrorist Behaviour Section 6: Fanaticism and Suicidal Terrorism Section 7: Counterterrorism Section 8: Current Trends in Terrorism Section 9: The Future of Terrorism Routledge «Market: Terrorism Studies / Security Studies / Politics May 2011: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-45504-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45505-3: £26.99

Series: Practical Aspects of Criminal & Forensic Investigations

military & strategic studies 71

The US Military A Basic Introduction Judith Stiehm, Florida International University, USA Series: Cass Military Studies This book aims to provide a basic guide to the US military and will raise questions for further discussion by students. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The A, B, Cs 3. The Military in Action 4. Strategy and Doctrine 5. Weapons: What They Can Do, What They Cost, Relationship to Strategy 6. The Budget 7. Policy Questions. Sources Bibliography

Routledge «Market: US Politics / Military Studies June 2011: 198x129: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-78214-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78215-9: £23.99

Understanding Contemporary Strategy Thomas M. Kane and David J. Lonsdale, both at University of Hull, UK This new textbook explains and describes the key intellectual debates around military strategy in the early twenty-first century. The book emphasizes the connections between military operations and broader issues of national policy, and focuses on how current issues such as terrorism, insurgency, nuclear proliferation, information technology and American superiority in conventional military power challenge – and reaffirm – assumptions about modern warfare established during the global conflicts of the twentieth century. This book will be essential reading for students of strategic studies, war studies, military history and international security. Routledge «Market: Strategic Studies / War and Conflict Studies / Military History June 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-46166-5: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46167-2: £23.99

Causes and Consequences of Nuclear Proliferation *

Crime-Terror Nexus in South Asia

Freedom and Terror

States, Security and Non-state Actors

Reason and Unreason in Politics

Edited by Robert Rauchhaus, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA, Matthew Kroenig, Georgetown University, Washington, DC, USA and Erik Gartzke, University of California, San Diego, USA

Ryan Clarke, S. Rajaratnam School of International Studies, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Gabriel Weimann, University of Haifa, Israel and Abraham Kaplan

Series: Asian Security Studies

This book examines reason and unreason in the legal and political responses to terrorism.

Series: Routledge Global Security Studies This edited volume offers a systematic account of the process of nuclear proliferation and its consequences, using quantitative research methods. Routledge «Market: Security Studies / International Relations / Arms Control April 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-59833-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81687-5: £75.00

This book examines the crime-terror nexus in South Asia, focusing in particular on the activities of non-state actors that operate out of Pakistan, and challenges the conventional wisdom that the Pakistan Taleban (TTP) and Al-Qaeda are Pakistan’s most serious security threats. Routledge «Market: Terrorism Studies / Organised Crime / Asian Politics April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61031-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81894-7: £75.00

Corruption and Peacebuilding

Fault Lines in Global Jihad *

A Framework for Post-Conflict Environments

Organizational, Strategic and Ideological Fissures

Edited by Dominik Zaum, University of Reading, UK and Christine Cheng, Exeter College, UK

Edited by Assaf Moghadam, Combating Terrorism Center, US Military Academy, West Point, USA and Brian Fishman

This volume brings together leading international scholars and practitioners to develop a framework for thinking about character and impact of corruption in peacebuilding environments, and examines them in the context of different case studies.


Routledge «Market: Peacebuilding / War and Conflict Studies / International Security June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-62048-2: £80.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Series: Political Violence This book is a detailed discussion of the internal problems and weaknesses of the global jihad movement led by Al-Qaeda. Routledge «Market: Terrorism / Radical Islam / Security Studies May 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-58624-5: £80.00

E-mail: for more information


Series: Cass Series on Peacekeeping

Series: Contemporary Terrorism Studies

Routledge «Market: Terrorism Studies / Political Science / Security Studies January 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-60598-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83120-5: £75.00

Global South to the Rescue Emerging Humanitarian Superpowers and Globalizing Rescue Industries Edited by Paul Amar, University of California Santa Barbara, USA Series: Rethinking Globalizations This book aims to introduce globalization studies to new trends in police and military studies, highlight the cultural and political complexities of the global south, and develop new frameworks that articulate the best of feminist, political-economic, international-relations, and ethnographic perspectives. This book was published as a special issue of Globalizations. Routledge «Market: Development Studies / Security Studies June 2011: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57795-3: £75.00 eBooks are only available to order online

72 military & strategic studies Hollywood and the CIA

Israeli Statecraft

Cinema, Defense and Subversion

Challenges and Responses

Oliver Boyd Barrett, Bowling Green State University, USA, David Herrera, Missouri School of Journalism, Columbia and James A. Baumann, Saint Ambrose University, Iowa

Yehezkel Dror, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

Series: Media, War and Security This book investigates representations of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) in Hollywood films, and the synergies between Hollywood product, U.S. military/defense interests and U.S. foreign policy. Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Intelligence Studies / Security Studies March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-78006-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82821-2: £75.00

Improving Intelligence Analysis * Bridging the Gap between Scholarship and Practice Stephen Marrin, Mercyhurst College, USA Series: Studies in Intelligence This book comprises a series of articles, extended and updated, written by intelligence expert Dr Stephen Marrin over 10 years on the subject of intelligence analysis. Routledge «Market: Intelligence Studies / Security Studies / US Foreign Policy May 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-78068-1: £75.00

Irish Republican Terrorism and Politics * A Comparative Study of the Official and the Provisional IRA Kacper Rekawek, Warsaw School of Social Sciences and Humanities, Poland Series: Political Violence This book examines the post-ceasefire evolutions and histories of the main Irish republican terrorist factions, and the interconnected character of politics and militarism within these. Routledge «Market: Irish Politics / Terrorism Studies / Security Studies April 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58801-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81698-1: £75.00

Islamist Radicalisation in Europe

Series: BESA Studies in International Security This book provides a comprehensive study of Israeli statecraft, using an interdisciplinary framework to enable an in-depth understanding of its characteristics, challenges, and responses. Routledge «Market: Middle Eastern Politics / Strategic Studies June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61630-0: £80.00

Liberal Peacebuilding and Global Governance Beyond the Metropolis David Roberts, University of Ulster, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Peace and Conflict Resolution This book examines the limits to cosmopolitan liberal peacebuilding caused by its preoccupation with the values and assumptions of neoliberal global governance. Routledge «Market: Security Studies / War and Conflict Studies / Global Goverance March 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-49743-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82581-5: £75.00

Local and Global Dynamics of Peacebuilding

Militarism and International Relations Political Economy, Security and Theory Edited by Anna Stavrianakis, Jan Selby and Iraklis Oikonomou Series: Cass Military Studies This book examines contemporary militarism in international politics, employing a variety of different theoretical viewpoints and international case studies. Routledge «Market: Militarism / International Relations / War and Conflict Studies June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61491-7: £80.00

Non-State Actors and Security in South Asia Monika Barthwal-Datta Series: Asian Security Studies This book aims to explore the ways in which non-state actors (NSAs) in South Asia – media actors, epistemic communities, non-governmental organisations (NGOs), civil society groups and others – are involved in securitising non-traditional security challenges in the region at the domestic and regional levels. Routledge «Market: Security Studies / Asian Studies June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61631-7: £80.00

Post-conflict Reconstruction in Sierra Leone

Peace Operations and Organised Crime *

Cubitt Christine, Bradford University, UK

Enemies or Allies?

Series: Conflict, Development and Peacebuilding

Edited by James Cockayne, International Peace Institute, New York, USA and Adam Lupel, International Peace Institute, New York, USA

This book explores the contradictions which emerge during international peacebuilding missions when the quest to build strong and legitimate government structures sidelines local priorities for building long-term peace. Routledge «Market: Peacebuilding / War and Conflict Studies / African Politics June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-66491-2: £75.00

Militancy and Political Violence in Shiism Trends and Patterns

Series: Cass Series on Peacekeeping This volume examines the relationship between international peace operations and organised crime – in some cases they are clear enemies, and in others, tacit allies. Routledge «Market: Peace and Conflict Studies / Security Studies / Sociology May 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-60170-2: £80.00

Piracy, Terrorism and Irregular Warfare at Sea *

An Occupational-Choice Model

Edited by Assaf Moghadam, US Military Academy, West Point, USA

Daniela Pisoiu, University of Hamburg, Germany

Series: Political Violence

Martin N. Murphy

Series: Political Violence

This edited volume assesses current trends in militancy among the Shia in Iran, Iraq, and in several key countries beyond the heartland, and examines whether the ‘Shia revival’ of recent years is militant in character.

Series: Cass Series: Naval Policy and History

Routledge «Market: Terrorism Studies / Sociology / European Politics June 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-66525-4: £75.00

order now!

Routledge «Market: Political Violence / Political Islam / International Security June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61992-9: £80.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

This is the first detailed study of irregular warfare at sea, covering such topics as piracy, asymmetric war and terrorism. Routledge «Market: Military and Strategic Studies June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55039-0: £80.00


This book examines the Islamist radicalisation process in Europe, and develops a new theoretical model, based on the evolution of Islamist radicals in their social environment.

Navies Confront the 21st Century

military & strategic studies 73 Russian Imperialism Revisited Neo-Empire, State Interests and Hegemonic Power Domitilla Sagramoso, Kings College London, UK Series: Contemporary Security Studies By examining Russia’s military, economic, political, and diplomatic policies towards the former Soviet states since 1991, this book assesses whether Russian leaders have been able to discard the country’s imperial legacy. Routledge «Market: Russian Politics / Foreign Policy / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56227-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86180-6: £80.00

The End of the Cold War and The Third World *

Transitional Justice, Peace and Accountability *

New Perspectives on Regional Conflict

Outreach and the Role of International Courts After Conflict

Edited by Artemy Kalinovsky, LSE IDEAS, London School of Economics and Sergey Radchenko, The University of Nottigham, China Series: Cold War History This book examines the end of the Cold War in the Third World, and contributes to ongoing debates about regional conflicts and the role of great powers in the developing world. Routledge «Market: Cold War Studies / International History / Security Studies April 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-60054-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81674-5: £75.00

Statebuilding in Afghanistan Multinational Contributions to Reconstruction

The EU and Counter-Terrorism *

Edited by Nik Hynek, Institute of International Relations, Prague, Czech Republic and Peter Marton

Politics, Polity and Policies after 9/11

Series: Routledge Studies in Intervention and Statebuilding This edited volume maps and theorizes NATOISAF’s multi-national contribution to peacebuilding and reconstruction in Afghanistan. Routledge «Market: Peacebuilding / International Security / War and Conflict Studies June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-62049-9: £80.00

Javier Argomaniz, University of St Andrews, UK Series: Contemporary Terrorism Studies This book offers a theoretically informed analysis of how coherently the European Union fights terrorism in the post-9/11 era. Routledge «Market: EU Politics / Terrorism Studies June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56525-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86170-7: £80.00

Andrew Mumford

Claudia Aradau, Open University and Rens Van Munster, University of Sotuhern Denmark

Series: Cass Military Studies

Series: PRIO New Security Studies

This book examines the complex practice of counter-insurgency warfare through the prism of the British experiences of irregular war in the postwar era, from Malaya up to the current Iraq war.

This book explores the governmentality of terror as a complex discursive and institutional formation deployed at the horizon of a catastrophic future. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Critical Security Studies / IR Theory May 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-49809-8: £80.00

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Military and Strategic Studies / Security Studies June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-66745-6: £75.00

This book critically examines the role of outreach within the application of international justice in post-conflict settings. Routledge «Market: International Law / Peace and Conflict Studies / Security Studies April 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59839-2: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81727-8: £75.00

Transnational Power Elites The Social and Global Structuration of the EU Edited by Niilo Kauppi and Mikael Rask Madsen Series: Routledge Studies in Liberty and Security This book argues that European Union institutional mechanics and the EU as a political unit cannot be properly understood without taking into account the elites that make the policy decisions. Routledge «Market: European Politics / Sociology / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-66524-7: £75.00

Historical, Socio-Political and Cultural Perspectives

Genealogies of the Unknown

The British Experience of Irregular Warfare

Series: Contemporary Security Studies

War and Violence in the Media

Politics of Catastrophe *

The Counter-insurgency Myth

Jessica Lincoln, King’s College, London, UK

Edited by Athina Karatzogianni Series: Media, War and Security This book presents and discusses the current debates in violence and war in culture and the media from five different disciplinary perspectives. Routledge «Market: Media Studies / Conflict Studies / Political Violence June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-66523-0: £75.00 eBooks are only available to order online

Asian studies


74 military & strategic studies


6. Chinese Society

The Diplomatic History of Postwar Japan

Change, Conflict and Resistance

Edited by Makoto Iokibe

Edited by Elizabeth J. Perry and Mark Selden

Translated by Translated

2010: 234x156: 344pp Pb: 978-0-415-56074-0: £25.99

Annotated by Robert D. Eldridge

3rd Edition


2010: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-49848-7: £25.95

7. Routledge Handbook of South Asian Politics

3rd Edition

The International Politics of the Asia Pacific

India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and Nepal

Third and revised edition Michael Yahuda

Edited by Paul R. Brass

2011: 234x156: 376pp Pb: 978-0-415-47480-1: £22.99

2010: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-43429-4: £125.00


8. Chinese Politics State, Society and the Market

The Changing Face of Management in China

Edited by Peter Gries and Stanley Rosen

Edited by Chris Rowley and Fang Lee Cooke

2010: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-56403-8: £24.99

2010: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-46332-4: £31.99


9. India, Pakistan, and Democracy

2nd Edition

Constructing a Security Community in Southeast Asia

Solving the Puzzle of Divergent Paths

ASEAN and the Problem of Regional Order

Philip Oldenburg

Amitav Acharya

July 2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-78019-3: £24.99

2009: 234x156: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-41429-6: £24.99

5. Indian Political Thought

Women’s Movements in Asia

A Reader

Feminisms and Transnational Activism

Edited by Aakash Singh and Silika Mohapatra

Edited by Mina Roces and Louise Edwards

2010: 246x174: 328pp Pb: 978-0-415-56294-2: £25.99

2010: 234x156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-48703-0: £24.99

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


order now!


asian studies 75

Domestic and International Challenges Edited by David Shambaugh, George Washington University, USA Charting China’s Future provides informed analysis on the complexities of today’s China, and where these complexities may lead, from some of the world’s leading Asia experts. The contributors have provided clear, intelligible, and forwardlooking analyses, free of social science jargon and extensive footnotes. Probing into many of the key domestic and external issues facing China today from political, economic and social perspectives the book proffers a forward-looking analysis that will appeal to anyone with a professional, academic or personal interest in the big issues facing today’s China and its interaction with the world. Readers will find much to contemplate about China’s future in this volume, and will gain a clearer sense of the key variables and possible trajectories of one of the most consequential countries on the planet. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Chinese Politics / Chinese Economics May 2011: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-61954-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61955-4: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81742-1: £90.00

India’s Economy An Introduction R. Nagaraj, Indira Gandhi Institute for Development Research, Mumbai, India Written by an experienced teacher and scholar, this comprehensive text book provides an analytical overview of the main trends, policies, performance, advances, and debates around India’s post independence economy. Each chapter provides a thorough examination of a key issue that has impacted the evolution of the Indian economy and discusses policies adopted to tackle these problems.


Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Economics / Development Economics June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60406-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60407-9: £24.99 for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism Edited by Mark Beeson, University of Western Australia, Australia and Richard Stubbs, McMaster University, Canada The Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism is a definitive introduction to, and analysis of, the development of regionalism in Asia, covering East Asia, Southeast Asia and South Asia. The result is a comprehensive exploration of what is arguably the most dynamic and important region in the world. Significantly, this volume addresses the multiple manifestations of regionalism in Asia and is consequently organised thematically under the headings of: • conceptualising the region • economic issues • political issues • strategic issues • regional organizations. The Routledge Handbook of Asian Regionalism will be an indispenable resource for students and scholars of Asia Politics, International Relations and Regionalism. Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Regionalism / Reference June 2011: 246x174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-58054-0: £115.00

Routledge Handbook of Indian Politics * Edited by Atul Kohli, Princeton University, USA and Prerna Singh, Harvard University, USA This Handbook provides a concise but comprehensive introduction to the central themes of Indian politics after independence. It will be of interest to academics, policy analysts, researchers and graduate as well as undergraduate students.

Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / South Asia / Indian Politics June 2011: 246x174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-77685-1: £115.00

E-mail: for more information


Charting China’s Future eBooks are only available to order online

76 asian studies

Investigations from the North and the South Edited by Gyanendra Pandey, Emory University, USA Series: Intersections: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories

The Routledge Atlas of Central Eurasian Affairs * Stanley D. Brunn, University of Kentucky, USA and Stanley Toops, Miami University, Ohio, USA

Focusing on the idea of difference as a marker of subalternity, this book looks at the ways in which ordinary citizens have sought to present and identify themselves in ways that defy the conventional categorisations of governments and historical experience.

Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Cultural Studies April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-66547-6: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81365-2: £85.00

The Asian Economy Spearheading the Recovery from the Global Financial Crisis Dilip K. Das, Solbridge International School of Business, Republic of Korea

This Atlas provides concisely written entries on the most important current issues in Central Asia and Eurasia. It will be a valuable resource for undergraduate and graduate classes in geography, history, economics, anthropology, international relations, political science and the environment as well as regional courses on the Former Soviet Union, Central Asia, and Eurasia. Selected Contents: 1. Defining the Region 2. History 3. Population 4. Environmental Bases 5. Economy 6. Energy 7. Culture 8. Politics 9. Cities. Glossary. Bibliography. Listservs and Websites. Journals. Indexes: Subject and Places Routledge «Market: Central Asian Studies / Geography / International Relations April 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49750-3: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49752-7: £23.99

Routledge Handbook of Central Asian Politics * Edited by Reuel R. Hanks, Oklahoma State University, USA Written by experts on the region’s complex politics, this handbook provides an in depth understanding of political issues in the five states of Central Asia.

This book analyzes the impact of the global financial crisis and the Great Recession on the Asian economy. Dilip K. Das delves into the most significant and germane issues related to the Asian economy during the crisis.

Routledge «Market: International Economics / Asian Studies May 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-66553-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-66554-4: £24.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Politics / Central Asia / Post-Soviet Studies June 2011: 246x174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-77676-9: £115.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Subalternity and Difference

asian studies 77

Routledge Handbook of South Asian Economics

Routledge Handbook of Southeast Asian Politics

Edited by Raghbendra Jha, Australian National University, Australia

Edited by Richard Robison, Murdoch University, Australia This Handbook provides a comprehensive analysis of the major themes, conflicts and ideas that have defined and shaped the politics of Southeast Asia in the modern period. It is authoritative in both scope and quality and engages the Southeast Asian experience firmly with larger debates about how modern political systems and modern states are formed and how countries and regions are drawn into the global system.

The Routledge Handbook of South Asian Economics addresses the recent economic transformation in South Asia. Leading experts in the field look at the major economic achievements and challenges for the region and examine why economic development across the South Asia region has diverged so significantly since the early 1990s.

Routledge «Market: South Asia / Economics / Development Economics April 2011: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-55397-1: £115.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82779-6: £110.00

Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Southeast Asian Studies June 2011: 246x174: 356pp Hb: 978-0-415-49427-4: £115.00

A Social History of Healing in India *

An Emerging Non-Regular Labour Force in Japan

Buddhist and Christian?

De-centring Indigenous Medicine

The Dignity of Dispatched Workers

Rose Drew, University of Glasgow, UK

Projit Bihari Mukharji, McMaster University, Canada

Huiyan Fu, Aalen University, Germany

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Buddhism

Series: Nissan Institute/Routledge Japanese Studies

Series: Routledge/Edinburgh South Asian Studies Series

Like many industrialised nations, the current employment trend in Japan centres on the diversification of the labour market with an increased use of temporary labour. Among a wide range of non-regular labour arrangements, haken, or ‘dispatched workers’ are a newly legalised category of non-regular workers who are typically employed by the employment agency while working at the facilities of and being under the authority of the client firm. In recent years, their numbers have expanded exponentially under the state’s deregulation policy and assumed considerable symbolic significance in public debate, especially with regard to the nation’s ‘widening gaps’. Drawing on a range of ethnographic data and documented materials, the book seeks to bring a better understanding of personhood in Japan’s shifting landscape of employment. Huiyan Fu’s book will be of huge interest to students and scholars of Japanese business, organisational behaviour, employment relations and Japanese anthropology.

This is a detailed exploration of Buddhist Christian dual belonging, engaging – from both Buddhist and Christian perspectives – the questions that arise, and drawing on extensive interviews with well-known individuals in the vanguard of this important and growing phenomenon.

In an analysis of popular and subaltern healing practices in India, this book re-connects the history of medicine with the social and political history of the region. Routledge «Market: History of Medicine / South Asian Studies / Asian History June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49952-1: £85.00

Asian Expansions * The Historical Experiences of Polity Expansion in Asia Edited by Geoffrey Wade, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore Series: Routledge Studies in the Early History of Asia It is crucial to an understanding of the modern world that the evolution of Asian polities be explored not only in terms of political systems, but also in terms of how their territories expanded. This book is path-breaking in that it analyses Asian historical experiences of polity expansion, examining the motives, mechanisms and justifications for territorial expansion by Asian polities from premodern times.

Routledge «Market: Japanese Business / Asian Business / Asian Anthropology June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-66434-9: £75.00

An Exploration of Dual Belonging

Routledge «Market: Religious Studies / Buddhism May 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-61123-7: £85.00

China and East Asian Regionalism Economic and Security Cooperation and Institution-Building Edited by Suisheng Zhao, University of Denver, USA This collection by leading scholars explores China’s strategic calculations and policy practices in regional cooperation in East Asia. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Contemporary China. Routledge «Market: East Asian Studies / International Economics / Regionalism April 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61814-4: £80.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Asian History / Regionalism May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58995-6: £75.00 eBooks are only available to order online

78 asian studies Changing Marriage Patterns in Southeast Asia

China’s Changing Welfare Mix *

Civil Society in the Philippines

Local Perspectives

Theoretical, Methodological and Policy Debates

Economic and Socio-Cultural Dimensions

Edited by Beatriz Carrillo, University of Technology Sydney, Australia and Jane Duckett, University of Glasgow, UK

Gerard Clarke, University of Wales, UK

Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series Changing Marriage Patterns in Southeast Asia provides a comprehensive and up to date picture of marriage in the region. The chapters are based on two main approaches. The first is to assess trends in marriage in the region and factors affecting these trends, using quantitative data. The second is to investigate socio-cultural and economic factors in marriage patterns, using more qualitative approaches. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Sociology April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61733-8: £85.00

China as the Workshop of the World Yuning Gao, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy Based on extensive original research, this book examines the structure of production in global manufacturing industries, analysing each segment of the value chain, applying both qualitative and quantitative methods, and exploring in depth several specific industrial sectors. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Chinese Business / International Business June 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-60405-5: £80.00

China, Oil and Global Politics Philip Andrews-Speed, University of Dundee, UK and Roland Dannreuther, University of Westminster, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series This book provides a critical overview of how China’s growing need for oil imports is shaping its international economic and diplomatic strategy and how this affects global political relations and behaviour. It draws together the various dimensions of China’s international energy strategy, and provides insights into the impact of this on China’s growing presence across the world. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Environmental Politics May 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60395-9: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81789-6: £85.00

order now!

Series: Routledge Studies on China in Transition The aim of this book is to draw attention to two neglected areas in the growing body of research on welfare in China: subnational variation and the changing mix of state and non-state provision. The contributors to this volume highlight the local, or sub-national, variation that lies behind broad national policies and programmes that is growing from divergent local government and non-state activities. This approach is particularly relevant to understanding welfare provision in China because national state programmes are so often organised by local governments in line with the specifics of their economic and social development, while at the same time that social and economic development itself is independently creating differential conditions for non-state (family, business and third sector) provision. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Chinese Society / Social Policy April 2011: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-59731-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83277-6: £75.00

China’s New Underclass Paid Domestic Labour Xinying Hu, Simon Fraser University, Canada Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series Despite economic development in China in the last thirty years producing a domestic service industry, domestic workers are in a very precarious situation in terms of working and living conditions. This book looks at China’s economic transition from a socialist, centrally planned economy to a marketoriented economy, as well as its implications for domestic work and paid domestic workers. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Chinese Economics / Labour Economics May 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61765-9: £85.00

China’s Soft Power and International Relations Edited by Hongyi Lai and Yiyi Lu, both at University of Nottingham, UK Series: China Policy Series

Series: Rethinking Southeast Asia This book provides a path-breaking account of civil society using the case study of the Philippines. Critically engaging with theoretical, methodological and policy debates on the analysis of civil society in the development studies, political science and sociology literature, it offers the first comprehensive, multi-disciplinary, empiricallybased, national-level portrait of civil society. Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Southeast Asia / Social Movements June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57272-9: £80.00

Confucian HRM in Greater China Theory and Practice Edited by Malcolm Warner, University of Cambridge, UK This book sets out in search of what we call ‘Confucian HRM’ in Greater China and beyond, vis-a-vis people-management as implemented in an Asian context. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Human Resource Management. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Chinese Business / Management June 2011: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-60978-4: £80.00

Corporate Social Responsibility in India * Bidyut Chakrabarty, James Madison University, USA Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series This book presents the first analysis of Corporate Social Responsibility in India. It shows the unique roots of the concept in India: Gandhi’s philosophical moorings that inform India’s approach to CSR, the role of civil society in setting an agenda championing the rights of the stakeholders and not merely shareholders which was the case in the past and the role of the government in grooming the Indian business to be sensitive of its social concerns. Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Asian Business / South Asian Studies April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57503-4: £75.00

This book provides a comprehensive overview of China’s use of ‘soft power’ and assesses the impact this is having on the world and on the process of international relations. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Development Studies April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60401-7: £80.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Edited by Gavin Jones, National University of Singapore, Singapore, Terence Hull, Australian National University, Australia and Maznah Mohamad, National University of Singapore, Singapore

asian studies 79 Daoist Rituals, State Religion, and Popular Practices *

Education Reform in China * Changing Concepts, Contexts and Practices

Heritage, Nationhood, and Language

Zhenwu Worship from Song to Ming (960–1644)

Edited by Janette Ryan, University of Oxford, UK

Migrants with Connections to Japan

Shin-Yi Chao, Rutgers University, USA

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series

Series: Routledge Studies in Taoism

This book examines the extensive reforms at the early childhood, primary and secondary levels which have taken place in China in recent years, including those in curriculum goals, structure and content, teaching and learning approaches, and assessment and administrative structures.

Edited by Neriko Musha Doerr, Cornell University, USA

This book focuses on one of the few Chinese deities that can rightfully claim a countrywide devotion, Zhenwu or the Perfected Warrior. Investigating the complicated means by which various social and political groups contested with each other in appropriating cultural-religious symbols, it shows how, in a given historical context, human agents and social institutions shape the religious world. Routledge «Market: Asian Religion / Taoism / Chinese Religion May 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-78066-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81783-4: £80.00

Routledge «Market: China / Education May 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58223-0: £85.00

Ethical Practice, Religious Reform, and the Buddhist Art of Living in Nepal Seeing Things as They Are

Debating Culture in Interwar China * Ya-pei Kuo, Leiden University, the Netherlands Series: Routledge/Leiden Series in Modern East Asian Politics and History The May Fourth era (1915–1927) is considered a pivotal point in the history of modern China and the period is usually portrayed as a ‘Chinese Enlightenment’. Kuo challenges the revolutioncentered narrative by showing how the propositions of New Culture were questioned and revised after the initial radical phase. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Chinese Studies June 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-55241-7: £75.00

Edited by Gi-Wook Shin and Daniel Sneider, both at Stanford University, USA

This book explores Theravada Buddhism in Nepal from the perspectives of its practitioners – people who work the fields, work in offices, or telecommute from homes in Kathmandu – and who find its knowledge convincing, compelling and worthy of trying to internalize and perform. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Religion April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61734-5: £85.00

Series: Routledge South Asian History and Culture Series

This book brings together new research by internationally recognised local and non-native scholars in a range of countries in Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union. It covers, historically, the origins of legacies that continue to affect wellbeing and policy in the region today, discusses disability in culture and society, highlighting the broader conditions that construct disability and in which disabled people must build their identities and well-being.

This interdisciplinary exploration provides much needed insights into the relationships between the dominant impulses of identity formation, cultural change, political mobilisation, religious movements and subaltern modes of communication that define modern Gujarat. This book was published as a special issue of South Asian History and Culture. Routledge «Market: South Asian Politics / Diaspora Studies / Contemporary History June 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55612-5: £80.00

for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Eastern European Studies / Sociology May 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-61096-4: £85.00

History Textbooks and the Wars in Asia Divided Memories

Edited by Nalin Mehta and Mona Mehta, University of Chicago, USA

Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies

Routledge «Market: Japanese Studies / Heritage December 2010: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-61213-5: £80.00

Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Buddhism

Politics, Conflict and Society

Edited by Michael Rasell, University of Lincoln, UK and Elena Iarskaia-Smirnova

This book opens up a new field of investigation in heritage language studies by exploring the complex linkage between heritage language and social justice for Japan-related migrants. This book was published as a special issue of Critical Asian Studies.

Lauren Leve, University of North Carolina, USA

Gujarat Beyond Gandhi *

Disability in Eastern Europe and the Former Soviet Union

Series: Critical Asian Studies

Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series This book examines the formation of historical memory in four Northeast Asian societies (China, Japan, South Korea, and Taiwan) and the United States focusing on the period from the beginning of the Sino-Japanese war in 1931 until the formal conclusion of the Pacific War with the San Francisco Peace Treaty of 1951. The contributors analyse the recent efforts of Korean, Japanese, and Chinese scholars to write a ‘common history’ of Northeast Asia and question the underlying motivations for their efforts and subsequent achievements. Routledge «Market: Asian History / Contemporary History February 2011: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-60303-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83166-3: £80.00

India’s National Security Annual Review 2010 Edited by Satish Kumar This book gives readers an in-depth and up-to-date account of India’s external and internal threats in a deteriorating global security environment. It assesses national security issues and makes policy projections showing that while partnerships with some countries have strengthened, anxieties persist with others. Routledge India November 2010: 216x138 Hb: 978-0-415-61255-5: £65.00 eBooks are only available to order online

80 asian studies Indian Mass Media and the Politics of Change

Jewish Women Writers in the Soviet Union

Labour Migration and Human Trafficking

Edited by Somnath Batabyal, Angad Chowdhry, Meenu Gaur and Matti Pohjonen

Rina Lapidus, Bar-Ilan University, Israel

Critical Perspectives from Southeast Asia

Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series

Edited by Willem van Schendel, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Lenore Lyons, University of Western Australia and Michele Ford, University of Sydney, Australia

The book looks at the complex ways the notion of change is imagined in the Indian media. The strength of this collection is that it brings together new research on contemporary Indian media practices – news, magazines, advertising, cinema and internet – organised around one central notion of ‘change’.

This book presents the lives and works of eleven Jewish women authors who lived in the Soviet Union and who wrote and published their works in Russian. The works include poems, novels, memoirs and other writing.

Routledge India September 2010: 216x138 Hb: 978-0-415-61032-2: £65.00

Routledge «Market: Russian Studies / Jewish Studies / Russian Literature / Women’s Literature June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61762-8: £85.00

Islam and Popular Culture in Indonesia and Malaysia *

Justice before Reconciliation

Edited by Andrew N. Weintraub, University of Pittsburgh, USA

Negotiating a ‘New Normal’ in Post-riot Mumbai and Ahmedabad

Series: Media, Culture and Social Change in Asia Series

Dipankar Gupta

Islam is a religion but there are also popular cultures of Islam that are mass mediated, commercialized, pleasure-filled, humorous, and representative of large segments of society. This book illuminates how Muslims (and non-Muslims) in Indonesia and Malaysia make sense of their lives within an increasingly pervasive, popular culture of Islamic images, texts, film, songs, and narratives.

The book explores how Muslims in Mumbai and Ahmedabad coped with the aftermath of the violence directed against them in 1993 and 2002 respectively. It shows how they responded to the ethnic carnages of which they were victims, highlighting the importance of the context and situated history of the violence.

Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Popular Culture / Religion March 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-56518-9: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82900-4: £90.00

Islamic Revival in Nepal

Series: Religion and Citizenship

Routledge India November 2010: 216x138: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-61254-8: £65.00

Labor Migration from China to Japan * International Students, Transnational Migrants

Religion and a New Nation

Gracia Liu-Farrer, Waseda University, Japan

Megan Adamson Sijapati, Gettysburg College, USA

Series: Nissan Institute/Routledge Japanese Studies

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series Drawing upon extensive fieldwork among Muslims in Nepal (conducted in 2005–06, 2008, and 2009–10), this book examines the terrains of Muslim identity and contemporary Islamic revivalist movements based in the Kathmandu valley. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Religious Studies April 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61874-8: £85.00

Japan in the Age of Globalization Edited by Carin Holroyd and Ken Coates, both at University of Waterloo, Canada Series: Routledge Contemporary Japan Series This collection examines the impact of globalization on Japan and the impact of Japan on the forces of globalization from the various disciplinary perspectives of business, the economy, politics, technology, culture and society. It also explains the manner in which the nation has responded to the economic and cultural liberalization that has been such a profound force for change around the globe.

Chinese students are the largest international student population in the world, and Japan attracts more of them than any other country. Since the mid-1980s when China opened the door to let private citizens out and Japan began to let more foreigners in, over 300 thousand Chinese have arrived in Japan as students. The majority of them enter Japan’s labor market and many have stayed on indefinitely. This book investigates this educationally channeled labor migration from China to Japan giving a comprehensive portrayal of an often neglected group of international migrants in a society that for decades has been considered a non-immigrant country. It examines the labor market outcomes of international student migration and explores how these outcomes contribute to our understanding of international migration and international education in an age of globalization.

Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series This book both considers labour migration in its totality, showing how the divide between illegal and legal migration is often blurred, and also examines how governmental and international measures to counter illegal migration are translated into action on the ground, and what impact on all kinds of migration they have in practice. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Development Studies June 2011: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-66563-6: £80.00

Law and Development in Asia * Edited by Gerald McAlinn, Keio University, Japan and Caslav Pejovic, Kyushu University, Japan Series: Routledge Law in Asia This book presents a comprehensive overview of the key issues relating to law and development in Asia. It discusses the different models of law and development, and shows how development has worked out in practice in a range of Asian countries, including Japan, Korea, China, Thailand, Singapore, India and Mongolia. Routledge «Market: Law / Development Studies / Asian Studies May 2011: 234x156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-57603-1: £95.00

Macroeconomic and Monetary Policy Issues in Indonesia Akhand Akhtar Hossain, University of Newcastle, Callaghan, Australia Drawing on empirical research, this book is a comprehensive empirical study on the key macroeconomic relations and monetary policy issues in Indonesia. In addition to the use of the data from the 1970s, the author adds earlier data from the 1950s to analyze macroeconomic policies and issues in a historical context. Furthermore, statistical and econometric techniques are positioned alongside general empirical results to supplement descriptive discussion on macroeconomic and monetary developments. Routledge «Market: Asian Economics / Southeast Asia May 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59598-8: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Japanese Studies / Sociology May 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60022-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82264-7: £75.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Japanese Studies / Asian Studies / Globalization June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66584-1: £75.00

asian studies 81 Migration, Identity and Conflict

Neoliberal Morality in Singapore

India Migration Report 2011

How Family Policies Make State and Society

Policy Entrepreneurship and Elections in Japan *

Edited by S. Irudaya Rajan

You Yenn Teo, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

A Political Biogaphy of Ozawa IchiroTakashi Oka, USA

This book examines the production of a set of institutionalized relationships and ethical meanings that link citizens to each other and the state. The book focuses on the case of Singapore to illustrate that the ways in which questions of culture and morality are resolved matter: they establish state-society relations that render paradoxes and inequalities acceptable, and that form the basis of national political culture.

Series: Nissan Institute/Routledge Japanese Studies

This book examines identities, violence and conflict in the context of internal migration in India. Combining a district-level analysis with recruitment processes, employment networks and livelihood strategies, it provides concrete policy suggestions to improve the living and working conditions of migrant workers. Routledge India December 2010: 216x138: 260pp Hb: 978-0-415-66499-8: £65.00

Nation, Territory, and Globalization in Pakistan * Chad Haines, American University of Cairo, Egypt Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series This book provides a unique multilocal and multivocal analysis of the interlinkages between space, travel and history in the formation of the Pakistani nation-state. By focusing on the Karakoram Highway, which since opening in 1978 has had an extraordinary life channelling global, national, and local movements, the author critically analyses how the national imagination was remapped. Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / History / Geography / Regional Anthropology June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-58778-5: £80.00

Nationalism and Ethnic Conflict Edited by Mahendra Lawoti, Western Michigan University, USA and Susan I Hangen, Ramapo College, USA Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series Ethnic and nationalist movements surged forward in Nepal after the restoration of democracy in 1990, surprising observers who believed that ethnic harmony prevailed in the country. This book analyses the rise in ethnic mobilization, the dynamics and trajectories of these movements, and their consequences for Nepal. Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / South Asian Studies / Race and Ethnic Studies June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78097-1: £80.00

Nation-building and National Identity in Timor-Leste * Michael Leach, Swinburne University of Technology, Australia Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series

Routledge «Market: Southeast Asian Studies / Asian Politics / Globalization April 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59397-7: £80.00

Pakistan’s Stability Paradox Edited by Ashutosh Misra and Michael Clarke, both at Griffith University, Australia Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series This book highlights and explores the paradoxes that characterise contemporary Pakistan from the simultaneous democratization and Islamization of civil society to the schizophrenic US-Pakistan relationship. Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / Asian Security / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-61948-6: £85.00

Party System Formation in Kazakhstan Between Formal and Informal Politics Rico Isaacs, Oxford Brookes University, UK Series: Central Asian Studies Since the collapse of the Soviet Union, Central Asian states have developed liberal-constitutional formal institutions. However, at the same time, political phenomena in Central Asia are shaped by informal political behaviour and relations. This relationship is now a critical issue affecting democratization and regime consolidation processes in former Soviet Central Asia, and this book provides an account of the interactive and dynamic relationship between informal and formal politics through the case of party-system formation in Kazakhstan. Routledge «Market: Central Asian Studies / Asian Politics / International Relations March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59023-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82600-3: £85.00

This book examines the key challenges of national building in Timor-Leste in the ten years since the 1999 independence referendum. It addresses key issues in the development and reconstruction of an independent East Timor, highlighting its successes and its failures, as well as a set of unresolved issues confronting the state.


E-mail: for more information



for e-mail updates in your field

Routledge «Market: Japanese Politics / Asian Politics / Biography April 2011: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-58752-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81736-0

Political Agency and Gender in India * Manuela Ciotti, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Routledge/Edinburgh South Asian Studies Series This book explores the distinctive forms of women’s political engagement in democratic politics in contemporary India. It provides an example of how women have adapted to the modern political climate in which underdevelopment and inaccessibility of state institutions often make this role essential in everyday life. Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / Asian Poltics / Gender Studies April 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-48273-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88381-5: £80.00

Poverty and Development in China Alternative Approaches to Poverty Assessment Caizhen Lu Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series China has made huge economic strides in recent decades but poverty is still a major issue on the agenda for rural China. Poverty and Development in China analyses how poverty is recognised and measured and how people in poverty are identified, literally asking who is poor in China? The author uses five alternative recognition approaches – monetary, capabilities, participatory, social exclusion, and multidimensional – and applies them to the same population of households in Yunnan Province in order to make explicit valid comparisons and deductions about the impact of different approaches on poverty identification and measurement. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Development Studies / Poverty and Development May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61822-9: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Southeast Asian Studies June 2011: 216x138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58213-1: £75.00

Using extensive interview data from key players in the political arena, this book examines Ozawa’s struggle to normalize alternation in office between two competing political parties – particularly topical given the results of the 2009 election which handed over power to the Democratic Party of Japan – and how he has used his entrepreneurial talents to precipitate and carry out institutional change. Not only a political biography, but also an in-depth analysis of the Japanese political and electoral systems, this book will be of huge interest to anyone interested in Japanese politics and electoral systems. eBooks are only available to order online

82 asian studies Politics and Markets in Rural China *

Renewable Energy in Southeast Asia

Rising China in the Changing World Economy

Edited by Björn Alpermann, University of Cologne, Germany

Agricultural Biomass Waste

Edited by Liming Wang, University College Dublin, Ireland

Series: Routledge Contemporary China Series

Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series

Routledge «Market: Chinese Economics / Development Studies / Political Economy May 2011: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-59657-2: £80.00

Pro-poor Growth and Liberalisation in Developing Economies The Case of Nepal Sanjaya Acharya, Formerly Erasmus University, the Netherlands This book focuses on the link between trade liberalisation and poverty. The author develops a social accounting database for Nepal and applies it to an investigation of the trade-offs between growth and distribution that are associated with opening up the economy and deregulating it. Routledge «Market: Asian Economics / Development Economics June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-58028-1: £80.00

Regional Economic Integration in South Asia Trapped in Conflict? Amita Batra, Jawaharlal Nehru University, India Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series This is the first study to undertake a full-fledged, comprehensive technical analysis of the economic integration/ trade – conflict relationship for South Asia. The empirical analysis provides concrete indications of the extent to which enhancement of mutually beneficial economic interaction in the region, can lead to diminished conflict and hostilities and vice versa.

This book highlights the biomass energy potential of Agricultural Biomass Waste in Southeast Asia, keeping in view the tremendous amounts of biomass in the region and the emergence of sustainable technologies and solutions to transform this resource into clean energy and fuel. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies, June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-61125-1: £85.00

Re-Orientalism and South Asian Identity Politics

This book explores a wide range of issues connected with the impact of China on the global economy and the prevailing international system. Subjects covered include China’s multinationals, international acquisitions, the exchange rate, research and development and technology transfer, China’s emerging major business groupings, and small and medium sized enterprises. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Chinese Economy June 2011: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-61095-7: £95.00

The Oriental Other Within

Science and Public Health in Twentieth Century Asia

Edited by Lisa Lau, Keele University, UK and Ana Cristina Mendes, University of Lisbon, Portugal

Edited by Liping Bu, Alma College, USA, Darwin Stapleton, Rockefeller Archive Center, USA and Ka-Che Yip, University of Maryland, USA

Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern History of Asia

This volume explores various new forms, objects and modes of circulation that sustain this renovated form of Orientalism in South Asian culture. The contributors identify and engage with pressing recent debates about postcolonial South Asian identity politics, discussing a range of different texts and films such as The White Tiger, Bride & Prejudice and Kama Sutra: A Tale of Love. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Cultural Studies May 2011: 234x156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59902-3: £80.00

Rethinking Transnational Chinese Cinemas The Amoy-dialect Film Industry in Cold War Asia Jeremy E. Taylor, University of Sheffield, UK Series: Media, Culture and Social Change in Asia Series The Amoy-dialect film industry thrived in Hong Kong and Southeast Asia in the 1950s. This book represents the first full length, critical study of the origin, rise and decline of this industry and, in so doing, it raises a number of timely questions relating to transnationalism of Chinese culture, the Chinese Diaspora, and more generally how we study the history of national cinemas. Routledge «Market: Chinese Studies / Media Studies April 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-49355-0: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60209-9: £80.00

order now!

Series: Routledge Studies on the Chinese Economy

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

This book examines the encounter between western and Asian models of public health and medicine in a range of East and Southeast Asian countries over the course of the twentieth century. Routledge «Market: Asian Culture and Society / Public Health Studies June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66566-7: £90.00

Secessionism and Separatism in Europe and Asia To Have a State of One’s Own Edited by Jean-Pierre Cabestan, Hong Kong Baptist University and Aleksandar Pavkovic, University of Macau, Macau Series: Politics in Asia Secessionist movements are a fact of life and sometimes the interplay of demands becomes mutually exclusive and result in outbreaks of violence or indeed outright warfare. The contributors to this book provide a comparative survey of recent attempts at secession from across Europe and Asia and assesses the responses of the respective host governments. This volume will be an invaluable resource for those who wish to understand the dynamics of secessionist movements and as such will appeal to students and scholars of Asian and European politics, comparative politics, international relations and conflict studies. Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / European Politics / International Relations May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66774-6: £75.00


Thirty years have passed since the beginning of the reform era in China which saw important changes in agriculture and rural organizations, but it is clear that certain entrenched legacies from pre-reform China still linger on even after WTO accession, most importantly the key role played by state actors and politics in general in the development of markets in rural China. Although increasingly diversified markets have emerged for major agricultural inputs and products, their development cannot be understood without taking this role into account. Moreover, the current central government has embarked on a number of crucial new policies to push rural modernization forward and thus the role of the state in rural development has been re-invigorated in recent years. As a fresh account of rural politics and markets in China this book will appeal to students and scholars of Chinese politics, economics, development studies and political economy.

Salman Zafar

asian studies 83 Sexual Diversity in Asia, c. 600–1950

South Korean Social Movements

Tantric Mantras *

From Democracy to Civil Society

Studies on Mantrasastra

Edited by Raquel Reyes, SOAS, UK and William G. Clarence-Smith

Edited by Gi-Wook Shin, Stanford University, USA and Paul Chang, Yonsei University, South Korea

Andre Padoux, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, France

Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series

Series: Routledge Advances in Korean Studies

Series: Routledge Studies in Tantric Traditions

Sexual Diversity in Asia is the first book of its kind to place sex acts in Asia at the forefront of historical investigation. The chapters explore the history of sodomy and other so-called transgressive sexual practices such as anal sex, same-sex erotic encounters, pederasty, bestiality, incest, transgenderism, and oral sex in East, Southeast and South Asia.

This book analyses how social movements have evolved and how new social movements have developed since the transition from authoritianism to capitalist democratic government in South Korea. Including an impressive array of case studies ranging from the women’s movement, to environmental NGOs, and from cultural production to law, the contributors to this book enrich our understanding of the democratization process in Korea as the social movement sector remains an important player in Korean politics today, Will appeal to students and scholars of Korean studies, Asian politics, political history and social movements.

Making Andre Padoux’s work accessible to an English-speaking readership for the first time, this book provides a systematic and complete overview of the highest scholarly quality on Tantric mantras.

Singapore’s Ageing Population Managing Healthcare and End of Life Decisions Edited by Wing-Cheong Chan, National University of Singapore, Singapore Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series This book offers a multi-disciplinary perspective by researchers from various disciplines such as medicine, sociology, anthropology and law on managing healthcare and end of life decisions in Singapore. Providing information and suggestions for better policy formulation towards the aged this book is an invaluable resource for policy makers, service practitioners and scholars working on Asian gerontology and health and social policy more generally. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Social Policy May 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60975-3: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81702-5: £85.00

Social Networks and Japanese Democracy The Beneficial Impact of Interpersonal Communication in East Asia Ken’ichi Ikeda, Univeristy of Tokyo, Japan and Sean Richey, Georgia State University, USA Series: Routledge Contemporary Japan Series With Japan as its focus, this book examines the role of social networks and political discussion in Japanese political culture and asks whether discursive participatory democracy is indeed possible in East Asia. In order to answer this queston the authors undertook the largest academic political survey ever conducted in Japan to give the book exceptional empirical credence. This data reveals how the Japanese people interact politically concluding that through the powerful influence of social networks on Japanese political behaviour Japan has a more globalized and less hierarchical society where Confucian culture is not dominant and where creation of a vibrant civil society is possible . This book will be invaluable for students and scholars of Japanese politics, democracy, civil society and globalisation.


Routledge «Market: Asian Politics / Japanese Politics / Democracy June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61945-5: £75.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Korean Studies / Social Movements / Asian Politics June 2011: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-61997-4: £85.00

Taiwan’s Economic Transformation Leadership, Property Rights and Institutional Change Tai-Chun Kuo and Ramon H. Myers, both at Stanford University, USA Series: Routledge Research on Taiwan Series

This book is the first to comprehensively chart the development of Southeast Asia’s relations with the People’s Republic of China from 1949 to 2010, detailing each of the eleven countries’ ties to China. In addition to assessing bilateral ties, it also examines the institutionalization of relations between the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and China, and is a timely contribution to Asia Pacific security Studies.

This book charts the period before Taiwan’s postwar economic miracle took hold (1949–1965) and proffers that it was the Kuomintang Government’s endorsement of property rights reform and institutional change that enabled Taiwan to transform from an impoverished command economy to a market-based economy, which in turn led to Taiwan becoming one of the fastest growing economies in the world. Using first-hand interview material with key government officials from the period, and analysis of hitherto unused Chinese-language archives, this book is empirically very rich. Taiwan’s Economic Transformation will be an invaluable resource for anyone interested in the economic and political history and development of Taiwan. More broadly it will also appeal to scholars and students of China’s historical and contemporary development.

Routledge «Market: Southeast Asian Studies / International Relations and Chinese Studies May 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-32621-6: £85.00

Routledge «Market: Taiwan Studies / Chinese Economics / Chinese History June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66590-2: £75.00

Taiwanese Identity in the 21st Century

The Chinese/Vietnamese Diaspora

Edited by Gunter Schubert, University of Tuebingen, Germany and Jens Damm, Freie Universität Berlin, Germany

Edited by Yuk-Wah Chan, City University of Hong Kong

Series: Routledge Research on Taiwan Series

Over three decades have passed since the first wave of Indochinese refugees left their homelands. These refugees, mainly the Vietnamese, fled from war and strife in search of a better life elsewhere. By investigating the Vietnamese diaspora in Asia this book sheds new light on refugee settlement and different patterns of host-guest interactions that will have implications for refugee studies elsewhere.

Southeast Asia and the Rise of China * The Search for Security Ian Storey, Institute of Southeast Asian Studies, Singapore Series: Routledge Security in Asia Series

Revisiting the Boatpeople in Hong Kong

As we look to enter the second decade of the 21st century, Taiwan’s quest for identity remains the most contentious issue in the domestic arena of Taiwanese politics. The collection of chapters in this book shed light on very different aspects of Taiwan’s current state of identity formation from historical, political, social and economic perspectives, both domestically, and globally. As such it will be invaluable reading for students and scholars of Taiwan studies, politics, history and society, as well as those interested in crossStrait relations, Chinese politics, and Chinese international relations.

Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series

Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Diaspora Studies June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61310-1: £85.00

Routledge «Market: Taiwan Studies / Chinese Politics / Chinese History / Chinese Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-62023-9: £75.00

E-mail: for more information


Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / History April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60059-0: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Asian Religion April 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-42386-1: £80.00 eBooks are only available to order online

84 asian studies The Communist Youth League and the Transformation of the Soviet Union, 1917–1932 *

The Fall of the Iron Curtain and the Culture of Europe

Matthias Neumann, University of East Anglia, UK

Series: Routledge Contemporary Russia and Eastern Europe Series

Paul Wittek

The end of communism in Europe has tended to be discussed mainly in the context of political science and history. This book, in contrast, assesses the cultural consequences for Europe of the disappearance of the Soviet bloc.

Series: Royal Asiatic Society Books

The study of Soviet youth has long lagged behind the comprehensive research conducted on Western European youth culture. This book examines the evolution of Komsomol (Communist Youth League), the critical role it played during the Russian Revolution, and the impact that the revolution had on this youth organisation. Routledge «Market: Russian & Soviet Studies / Politics / History / Youth Culture April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55957-7: £85.00

The Culturalization of Caste in India * Identity and Inequality in a Multicultural Age Balmurli Natrajan, William Paterson University, USA Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series Challenging dominant social theories of caste, this book shows how the terrain of culture captured by a new grammar of caste revitalizes castes as cultural communities and casteism as cultural preference. It addresses the questions how caste survives the system that gave rise to it and adapts to new demands of capitalism and democracy and whether there is a new casteism in India. Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / Asian Culture and Society / Regional Anthropology June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77997-5: £80.00

The Emergent Knowledge Society and the Future of Higher Education Asian Perspectives Edited by Deane Neubauer, University of Hawai’i, USA Series: Comparative Development and Policy in Asia This book examines, from an Asian perspective, the debates about how higher education should change. It considers questions of funding, and of who will attend universities, and the fundamental question of what universities are for, especially as the three key functions of universities – knowledge creation through research, knowledge dissemination through teaching and service, and knowledge conservation through libraries, the disciplinary structuring of knowledge and in other ways – are increasingly being carried out much more widely outside universities in the new ‘knowledge society’. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Asian Culture / Higher Education June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60869-5: £85.00

order now!

Routledge «Market: Russian Studies / European History June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59237-6: £85.00

The Politics of Community Building in Urban China Thomas Heberer, University of Duisberg-Essen, Germany and Christian Göbel, Lund University, Sweden Series: Chinese Worlds The aim of this book is to make sense of the recent reform of neighbourhood institutions in urban China. It builds on the observation that the late 1990s saw a comeback of the state in urban China after the increased economization of life in the 1980s had initially forced it to withdraw from society. The authors hypothesise that the central government has indeed displayed an impressive adaptive capacity with regards to the social problems in China’s shequs . It has managed to bring the party-state back into urban society by enhancing its infrastructural power to provide better social welfare and improve public security. In testing this hypothesis, the book examines in great detail the rationales, strategies and impacts of this comeback by analyzing systematically how the reorganization of neighbourhood committees was actually conducted. Routledge «Market: Chinese Politics / Development Studies / Urban Studies March 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59702-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82845-8: £75.00

The Politics of Religion in Indonesia Syncretism, Orthodoxy, and Religious Contention in Java and Bali Edited by Michel Picard and Rèmy Madinier, both at French National Center for Scientific Research (CNRS) Series: Routledge Contemporary Southeast Asia Series Indonesia is a remarkable case study for religious politics. While not being a theocratic country, it is not secular either, with the Indonesian state officially defining what constitutes religion, and every citizen needing to be affiliated to one of them. This book focuses on Java and Bali, and the interesting comparison of two neighbouring societies shaped by two different religions – Islam and Hinduism. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Religious Studies May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61311-8: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81704-9: £85.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Studies in the History of Turkey, 13th–15th Centuries Edited by Colin Heywood, University of Hull, UK This book brings together Wittek’s studies on Ottoman history, making his luminous and persuasive prose and formative insights into the history of the early Ottoman state and its Anatolian matrix accessible to a wider audience. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies and Middle East Studies June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-7007-1500-8: £80.00

Tiger Girls * Women and Enterprise in the People’s Republic of China Minglu Chen, University of Sydney, Australia Series: Routledge Studies on China in Transition The last three decades in the People’s Republic of China have been characterized by decentralization, marketization and privatization. What might be expected from a developing country like China with a significant number of women in the labour force? Do the traditional values of male superiority still stay the same in the background of China’s great social change? The notion of ‘tiger girls’ seems to reflect one of the alternative paths that is now becoming available to the modern Chinese woman. The social development and changes in recent China have provided women with access to education, employment, and independent income. Consequently, they are casting off obedient and subordinate roles and gaining more and more individual power and strength outside the home. Using empirical research findings from three localities in China, Tiger Girls examines the deeper realities of women entrepreneurs in China, and by extension the role of leading women in the workforce. Routledge «Market: Chinese Business / Entrepreneurship / Chinese Economics June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60013-2: £75.00

Trade Liberalisation and Poverty in South Asia * Edited by Prema-chandra Athukorala, Australian National University, Jayatilleke S. Bandara, Griffith University, Australia and Saman Kelegama, The Institute of Policy Studies of Sri Lanka, Sri Lanka Series: Routledge Studies in the Growth Economies of Asia This book examines the connection between trade liberalisation and poverty using theory and evidence from South Asia, highlighting important policy issues. Case studies from across the region give a comprehensive analysis of this timely and relevant issue. Routledge «Market: Asian Economics / South Asia / Development Economics April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56175-4: £80.00


Series: BASEES/Routledge Series on Russian and East European Studies

Edited by Peter I. Barta, University of Surrey, UK

The Rise of the Ottoman Empire *

asian studies 85 Traversing Tradition

Varieties of Secularism in Asia

Welfare Reform in East Asia

Celebrating Dance in India

Anthropological Explorations of Religion, Politics and the Spiritual

Towards Workfare?

Edited by Nils Ole Bubandt and Martijn Van Beek, both at Aarhus University, Denmark

Series: Comparative Development and Policy in Asia

Edited by Urmimala Sarkar Munsi and Stephanie Burridge Series: Celebrating Dance in Asia and the Pacific This book documents and celebrates the emergence of contemporary dance practice in India. It includes contributions from scholars, writers, commentators as well as Indian artists and questions the uneasy relationship that exists between the insular world of dance and outside reality. Routledge India November 2010: 216x138 Hb: 978-0-415-61709-3: £65.00

Urban Navigations Politics, Space and the City in South Asia Edited by Jonathan Shapiro Anjaria and Colin McFarlane Series: Cities and the Urban Imperative This book examines the diverse lived experiences of urban South Asia through a focus on contestations over urban space, resources and habitation, bringing together accounts from India, Pakistan, Nepal and Sri Lanka. It vividly demonstrates how neoliberalism functions as one of the many drivers of urban change. Routledge India November 2010: 216x138 Hb: 978-0-415-61760-4: £65.00

Hyun Bang Shin, University of Leeds, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary Asia Series This book explores urban transformation in East Asia, focusing in particular on the rapid transformation of old and dilapidated neighbourhoods in East Asian cities. It explores the different approaches that have been adopted, assesses the costs and benefits to those affected, including the urban poor, and draws public policy conclusions. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Urban Geography / Politics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46945-6: £90.00

Vision and Strategy in Indian Politics Jawaharlal Nehru’s Policy Choices and the Designing of Political Institutions Jivanta Schoettli, University of Heidelberg, Germany

This book examines the origins of the current waves of social protest in Uzbekistan. The author analyses how these have changed over the years and provides an outlook into the country’s future.


Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Politics July 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61522-8: £80.00

This book provides a comprehensive overview of how social welfare is handled in leading East Asian countries, analysing current trends, explaining the social and political background driving reform, describing new programmes and assessing their effectiveness. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Asian Business May 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59026-6: £85.00

Women in South Korea New Femininities and Consumption Jongmi Kim, Coventry University, UK Series: ASAA Women in Asia Series This book provides a number of different ways of thinking about gender, media and culture by making a connection between the global and the local in order to show how the complexity of young women’s identities in the era of global media culture are constructed and contested within very specific times and spaces in South Korea. Routledge «Market: Korean Studies / Gender Studies June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-66559-9: £85.00

Writing the City in British-Asian Diasporas Edited by Sean McLoughlin and William Gould, both at University of Leeds, UK, Ananya Jahanara Kabir and Emma Tomalin, University of Leeds, UK Series: Routledge Contemporary South Asia Series

War, Culture and Society in Early Modern South Asia, 1740–1849

This book examines military success of the British in South Asia during the eighteenth and first half of the nineteenth centuries. Placing South Asian military history in global, comparative context, it examines military innovations; armies and how they conducted themselves; navies and naval warfare; major Indian military powers, and the British, explaining why they succeeded.

This book revisits the study of South Asians in Britain and beyond. Interrogating the concept of diaspora by probing the ways in which the South Asian diaspora could be re-conceptualised as comprising communities whose identity, on both individual and collective levels, the analysis is grounded in a sense of rooted and connected locations that do not necessarily privilege the homeland. Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / Diaspora Studies April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59024-2: £80.00

Routledge «Market: South Asian Studies / Imperial HIstory / South Asian History March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58767-9: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82597-6: £85.00

E-mail: for more information


Series: Central Asian Studies

Routledge «Market: Central Asian Studies / Asian Politics / Conflict Studies June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48093-2: £85.00

The 1950s in India were a crucial transition period when the legacy and institutions of British rule had to be transformed to fit the needs of a postcolonial state. This book analyses Indian policymaking from 1947–1964 under the Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru.

Series: Asian States and Empires

Matteo Fumagalli, Central European University, Hungary


Routledge «Market: Asian Religion / Asian Anthropology / Asian Politics April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61672-0: £75.00

Kaushik Roy, Jadavpur University, India

Violence and Resistance in Uzbekistan

for e-mail updates in your field

Varieties of Secularism is an ethnographically rich, theoretically well-informed, and intellectually coherent volume which builds off the work of Talal Asad, Charles Taylor, and others who have engaged the issue of secularism(s) and in socio-political life. The volume seeks to examine theories of secularism/secularity and then examine concrete ethnographic cases in order to further the theoretical discussion. This book will appeal to students and scholars of Asian religion, politics and anthropology.

Series: Routledge Advances in South Asian Studies

Urban Transformation in East Asia

Series: Anthropology of Asia

Edited by Chak Kwan Chan and Kinglun Ngok eBooks are only available to order online

86 asian studies Wronging Rights?

Young Muslim Women in India

Philosophical Challenges for Human Rights

Kabita Chakraborty

Heritage, Nationhood, and Language

Edited by Aakash Singh Rathore and Alex Cistelecan

Series: ASAA Women in Asia Series

Migrants with Connections to Japan

Based on extensive, original research, this book portrays a different and an under-represented perspective of young Muslim girls in the bustees (shanty towns) of Kolkata. Through a series of personal narratives, photos and artwork, it demonstrates that in spite of the dominant discourse surrounding their lives, the consumption and behaviour patterns of young women in these bustees challenge the monolithic representations of what it means to be a Muslim girl in Indian society.

Edited by Neriko Musha Doerr, Cornell University, USA

Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Sociology / Cultural Studies June 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56324-6: £80.00

Routledge ★Market: Japanese Studies / Heritage December 2010: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-61213-5: £80.00/08

Series: Ethics, Human Rights and Global Political Thought This book brings together two of the most powerful and relevant philosophical critiques of human rights: the post-colonialist and the postAlthusserian. Its balanced internal structure does not just throw these two critiques together, but actually forces them to enter into confrontation and dialogue. Routledge India October 2010: 216x138: 180pp Hb: 978-0-415-61529-7: £65.00

Series: Critical Asian Studies This book opens up a new field of investigation in heritage language studies by exploring the complex linkage between heritage language and social justice for Japan-related migrants. This book was published as a special issue of Critical Asian Studies.

middle east studies

Edited by Shahram Akbarzadeh, University of Melbourne, Australia

The Transformation of the Gulf * Politics, Economics and the Global Order Edited by David Held and Kristian Ulrichsen, both at London School of Economics, UK This book examines the political, economic and social transformation of the six member-states of the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) and the ways in which these states are both shaping and being reshaped by, the processes of globalization.

This Handbook provides a multidisciplinary overview of one of the key political movements of our time. Drawing on the expertise from some of the top scholars in the world it examines theoretical and historical backgrounds, terrorism, strategy, case studies of Islamist movements in the developing world and the West, and the relationship with democracy and gender issues.

Routledge «Market: Political Science / Religion June 2011: 234x156: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-48473-2: £115.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Domestic Context: Changing Dimensions of Political and Social Structures. Part 2: Economic Reforms and Evolution of Governing Structures. Part 3: Internationalisation of the Gulf: Security and Foreign Policy

Routledge «Market: Economics / Middle Eastern Economics / Middle Eastern Politics / Politics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57451-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57452-5: £24.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge Handbook of Political Islam

middle east studies 87 Arab Minority Nationalism in Israel *

Human Development in Iraq

Saudi Maritime Policy


Integrated Governance

The Politics of Indigeneity

Bassam Yousif, Indiana State University, USA

Amal Jamal, Tel Aviv University, Israel

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Economies

Hatim Al-Bisher, Selina Stead, University of Newcastle, UK and Tim Gray

Series: Routledge Studies on the Arab-Israeli Conflict National minorities and their behavior have become central topics in comparative politics in the last few decades. Using the relationship between the state of Israel and the Arab national minority as a case study, this book provides a thorough examination of minority nationalism and state-minority relations.

This book takes a political economy approach in order to detail the human resource development of Iraq from 1950 up to the Gulf war in 1990. Routledge «Market: Economics / Development Studies / Political Science June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78263-0: £75.00

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics This book is concerned with the integrated governance and enactment of Saudi maritime policy. Taking a comparative approach the authors examine the concept of integrated national maritime policy (INMP), analysing its application in four countries – Australia, Canada, UK and USA – and discussing at length how it might be applied to Saudi Arabia.

Routledge «Market: Politics / Middle Eastern Politics February 2011: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-56739-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83069-7: £75.00

Iran’s Struggle for Economic Independence

Asiatic Russia

Evaleila Pesaran, University of Cambridge, UK

Shi’i Theology in Iran

Imperial Power in Regional and International Contexts

Series: Routledge Political Economy of the Middle East and North Africa

The Challenge of Religious Experience

Edited by Tomohiko Uyama, Hokkaido University, Japan

This book analyses the dynamics of economic reform in the Islamic Republic of Iran, discussing the internal debates and external factors that have influenced this post-revolutionary state’s struggle to achieve economic independence since 1979, and examining the ways in which the country’s political elites have negotiated the best path forward, illustrated in particular through their debates over the inflow of foreign capital.

Series: Culture and Civilization in the Middle East

Routledge «Market: Political science / Geography June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-66425-7: £75.00

Reform and Counter-Reform in the Post-Revolutionary Era

Series: New Horizons in Islamic Studies Although the Russian Empire has traditionally been viewed as a European borderland, most of its territory was actually situated in Asia. This book examines the history of the Asian parts of the Russian Empire, investigating the empire’s policy toward various religions and ethnic groups. It charts its expansion and how it established its rule in the east, interacting with local actors and introducing new instituions and ideas. Routledge «Market: Middle Eastern History / Asian History June 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-61537-2: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Middle East Studies / Political Economy / Middle East Economics April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-59025-9: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81835-0: £90.00

Rethinking Israeli Space * Periphery and Identity

Domesticity and Consumer Culture in Iran

Erez Tzfadia and Haim Yacobi, both at Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel

Interior Revolutions of the Modern Era Pamela Karimi, University of Massachusetts Dartmouth, USA Series: Iranian Studies This book explores the transformation of home culture and domestic architecture in twentieth century Iran. While highlighting the role of architects and urban planners since the turn of the century, the book also studies the interplay between foreign influences, gender roles, consumer culture, and women’s education as they intersect with taste, fashion, and interior design. Routledge «Market: History / Middle Eastern History / Social Anthropology June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-78183-1: £75.00

Series: Routledge Advances in Middle East and Islamic Studies With a focus on cities, suburbs, development towns and Zionist agricultural landscape, this book examines the issue of Israeli space. Taking a multidisciplinary approach it contributes to the field of planning theory, political science, urban sociology, critical geography and Middle East studies. Routledge «Market: Human Geography / Sociology / Political Science / Middle East studies April 2011: 234x156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-57324-5: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81699-8: £70.00

Ori Goldberg This book is about the challenge, offered by revolutionary Shi’i theology in Iran, to Western conventions on theology, revolution and religion’s role in the creation of identity. Routledge «Market: Religion / Middle East Studies June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-66423-3: £75.00

The Arab State Dilemmas of Late Formation Adham Saouli, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics This book is concerned with state formation and collapse in the Middle East. In particular it examines the conditions under which states remain intact during late formation and how they resist various internal and external pressures. Routledge «Market: Political Science / History June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60295-2: £75.00

The Arab State and Women’s Rights The Trap of Authoritarian Governance Elham Manea, University of Zurich, Switzerland Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics Addressing the question of why the modern Arab state has repeatedly turned away from any serious attempt to modernize the laws governing the family sphere, this book explores the issue of gender rights for Arab women and in particular why they are often discriminated against in their private lives by the state. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Political Science / Gender Studies June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61773-4: £75.00 eBooks are only available to order online

88 middle east studies The Contradictions of Israeli Citizenship

The Israeli Central Bank

The Origins of Syrian Nationhood

Political Economy, Global Logics and Local Actors

Histories, Pioneers and Identity

Land, Religion and State

Daniel Maman, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel and Zeev Rosenhek, Open University of Israel

Edited by Adel Beshara, University of Melbourne, Australia

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Economies

The ‘Syria idea’ emerged in the nineteenth century as a concept of national awakening superseding both Arab nationalism and separatist currents. Looking at nationalist movements, ideas and individuals, this book traces the origin and development of the idea of Syrian nationhood from the perspective of some of its leading pioneers.

Edited by Guy Ben-Porat, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel and Bryan S. Turner, City University of New York, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern Politics This book examines the nature of citizenship in Israel as pertaining to particular group demands and to the dynamics of political life in the public arena. Focusing on a wide range of social groups from the military, through ethnic minorities, religious groupings, and the gay and lesbian community, contributors explore different aspects of citizenship through the needs, demands and struggles of minority groups to provide a comprehensive picture of the dynamics of Israeli citizenship and the dilemmas that emerge at the collective, group and individual levels. Routledge «Market: Political Science / Sociology May 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-78250-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81718-6: £75.00

The Global Impact of the Protocols of the Elders of Zion * A Century-Old Myth Edited by Esther Webman, Tel-Aviv University, Israel Series: Routledge Jewish Studies Series Since it was compiled in the early 20th Century, The Protocols of the Elders of Zion has attracted the interest of politicians and academicians, and generated extensive research. Exploring the tract’s successful dissemination and examining the impact of the Protocols across the world, this book attempts to understand its continuing popularity, one hundred years after its first appearance, in so many diverse societies and cultures.

This book examines the political and institutional processes that have led to the strengthening of the Israeli central bank within the context of the now predominant neoliberal regime. Routledge «Market: Economics / Politics February 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57328-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83044-4: £75.00

The Jewish Jesus Representation and Thought

Series: Routledge Studies in Middle Eastern History

Routledge «Market: History / Middle Eastern History / Middle East Studies May 2011: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-61504-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81677-6: £85.00

The UAE and Foreign Policy *

Edited by Neta Stahl, Johns Hopkins University, USA

Foreign Aid, Identities and Interests

Series: Routledge Jewish Studies Series

Khalid S. Almezaini

This book charts the different ways, over the last two thousand years, that Jesus has been represented and understood in Jewish culture and thought. With contributions from many of the leading scholars in the field, chapters examine from a variety of disciplinary perspectives the ways in which representations of Jesus contribute to and change Jewish self-understanding.

Series: Culture and Civilization in the Middle East

Routledge «Market: Religious Studies / Philosophy / History June 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-78258-6: £75.00

This book provides a detailed analysis of the foreign policy and foreign aid strategies of the United Arab Emirates (UAE). Exploring the cultural factors that have impacted on the foreign policy behaviour of the UAE and its foreign aid, the author argues that the country’s foreign policy and foreign aid is strongly influenced by Islamic teachings and by its Arab culture. Routledge «Market: International Relations / Political Science / Middle East Studies May 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59711-1: £75.00

Routledge «Market: History / Social Science / Jewish Studies May 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-59892-7: £75.00




order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525





middle east studies 89


6. 8th Edition

8th Edition

Constitutional & Administrative Law

The Modern Law of Contract Richard Stone 2009: 246x174: 728pp Pb: 978-0-415-48137-3: £25.99

Hilaire Barnett 2010: 246x174: 960pp Pb: 978-0-415-56301-7: £33.99


7. The Politics of the Common Law

4th Edition

Perspectives, Rights, Processes, Institutions

Indira Carr

International Trade Law 2009: 234x156: 840pp Pb: 978-0-415-45843-6: £37.99

Wayne Morrison, Adam Gearey and Robert Jago 2008: 246x174: 432pp Pb: 978-0-415-48153-3: £29.99


8. 11th Edition

4th Edition

The English Legal System

Shipping Law


Simon Baughen

Gary Slapper and David Kelly

2009: 234x156: 504pp Pb: 978-0-415-48719-1: £34.99

2010: 246x174: 760pp Pb: 978-0-415-56695-7: £29.99


9. Modern Land Law

Mastering the National Admissions Test for Law

Martin Dixon

Edited by Mark Shepherd

2010: 246x174: 512pp Pb: 978-0-415-57744-1: £27.99

2005: 234x156: 384pp Pb: 978-1-84568-010-7: £26.99

7th Edition


10. 6th Edition

3rd Edition

Equity and Trusts

Text, Cases and Materials on Public Law and Human Rights

Alastair Hudson for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information

Helen Fenwick and Gavin Phillipson 2010: 246x189: 1328pp Pb: 978-0-415-46214-3: £37.99



2009: 246x174: 1288pp Pb: 978-0-415-49771-8: £33.99 eBooks are only available to order online

90 law textbook

8th Edition

Business Law

European Union Lawcards 2011–2012

David Kelly, formerly at Staffordshire University, UK, Ruth Hayward, Ruby Hammer and John Hendy, all at Staffordshire University, UK Business Law offers comprehensive coverage of the key aspects of business law in a straightforward manner that is easy to understand for non-law students. Selected Contents: 1. Law and Legal Sources 2. The Criminal and Civil Courts 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution 4. Agency 5. Partnership Law 6. Company Law (1) 7. Company Law (2) 8. Contract (1) 9. Contract (2) 10. Contract (3) 11. Contract (4) 12. Sale and Supply of Goods 13. Negligence 14. Vicarious and Employers’ Liability 15. Business Liability and Environmental Law 16. Individual Employment Rights (1) 17. Individual Employment Rights (2) 18. Individual Employment Rights (3) 19. Health and Safety Law Routledge «Market: Law / Business Law April 2011: 246x174: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-58366-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55973-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81720-9: £80.00

Routledge Series: Law Cards Routledge Lawcards are your complete, pocket-sized guides to key examinable areas of the undergraduate law curriculum and the CPE/GDL. Their concise text, user-friendly layout and compact format make them an ideal revision aid. Helping you to identify, understand and commit to memory the salient points of each area of the law, shouldn’t you make Routledge Lawcards your essential revision companions? Selected Contents: Sources of Law. EC Law and National Law. Community Institutions. Preliminary Rulings. Free Movement of Workers. EC Sex Equality Legislation. Free Movement of Goods Routledge «Market: Law / Revision Guides / EU Law February 2011: 220x152: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-61868-7: £9.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82836-6: £19.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-56663-6

9th Edition textbook

Hilaire Barnett, formerly at Queen Mary College, University of London, UK Hilaire Barnett’s respected and everpopular textbook helps to provide students with an understanding of the constitution’s past, present and future by analysing and illustrating the political and socio-historical contexts which have shaped the constitution, the current major rules and principles of public law and on-going constitutional reform. Selected Contents: I. General Introduction II. Fundamental Constitutional Concepts III. The European Community and Union IV. Central, Regional and Local Government V. Parliament VI. The Individual and the State VII. Administrative Law Routledge «Market: Law / Constitutional & Administrative Law May 2011: 246x174: 700pp Hb: 978-0-415-66422-6: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61108-4: £33.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-56301-7

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Events: The Force of International Law * Edited by Fleur Johns, University of Sydney, Australia, Richard Joyce, University of Reading, UK and Sundhya Pahuja, University of Melbourne, Australia Events: The Force of International Law presents an analysis of international law, centred upon those historical and recent events in which international law has exerted, or acquired, its force. From Spanish colonization and the Treaty of Westphalia, through the end of Apartheid and the Rwandan genocide, and to recent international trade negotiations and the ‘torture memos’, each chapter in this book focuses on a specific international legal event.

Routledge-Cavendish «Market: Law / International Law / Politics June 2011: 234x156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-66846-0: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84446-5: £75.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Constitutional & Administrative Law

law 91

Media and Entertainment Law

Punitive States *

Ursula Smartt

Punishment and the Economy of Violence Media and Entertainment Law presents a contemporary analysis of the law relating to the media and entertainment industry both in terms of its practical application and its theoretical framework. Looking at key aspects such as TV and radio broadcasting, the print press, the music industry, online news and entertainment and social networking sites, this textbook provides students with detailed coverage of the key principles, cases and legislation as well as a critical analysis of regulatory bodies such as the Press Complaints Commission and OFCOM.

Selected Contents: 1. Media Freedom 2. Privacy and Confidentiality 3. Defamation 4. Contempt of Court 5. Reporting Legal Proceedings 6. Freedom of Public Information 7. Blasphemy, Obscenity and Censorship 8. Copyright I (Intellectual Property) 9. Copyright II (Entertainment Law) 10. Regulatory Bodies and Self Regulation Routledge «Market: Law / Media Law April 2011: 246x174: 632pp Hb: 978-0-415-66515-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57756-4: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81847-3: £85.00

Simon Hallsworth, London Metropolitan University, UK Are there distinctive postmodern forms of punishment? Is the contemporary ‘punitive’ turn in the United States a sign of things to come in Europe? Is modern rationality at odds with violence or the means to applying violence systematically? Punitive States links these key contemporary debates in criminology, penology and social theory together and offers an alternative analysis inspired by Georges Bataille and Rene Girard, concluding with three dramatic case studies that relate the foregoing arguments to contemporary cultural forms and political decisions. Selected Contents: Introduction. Modernity, Violence and the Civilizing Process. Modernity Reconsidered and Condemned. Reclaiming Modernity. Rethinking Violence in Modernity. The Case for a Postmodern Penality. State Violence, Masculinity and the Flight from the Feminine. A Honeymoon in Auschwitz. Monstrous Doubles Routledge-Cavendish «Market: Law and Criminology June 2011: 234x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-904385-91-2: £85.00

Modernising Sales Law

Security Games

Robert Bradgate, University of Sheffield, UK and Christian Twigg-Flesner, University of Hull, UK

Surveillance and Control at Mega-Events

The book identifies and analyses the problems with current English sales law and considers how the law could be modernised. The ever-increasing influence of European and international harmonising efforts are considered, with the book addressing developments in EU and US sales law and their possible impact on English sales law.


Routledge «Market: Law / Consumer and Sales Law May 2011: 216x138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-49283-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49284-3: £24.99 for e-mail updates in your field


Edited by Colin J. Bennett, University of Victoria, USA and Kevin D. Haggerty Security Games addresses the impact of mega-events – such as the Olympic Games and the World Cup – on wider practices of security and surveillance. ‘Mega-Events’ now serve as focal points for the proliferation of security and surveillance. They are microcosms of larger trends and processes, through which – as the contributors to this volume demonstrate – we can observe the complex ways that security and surveillance are now implicated in unique confluences of technology, institutional motivations, and public-private security arrangements. As the exceptional conditions of the mega-event become the norm, Security Games therefore provides the glimpse of a possible future that is more intensively and extensively monitored. Routledge «Market: Law / Criminology / Sociology April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60262-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82747-5: £75.00

E-mail: for more information


Series: Current Controversies in Law eBooks are only available to order online

92 law 4th Edition


Sports Law

Survival Training for Law Enforcement

Simon Gardiner, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK, John O’Leary, Anglia Ruskin University, UK, Roger Welch, University of Portsmouth, UK, Simon Boyes, Nottingham Trent University, UK and Urvasi Naidoo Long established as the market leading textbook on sports law, this muchanticipated new edition offers a comprehensive and authoritative examination of the legal issues surrounding and governing sport internationally. Locating the legal regulation of sport within an explicit socio-economic context, this refocused edition is divided into four core parts: Governance & Sport; Commercial Regulation; Sports Workplace; and Safety in Sport. Selected Contents: 1. Governance in Sport: Historical and Contemporary Perspective 2. Sport, Rules and Law 3. Challenging Sports Decisions 4. EU Sports Law Policy 5. Doping and Sport 6. Regulation of Sports Business 7. Financial Corruption in Sport 8. London 2012: Protection and Exploitation of Commercial Rights 9. Legal Issues of Sports Employment 10. Anti-Discrimination Provisions in Sport 11. Sports Participation Liability 12. Safety and Spectator Disorder in Sports Facilities Routledge-Cavendish «Market: Law / Sports Law April 2011: 246x189: 750pp Hb: 978-0-415-59184-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59183-6: £39.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-8594-1894-9

The Israeli Combat System for the Urban Warrior Tzviel ‘BK’ Blankchtein, Masada Tactical, LLC, Baltimore, Maryland, USA and Ann R. Bumbak, Washington, D.C., USA Based on the Israeli Combat System (ICS), this book is a training guide for law enforcement officers. It appeals to a wide audience, including police staff, martial arts practitioners, defensive tactics trainers, and fitness professionals. Experts in police training, the authors describe the shortcomings in most defensive tactics and fitness programs and offer a new perspective on how to train police for job-related dangerous tasks. The book contains step-by-step training drills to maximize training realism and results. Over 200 high-quality black-and-white photographs provide the reader with a complete understanding of the delineated techniques described in the work. CRC Press «Market: Law April 2011: 235x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4852-4: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4853-1: £38.99

Strange Gods * Legal Theology in a Modern Age

2nd Edition

Peter Fitzpatrick, Birkbeck, University of London, UK

Staying Safe at School

Legal Theology provides a genealogy of modern law as a secular theology, calling into question the received ideas that modern law is radically different from its religious antecedents, and that modernity involved a repudiation of theological concepts. Peter Fitzpatrick charts the lineage of this secular theology through three ‘historicities’: the creation of the world’s imperium, of the modern world-system, in the sixteenth century; the time of revolutions of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries; and the high modernism of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Respectively condensed here in the writings of Vitoria, Hobbes and Nietzsche, Fitzpatrick documents the substitution of a monotheistic God by successive articulations of a persistently ‘deific’ law. Legal Theology thus questions the story of secularism’s triumph, by eliciting the essentially religious force of modern law: a force that is, moreover, recognisable in secularism’s contemporary imperial mission.

Written by veteran law enforcement and family counseling professionals, the second edition of this guidebook shows students and parents on how to stay safe at school. The book pinpoints personal safety issues of importance to all educators and explains how to analyze schools for security risks. It also includes proven methods for averting crime, improving school safety, and avoiding being a victim.

CRC Press May 2011: 229x152: 120pp Pb: 978-1-4398-5828-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5829-5: £25.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Imperium 3. Revolution 4. Modernism Routledge-Cavendish «Market: Law / Political Theory / Philosophy June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56014-6: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56015-3: £22.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Chester L. Quarles, University of Mississippi, Oxford, USA and Tammy Quarles

law 93 textbook

4th Edition

Terrorism and WMDs

Text, Cases and Materials on Medical Law and Ethics

Awareness and Response John Pichtel, Ball State University, USA A concise yet comprehensive review, this introductory manual covers the history and development of major weapons of mass destruction (WMDs) and their effects on humans and structures, as well as practical issues for responders. Emphasizing basic chemistry and biology, including microbiology and human health, it provides the scientific basis for the chemical and biological reactions occurring at the incident site and within the victims, enabling emergency responders to take appropriate action. Chapters address emergency responder issues, the Incident Command System, personal protective equipment, and decontamination. An Instructor’s Guide with Test Bank questions is also available upon qualified course adoption.

Marc Stauch, University of Hannover, Germany and Kay Wheat, Nottingham Trent University, UK Text, Cases & Materials on Medical Law and Ethics presents a valuable collection of materials relating to this topical and increasingly controversial area of the law. Comprising extracts from statutes, cases and scholarly articles alongside expert author commentary and guidance, Medical Law and Ethics signposts students to all the key issues and principles in medical law.

CRC Press April 2011: 235x156: 456pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5175-3: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5176-0: £49.99

Routledge «Market: Law / Medical and Healthcare Law June 2011: 246x174: 800pp Hb: 978-0-415-58231-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58230-8: £33.50 Prev. Ed: 978-1-8594-1934-2

2nd Edition

12th Edition textbook

Text, Cases and Materials on Contract Law

The English Legal System

This clear and highly accessible volume, presented in a coherent structure, provides full coverage of the topics commonly found in the contract law syllabus, alongside up-to-date illustrative case examples and stimulating commentary.


Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Forming the Agreement 3. Tests of Enforceability 4. Intention to Create Legal Relations 5. Privity 6. The Contents of the Contract 7. Clauses Excluding or Limiting Liability 8. Misrepresentation 9. Mistake 10. Duress and Undue Influence 11. Illegality 12. Frustration 13. Discharge by Performance or Breach 14. Remedies 15. Unjust Enrichment Routledge «Market: Law / Contract Law April 2011: 246x174: 1000pp Hb: 978-0-415-59415-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59414-1: £34.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-85941-913-7 for e-mail updates in your field


Gary Slapper, The Open University, UK and David Kelly, formerly at Staffordshire University, UK Slapper and Kelly’s The English Legal System explains and critically assesses how our law is made and applied. Annually updated, this authoritative textbook clearly describes the legal rules of England and Wales and their collective influence as a sociocultural institution. Selected Contents: 1. Law and Legal Study 2. Rule of Law and Human Rights 3. Sources of Law 4. The Civil Courts 5. The Criminal Courts 6. The Judiciary 7. Judicial Reasoning 8. The Jury 9. The Civil Process 10. Arbitration, Tribunal Adjudication and Alternative Dispute Resolution 11. The Criminal Process 12. Legal Services 13. The Funding of Legal Services 14. The European Context Routledge «Market: Law / English Legal System May 2011: 246x174: 712pp Hb: 978-0-415-60008-8: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60007-1: £29.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-56695-7

E-mail: for more information


Richard Stone and James Devenney, University of Durham, UK

2011–2012 eBooks are only available to order online

94 law

Visualizing Law in the Age of the Digital Baroque

The United States, International Law and the Struggle against Terrorism

Arabesques and Entanglements Richard K. Sherwin

Thomas McDonnell, Pace University, USA

Series: Discourses of Law

Series: Routledge Research in International Law

Visualizing Law in the Age of the Digital Baroque explores the profound impact that visual digital technologies are having on the practice, teaching, and theory of law. What happens to law when it takes on the life of an image on the screen? This question is no idle speculation. Law today lives in images the way images live on the screen. But what is real, and what is simulation? Might it be that we are living in a baroque dream, a contingent world, like an all too vivid video game, that opens onto endless others? It is no accident that the film, The Matrix, struck a nerve worldwide. Without justice, laws endlessly proliferate within a field of uncertainty and longing. To meet this crisis, Law, Ethics and the Digital Baroque identifies the contemporary conditions in which law lives as a digital image on the screen; arguing for a post-positivist jurisprudential paradigm that is adequate to the challenge these conditions present.

This book discusses the critica l legal issues raised by the US responses to the terrorist threat, analyzing their compliance with international law. The book extrapolates from the actions of the USA, going on to look at the difficulties all modern democracies face in trying to combat international terrorism.

Routledge «Market: Law / Terrorism / Politics April 2011: 234x156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-78242-5: £28.99

Routledge «Market: Law / Cultural Studies April 2011: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-61290-6: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61293-7: £22.99

Are Human Rights for Migrants?

The Modern Law of Contract Richard Stone, University of Lincoln, UK The Modern Law of Contract is a clear and logical introduction to contract law, written by a leading author and lecturer with over thirty years of teaching and examining experience in the subject. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Forming the Agreement 3. Consideration and Other Tests of Enforceability 4. Intention to Create Legal Relations 5. Privity 6. The Contents of the Contract 7. Clauses Excluding or Limiting Liability 8. Misrepresentation 9. Mistake 10. Duress 11. Undue Influence 12. Illegality and Public Policy 13. Frustration 14. Discharge by Performance or Breach 15. Remedies and Restitution 16. Theories of Contract Law Routledge «Market: Law / Contract Law May 2011: 246x174: 728pp Hb: 978-0-415-59846-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59845-3: £26.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-48137-3

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Critical Reflections on the Status of Irregular Migrants in Europe and the United States Edited by Marie-Benedicte Dembour, University of Sussex, UK and Toby Kelly, University of Edinburgh, UK Are Human Rights for Migrants? Critical Reflections on the Status of Irregular Migrants in Europe and the United States examines upon the possibilities and limitations which arise from approaching the situation of migrants in human rights terms. Bringing together a range of international experts, the book addresses three sets of questions, of tremendous current theoretical and practical import: What do we mean by human rights when we talk about the human rights of migrants? Is the problematic access of migrants to human rights protection inherent within the concept of human rights, or is it attributable to a defect in their implementation? Should we look beyond human rights for an effective source of protection for migrants? Routledge «Market: Law / Politics April 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-61906-6: £75.00

Audiovisual Regulation under Pressure Comparative Cases from North America and Europe Thomas Gibbons and Peter Humphreys, both at University of Manchester, UK The book considers recent trends in audiovisual policy towards deregulation and for policy to pursue industry policy goals rather than traditional cultural and democratic objectives, notably media pluralism and diversity. It explores regulatory policy in the following jurisdictions: the United States, Canada, France, Germany, the UK, the ‘Benelux’ countries, and the EU. Routledge «Market: Law / Religion May 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-59021-1: £75.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


9th Edition textbook

law 95 Corporate Human Rights Violations

Environmental Governance in Europe and Asia

Freedom, Autonomy and Privacy

Overcoming Regulatory Hurdles

A Comparative Study of Institutional and Legislative Frameworks

Janice Richardson, University of Exeter, UK

Surya Deva, City University of Hong Kong Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law The quest to establish an effective regulatory mechanism to ensure that corporations comply with human rights responsibilities has gained momentum in the last decade or so, however, despite these efforts, no robust regulatory mechanism is in sight to provide effective remedies to victims of corporate human rights abuses. Against this background this book provides a theoretical framework to overcome regulatory challenges experienced in holding multinational corporations (MNCs) accountable for violation of human rights. Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights / Business June 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-66821-7: £80.00

Corporate Social Responsibility, Human Rights and the Law * Multinational Corporations in Developing Countries Series: Routledge Research in Corporate Law This book considers the legal control of multinational corporations for violations of human rights from a developing country’s perspective, examining the role for corporate social responsibility in regulating the conduct of MNCs. The book explores the way in which the home and host States of corporations can ensure that MNCs do not violate human rights when operating abroad. Routledge «Market: Law / Business Studies / Human Rights / Development Studies May 2011: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-59785-2: £75.00

Cross-Border Law Enforcement * Regional Law Enforcement Cooperation – European, Australian and Asia-Pacific Perspectives Edited by Simon Bronitt, Australian National University, Australia, Clive Harfield, University of Wollongong, Australia and Saskia Hufnagel, Australian National University, Australia Series: Routledge Research in Transnational Crime and Criminal Law This volume explores issues law enforcement cooperation across both global and local borders. The book brings together leading academics, public policy makers, legal practitioners and law enforcement officials from Europe, Australia and the Asian-Pacific region to shed new light on the problems impeding cross-border policing and law enforcement.

for e-mail updates in your field

This book offers a comparative analysis of environmental governance in Europe and Asia. The book assesses the legislative, institutional and participatory mechanisms which affect environmental governance, and analyses current issues, concerns and strategies in respect of environmental governance at the local, national, and international levels. Routledge «Market: Law / Environmental Studies / Environmental Politics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49654-4: £75.00


Indigenous People, Crime and Punishment

Series: Routledge Research in International Economic Law This book critically assesses patterns and issues in both the substantive law and policy environment impacting on foreign investment flows in major Asian economies, and dispute resolution law and practice related to those flows. The book offers a detailed comparative study attentive to socio-economic context and competing theories of the role of law in Asia. Contributions come from academics with extensive country-specific expertise, and often considerable practical experience. The chapters analyse the law and practice of investment treaties and FDI regimes in Asia looking specifically at developments in Japan, India, Bangladesh, China, Indonesia and Malaysia, Korea and Vietnam. The book considers the impact of the Asian Financial Crisis in the late 1990s and the Global Financial Crisis a decade later, examining the shifts in FDI and capital flows in Asia that have resulted from these crises. Routledge «Market: Law / Asian Studies / Economics April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61074-2: £75.00

The Case of Children’s Liability in Tort Nuno Ferreira, University of Manchester, UK The book explores the relationship between fundamental rights and private law in Europe, looking at the legal position of the tortfeasor in tort law in a number of jurisdictions including France, Italy, Germany, Portugal, Sweden, Finland, Norway, England and Wales.

E-mail: for more information

Thalia Anthony Indigenous People, Crime and Punishment examines criminal sentencing courts’ changing characterisations of Indigenous peoples’ identity, culture and postcolonial status. Focusing largely on Australian Indigenous peoples, but referring also to the Canadian and New Zealand experiences, Thalia Anthony critically analyses how the judiciary have interpreted Indigenous difference. Through an analysis of Indigenous sentencing decisions and remarks over a fifty year period in a number of jurisdictions, the book demonstrates how discretion is moulded to cultural assumptions about Indigeneity, and how the increasing demonisation of Indigenous criminality and culture in sentencing has turned earlier ‘gains’ in the legal recognition of Indigenous peoples on their head. Routledge «Market: Law / Criminology / Indigenous Studies June 2011: 234x156: 204pp Hb: 978-0-415-66844-6: £75.00

International Human Rights Law and Domestic Violence * The Effectiveness of International Human Rights Law

Fundamental Rights and Tort Law in Europe *

Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights May 2011: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-57945-2: £80.00

This book draws upon contemporary feminist philosophy in order to consider the meaning of legal personhood, its relationship to human freedom and autonomy and its connection to what is classified as public and private. Contemporary feminist philosophy has much to say about the ways in which we have understood what it means to be a person and to have rights in law. Women’s contingent and historical position can be used as a tool to highlight tensions in traditional views of personhood. However, Janice Richardson goes beyond this critique to explore how the legal and political implications of feminist critiques of legal personhood can found new ways of thinking about ourselves and law that is applicable to both men and women. Routledge «Market: Law / Philosophy May 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57243-9: £75.00

Foreign Investment and Dispute Resolution Law and Practice in Asia



Series: Routledge Research in International Environmental Law

Edited by Vivienne Bath and Luke Nottage, both at University of Sydney, Australia

Olufemi Amao, Brunel University, UK

Routledge «Market: Law / Criminology / Policing May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58374-9: £75.00

Jona Razzaque, University of the West of England, UK

Legal Personhood

Ronagh J.A. McQuigg, Queen’s University Belfast, UK Series: Routledge Research in Human Rights Law This book examines the effectiveness of international human rights law in relation to domestic violence. The book focuses primarily on the question of how international human rights law could be used in the UK to respond to domestic violence, and considers recent case law from the European Court of Human Rights and statements made by international human rights bodies. Routledge «Market: Law / Human Rights April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58226-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81928-9: £75.00 eBooks are only available to order online

96 law Marine Environmental Governance

Protective Operations

From International Law to Local Practice

A Handbook for Security and Law Enforcement

Erika Techera, Macquarie University, Australia

Glenn McGovern, Santa Clara County District Attorney’s Office, Bureau of Investigation, San Jose, California, USA

Routledge «Market: Law / Environmental Studies / Development Studies April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61910-3: £75.00

New Critical Legal Thinking Law and the Political Edited by Matthew Stone, Illan rua Wall, Oxford Brookes University, UK and Costas Douzinas, Birkbeck, University of London, UK New Critical Legal Thinking articulates a newly-emergent stream of politically engaged contemporary critical legal scholarship. Combining grand theory with a concern for grounded political interventions, the various contributors to this book draw on established theorists, such as Hegel, Lacan, and Foucault, in order to understand contemporary legal matters, such as the war on terror, the recent global economic crisis and the emergence of biopolitics. The contributions instantiate the fact that a new, timely and cohesive ‘school’ of political legal scholarship has come into being: one which critically interrogates, and intervenes in, the contemporary relationship between law and power. Birkbeck Law Press «Market: Law / Politics / Philosophy April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61957-8: £75.00

Participants in the International Legal System *

Drawing on the experience of a seasoned professional with over two decades of combined military, SWAT, and law enforcement training and field experience, this book examines issues specific to carrying out protective special operations. Coverage includes weapon use, vehicle modifications, equipment use, training for the adversary, threat assessments, site surveys, counterintelligence concepts, operation security (OPSEC) and dealing with the compromise of security. The text discusses the difference between overt and covert operations and offers methods of surveillance detection. CRC Press April 2011: 235x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5171-5: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5172-2: £49.99

Propaganda, War Crimes Trials and International Law

Serial Killers * Francesca Biagi-Chai

Propaganda, War Crimes Trials and International Law addresses the emerging jurisprudence and international law concerning propaganda in war crimes investigations and trials. The role of propaganda in the perpetration of atrocities has emerged as a central theme in the war crimes trials in the past century. The Nuremburg trials initially, and the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia and the International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda currently, have all substantially contributed to the development of international law in this respect. Investigating and exploring the areas between lawful and unlawful propaganda, they have dealt with specific mechanisms and consequences of the phenomenon within the perspective and framework of their international legal mandates. With contributions from leading international scholars and legal practioners, this text offers a study of the prosecution of propaganda-related crimes in international law, and the newly emerging jurisprudence of war crimes propaganda cases. Routledge June 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-57959-9: £75.00

The Doctrine of Imminence

order now!

Routledge «Market: Law / Economics May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61959-2: £75.00

Psychiatry, Criminology and Responsibility

Edited by Jean d’Aspremont, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations April 2011: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-56514-1: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81683-7: £85.00

This book discusses the law of safeguard measures as laid down in the WTO agreements and cases decided by the Panel and the Appellate Body. The book sets out a comprehensive treatment of safeguard measures covering the history and evolution of the law, and considers safeguards from a developing countries perspective drawing examining how beneficial the provisions relating to safeguard measures and their interpretation given by the Panel and Appellate Body have been for developing countries.

Edited by Predrag Dojcinovic, International Criminal Tribunal for the Former Yugoslavia

Self-Defence in International and Criminal Law *

This book will feature contributions by renowned scholars each of whom will look at a region, theory or tradition of international law, and will consider how that approach to international law has determined the understanding of the role and status of non-State actors within that particular school of thought.

Series: Routledge Research in International Economic Law

From Speakers’ Corner to War Crimes

Multiple Perspectives on Non-State Actors in International Law

Series: Routledge Research in International Law

Sheela Rai, Hidayatullah National Law University, India

Onder Bakircioglu, Queen’s University Belfast, UK The book surveys the roots, role, rationale, and objectives of self-defence in both domestic criminal law and international law, and questions whether the requirement of imminence should be removed from the traditional contours of the selfdefence doctrine in national and international law. Routledge «Market: Law May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59422-6: £75.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Translated by Veronique Voruz, Lecturer in Law, University of Leicester and Suzanne Yang, University of Pittsburgh and Western Psychiatric Institute and Clinics Francesca Biagi-Chai’s book – a translation from the French of Le Cas Landru – tackles the issue of criminal responsibility in the case of serial killers, and other ‘mad’ people who are nonetheless deemed to be answerable before the law in most jurisdictions. The author, a Lacanian psychoanalyst and senior psychiatrist in France, with extensive experience working in institutional settings, analyses the logic informing the crimes of famous serial killers. Routledge-Cavendish «Market: Law / Criminology / Psychiatry April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56112-9: £80.00

Southern Africa Development Community Land Issues * A New, Sustainable Land Relations Policy Edited by Ben Chigara This book considers issues surrounding land ownership and land reform in the countries which comprise the Southern Africa Development Community (SADC). The book situates SADC land issues in their local, regional and international context at the start of the twenty-first century exploring them from an inter-disciplinary perspective. The book features contributions from an impressive array of experts including Patricia Kameri-Mbote, Eldred Masunungure and Catherine Odimba Kombe. The contributions to the book focus particularly on the possible impact of land issues on the sub-region’s development and human security potential in light of the UN Millennium Development Goals and the development of international human rights law and regional customary international law. Routledge «Market: Law Human Rights / Politics / Environmental Studies June 2011: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-58704-4: £75.00


Marine Environmental Governance: From International Law to Local Policy considers the relationship between international environmental law and community-based conservation in the protection of marine areas. Focusing on small island states, in which indigenous populations have to a large extent continued to maintain traditional lifestyles, this book takes up the question of how indigenous customary law and state-based legislation can be reconciled in the implementation of international environmental law. Based upon a range of case studies, and detailed comparative analysis, it pursues an interdisciplinary approach to legal pluralism ‘in practice’ that will of considerable interest to environmental lawyers, legal anthropologists, conservation biologists and those working in the area of community-based conservation.

Recognition and Regulation of Safeguard Measures Under GATT/WTO

law 97 Sovereignty, Jurisdiction, and Exploitation of the Seas, Polar Regions, Airspace and Outer Space *

The Interaction between WTO Law and External International Law *

Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture Volume 1

The Constrained Openness of WTO Law

Fourteen Exploratory Essays

Ronnie R.F. Yearwood, University of Durham, UK

Legal Criteria for Spatial Delimitation

Series: Routledge Research in International Economic Law

Edited by Hanina Ben-Menahem, Arye Edrei, Tel Aviv University, Israel and Neil S. Hecht

Gbenga Oduntan, University of Kent, UK Series: Routledge Research in International Law This book considers questions of sovereignty and jurisdiction in airspace and outer space. The book takes into account both public and private international law in order to propose legal criteria to determine where the exclusive sovereignty of airspace ends and where outer space – the province of all mankind begins. Routledge «Market: Law / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-56212-6: £75.00

The European Constitution, Welfare States and Democracy Conflicts between the Four Freedoms and National Administrative Discretion Christoffer C. Eriksen, Wikborg, Rein & Co, Norway Series: Routledge Research in European Union Law This book considers how the four freedoms of the EU legal order may be seen to be incompatible with the practice of entrusting national authorities with discretionary powers and its affect on nation states. It explores the conflicts between the European constitution and the legal regulation of mixed economies and markets within welfare-states. Routledge «Market: Law / Politics / European Union Studies June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61073-5: £75.00

This book examines how international economic law interacts with other bodies of international law. Using ideas and theories from other spheres including sociology, literature and art, the book develops a new way of thinking about how WTO law interacts with external international law through the conceptual framework of ‘constrained openness’. Routledge «Market: Law / Economics June 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-56516-5: £75.00

The Jurisprudence of Pregnancy * Concepts of Conflict, Persons and Property Mary Ford, University of Strathclyde, UK Series: Biomedical Law & Ethics Library This book critically examines how the concepts of conflict, personhood and property are key to the legal analysis and decision-making surrounding pregnancy, arguing that the neglected concept of property has the potential to refresh our thinking and the way we frame legal debates about maternal / foetal issues.

Joseph A. Schafer, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, USA, Michael E. Buerger, Bowling Green State University, Ohio, USA, Richard W. Myers, Colorado Springs Police Department, USA, Carl J. Jensen, III, University of Mississippi, USA and Bernard H. Levin, Blue Ridge Community College, Weyers Cover, USA

Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture Volume 2 Fourteen Exploratory Essays Edited by Hanina Ben-Menahem, Arye Edrei, Tel Aviv University, Israel and Neil S. Hecht

Jane Scoular, University of Strathclyde, UK The Subject of Prostitution offers a distinctive analysis of the links between prostitution and social theory in order to advance a critical analysis of the relationship of law to sex/work.

Routledge «Market: Jewish Studies / Law / Religion June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-78251-7: £75.00

Routledge-Cavendish «Market: Law / Medical Ethics June 2011: 234x156: 220pp Hb: 978-0-415-55559-3: £75.00

Sex/Work, Law and Social Theory

A Practical Guide for Police Managers and Leaders

Routledge «Market: Jewish Studies / Law / Religion June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-35978-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-00775-4: £75.00

This book opens windows onto Jewish legal culture, by offering fourteen exploratory essays, each of which focuses on an aspect of Jewish law, broadly understood. Each chapter is a selfcontained journey, as it were, into a feature of the Jewish legal landscape. In other words, rather than taking a structural approach, and attempting to neatly circumscribe and define ‘every’ element of Jewish law, Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture takes a dynamic and holistic approach, describing diverse manifestations of Jewish legal culture, without seeking to fit them into a single structure.

The Subject of Prostitution *

The Future of Policing

This book opens windows onto Jewish legal culture, by offering fourteen exploratory essays, each of which focuses on an aspect of Jewish law, broadly understood. Each chapter is a selfcontained journey, as it were, into a feature of the Jewish legal landscape. In other words, rather than taking a structural approach, and attempting to neatly circumscribe and define ‘every’ element of Jewish law, Windows onto Jewish Legal Culture takes a dynamic and holistic approach, describing diverse manifestations of Jewish legal culture, without seeking to fit them into a single structure.

Routledge-Cavendish «Market: Law / Social Theory May 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-904385-51-6: £75.00

Tomorrow’s Torts *

Series: Modern Police Administration

Advanced Comparative Perspectives

With a focus on small to mid-sized organizations, this text provides practical guidance to police managers who want to set their agencies on a course that is informed by future trends and emerging community movements. The text offers a unique juxtaposition of real-life examples, future research, emerging trends, and management implications. The book discusses the current state of the professional literature, current and projected outlooks, and situations faced by agency executives and leaders. The book offers methods that managers can employ to explore the future and prepare their agencies for upcoming opportunities

Penelope Watson, Macquarie University, Australia Tomorrow’s Torts is a collection of commentary and materials exploring the dynamic nature of tort law, suitable for upper level undergraduate or postgraduate Law courses, drawn from Canada, the UK, New Zealand, USA, Australia and other jurisdictions. Routledge-Cavendish «Market: Law June 2011: 234x156: 750pp Hb: 978-1-876905-37-8: £75.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



CRC Press April 2011: 235x156: 275pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3795-5: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3796-2: £49.99 eBooks are only available to order online

98 criminology

Conflict and Crisis Communication Principles and Practice Edited by Carol A. Ireland, University of Central Lancashire, UK, Martin Fisher, NOMS, UK and Gregory M. Vecchi, FBI, USA This book presents the most up to date view of conflict and crisis communication, and its clear practical application from experts in the field. It will be of interest to law enforcement agencies both nationally and internationally, as well as a range of professionals working in forensic settings. It will also be of interest to postgraduate students studying in forensic psychology and forensic mental health.

Routledge «Market: Criminology / Crisis Communication / Crime Control April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61511-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61512-9: £23.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83040-6: £80.00

Epilepsy The Intersection of Neurosciences, Biology, Mathematics, Engineering and Physics Edited by Ivan Osorio, University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, USA, Hitten Zaveri, Yale University, New Haven, USA, Mark G. Frei, Flint Hills Scientific, LLC, Lawrence, USA and Susan Arthurs, Alliance for Epilepsy Research, Dexter Integrating the studies of epilepsy, neurosciences, computational neurosciences, mathematics, physics, engineering, and medicine, this volume provides the first means to a clear, structured, and enriching multidisciplinary perspective for developing students, researchers, and clinicians in the field of epilepsy. The text gives up to date information on the state of current research, possible future research, and clinical directions in the fields of epilepsy and seizure dynamics. Clear illustrations that illustrate the patterns of brain electrophysiology and behavioral manifestations are provided to aid comprehension. The authors include extensive references in each chapter to enhance further study. CRC Press April 2011: 254x178: 552pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3885-3: £121.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3886-0: £121.00

2nd Edition

Policing Scotland Edited by Daniel Donnelly and Kenneth Scott, both at University of the West of Scotland, UK This fully updated and expanded new version builds upon the success of the first edition and aim to provide an up-to-date and authoritative account of recent developments and provide an overview of policing in Scotland, with an updated description of the basic factual information about Scottish policing as it stands in the present age.

Karen Harrison, University of Hull, UK Dangerous Offenders is a fully up-to-date, comprehensive and user-friendly guide on dangerous offenders for students and practitioners. It considers what a dangerous offender is and how such offenders are assessed and classified, looking at current sentencing policy and also the available sentences specifically designed for such offenders. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Sentencing Policy 3. Risk Assessment and Risk Assessment Tools 4. The Use of Imprisonment 5. Managing Risk Within the Community 6. Treating Risk 7. Female Offenders 8. Young Offenders 9. Mentally Disordered Offenders 10. Prolific Offenders 11. Conclusions Routledge «Market: Criminology / Sociology June 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-66862-0: £85.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Willan «Market: Criminology / Sociology September 2010: 234x156: 576pp Hb: 978-1-84392-939-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-938-3: £25.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Dangerousness, Risk and the Governance of Serious Sexual and Violent Offenders

criminology 99

Prison Policy in Ireland Politics, Penal-welfarism and Political Imprisonment Mary Rogan, Dublin Institute of Technology, Ireland This book explores how Irish prison policy has come to take on its particular character, with comparatively low prison numbers, significant reliance on short sentences and a policy-making climate in which long periods of neglect are interspersed with bursts of political activity all prominent features. Drawing on the emerging scholarship of policy analysis, the book argues that it is only through close attention to the way in which policy is formed that we will fully understand the nature of prison policy. Routledge «Market: Criminology / Penal Welfare / Prison March 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-61618-8: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61619-5: £24.99

The Professionalisation of Offender Profiling Contemporary Contributions from Forensic Psychology Edited by Laurence Alison, Liverpool University, UK and Lee Rainbow Building on the successful Forensic Psychologist’s Casebook, this book offers a full illustration of the most important developments in investigative psychology and how they pertain to sex offenders and sex offending. Incorporating new scholarly work with recent case studies, this book adopts a practitioner-friendly perspective. Topics covered include: a summary of what can and cannot be done in profiling; a summary of the pitfalls and methods to avoid misinterpretation of advice and risk; a collection of pertinent (anonymised) cases that allow the reader to reflect upon the key concepts, debates and controversies. Edited by and containing contributions from leading experts in the field, this book is essential for those engaged with forensic psychology, criminology and decision-making, criminal justice and policing. Routledge «Market: Criminology / Psychology / Sociology June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66878-1: £85.00

Strategies and Responses to Crime The Prisoner Thinking Locally, Acting Globally Edited by Melchor de Guzman, State University of New York, Brockport, USA, Aieteo Mintie Das, Helsinki, Findland and Dilip K. Das, International Police Executive Symposium, New York, USA Providing detailed case studies of contemporary initiatives in policing, law enforcement, public safety and crime prevention, this unique volume features selected models that were presented by police executives and scholars at the Thirteenth Annual Meeting of the International Police Executive Symposium held in Turkey in 2006. Each section in the text offers different perspectives from criminal justice administrators in one of a dozen countries, including Australia, England, Japan, India, and the United States. The first book of its kind, no other text offers such a panoramic and comprehensive view of global strategies to combat different types of crime

Edited by Ben Crewe, The Prison Reform Trust, UK and Jamie Bennett, HMPS, UK The past fifteen years have seen dramatic growth in imprisonment in the UK, yet our understanding of the lives and experiences of prisoners remains limited. Drawing on in-depth interviews with prisoners, this book aims to redress this by providing insight into various aspects of the lives of prisoners and their experiences of incarceration. Leading academic specialists provide concise and accessible analysis of the prisoners’ comments, highlighting key issues and providing background and factual information. Routledge «Market: Criminology / Sociology June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66865-1: £85.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 420pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7669-1: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-7670-7: £63.99 eBooks are only available to order online

100 criminology

The Registration and Monitoring of Sex Offenders

Working with Women Offenders in the Community

A Comparative Study

Edited by Rosemary Sheehan, Monash University, Australia, Gill McIvor, University of Stirling, UK and Chris Trotter, Monash University, Australia

Terry Thomas This book seeks to provide the first serious and detailed narrative of the conception and implementation of the sex offender registers. It seeks to do so in a clear and easy to follow text that will be both informed and critical. It will also serve as a resource book for those wanting to make further study of the process of registration and monitoring. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Registers – a source of ‘Tyranny and Intimidation’? 3. Twentieth Century Registration of the Deviant, the Dangerous and the Offender 4. Sex offender registers in the United States of America 5. The UK sex offender register 6. Registers around the World 7. Sex Offender Registers in Progress and Cross Border Monitoring 8. Community Notification and Residence Restrictions 9. Making Sense of Sex Offender Registers 10. Conclusions Routledge «Market: Criminology / Sociology May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66783-8: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-66781-4: £22.99

The recent increase in women’s incarceration around the world has generated significant interest in explaining this growth in numbers and identifying female offenders’ distinctive circumstance and needs. It has also prompted a re-examination of community based alternatives to custody and whether and how enhancements to existing community based services might stem the flow of women to custody. This book concentrates on the needs of women who offend, the principles that inform the development of policies on which to build expertise in working with women in the community and gender responsive practices that have been implemented. What emerges from these initiatives is a template for effective community correctional interventions for women who offend. Willan «Market: Criminologu / Gender Studies / Sociology December 2010: 234x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-84392-888-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-1-84392-887-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83295-0: £65.00




order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525



criminology 101 Eyes Everywhere The Global Growth of Camera Surveillance

Nordic Prison Practice and Policy – Exceptional or Not?

Edited by Aaron Doyle, Carleton University, Canada, Randy Lippert, University of Windsor, Canada and David Lyon, Queen’s University, Canada

Exploring Penal Exceptionalism in the Nordic Context

Eyes Everywhere provides an accessible and international perspective on the development of camera surveillance. It scrutinizes the quiet but massive expansion of camera surveillance around the world in recent years, paying special attention to developments in Canada, the UK and the USA. Containing both broad overviews and several illuminating case-studies – on matters such as cameras in taxi cabs or at mega-events such as the Olympics – the book offers a valuable overview on the status of camera surveillance in the second decade of the twenty-first century.

In the growing field of comparative criminal justice, the Nordic countries are regularly used as exceptions from the global move towards growing rates of imprisonment and tougher, less welfareoriented crime control policies. Written by leading prison scholars from the Nordic countries as well as selected researchers from the Anglo world ‘looking in’, this book explores and discusses the Nordic jurisdictions as contexts for the specific penal policies and practices that may or may not be described as exceptional.

Routledge «Market: Criminology / Sociology June 2011: 234x156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-66864-4: £85.00


Mission Based Policing John Crank, University of Nebraska-Omaha, USA, Dawn M. Irlbeck, Creighton University, Omaha, Nebraska, USA, Rebecca Murray, Creighton University, Omaha, Nebraska, USA and Mark Sundermeier, Omaha, Nebraska, USA Series: Advances in Police Theory and Practice Presenting the first new model for comprehensive redeployment of American policing in 90 years, top scholars in modern policing outline a plan based on stopping crime instead of merely responding to it. Unifying several security models, the book examines COMPSTAT, Boba’s redesign of problem oriented policing, a population centric model of counterinsurgency by Nagl and Patreaus, and the integrative model of citizen involvement in crime and community well- being. It also considers a police command structure deployed according to the locations of serious crimes.

Edited by Thomas Ugelivk and Jane Dullum, both at University of Oslo, Norway

Routledge «Market: Criminology / Sociology May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66869-9: £85.00

Prison Policy in Ireland Politics, Penal-welfarism and Political Imprisonment Mary Rogan, Dublin Institute of Technology, Ireland This book explores how Irish prison policy has come to take on its particular character, with comparatively low prison numbers, significant reliance on short sentences and a policy-making climate in which long periods of neglect are interspersed with bursts of political activity all prominent features. Drawing on the emerging scholarship of policy analysis, the book argues that it is only through close attention to the way in which policy is formed that we will fully understand the nature of prison policy. Routledge «Market: Criminology / Penal Welfare / Prison March 2011: 234x156: 272pp eBook: 978-0-203-82888-5: £80.00

Police Reform in China

The Law of Cybercrimes and Their Investigations

Kam C. Wong, Xavier University, Cincinnati, USA

George Curtis, Utica College, New York, USA

Series: Advances in Police Theory and Practice

CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 350pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5831-8: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5832-5: £57.99

A first of its kind to provide a comprehensive and systematic investigation of policing reform in China, this book provides an insider’s perspective through the use of empirical data from the Chinese police, as well as legal literature. The author documents the day to day operations of the Chinese police and presents an evidencebased assessment of the impact of reforms on the society. This book is the first to discuss Chinese policing and reform based upon author collaboration with professors from People’s Public Security University in Hong Kong. It is suitable as a reference or text. CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1969-2: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1970-8: £82.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5036-7: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5037-4: £57.99 eBooks are only available to order online

Business and Management


102 business & management


6. Global Talent Management

2nd Edition

International Business

Hugh Scullion and David Collings 2010: 254x178: 216pp Pb: 978-0-415-87171-6: £31.99

Themes and Issues in the Modern Global Economy Debra Johnson and Colin Turner 2010: 246x189: 528pp Pb: 978-0-415-43764-6: £39.99


7. 4th Edition

2nd Edition

International Management

Public Management and Governance

Strategic Opportunities & Cultural Challenges

Edited by Tony Bovaird and Elke Löffler

Dean McFarlin and Paul Sweeney

2009: 246x174: 400pp Pb: 978-0-415-43043-2: £29.99

2010: 279x216: 592pp Pb: 978-0-415-80299-4: £34.99


8. Strategic Innovation

Effectual Entrepreneurship

New Game Strategies for Competitive Advantage

Stuart Read, Saras Sarasvathy, Nick Dew, Robert Wiltbank and Anne-Valérie Ohlsson 2010: 276x219: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-58644-3: £34.99

Allan Afuah 2009: 254x178: 504pp Pb: 978-0-415-99782-9: £39.99


9. Organizational Behavior

Strategic Management

Securing Competitive Advantage

From Theory to Practice

John A. Wagner III and John R. Hollenbeck

Allen Amason, University of Georgia, USA

2009: 254x178: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-99851-2: £41.99

2010: 254x178: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-87169-3: £33.99


10. Leadership Insight

3rd Edition


Nancy J. Adler August 2010: : 184pp Pb: 978-0-415-87762-6: £29.99

A Critical Introduction John Beckford

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


2009: 246x174: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-99635-8: £36.99

business & management 103

Basic Management Accounting for the Hospitality Industry

Behavioral Health Response to Disasters

Michael Chibili

Edited by Julie Framingham and Martell L. Teasley Dealing with a range of topics from accounting management to capital investment decisions, this book provides a comprehensible introduction to the concepts and applications of hospitality management accounting.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Management Accounting 2. The Balance Sheet 3. The Profit and Loss Account Statement 4. Adjustments to the Balance Sheet and the Profit and Loss Account 5. The Cash Flow Statement 6. Analyzing Financial Statement 7. Ratio Analysis and Types of Ratios 8. Management of Working Capital 9. Cost Management 10. Pricing and Revenue Management 11. Cost-VolumeProfit Analysis 12. Internal Control 13. Forecasting 14. Budgeting and Variance Analysis 15. Capital Investment Decisions Routledge «Market: Business & Management August 2010: 240x170: 354pp Pb: 978-90-01-79635-8: £39.99

Examining the current organizational structure of disaster behavioral health services, this book focuses on culture, race, ethnicity, gender, socioeconomic status, and age as factors to incorporate within treatment modalities and service delivery systems to provide efficacious and culturally competent short-term and long-term care and treatment for disaster survivors. The book not only heightens awareness of culturally competent care, but also provides valuable training on how conduct interventions to meet the psychological needs of survivors from diverse backgrounds. CRC Press June 2011: 254x178: 320pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2123-7: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2124-4: £49.99

Business Information Systems and Technology Brian Lehaney, Phil Lovett, Coventry University, UK and Mahmood Shah, University of Central Lancashire, UK Series: Routledge Series in Information Systems Business Information Systems and Technology is a primer addressing the core subjects in business information systems and business information technology to enhance students’ understanding of this material. Each chapter begins with a case study and features a summary of major points, glossary of terms, suggested further reading and student activities. Some areas covered include: • different functional areas of business, including accounting, HRM and marketing • development and implementation of information systems • methods to support the analysis and design of policy and practice • strategic management to align information technology with organizational needs. This is an ideal text for undergraduate students on business information systems, business information technology and business information management courses, as well as masters students.


Routledge «Market: Business Information Systems and Technology April 2011: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-55918-8: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55919-5: £30.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81846-6: £105.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Financial Exchanges A Comparative Approach Francis A. Lees, St. John’s University, USA The recent global economic crisis has drawn a spotlight on the world of finance. Financial exchanges are changing, and this insightful new book examines the manner and reasons for these changes. Financial Exchanges: A Comparative Approach offers an in-depth analysis of this sector. Surveying thirty different financial exchanges, including stock, derivative, commodity and offshore exchanges, this book examines the challenges they face and the ways in which they are adapting. The book includes a pertinent chapter on the dominance of derivatives, examining a number of derivative exchanges in detail. Taking in a host of international exchange powerhouses, including those in Hong Kong, Shanghai, London, New York and the Persian Gulf, this book will benefit students taking courses on financial markets and institutions, as well as professionals interested in international financial markets. Routledge «Market: Financial Exchanges August 2011: 178x127: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-89243-8: £68.75 Pb: 978-0-415-89244-5: £37.50

E-mail: for more information


A Primer eBooks are only available to order online

104 business & management

Financial Management and Accounting in the Public Sector

Introduction to the Accounting Process

Gary Bandy

C.A.M. Klerks-van de Nouland and H.J.M van Sten-van ‘t Hoff

Series: Routledge Masters in Public Management

With a simple and clear structure, this book provides the reader with all the information needed in order to get to grips with the basics of accounting; such as: designing an accounting system, data entry and ratio analysis. The use of an integrated case and a companion website will help students to work through the contents and reinforce their knowledge of the subject.

Managers working in the public sector are confronted daily with targets and demands that are often set in confusing accounting and financial jargon. Financial Management and Accounting in the Public Sector will help students of public management and administration to understand the financial and accounting aspects of creating public value. Structured around ten rules that encapsulate the essential behaviours that public sector managers should adhere to for managing the financial resources they have effectively, non-financial managers studying public management will be thankful for the jargon-free, hands on approach of this book.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part I: The Accounting System Part II: Special Entries Part III: International Aspects of Accounting Part IV: Case Study Routledge «Market: Accounting July 2010: 240x170mm: 152pp Pb: 978-90-01-78923-7: £34.99

Selected Contents: Introduction. Know Your Limits. Make Reasonable Decisions. Measure the Right Things. Understand the Politics. Be Commercial. Be Accountable. Create Public Value for Money Routledge «Market: Management / Finance & Accounting June 2011: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-58831-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58832-4: £29.99

4th edition textbook

Improving Quality in Outpatient Services

International Human Resource Management

Carole Guinane, Novant Health Inc., Charlotte, North Carolina, USA and Noreen Davis, CMS-Union, Monroe, North Carolina, USA

Policies and Practices for Multinational Enterprises Dennis Briscoe, Randall Schuler and Ibraiz Tarique

A valuable resource for students and professionals in the ambulatory field of patient care, this book offers instruction for creating a dynamic outpatient program. Included within the chapters are tools, plans, and policies needed to plot a plan of action to provide a safe environment and enhance the patient experience. The authors discuss courseware required by OSHA and other licensing and regulatory agencies as well as techniques for infection control and the elimination of medication errors. The text discusses how to include the patient in the decision making process and explains an evaluation system for all levels of an organization.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Thoroughly updated and revised, this Fourth Edition now includes key terms, learning objectives, discussion questions and an end-of-book integrative case. It has been designed to lead readers through all of the key topics in a highly engaging and approachable way. This book focuses on IHRM within multinational enterprises (MNEs) and covers topics including: * MNE and country culture * organizational structure, strategy and design * international joint ventures and cross-border mergers and acquisitions * labour standards, ethics and codes of conduct * selection and mangement of international assignees * training and management development * compensation and benefits * health and safety and crisis management * IHRM departments and professionals. Routledge «Market: Management July 2011: 254x178: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-88475-4: £66.67 Pb: 978-0-415-88476-1: £42.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Productivity Press May 2011: 229x152: 275pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5060-2: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5061-9: £49.99

Series: Global HRM

business & management 105

Kaizen for Lean Healthcare Thomas L. Jackson, J. Michael Rona Consulting Group, LLC, USA Series: Lean Tools for Healthcare Series This user-friendly book is designed to improve understanding of Kaizen. It describes what a Kaizen event is and explains all the phases necessary to learning and implementing continuous improvement practices by a group of individuals to a targeted area within a specified time period. It also outlines how to prepare a presentation and circulate and display results using lean implementations. This text aids in the understanding of concepts and theories through the use of margin assists that reveal important information, key terms and points, healthcare examples, and how to steps. Productivity Press June 2011: 254x178: 120pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4152-5: £18.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4155-6: £18.99

Lean Supply Chain Management Essentials A Framework for Materials Managers Bill Kerber and Brian J. Dreckshage This book presents an alternate approach to supply chain issues. The authors argue that the traditional materials planning environment, typically embodied by an Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system, is an ineffective support system for a company that wants to adopt Lean practices. Presenting a materials planning and control chart approach using only Lean tools, the text focuses on the materials management aspects of Lean, such as leveling work within the value stream and the concept of Every Part Every Interval. It combines independent demand characteristics with manufacturing strategy. CRC Press March 2011: 254x178: 271pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4082-5: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4085-6: £38.99

2nd Edition

JIT Implementation Manual – The Complete Guide to Just-In-Time Manufacturing

Location Behaviour and Relationship Stability in International Business Networks

Volume 3 – Flow Manufacturing – Multi-Process Operations and Kanban

Bart Kamp, Tilburg University, Holland

Evidence from the Automotive Industry This book investigates how the relationships of international business networks (one buyer-multiple buyers) develop over time, looking at the geographical angle as well as an actor composition point of view.

Hiroyuki Hirano, JIT Management Laboratory Co.


Productivity Press November 2010: 279x216: 194pp Pb: 978-1-4200-9026-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9027-7: £25.99 for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: International Business June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-59828-6: £22.50 eBook: 978-0-203-96828-4: £80.00

E-mail: for more information


Covering all the techniques essential to setting up a flow production system in manufacturing, Volume 3: Flow Manufacturing – Multi-Process Operations and Kanban includes a basic introduction to the relationship between inventory and flow production and their roles in manufacturing. It also provides discussion of multi-process operations and precautions and procedures for developing them. Outlining the key topic of labor cost reduction and steps to achieving it, this definitive volume also covers the essentials of kanban and visual control systems in a flow manufacturing environment. eBooks are only available to order online

106 business & management 3rd edition textbook

2nd Edition


Practical Lean Accounting

An Evidence-Based Approach

A Proven System for Measuring and Managing the Lean Enterprise

Doede Keuning, Bart Bossink and Brian Tjemkes, both at VU Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Brian H. Maskell, Brian Maskell Associates, Inc., Cherry Hill, New Jersey, Bruce Baggaley and Lawrence P. Grasso, Central Connecticut State University, New Britain, USA

Covering a wide range of contemporary issues such as: business excellence, sustainability and alliances, this book introduces students to the broad subject area of management and organization. Armed with discussion questions, researchbased exercises and a comprehensive companion website, this book provides students with a solid framework for progression to the next level. Selected Contents: Part I: Management and Society Part II: Strategic Management and the Learning Organization Part III: Organizational Structure and Design Part IV: Organizational Behavior and People at Work Part V: Operational Planning, Control and Information Management Routledge «Market: Business & Management July 2010: 270x210mm: 664pp Pb: 978-90-01-70382-0: £49.99

Medical Practice Business Plan Workbook Peter D. Lucash  pdated to reflect healthcare refrom and U the recent trend among physicians to become more involved with the business of healthcare , this workbook makes it much simpler to develop a thorough business plan. Part one covers questions a plan should answer and ways to determine what resources are needed. The second part covers detailed aspects, including processeses, competitor analysis, and financials. A final section covers implementation. Sticking to the workbook assures that your plan covers what is needed in today’s complex yet perpetually evolving medical environment. Productivity Press August 2011: 279x216: 175pp Pb: 978-1-4398-5531-7: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5532-4: £49.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Productivity Press «Market: Business Management June 2011: 254x178 Pb: 978-1-4398-1716-2: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1717-9: £38.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-4200-8135-0

Organizing Entrepreneurship Anna Grandori and Laura Gaillard Giordani, both at Bocconi University, Italy Taking a strategic perspective on the subject, Organizing Entrepreneurship sheds light on the structures and process of entrepreneurship, covering a range of topics, including cognitive and social processes, incentives for risk taking and sharing and organizational structures for knowledge sharing. Complimented by case studies and simulations, this key text is an ideal teaching and learning resource for students on entrepreneurship, and strategy and organization courses. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Entrepreneurial Opportunities 2. Entrepreneurial Resources: Access Problems and Network Solutions 3. Entrepreneurial Firms 4. The Internal and External Growth of Entrepreneurial Firms 5. Organizing Corporate Entrepreneurship 6. Organizing Environments for Entrepreneurship Routledge «Market: Business & Management May 2011: 234x156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-57037-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57038-1: £36.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


3rd Edition

With a value stream approach at its core, Practical Lean Accounting demonstrates how to transform a traditional accounting system to support a company’s lean initiative. The author defines the principles of lean accounting and demonstrates ways to identify and eliminate wasteful transactions. He covers cell performance measurement, use of the box score, operational and financial planning, cost targeting, lean accounting diagnostics, and value stream mapping. An included CD provides needed forms and charts. Designed as a hands-on manual for financial officers that will continue to serve as a resource following conversion, the book can also be used to win over a skeptical finance department.

business & management 107

Project Management for Healthcare David Shirley Series: ESI International Project Management Series This book explores project management from the perspective of the healthcare environment. It is organized into three sections corresponding to the three major phases of a project: planning, executing, and controlling. Dissecting each phase, it examines the influences of healthcare on each phase. The planning section covers the tools and techniques required to successfully plan a project. The executing section explains how to use the project plan to achieve budget, schedule, and quality objectives. The control section covers project changes, milestones, and metrics. CRC Press April 2011: 235x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1953-1: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1954-8: £44.99

Sales Management: Cases, Role Plays and Experiential Exercises Linda M. Orr Sales Management: Cases, Role Plays and Experiential Exercises will fill the need in the market for a solid case work, role play, and activity book. It has been written by sales teaching professionals and sales executives. The life experiences of professionals with varied experiences will provide students with a solid foundation for learning. This will give college professors from around the world a better opportunity to ensure quality of learning. The book is intended to be supplemental to any other sales management text on the market, but could be used alone in an advanced sales management or marketing analytics course in which the students already have the base theoretical knowledge. The various cases, role plays, and experiential exercises in this book will follow the same topical structure of other sales management texts so that any sales management instructor can readily adopt this supplemental book. For many of the cases, actual data has been given so that students are required to use and understand analytical software. Routledge «Market: Management August 2011: 254x178: 350pp Hb: 978-0-415-88651-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88652-9: £29.99

5th Edition textbook

Readings and Cases in International Human Resource Management and Organizational Behavior

Stories from My Sensei Two Decades of Lessons Learned Implementing Toyota-Style Systems Steve Hoeft In this unique volume, the author, a Toyota-trained expert, employs memorable stories from his own learning experiences to teach Toyota Production System principles. Organized according to the ‘Toyota House’ model of lean, the stories provide a framework for understanding. This compelling and sometimes humorous book helps bring the Toyota system to life.

Mark E. Mendenhall, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, Gary R. Oddou, Utah State University, USA and Günter K. Stahl Readings and Cases in International Human Resource Management and Organizational Behavior, 5th Edition is written to enable students to meet the international challenges that face them every day and to sensitize them to the complexity of human resource issues in the era of globalization, this text is a vital resource for all those studying international human resource management.This fully updated and revised edition of this successful text retains all the favorite features from previous editions as well as adding a wealth of new ones.

Productivity Press November 2010: 229x152: 180pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1654-7: £18.99 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Management July 2011: 254x178: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-89296-4: £66.67 Pb: 978-0-415-89298-8: £27.72 eBooks are only available to order online

108 business & management

The Routledge Companion to Organizational Change

Sustainable Leadership Honeybee and Locust Approaches Gayle C. Avery and Harald Bergsteiner, both at Macquarie University, Australia

Edited by David Boje, New Mexico State University, USA, Bernard Burnes and John Hassard, both at University of Manchester, UK

Sustainable Leadership centers on a powerful metaphor of honeybee and locust behaviors, which illustrate two leadership philosophies with very different outcomes for a business and its viability. This engaging, insightful book provides evidence and a rationale for building a business case to change towards more sustainable practices.

The Routledge Companion to Organizational Change offers a comprehensive and authoritative overview of organizational change, adding fresh and challenging insights to the mainstream themes of this discipline. Selected Contents: Introduction Part I: Planned Change and OD: Origins, Developments, Challenges and Controversies Part II: Processual, Emergent and Complexity Approaches to Change Part III: Perspectives on Change: Stakeholders, Consultants, Theorists and Society Part IV: Change in Practice: Organizations, Industries, Sectors and Countries – Classifying and Operationalising Approaches to Change Part V: Key Issues, Themes and Controversies Part VI: The Future: Challenges and Responses Routledge ★Market: Business & Management May 2011: 246x174: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-55645-3: £110.00/03

Routledge «Market: Leadership March 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-89138-7: £68.75 Pb: 978-0-415-89139-4: £32.47


Strategic Management

Sustaining Lean in Healthcare

The Challenge of Creating Value

Developing and Engaging Physician Leadership

Peter FitzRoy, Monash University, Australia, James Hulbert, Columbia University, USA and Abby Ghobadian, University of Reading, UK

Michael Nelson A resource designed to provide the physician’s perspective of Lean, this book discusses how to engage physician leaders, apply standard methods for continuous deployment to new sites, and determine shared expectations for what success looks early in the process. The author includes a case study that may be used in setting shared expectations for success along with a framework for continuous deployment of Lean implementation over time and across multiple locations.

Students trying to navigate the strategy jungle may lose sight of the fact that strategic management is about creating value in an organization. Strategic Management is packed with analytical tools and student-friendly features that help students develop a thorough understanding of this vital business function.

Selected Contents: 1. Managing Strategically 2. Fundamentals of Strategic Management 3. Competitive Environment 4. Financial Markets 5. Managing Competencies, Costs and Knowledge 6. Creating Future Direction 7. Business-Level Strategy 8. Corporate-Level Strategy 9. Managing Innovation and the Dynamic Scope of the Firm 10. Leading Organizational Change 11. Designing Organizational Architecture 12. Measuring Organizational Performance 13. Corporate Governance 14. Strategic Management in Transition Routledge «Market: Business & Management June 2011: 246x189: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-56763-3: £130.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56764-0: £39.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

CRC Press May 2011: 254x178: 136pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4027-6: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4028-3: £38.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


The book addresses thoroughly the impact of financial markets on a firm’s strategic capabilities, as well as looking at other challenging environmental factors.

business & management 109

The 12 Pillars of Project Excellence The Medical Services Professional A Lean Approach to Improving Project Results Career Guidebook Adil F. Dalal

Written to unite project management with Lean, this workbook concentrates on the most basic tenet of Lean thinking, eliminating waste. To demonstrate why Lean is the best tool for project success, the author addresses gaps in current project management and provides corrective methods. The book defines the nine wastes found in project management and addresses them with Lean tools. The book also demonstrates how Lean can be improved through appliacation of project management principles. To aid the reader in understanding, the author includes examples, case studies, and group exercises that emphasize principles and concepts. Productivity Press July 2011: 279x216: 180pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4912-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4913-2: £31.99

Donna K. Goestenkors, Team Med Global, LLC, Glen Carbon, Illinois, USA and Georgia Day, Kamama, LLC, Livingston, Texas, USA Written for Medical Services Professionals (MSPs) and students studying the field, this book is presented in an easy-to-read format and contains a series of building blocks to navigate career progression. The text captures and answers frequently asked questions by MSPs. The chapters include sample job descriptions and real-life stories. Tools within the text are provided for use in systematic assessments, along with planning techniques and strategies for effective performance. Appendices at the end of the book include a glossary, reference materials, and the Medical Services Professional Creed. Productivity Press June 2011: 254x178: 250pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4478-6: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4479-3: £49.99

15th Edition

The Future of Lean Sigma Thinking in a Changing Business Environment

The Pocket Guide to the Baldrige Award Criteria – (5-Pack) Mark Graham Brown The Baldrige criteria are being used by thousands of organizations around the world to evaluate their progress toward becoming the best in their fields. This guide is divided into two parts.

David Rogers, Danercon Limited, Harrow, England, UK


Productivity Press May 2011: 229x152: 216pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5102-9: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5103-6: £25.99 for e-mail updates in your field


Part. I, a question and answer section, provides the answers to the questions most commonly asked about the award and the criteria. Part II provides a brief explanation of each of the 18 items in the Baldrige criteria and lists the characteristics of organizations that excel in each of these 18 items. Productivity Press November 2010: 178x127: 64pp Pb: 978-1-4398-1423-9: £21.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2907-3: £21.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-4200-8015-5

E-mail: for more information


Offering business practitioners updated methods of lean thinking, this text explores the potential of grafting newer concepts of production onto the solid foundations of lean principles. The author begins by covering the basics of Six Sigma and the Toyota production system. He then moves on to recent advances in process understanding. Through analyzing changing attitudes within the system, the book addresses ways in which new products are developed using lean thinking and gives examples on how e-commerce plays a role in the production. It also incorporates the green agenda into the concept of lean thinking. eBooks are only available to order online

110 business & management

TWI Case Studies

What Works for GE May Not Work for You

Standard Work, Continuous Improvement, and Teamwork Donald A. Dinero, Round Pond Consulting, Rochester, New York, USA Formatted as a collection of case studies, this book describes what activities decision-makers must accomplish to successfully incorporate Training Within Industry (TWI) into the business culture effectively. It covers key points and important steps, developing a questioning attitude, engaging continual improvement, analysis of a problem, and building personnel relationships. These concepts in Lean are proven requirements for a company’s long-term survival. The book includes guidelines for making business decisions as well as numerous case studies readers will use to apply the guidelines previously learned. Productivity Press April 2011: 254x178: 80pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4610-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4611-7: £24.99

Using Human Systems Dynamics to Build a Culture of Process Improvement Lawrence Solow, 3-D Change, Inc., Westampton, New Jersey, USA and Brenda Fake, O-2 Optimizing Organizations, San Diego, California, USA Focusing on Lean Enterprise, Six Sigma, and Human Systems Dynamics, this guide provides new tools for managing and sustaining process improvement in today’s complex non-linear environments and helps readers apply new, relevant theory to their own management practices. With more than 50 combined years of change management and process improvement consulting experience, the authors offer valuable practical insights for creating dynamic organizational change. They describe the impact of both linear and adaptive approaches to process improvement. Case studies reveal ways to avoid common mistakes and demonstrate how to integrate new processes with past efforts. Productivity Press May 2010: 229x152: 206pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2599-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2600-3: £25.99

4th Edition

5th Edition

Toyota Production System *

Disaster and Recovery Planning

An Integrated Approach to Just-In-Time

A Guide for Facility Managers

Yasuhiro Monden, Mejiro University, Tokyo, Japan

Joseph F. Gustin, Consultant, Lilburn, Georgia, USA

Productivity Press July 2011: 229x152: 450pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2097-1: £42.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

The completely revised fourth edition of this best-selling reference speaks to the issues of prevention, as well as ‘controlling’ the effects of a disaster on a company’s operations. Critical areas covered include contingency planning, loss prevention, facility evacuation, employee training, chain of command, checklists, computer and data protection, bomb threat response, standby power, self-inspection, and more. Also discussed in depth is the role of the media to provide the facility manager with a framework for enlisting the media’s assistance in recovery planning. Every facility should have a copy of this important reference on hand. Fairmont Press July 2010: 229x152: 350pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4467-0: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4468-7: £76.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-4200-5146-9

D +44 (0)1235 400525


The revised fourth edition of this classic work presents the latest developments in TPS at Toyota. For example, the text emphasizes the humanistic production system, that is, how respect for humanity was introduced into TPS. The author also explores the link between Kaizen methods and calculation methods in TPS. New material focuses on electronic Kanban systems, computer-based information systems, cellular manufacturing systems versus conveyor lines, and mini-profit centers.

business & management 111

Spend Analysis and Specification Development Using Failure Interpretation Michael D. Holloway Written as a guide to reduce operating costs, this book presents a method for lowering operational costs and increasing productivity by establishing a performance based procurement specification on the components, devices, and items that contribute most to operational, downtime, and labor repair/replacement costs. The author discusses how to use product knowledge to develop a performancebased procurement specification based on reducing direct and indirect costs and explains how to review product submissions, select the product, and monitor the results. He covers the importance of performing a spend analysis, failure analysis, and understanding the equipment. CRC Press February 2011: 235x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5107-4: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5108-1: £49.99

2nd Edition

Branding in Governance and Public Management

Chinese Tourism Geography

Jasper Eshuis and E.H. Klijn, both at Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Critical Studies in Public Management This book provides a systematic analysis of branding as phenomenon in governance. It deals with the nature of public branding, its relation to existing theories in public administration, the way branding is used as a managerial strategy in governance processes, and the risks and limitations of branding. Branding in Public Governance and Management highlights the growing importance of public banding as a public management strategy to influence political events, decision-making processes and outcomes in governance processes. for e-mail updates in your field

A compilation of years of research, this reference and textbook provides information necessary to systematically understand Chinese tourist resources, industry, and culture. The book begins with a discussion on the general theory and practice of Chinese tourism and geography and the tourist development program. It then addresses a general theory and sub-theory of Chinese Tourism Geography, which makes a macroscopic exposition of Chinese tourist resources, tourist markets, and products. It also analyzes and summarizes present projects in the Chinese tourism development. The subject of this book is suitable for students, researchers, and tourists. CRC Press September 2011: 254x178: 416pp Hb: 978-1-4398-6036-6: £78.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-6037-3: £78.99

Comparative Emergency Management Examining Global and Regional Responses to Disasters Edited by Demond S. Miller and Jason David Rivera, both at Rowan University, Glassboro, New Jersey, USA The first to examine and compare country-specific and regional approaches to the emergency management of disasters, this book illustrates how initiating long-term regional collaborations on disaster-risk reduction and risk management can help build resiliency and adaptability and reduce the impact of natural disasters. It takes stock of current disaster management systems across regions and countries, promotes an integrated approach, and offers ideas to foster new synergies and partnerships between governments. Written by a host of international experts, this book provides a platform to discuss future needs and priorities in an effort to strengthen and improve regional responsiveness. CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 603pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0491-9: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0492-6: £63.99


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Business and Management July 2011: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-88517-1: £70.00

Edited by Yang Zhaitian, Guo Shenghui and Xie Li, all at Science Press, Bejing, China eBooks are only available to order online

112 business & management Creating a Lean R&D System Lean Principles and Appoaches for Pharmaceutical and Research-Based Organizations Terence M. Barnhart, Pfizer Global Research and Development Productivity Press June 2011: 229x152: 200pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0078-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0080-5: £31.99

Economy, Work, and Education Critical Connections Catherine Casey, University of Leicester, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Management and Business Studies Economy, Work and Education provides a research-intensive crossing of these fields to contribute a closer disciplinary and scholarly dialogue between interested thinkers across fields who too often must labor and converse apart. This pioneering book offers the vantage point afforded by traversing old boundaries and retrieving core concerns shared by many scholars and researchers in international circles, enabling socio-cultural innovation in the governance of work and education and advancing wider scholarly debate. Routledge «Market: Business and Management July 2011: 229x152: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-88671-0: £70.00

Pamela McCauley-Bush and Lesia L. Crumpton-Young, both at University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA The global economy, international engineering challenges, dismal economic climate and growing shortage of the world’s natural resources means that engineers must not only innovate and solve problems but be integral parts of the holistic process of developing and disseminating the outcomes of technology. Designed to prepare engineers for technical, project, and managerial success, this book discusses how to approach and apply engineering leadership principles from an engineering education perspective. It covers innovation, problem solving, issues of diversity and global work environments, supplemented with case studies. CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2011-7: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2012-4: £49.99

Managing Situated Creativity in Cultural Industries Edited by Fiorenza Belussi, University of Padova, Italy and Silvia Rita Sedita The book aims to explore the contexts, both spatial and cognitive, which favor ‘situated creativity’ in the realm of the cultural industries. This book was published as a special issue of Industry and Innovation.

Chris Provis, University of South Australia

Understanding the Innovation Chains and Networks in Green Building

Series: Routledge Studies in Business Ethics Corporate social responsibility has become a heavily discussed topic in business ethics. It is now widely accepted that corporations have responsibilities that go beyond financial returns to shareholders. It is less clear what obligations are created for individuals within the organizations by those corporate social responsibilities. The many possible variables within morally complex situations require considered action by individuals. Suggesting that ethical decisions often need to be based on intuition or pattern recognition, Individuals, Groups, and Business Ethics provides some guidelines for navigating morally complex situations. In doing so, it asks the reader to consider varying strengths of different kinds of obligations, which may appear initially to be equal. Routledge «Market: Business and Management August 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-89194-3: £75.00

Keeping Your Business in the US Profit Globally While Operating Locally

Bart Bossink, VU Amsterdam, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Studies in Innovation, Organizations and Technology Science is now working on new sustainable forms of energy and new ecological materials that will shape our built environment. But what are the concrete, science-based artifacts that are really going to shape our surroundings? This book finds the answers in innovation chains and innovation networks. Acquainting the reader with the complexities of innovation, as well as which complexities are active in the management of environmental sustainability, this book offers guiding principles and a toolbox for the management of environmentally sustainable innovation in construction. Routledge «Market: Business and Management July 2011: 229x152: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-87971-2: £70.00

Managing Projects in Trouble Achieving Turnaround and Success Ralph L. Kliem, PMP, Fortune 500 Firm

Offering a positive antidote in a sensitive business climate, this volume shows how American enterprises can buck the trend and survive and prosper in the United States. Based on case studies, each chapter presents the history of a business followed by a description of the core practices that have allowed it to successfully deal with the global marketplace while keeping their operations in the US. The authors compare business strategies, make key observations, and provide tips for duplicating and/or customizing their recipe.

This step-by-step guide explains how to turn a project from potential failure to surefire success. It draws on the author’s 25 years of experience to offer readers the practical tools needed. Using checklists and diagrams, it explains how to recognize the symptoms of troubled projects – supplying proven techniques to address problems. Readers will learn how to revisit a project’s vision and how to develop a new one by identifying the possible options and choosing the most appropriate.

CRC Press May 2011: 229x152: 250pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0778-1: £25.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0779-8: £25.99

Auerbach Publications April 2011: 235x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5246-0: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5247-7: £44.99

Lean Management Principles for Information Technology

Music, Movies, Meanings, and Markets

Gerhard J. Plenert, Infosys Technologies Ltd., Fremont, California, USA


Series: Resource Management By introducing lean principles to an organization’s IT functions, it can develop and sustain a competitive advantage through improved supply chain operation. After introducing the principles of lean,this hands-on resource discusses how to implement them in the IT environment. Specifically, the authors detail the measures that can be used to define a world class IT system and explain how components of an integrated IT system can be structured in accordance with lean. They review many of the major management challenges facing IT today, and provide solutions demonstrated through stories and examples of how lean IT improvements have led to improvement in both the private and government sectors.

Morris Holbrook, Columbia University, USA Series: Routledge Interpretive Marketing Research Music, Movies, Meanings, and Markets: Cinemajazzamatazz focuses on (macro)marketingrelated aspects of film music in general and on the cinemusical role of jazz in particular. After a review of other work on music in motion pictures, the book explores and illustrates the ways in which on-screen jazz performances contribute to the development of dramatic meanings in various films, many of which address the art-versuscommerce theme as a central concern. Routledge «Market: Marketing May 2011: 229x152: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-89313-8: £75.00

CRC Press «Market: Information Technology May 2011: 235x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7860-2: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-7862-6: £49.99

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


order now!

Managing Environmentally Sustainable Innovation in Building

Tim Hutzel, Mainstream Mgmt, Cedar Rapids, and Paul Piechota, University of Dayton

Essentials of Engineering Leadership and Innovation

Routledge «Market: Politics December 2010: 246x174: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-61355-2: £80.00

Individuals, Groups, and Business Ethics

business & management 113 New Perspectives on Risk Communication

Risk Management Techniques Decision Theory and Sociological Influences

The Commons and the Corporation

Uncertainty in a Complex Society

Adam Greene-Wright

Peter Fleming, Queen Mary, University of London

Edited by Asa Boholm

A remarkably insightful look into the relationship between choice and the human condition, this book examines the philosophy of decision-making under conditions of uncertainty. It covers how we search for, accept, and discard information and presents the relationship between information, knowledge, complexity, and uncertainty. Placing mans relationship with uncertainty in a historical context, the book goes on to discuss the conceptualization of the interpretative effect of experiential and motivational factors on decision-making and how this relationship will continue to evolve.

Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society

This book explores risk communication research with a focus on new theoretical perspectives, research findings, and applied goals. It reflects on a broad range of innovative theoretical perspectives, methodological approaches and empirical areas. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Risk Research. Routledge «Market: Business February 2011: 246x174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-61787-1: £80.00

CRC Press September 2011: 235x156: 264pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2811-3: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2812-0: £49.99

Online Communities and Open Innovation Governance and Symbolic Value Creation Edited by Linus Dahlander, Stanford University, USA, Lars Frederiksen, Aarhus School of Business, Denmark and Francesco Rullani, Copenhagen Business School, Denmark The book informs managers, policy makers, researchers and students of the most recent thinking of the intersection between online communities and firms. The book highlights how creation, coordination and appropriation of technological as well as symbolic value take place within different types of online communities as well as how firms can manage and benefit from these new and important external sources of knowledge. This book was published as a special issue of Industry and Innovation. Routledge «Market: Business February 2011: 246x174: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-61748-2: £80.00

ROI-Based Project Management From Requirements Management to Value Delivery Jose Lopez Soriano Series: Advanced & Emerging Communications Technologies This book provides comprehensive guidelines on how to evaluate an accurate and feasible ROI throughout the iterative development cycle of a project, before the project has progressed to the point where it is already over budget and over-run. It explains to how to evaluate the return and subsequent success of a project so that it is simpler to manage, on budget, on time, more efficient, and thus yields the expected return on investment estimated at the outset. Equations, tables, and figures are included within the text for better understanding. CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4156-3: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4162-4: £44.99


Project Management Systems, Principles, and Applications

This book aims to reinvigorate critical appraisals of corporatized work institutions and the exploitation (both inside and outside the formal firm) they are based upon. Author Peter Fleming brings fresh insights to the study of work and provides a robust schema for understanding employment as a conflictual site of exploited social labour in which workers shape the contours of the corporation. Routledge «Market: Business and Management July 2011: 229x152: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-88615-4: £70.00

The Dynamics of Sustainable Innovation Journeys Edited by Frank Geels, University of Sussex, UK, Marko Hekkert and Staffan Jacobsson This book shows that sustainable development should be analysed and managed as an innovation journey in which social, technological, political and cultural dimensions become aligned. This book was published as a special issue of Technology Analysis & Strategic Management. Routledge «Market: Business February 2011: 246x174: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-61866-3: £80.00

The Politics of Industrial Relations Labor Unions in Spain Kerstin Hamann, University of Central Florida, USA Series: Routledge Research in Employment Relations

Adedeji B. Badiru, Air Force Institute of Technology, Dayton, Ohio, USA

Strategic Sales and Strategic Marketing

Series: Industrial Innovation

Edited by Nikala Lane

The practice of project management continues to grow at an exponential rate. As more and more organizations realize the benefits of project management, the need for training in this area increases. Covering all major phase, this textbook presents the tools and techniques used in each stage of project management from a pedagogical perspective. Using end-of-chapter exercises, software tools, case studies, and graphical representations to supplement concepts, the author presents complete coverage of a wide range of topics, including planning, organization, scheduling, resource allocation, control, systems engineering, economics, decision analysis as well as Lean and Six Sigma techniques.

The evolution of the traditional sales function into a strategic capability mandates renewed attention to the link between strategic marketing and the emerging field of strategic sales. This book was published as a special issue of Journal of Strategic Marketing.

As unions in most other industrialized democracies continue to decline, unions in Spain have been able to regain and maintain strength despite unfavorable institutional, political, and economic conditions. This book analyzes the trajectory of Spanish unions from the last decade of the Franco dictatorship until the early twenty-first century through a historical and institutional lens. Routledge «Market: Business and Management July 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88465-5: £70.00

Routledge «Market: Business December 2010: 246x174: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-61451-1: £80.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



CRC Press «Market: Manufacturing and Industrial Engineering December 2011: 235x156: 384pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8319-4: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8320-0: £49.99 eBooks are only available to order online

114 business & management When is Regional ‘Beautiful’?

Why Organizational Change Fails

Implications for Knowledge Flows, Entrepreneurship and Innovation

Robustness, Tenacity, and Change in Organizations

Edited by Bjorn Asheim, Lund University, Sweden, Olof Ejermo and Annika Rickne

Leike van Oss and Jaap van ‘t Hek, both at Organisatievragen, the Netherlands

The contributions of this book address relevant contemporary issues regarding the spatial structure of the service economy, the role of academia, and renewal of industries. They provide valuable information, useful to policy-makers, planners and academics. This book was published as a special issue of Industry & Innovation.

Series: Routledge Studies in Management, Organizations and Society

Edited by Don Schultz, Northwestern University, USA, Charles H. Patti, University of Denver, Colorado and Philip J. Kitchen, Brock university, Canada

Why Organizational Change Fails is about the sturdy and stable aspect of organisations. The purpose of the book is to make change managers and OD consultants sensitive to signals of the robust part of an organization, helping them to see something different than they usually see: signs of change.

This book identifies and discusses the changes that integrated marketing communication (IMC) has meant to the marketplace, how they have occurred and what they mean for all types of marketers around the world. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Marketing Communications.

Routledge «Market: Business and Management May 2011: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-88619-2: £75.00

Routledge ★Market: Marketing / Communication Studies June 2011: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-66892-7: £80.00/08

Routledge «Market: Business November 2010: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-61480-1: £80.00

The Evolution of Integrated Marketing Communications The Customer-driven Marketplace


Towards a New Economic Order Christopher Taylor, National Institute of Economic and Social Research, UK The book aims to give non-economists a detailed understanding of how macroeconomic policy works in modern economies, and the issues it faces. The world has recently been through a huge economic crisis and thinking people everywhere have reason to wonder whether something is not seriously wrong with the policy regimes underlying these dramatic events in the major economies, and whether changes should be made. The author reviews the history of the successive regimes tried and found wanting in the second half of the last century and proposes a set of reforms designed to convert the flawed neo-liberal consensus of the 1990s into a durable regime for the present century. Routledge «Market: Economics / Finance / Business March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59897-2: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59898-9: £29.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Agricultural Marketing * Structural Models for Price Analysis James Vercammen, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Agricultural Economics CMYK

Royal Octavo 234x156+3mm

Agricultural Marketing Structural Models for Price Analysis James Vercammen

This book rigorously examines key economic issues in the field of agricultural marketing and price analysis. Topics are introduced via simple presentation of key theory and applications of the theory through the use of mini-case studies and stylized spreadsheet models. The coverage is broad, ranging from well-entrenched topics such as commodity futures markets and storage, to emerging topics such as food safety and auctions.

Routledge «Market: Marketing / Business / Economics / Agriculture / Environment April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48043-7: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48044-4: £35.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


A Macroeconomic Regime for the 21st Century

economics 115

Airline eCommerce

Forestry Economics

Michael Hanke, MHeco Consulting, USA

A Managerial Approach

This book explores the integration of e-commerce into the business operations of airline industries, focusing on the emmergence of internet travel agencies and low cost airlines and how this has affected the worldwide industry.

Routledge «Market: Business / Economics / Transport June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77579-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77580-9: £33.99

John E. Wagner, State University of New York, USA Series: Routledge Textbooks in Environmental and Agricultural Economics Forestry Economics introduces students and practitioners to all aspects of the management and economics of forestry. The book adopts the approach of managerial economics textbooks and applies this to the unique processes and problems faced by managers of forests. Whereas most books concentrate solely on production, this text also covers recreation and other aspects of forest management. It includes international real world case studies that provide a clear view of how managerial decisions impact on the industry and concentrates on the nuts and bolts of decision-making, through use of cost-benefit analysis, supply and demand, capital budgeting and risk. The examples used come from the areas of outdoor and commercial recreation, wood products engineering, forest products and large scale timber production. Routledge «Market: Environment / Management / Economics June 2011: 234x156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-77440-6: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77476-5: £33.99

Behavioral Economics

2nd edition

Edward Cartwright, University of Kent, UK

eCommerce Economics

Series: Routledge Advanced Texts in Economics and Finance

David VanHoose, Baylor University, USA

All the main results and insights of behavioral economics are introduced at an intuitive level, with important ideas like mental accounting, prospect theory, present bias, inequality aversion, and learning explained in detail. These insights are also applied in diverse settings to show you why behavioral economics is crucial to understand the world around us. The book covers auctions, stock market crashes, giving to charity, health care, saving for retirement, the gender gap, addiction, and much more. The intriguing new subject of neuroeconomics is covered in depth as is the role that evolution and culture may have played in shaping modern economic behavior. Consideration is also given to what makes people happy, and how we can potentially nudge them to be happier. This makes for an accessible and comprehensive text that will be of great value to the students who use it.

This second edition of eCommerce Economics addresses the economic issues associated with using computer-mediated electronic networks, such as the Internet, as mechanisms for transferring ownership of or rights to use goods and services. Core topics covered in the book include the underpinning of electronic commerce and the application of basic economic principles, including the theories of perfect and imperfect competition, to the electronic marketplace. Building on this foundation, the book discusses virtual products, network industries, and business strategies and conduct. Additional key topics include Internet advertising, intellectual property rights in a digital environment, regulatory issues in electronic markets, public sector issues, online banking and finance, digital cash, international electronic trade, and the implications of e-commerce for aggregate economic activity. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Economics / Finance June 2011: 234x156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-57309-2: £115.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57312-2: £33.99

Routledge «Market: Business / Economics / Technology March 2011: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-77897-8: £115.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77898-5: £44.99 eBooks are only available to order online

116 economics

Game Theory in the Social Sciences Heterodox Macroeconomics * A Reader-friendly Guide

Keynes, Marx and globalization

Luca Lambertini, University of Bologna, Italy

Edited by Jonathan P. Goldstein, Bowdoin College, USA and Michael G. Hillard, University of Southern Maine, USA

Individuals, firms, governments and nations behave strategically, for good and bad. Over the last few decades, game theory has been constructed and progressively refined to become the major tool used by social scientists to understand, predict and regulate strategic interaction among agents who often have conflicting interests. In the surprisingly anodyne jargon of the theory, they ‘play games’. This book offers an introduction to the basic tools of game theory and an overview of a number of applications to real-world cases, covering the areas of economics, politics and international relations. Each chapter is accompanied by some suggestions about further reading. Routledge «Market: Economics / Politics / Sociology April 2011: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-59111-9: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-66483-7: £40.00

This book focuses on an integrated heterodox approach to the original contributions of Keynes, Marx and early institutionalists, featuring an international set of authors from the US, the UK, Japan and Korea.

Routledge «Market: Economics January 2011: 172x119: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-66597-1: £23.50 eBook: 978-0-203-87670-1: £85.00

2nd edition

Public Finance in Theory and Practice Holley H. Ulbrich, Clemson University, USA P ublic Finance in Theory and Practice is the most accessible introduction to public finance and public economics available and is any student’s first stop for the key tenets of the field including public goods and externalities, taxation, provision for health and education and the analysis of government’s role in the economy. With the accession to power in the United States of an administration promising to take a more active role in the economy, now is the time to take stock of how far this process should proceed. Ulbrich’s book is the perfect guide to the changing world of public finance.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Finance / Economics / Politics May 2011: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-58596-5: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58597-2: £40.00

economics 117 Political Economy of Human Rights

Contemporary Chinese Economy Gang Gong, Nankai University, China

Enterprise Forms and Economic Efficiency

Rights, Realities and Realization

Series: Routledge Studies in the Economies of Asia

Capitalist, Cooperative and Government Firms

Bastiaan de Gaay Fortman, University of Utrecht, the Netherlands

Routledge «Market: Economics April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61690-4: £105.00

Kazuhiko Mikami, University of Hyogo, Japan

Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy The plethora of literature produced over the past decade in response to the perceived failure of the human rights project to deliver results for billions of people living in ‘adverse’ environments has usually focused on international legal standards and mechanisms, with little regard for the root structural realities that constrain their implementation. Hence, a text that primarily focuses on the major challenge of realisation of human rights in the context of diverse realities is urgently needed. This book, then, provides an analytical as well as inspirational text on human rights from a contextual perspective; it offers a reconceptualisation of human rights as not merely legal resources, but political tools as well. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58120-2: £80.00

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy The book analyzes the efficiency differences among generators, plants and business units by using different performance measurement methods and a comprehensive sensitivity analysis. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61004-9: £100.00

Series: Routledge Studies in Crime and Economics In this book, McCarthy looks at what economic history can tell us about organized crime–its origins, rise and spread and asks whether there things in the history of organized crime that might help us better understand its present and future? Routledge «Market: Economics May 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48796-2: £70.00

Community Finance * Tackling Poverty and Social Exclusion Pamela Lenton and Paul Mosley, both at University of Sheffield, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Social Economics Although poverty in Britain is falling slowly, persistent pockets of poverty remain – particularly in inner-city areas, and amongst groups such as ethnic minorities, lone parents, the disabled, and the children of these groups. How to reduce this poverty, and do it in a cost-effective way, is a matter of intense policy debate and social concern. The book presents a detailed picture of the impact of financial measures against poverty in various cities and draws conclusions for policy. It will be required reading for all those interested in anti-poverty policy, financial markets and community development in Britain and internationally, whether as sponsors, CDFI managers, members of NGOs or researchers. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-46039-2: £80.00

This book conducts a comparative study on the form of enterprise, focusing broadly on defined cooperative firms in comparison with conventional capitalist firms in the framework of standard microeconomic theory. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61006-3: £95.00

Europe, Canada and the Comprehensive Economic Partnership Agreement Taming Globalization?

Edited by Thomas Köllner,University of Bayreuth, Germany

Dennis M.P. McCarthy, Iowa State University, USA

Series: Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics This collection is a valuable contribution to the global change science dealing with ecosystem services. It is organized into four major parts: Part 1 gives the theoretical framework from an ecological, economic and political perspectives. Part 2 explores how internationally traded biophysical commodities from agriculture, forestry and fisheries translates into a virtual flow of land, freshwater, and marine ecosystems. Part 3 describes how two widely used accounting tools (i.e., Life Cycle Assessment and Green National Accounts) deal with international aspects of ecosystem services, and Part 4 shows how instruments like labelling, bans, or payments for ecosystem services in the private and public sector can influence trade patterns and the management of ecosystem services.

Edited by Kurt Hübner, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Governance and Change in the Global Era The Comprehensive Economic and Trade Agreement (CETA) is a challenging project that will kick-start enormous changes in trade policy-making as well as in market openness in Canada. It will mark the EU’s efforts to re-make the Atlantic Economy. This book provides deep insights into the ambiguity of the project and addresses the implications of a rapidly changing global economy for trade policy. Offering analysis of the financial industry, banking, trade policy, climate change strategy, and the Euro exchange rate, this book should be of interest to students and policy-makers alike. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-60028-6: £85.00

Foreign Direct Investment in China Spillover Effects on Domestic Enterprises Ziliang Deng, Renmin University, China Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy

Routledge «Market: Economics May 2011: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-48583-8: £85.00

The book’s innovative and original perspectives over the hot economic issues in the contemporary world economy makes it an ideal pedagogical handbook for researchers working on related topics.

Epistemic Economics and Organization Forms of Rationality and Governance for a Discovery Oriented Economy

Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59142-3: £100.00

Anna Grandori, Bocconi University, Italy Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition The book integrates inputs from behavioural science with insights and models from the philosophy of knowledge and of economics to consider the problem of valid knowledge construction and effective knowledge governance in the modern economy. Routledge «Market: Economics April 2012: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57565-2: £85.00


E-mail: for more information



Almas Heshmati, Korea University, South Korea

Ecology, Economics and Policies

A National and Transnational Approach

for e-mail updates in your field

Economic Fundamentals of Power Plants Performance

Ecosystem Services and Global Trade of Natural Resources *

An Economic History of Organized Crime

Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy eBooks are only available to order online

118 economics Innovation, Technology and Knowledge

Farley Grubb, University of Delaware, USA

Edited by Charlie Karlsson and Bàrje Johansson, both at Jànkàping International Business School, Sweden and Roger Stough, George Mason University, USA

Series: Routledge Explorations in Economic History This book provides the most comprehensive history of German migration to North America for the period 1709 to 1835 than has been done before, employing state-of-the-art methodological and statistical techniques. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61061-2: £85.00

Income Inequality and Economic Growth in China, India and Singapore Trends and Policy Implications Pundarik Mukhopadhaya, Macquarie University, Australia, G. Shantakumar, National University of Singapore, Singapore and Bhanoji Rao, Lee Kuan Yew School of Policy, Singapore Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy Inequality and growth are the two key issues discussed in this book. Empirical evidences are analysed with a well-developed methodology for the three diverse societies – China, India and Singapore. Authors have attempted to analyse the links between economic growth and inequality in the light of rapid economic growth phase and adduced important policy implications. In international literature, studies on inequality and growth of China and India abound, given the comparable and very large demographic size. This book is not just one more imitation of the known titles. Several concepts and methodologies used in this book as well as the novelty of analyses and policy implications are a definitive value addition. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61646-1: £95.00

Innovation and Economic Crisis Lessons and Prospects from the Economic Downturn Daniele Archibugi and Andrea Filippetti, both at Italian National Research Council, Italy Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This book looks at the effects of the economic crisis on the innovation behaviours of firms and asks whether the crisis is a typical manifestation of the inherent instability of the capitalism system due to the very nature of technological change. Routledge «Market: Economics April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-60228-0: £85.00

order now!

Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This book explores the uneven patterns of economic development within the EU, discusses the relative effect of investments on innovation and productivity growth and looks at the mechanisms involved in development and policy. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66778-4: £80.00

Miraculous Growth and Stagnation in Post-War Japan Edited by Koichi Hamada, Yale University, USA, Keijiro Otsuka, Foundation for Advanced Studies on International Development, Japan, Gustav Ranis, Yale University, USA and Ken Togo, Musashi University, Japan Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy The volume provides comprehensive explanations and rigorous analysis on the economic growth and stagnation of Japan. The essays offer insight into how the Japanese economic system is still efficient in imitating foreign technologies but grossly inefficient in creating its own new technologies. Routledge «Market: Economics April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61518-1: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81879-4: £95.00

Permit Trading in Different Applications * Edited by Bernd Hansjürgens, Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg, and Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research at UFZ Leipzig, Germany, Ralf Antes, University Oldenburg, Germany and Marianne Strunz, Kreditanstalt für Wiederaufbau, Frankfurt, Germany Series: Routledge Explorations in Environmental Economics Permit trading is an environmental policy instrument that has received increasing levels of attention over recent years. Coming from the field of air quality management, with the European CO2 emissions trading system being the most prominent example, it enters new fields of application, such as land use policy and biodiversity protection, water quality and water quantity trading. This book gives an overview of these recent developments and discusses the possibilities and limits of permit trading in environmental policies. Routledge «Market: Economics May 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-55122-9: £85.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Port-Cities and their Hinterlands Migration, Trade and Cultural Exchange from the Early Seventeenth-Century to 1939 Edited by Robert Lee, University of Liverpool, UK Series: Routledge Explorations in Economic History In this book key scholars in the UK, Europe, the US and Japan, focus on the determinants of port-hinterland linkages and the significance of trade, migration and cultural exchange as fields of interaction between ports and their hinterlands. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58052-6: £85.00

2nd Edition

Policy Makers on Policy * The Mais Lectures Edited by Forrest Capie, City University, UK and Geoffrey Wood, Cass Business School, City University, London, UK Series: Routledge International Studies in Money and Banking Monetary policy is still one of the most contested areas of modern economics, yet since the original publication of Policy Makers on Policy much has changed. This new edition collects contributions from leading policy makers and practitioners to reflect on the aims and objectives of monetary policy and on what it can achieve, combining the old chapters from the likes of Gordon Brown, Tony Blair, Kenneth Clarke, Geoffrey Howe and Nigel Lawson with new perspectives from Mervyn King, Jean-Claude Trichet, Ernst Welteke, Otmar Issing, and Alastair Darling. A new far reaching introduction from the editors Forrest Capie and Geoffrey Wood put these important contributions to the discussion of economic policy in the new context. They look at what lessons can be learnt from these earlier discussions, what anticipations of present difficulties can be found in them and what, in other words, does the comparatively recent past teach us about how to deal with the turbulent present. Routledge «Market: Economics and Finance May 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57368-9: £85.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-24401-5

Real Business Cycle Models in Economics * Warren Young, Bar Ilan University, Israel Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics The purpose of this book is to describe the intellectual process by which Real Business Cycle models developed, focusing on the core elements in the development of RBC models: (i) building blocks, (ii) catalysts, and (iii) meta-syntheses. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47569-3: £75.00


German Immigration and Servitude in America, 1709–1914

economics 119 Reconstructing Keynesian Macroeconomics Volume 1 Partial Perspectives Carl Chiarella, University of Technology Sydney, Australia, Peter Flaschel, Bielefeld University, Germany and Willi Semmler, New School University, USA Series: Routledge Frontiers of Political Economy This book represents the first of three volumes offering a complete reinterpretation and restructuring of Keynesian macroeconomics and focuses on partial model building and the interaction between the labour and goods market. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66856-9: £75.00

Socioeconomic and Environmental Impacts on Agriculture in the New Europe

The Adam Smith Review Volume 6

The Economic Value of Landscapes

Edited by Fonna Forman-Barzilai, University of California, San Diego, USA

Edited by Wim Heijman and Martijn van der Heide, both at Wageningen University, the Netherlands

Series: The Adam Smith Review Adam Smith’s contribution to economics is well-recognized but in recent years scholars have been exploring anew the multidisciplinary nature of his works. The Adam Smith Review is a refereed annual review that provides a unique forum for interdisciplinary debate on all aspects of Adam Smith’s works, his place in history, and the significance of his writings to the modern world. It is aimed at facilitating debate between scholars working across the humanities and social sciences, thus emulating the reach of the Enlightenment world which Smith helped to shape.The sixth volume of the series contains contributions from specialists across a range of disciplines, and topics examined include: Smith and the conditions of a moral society, the fate of Anglo-American capitalism and Smith and Shaftesbury

Post-Communist Transition and Accession to the European Union

Routledge «Market: Economics May 2011: 234x156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-66722-7: £85.00

S. Serban Scrieciu, Project Manager, United Nations Environment Programme, Paris, France

The Big Three

Series: Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics This book looks at agriculture and the environment, placed within the dynamic context of postcommunist societal change and entry into the European Union (EU). Scrieciu explores developments in eleven Central and Eastern European (CEE) countries and argues for agriculture’s natural place in these societies. The history of these countries is significant in how it has shaped the institutions and influenced the outcomes. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47588-4: £75.00

Stalin’s Economist The Economic Contributions of Jenö Varga Andrè Mommen Series: Routledge Studies in the History of Economics This book analyses the contribution of Eugen (Jenö) Varga (1879–1964) on Marxist-Leninist economic theory as well as the influence he exercised on Stalin’s foreign policy and through the Comintern on the international communist movement. Routledge «Market: Economics March 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57516-4: £85.00

Series: Routledge Studies in Ecological Economics In The Value of Landscapes , the authors analyze the central concept of ‘Landscape Economics’. Some attention has been paid to the idea within existing economic fields, such as ecological economics and the more traditional environmental (and resource) economics but this has generally been fragmented and certainly lacking an overarching relational framework, or consistent and systematic analysis. This book addresses this gap in the literature. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56328-4: £90.00

The Economics of Structural Change in Knowledge Francesco Quatraro, University of Torino, Italy Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition

The Emerging Relationship between the United States, India and China in the Changing World Order Harsh Bhasin, State University of New York, Stony Brook, USA The evolving relationship between India, the US and China is generally regarded by scholars of international relations as among the key features, perhaps even the most crucial one, that will shape the geopolitical contours of the emerging international political landscape in the twenty-first century. Written by a scholar and an academician who for long years served as a career diplomat and hence a practitioner of international relations, the book meticulously analyses each strand of the mutual bilateral relations of the three countries, including their troubled past and uncertain present, to unravel clues for the possible future course of their relationship. Routledge August 2010: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-58430-2: £25.00

The Communications Industries in the Era of Convergence Catherine E. A. Mulligan, University of Cambridge, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Global Competition This book provides an in-depth explanation of the different forces affecting the computing and telecommunications industries; Mulligan presents a clear and concise discussion of the major hot topics in the these industries today.

Building upon Schumpeterian and Kuznetsian legacies, this new book argues that a focus on both the structural change approach and the economics of knowledge provides a fertile ground to better understand recent evolutions of economic environment. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56543-1: £90.00

The Economics of UN Peacekeeping Nadège Sheehan, University of Grenoble, France Series: Routledge Studies in Defence and Peace Economics Peacekeeping is a security concept that is very representative of the current interventionism, multilateralism, human rights, and humanitarian ideas. UN peacekeeping plays an important role in international security and includes various activities that go beyond the original roles assigned to UN armed forces (e.g. humanitarian aid, election supervision, disarmament, mine clearance, civilian protection, and peacebuilding). This book defines the economic efficiency of these operations and to develop some recommendations in the context of an economic globalization process. Routledge «Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56746-6: £85.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Economics April 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58484-5: £85.00 eBooks are only available to order online

120 economics The Legacy of John Kenneth Galbraith

Water for Food in a Changing World

Multilateralism and Regionalism in Global Economic Governance

Edited by Steven Pressman

Edited by Alberto Garrido, Research Centre for the Management of Agricultural and Environmental Risks (CEIGRAM), Spain; Technical University of Madrid (UPM), Spain; Marcelino Botin Foundation–Water Observatory (FMB-WO), Spain and Helen Ingram, University of California at Irvine, USA and Professor Emerita at the University of California, USA

Trade, Investment and Finance

This book identifies and explains the major economic contributions of John Kenneth Galbraith, and places his work in the context of Post Keynesian and Institutionalist Economics. This book was published as a special issue of the Review of Political Economy. Routledge «Market: Economics February 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61739-0: £80.00

Series: Contributions from the Rosenberg International Forum on Water Policy

The Political Economy of the European Social Model * Philip B. Whyman, University of Central Lancashire, UK, Mark Baimbridge, University of Bradford, UK and Andrew Mullen, Northumbria University, UK Series: Routledge Studies in the European Economy This book seeks to analyse the development of the EU arguing that the the principle of free movement of capital, goods, services and people is fundamentally at odds with the creation of an interventionist regime. Routledge «Market: Economics April 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-47629-4: £75.00

Our thirst for water grows with our population, but the amount of fresh water available on Earth is fixed. If we assume ‘business as usual’ by 2050 about 40% of the projected global population of 9.4 billion is expected to be facing water stress or scarcity. This book explores water and food production at global and regional scales. The collection offers a comprehensive discussion of all relevant issues, and offers a wide-ranging discussion with the aim of contributing to the global debate about water and food crises. Routledge «Market: Environment / Economics / Politics April 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-61911-0: £90.00

Edited by Junji Nakagawa, University of Tokyo, Japan Series: Routledge Studies in the Modern World Economy The book tackles what challenges we are facing in governing the global economy, notably on how to coordinate multilateralism and regionalism in global economic governance. It addresses better governance of trade, investment and finance in Asia. Its focus in Asia is justified in light of the increasing role of the region in the global economy, and its uniqueness in development strategy, notably that of East Asia. The book also provides readers with clear and broad ideas as to what opportunities and challenges Asia is facing in the governance of trade, investment and finance in the region as well as globally. It opens the eyes of readers to the importance of coordinating governance mechanisms across the sector, namely trade, investment and finance, which has so far been almost non-existent both in academia and in practice. Routledge ★Market: Economics June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-59569-8: £95.00/08 eBook: 978-0-203-81394-2: £95.00/08

geography & gis

An Introduction to the Geography of Health

Handbook of Hazards, Disaster Risk Reduction and Management

Peter Anthamatten, University of Colorado, Denver, USA and Helen Hazen, Macalester College, USA

Edited by Ben Wisner, J.C. Gaillard and Ilan Kelman

Routledge «Market: Geography / Public Health June 2011: 246x189: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-49805-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49806-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87746-3: £85.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

The Handbook provides a comprehensive statement and reference point for hazard and disaster research, policy making, and practice in an international and multidisciplinary context. Specifically, it aims to provide critical reviews and appraisals of the current state of the art and future development of conceptual, theoretical and practical approaches as well as empirical knowledge and available tools. It aims to encourage dialogue across disciplinary barriers among notions of ‘disaster risk reduction’ and ‘vulnerability’ (central concepts within the hazards and disaster community), ‘climate change adaptation’ and ‘sustainable livelihood security’ (core notions underlying much work within the climate and environmental studies community), and ‘poverty reduction’ (which remains a pivotal rallying point within development studies). Routledge «Market: Hazards / Disasters / Geography / Environmental Studies / Development Studies June 2011: 246x189: 796pp Hb: 978-0-415-59065-5: £130.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84423-6: £130.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Health issues are of growing importance in an increasingly peopled and interconnected world. A geographic approach to health offers a critical perspective to these issues, considering not only disease distributions but also how changing relationships between people and their environments influence human health. This textbook introduces undergraduate and lower-level graduate students to this rapidly-growing field. The text is designed to be used as the backbone of a health geography course, covering relevant theoretical and methodological background, combined with case studies that exemplify the issues covered and encourage students to apply what they have learned. The text is divided into three sections: the first section introduce ecological approaches, the second discusses social aspects of health and healthcare, and the third section integrates these themes and considers the geographic techniques and approaches appropriate for exploring these ideas.

geography & gis 121 2nd Edition textbook

2nd Edition

Making Maps


A Visual Guide to Map Design for GIS

The Claiming of Space

John Krygier, Ohio Wesleyan University, USA and Denis Wood, Raleigh, North Carolina, USA

David Storey, University of Worcester, UK

Acclaimed for its innovative use of visual material, this book is engaging, clear, and compelling – exactly how an effective map should be. Nearly every page is organized around maps and other figures (many in full color) that illustrate all aspects of map making, including instructive examples of both good and poor design choices. The book covers everything from locating and processing data to making decisions about layout, symbols, color, and type. Readers are invited to think critically about both the technical features and social significance of maps as they learn to create better maps of their own. New to this edition: extensively revised and expanded core chapters on map design; an annotated map design exemplar is used to show how the concepts in each chapter play out on an actual map; updated to reflect current technological developments; and larger size and redesigned pages make the book even more user friendly.

This extensively revised and updated second edition continues to provide an introduction to theories of territoriality and the outcomes of territorial control and resistance. It explores the construction of territories and the conflicts which often result using a range of examples drawn from various spatial scales and from many different countries. It ranges in coverage from conflicts over national territory to divisions of space based around class, gender and race. While retaining the key elements of the first edition this new edition covers contemporary debates on nationalism, territorialisation, globalization and borders. It updates the factual content to explore the territorial consequences of ‘9/11’, the ‘war on terror’, the conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan. It also examines migration, refugees, the territorial expansion of the European Union, and territorial divisions in the home and workplace. Each chapter contains boxed case studies, illustrations and guides to further reading. Routledge «Market: Political Geography / Politics / International Relations June 2011: 234x156: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-57549-2: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57550-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85457-0: £75.00

Guilford Press «Market: Geography April 2011: 246x174: 258pp Pb: 978-1-60918-166-6: £34.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5938-5200-9

student reference

Physical Geography: The Basics

Tourist Cities

Joseph Holden, University of Leeds, UK

Dan Knox, Liverpool John Moores University, UK This book considers the relationship between tourism and the city from a range of sociological, economic and environmental approaches to fully explore the nature of tourism in cities around the world, bridging both managment and social sicence perspectives. In doing so the book offers students a thorough theoretically informed critical understanding of the totality of the city system in relation to the production and consumption of tourism products and experiences.

Series: The Basics Physical Geography: The Basics is a concise and engaging introduction to the interactions, systems and processes that have shaped, and continue to shape, the world around us. This book introduces four key aspects of the study of physical geography: atmosphere, weather and climate systems; the impact of climate change and the carbon cycle; plate tectonics, erosion, tides and other factors that shape the land and oceans; and the patterns of distribution of plant and animal life and human impact on them.


Routledge «Market: Geography April 2011: 198x129: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55929-4: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55930-0: £11.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81714-8: £55.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Tourism May 2011: 234x156: 306pp Hb: 978-0-415-58232-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58233-9: £26.99

E-mail: for more information


The book features diagrams, maps and a glossary to aid understanding of key ideas and suggestions for further reading to allow readers to develop their interest in the subject – making Physical Geography: The Basics the ideal starting point for anyone new to the study of geography and the environment. eBooks are only available to order online

122 geography & gis 2nd Edition


The Europeans

A Geography of Russia and Its Neighbors

A Geography of People, Culture, and Environment Robert C. Ostergren, University of Wisnonsin-Madison, USA and Mathias Le Bossè, University of Pennsylvania, USA

Mikhail S. Blinnikov, St. Claud State University, Minnesota, USA Series: Texts in Regional Geography

Series: Texts in Regional Geography This leading text offers a comprehensive, richly nuanced, and authoritative introduction to European geography. Coverage encompasses the entire region: its physical setting and environment, population and migration, languages and religions, and political organization. Particular attention is given to historic and contemporary features of the diverse urban environments in which most Europeans live, work, and play. Combining vivid description, essential information, and cogent analysis, the text is illustrated with more than 200 photographs and 64 maps. New to this edition: • fully updated to reflect ongoing changes in this dynamic region • expanded coverage of timely topics such as emissions and energy policy, aging of the population, migration, religiosity and secularization, ethnonationalism, healthcare, popular culture, and the future of the European Union • engaging vignettes in every chapter on European places, cultural issues, and daily life

Comprehensive and authoritative, this text offers an accessible introduction to post-Soviet Eurasia. Students get a solid grounding in the physical, cultural, political, and economic geography of this rapidly changing region. Core thematic chapters focus primarily on Russia but also incorporate relevant information on the other 14 former Soviet republics. Regional chapters provide concise discussions of each republic and of Russia’s main regions. Student-friendly features include engaging vignettes, review questions, exercises, recommendations for further reading, and Internet resources, plus over 200 original maps, photographs, and other figures. Guilford Press «Market: Geography January 2011: 246x174: 451pp Hb: 978-1-60623-933-9: £61.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-920-9: £41.00

• over 45 new photographs and maps. Guilford Press «Market: Geography April 2011: 246x174: 448pp Hb: 978-1-60918-140-6: £64.00 Pb: 978-1-59385-384-6: £44.00




order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525



geography & gis 123 Geoinformatics in Applied Geomorphology

New Perspectives in Tourism Geographies

Spatial Regulation in New York City

Edited by Siddan Anbazhagan, Periyar University, Salem, India, S.K. Subramanian, National Remote Sensing Centre, Balanagar, India and Xiaojun Yang, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Florida

Edited by Julie Wilson, University of the West of England, UK

Themis Chronopoulos

Series: Advances in Tourism

This book explores and critiques the process of spatial regulation in post-war New York, focusing on the period after the fiscal crisis of the 1970s, examining the ideological underpinnings and practical applications of urban renewal, exclusionary zoning, anti-vagrancy laws, and order-maintenance policing. It argues that these practices were part of a class project that deflected attention from the underlying causes of poverty, eroded civil rights, and sought to enable real estate investment, high-end consumption, mainstream tourism, and corporate success.

This book provides an overview of geoinformatics and current trends. It discusses airborne laser scanning in geomorphic mapping and groundwater exploration and management. Other topics discussed include shoreline changes and coastal zone management, micromorphological changes in tsunami-effected areas, desert environmental mapping, and geoinformatics in neotectonism. The self-contained chapters begin with basic aspects, follow with geoinformatics application, and finish with relevant case studies. Figures, photographs, tables, and equations are included. CRC Press June 2011: 229x152: 432pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3048-2: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3049-9: £82.00

New Economic Spaces in Asian Cities From Industrial Restructuring to the Cultural Turn Edited by Peter W. Daniels, University of Birmingham, UK., Kong Chong Ho, National University of Singapore, Singapore and Thomas A. Hutton, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Routledge Studies in Human Geography New Economic Spaces in Asian Cities offers a vivid contribution to our understanding of the ongoing transformation of Asia’s urban system, including the critical intersections of global and localregional dynamics in processes of new industry formation and the relayering of space in the Asian metropolis. The synthesis of empirical profiles, normative insights, and theoretical reference points enhances the book’s interest for scholars and students in such fields of Asian studies, urban and cultural studies, and urban and economic geography, as well as for and policy specialists and urban/community planners. Routledge «Market: Urban studies / Asian Studies / Geography July 2011: 234x156: 342pp Hb: 978-0-415-56773-2: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86015-1: £85.00

The Politics of Biofuels, Land and Agrarian Change Edited by Saturnino M. Borras Jr., St Mary’s University, Canada, Philip McMichael, Cornell University, USA and Ian Scoones, University of Sussex, UK Series: Critical Agrarian Studies This book addresses key questions on biofuels, land and agrarian change within agrarian political economy, political sociology and political ecology. It was published as a special issue of the Journal of Peasant Studies.

From Urban Renewal to Zero Tolerance

Following an increase in attention to lifestyle-related mobility and the use, creation and representation of space and place, the geographical analysis of tourism activity is being advanced. New Perspectives in Tourism Geography seeks to examine recent developments by providing a state of the art review and evaluation of different perspectives, themes and regional differences. This volume considers disciplinary changes in geography in the context of tourism, in particular, culture and space in terms of encounter, embodiment, [inter]subjectivities, lifestyle and identity, as well as the spatial turn in social sciences more generally. It also looks at how other approaches such as critical, feminist, Marxist, behaviouralist has diversified research in the tourism geographies field. In addition it highlights areas for further research and maps out the dimensions of future advances in the field in different disciplinary, regional and thematic contexts.

Series: Routledge Advances in Geography

Routledge «Market: Urban Studies May 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-89158-5: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81908-1: £75.00

Tourism in China Policy and Development since 1949

Routledge «Market: Tourism and Geography June 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-56857-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85974-2: £75.00

David Airey, University of Surrey, UK and King Chong, Hong Kong Public Administration Association (HKPAA), China Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility

Real Tourism Representation, Practice and the ‘Material’ in Contemporary Travel Culture Edited by Claudio Minca, Royal Holloway University of London, UK and Tim Oakes, University of Colorado at Boulder, USA Series: Contemporary Geographies of Leisure, Tourism and Mobility Over the past decade tourism studies has broken out of its traditional institutional affiliation with business and management programs to take its legitimate place as an interdisciplinary social science field of cutting edge scholarship. There is a need for the field to come to terms theoretically with the contemporary and future realities of tourism as a truly global phenomenon. This significant volume seeks to set the theoretical agenda, engaging directly with what tourism does in practice and in place and demonstrate the need for a theoretical intervention that moves tourism scholarship beyond the province of Anglophone thinking. The volume achieves this by explicitly bridging ‘western’ and ‘non-western’ scholarship on tourism; reframing theoretical discussions around ‘real practices’ instead of abstract typologies; and radically delinking tourism theory from the grand narratives of modernity and assumptions about authenticity, identity, tradition, and development.

This is the first book to set the development of tourism in China since 1949 in its policy context. Underpinned by a strong conceptual framework, this systematic study of China contributes to an in-depth understanding of how public policymaking for tourism works and how it affects the development of tourism in the real world. The text explores tourism policy during three distinct leadership periods since creation of the People’s Republic of China in 1949. The attitudes and values of leaders and central government agencies towards tourism are considered, as well as the interactions of ideological orthodoxies, socioeconomic conditions and institutions in their influence on national policy-making and tourism development. A separate chapter is devoted to policy-making in Hong Kong and Macau, as well as Taiwan. Drawing on China’s experience over 60 years the book concludes with both theoretical and practical implications for tourism policy-making. Routledge «Market: Tourism April 2011: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-54809-0: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82034-6: £85.00

Routledge «Market: Tourism and Cultural Geography October 2011: 234x156: 306pp Hb: 978-0-415-58224-7: £85.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Energy Policy / Development Studies / Environmental Politics April 2011: 246x174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-61320-0: £90.00 eBooks are only available to order online

124 anthropology

Being Alive Essays on Movement, Knowledge and Description Tim Ingold, University of Aberdeen, UK Building on his classic work The Perception of the Environment, Tim Ingold sets out to restore life to where it should belong, at the heart of anthropological concern. Being Alive ranges over such themes as the vitality of materials, what it means to make things, the perception and formation of the ground, the mingling of earth and sky in the weather-world, the experiences of light, sound and feeling, the role of storytelling in the integration of knowledge, and the potential of drawing to unite observation and description. Our humanity, Ingold argues, does not come ready-made but is continually fashioned in our movements along ways of life. Starting from the idea of life as a process of wayfaring, Ingold presents a radically new understanding of movement, knowledge and description as dimensions not just of being in the world, but of being alive to what is going on there. Routledge «Market: Anthropology April 2011: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-57683-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57684-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81833-6: £75.00

The Perception of the Environment Essays on Livelihood, Dwelling and Skill Tim Ingold, University of Aberdeen, UK Re-issued with a brand new preface, The Perception of the Environment offers a persuasive approach to understanding how human beings perceive their surroundings. The essays focus on the procurement of livelihood, on what it means to ‘dwell’, and on the nature of skill, weaving together approaches from social anthropology, ecological psychology, developmental biology and phenomenology in a way that has never been attempted before. Tim Ingold revolutionises the way we think about what is ‘biological’ and ‘cultural’ in humans, about evolution and history, and indeed about what it means for human beings – at once organisms and persons – to inhabit an environment. Routledge «Market: Anthropology / Material Culture / Psychology and Biology April 2011: 246x174: 480pp Pb: 978-0-415-61747-5: £29.99

Diasporic Journeys, Ritual, and Normativity among Asian Migrant Women Edited by Pnina Werbner, Univeristy of Keele, UK and Mark Johnson, University of Hull, UK This timely collection shows how Asian women transnational migrants, stereotypically represented as a ‘nation of servants’, claim sacralised spaces of sociality in their migration destinations. This book was published as a special issue of the Asia-Pacific Journal of Anthropology.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Anthropology / Migration / Women’s Studies April 2011: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-59201-7: £80.00

sociology 125

An Introduction to Chinese Sociology Xiaogang Wu

Celebrity Society Robert van Krieken, University of Sydney/University College, Dublin This book outlines the sociology of celebrity as a central characteristic of modernity, linking us together in unique and everchanging ways, part of the ‘celebrification’ of society. The fascination with celebrities may be a guilty pleasure, but it is also an increasingly important dimension of the way we organise social and political relationships, of ‘celebrity society’.

This book provides an introduction to Chinese sociological thinking, including main theories and theoretical debates, empirical findings in selected areas, and some key ongoing projects and research issues.

Routledge «Market: Sociology / Asian Studies / Cultural Studies July 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58916-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58917-8: £23.99

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. From Fame to Celebrity: The Celebritization of Society 2. Producing Celebrity and the Economics of Attention 3. Celebrity as a Social Form: Status and Power 4. Imagined Community and Long-Distance Intimacy 5. Case Studies 6. Celebrity’s Futures: 15 minutes of Fame, or Fame in 15 Minutes Routledge «Market: Popular Culture / Cultural Sudies / Sociology April 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-58149-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58150-9: £24.99


Celebrity Culture and the American Dream

Body Problems

Stardom and Social Mobility

Running and Living Long in a Fast-Food Society Ben Agger, University of Texas, Arlington Series: Framing 21st Century Social Issues This book addresses the relationship between the body and society in a fast-food society. Agger focuses on issues of food, exercise, work, dieting and eating disorders, fashion, bariatric and cosmetic surgery, and health. He addresses the dilemma that we have ample access to abundant calories but lead lifestyles and have jobs that for the most part do not enable us to expend those calories. He proposes solutions, both individual and structural, that involve re-orienting ourselves to exercise as play. The book can be used in introductory sociology, social problems, work, sociology of sport, gender, health and illness. for e-mail updates in your field


Using examples from the first celebrity fan magazines of 1911 to the present, Celebrity Culture and the American Dream considers how major economic and historical factors shaped the nature of celebrity culture as we know it today. Equally important, the book explains how and why the story of Hollywood celebrities matters, sociologically speaking, to an understanding of American society, to the changing nature of the American Dream, and to the relation between class and culture. This book: explores the relationship between celebrity culture, consumption, class, and social mobility; discusses social changes pertaining to class, gender, marriage and divorce, and race; includes numerous pictures from fan magazine articles and ads; examines the connections between celebrity culture and economic, political, and social changes; and considers the importance of the structure of the entertainment industry to understand how celebrity culture is manufactured. Routledge «Market: Social Inequalities / Media / Cultural Studies March 2011: 235x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-88678-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88679-6: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83149-6: £100.00

E-mail: for more information



Routledge December 2010: 254x178: 82pp Pb: 978-0-415-89198-1: £7.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83428-2: £7.99

Karen Sternheimer, University of Southern California, USA eBooks are only available to order online

126 sociology

Community Policing

Critical Realism

A Police-Citizen Partnership

A Brief Introduction

Michael J. Palmiotto, Wichita State University, USA

Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, UK

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies

Series: Ontological Explorations

This textbook discusses the role of community-oriented policing, including the police image, public expectations, ethics in law enforcement, community wellness, civilian review boards, and what the community can do to help decrease crime rates. In addition, the author covers basic interpersonal skills and how these might vary according to the race, sex, age, and socioeconomic group with which the officer is interacting. Finally, students learn how to initiate new programs in a community, from the planning process and community involvement to dealing with management and evaluating program success. Routledge April 2011: 235x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-88974-2: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88975-9: £42.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83050-5: £110.00

This is the first book to look back over the entire field of critical realism in one concise and accessible volume. This book’s author, and the originator of CR, Roy Bhaskar draws from his experience of countless introductory lectures, seminars, workshops and courses to give a definitive and compelling account of this increasingly influential, international and multi-disciplinary approach.

Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Critical Realism / Introductory Philosophy April 2011: 234x156: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-58378-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58379-4: £19.99


Contentious Identities

Crime and Terrorism Risk

Ethnic, Religious and National Conflicts in Today’s World

Studies in Criminology and Criminal Justice

Dan Chirot, University of Washington

Edited by Leslie W. Kennedy, Rutgers University, USA and Edmund F. McGarrell, Michigan State University, USA

This book analyzes widespread global ethnic conflicts that tear asunder nations and regions, such as the former Yugoslavia. Dan Chirot casts his analysis in a discussion of the conflict between national and ethnic identity, discovering that ethnic identity, rooted in centuries of tradition and habit, often trumps national identity, which may be of more recent gestation and have a weaker hold on people. His analysis affords insights into the recent aggressive U.S. posture on ‘nation building,’ showing the blindness of this approach to deeply-entrenched ethnic identities. His timely book can be used in classes on globalization, international development, political sociology, social movements, and theory. Routledge February 2011: 254x178: 78pp Pb: 978-0-415-89200-1: £7.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83419-0: £7.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Crime and Terrorism Risk is a collection of original essays and articles that presents a broad overview of the issues related to the assessment and management of risk in the new security age. These original articles show how researchers, experts and the public are beginning to think about crime and terrorism issues in terms of a new risk paradigm that emphasizes establishing a balance between threat and resources in developing prevention and response strategies.

Routledge «Market: Criminal Justice / Security April 2011: 254x178: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-99181-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99182-7: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89447-7: £90.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Series: Framing 21st Century Social Issues

sociology 127

Delinquency Theories Appraisals and Applications John P. Hoffmann This book provides an overview of theories of juvenile delinquency. Each chapter describes a particular theory by telling the tale of a delinquent youth and thoroughly reviewing the theories and research designed to explain the youth’s delinquent behavior. By linking the theories to a real-world example, they may be ‘brought to life’ and made more relevant to the reader.

Routledge «Market: Juvenile Justice / Deviance / Social Theory April 2011: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-78186-2: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78187-9: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83528-9: £90.00

Fathoming the Depths of Reality * Roy Bhaskar, Centre for Critical Realism, UK Credited as the originator of the increasingly influential, international and multidisciplinary philosophy of critical realism, Roy Bhaskar’s philosophy is presented here in perhaps the clearest format yet.

Routledge «Market: Philosophy / Sociology April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-37677-8: £80.00


Empire Versus Democracy

Experiencing Criminal Justice

The Triumph of Corporate and Military Power

Practitioners’ and Outsiders’ Perspectives of Policing, Courts, and Corrections

Series: Framing 21st Century Social Issues In Empire Versus Democracy, Carl Boggs traces the authoritarian trajectory of American politics since World War II, with emphasis on the growing concentration of corporate and military power that has accompanied the United States assumption of leading superpower on the world scene. The rise of the U.S. as unchallenged imperial nation has meant the steady expansion of a permanent war economy and security state that, working in tandem with large business interests, has led to proliferation of American armed-forces bases around the world, recurrent military interventions, swollen government bureaucracy, massive public expenditures, heavy reliance on surveillance and secrecy, and diminished resources for social infrastructure and social programs. Boggs shows that, as in the case of the Roman and other previous empires, enlargement of U.S. imperial power has resulted in a decline of civic engagement and local participation along with skewed priorities favoring the war economy and security state. Inevitably, this has meant a weakening of electoral and legislative politics, overwhelmed by the centers of enormous wealth and power.


Routledge February 2011: 254x178: 64pp Pb: 978-0-415-89201-8: £7.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83417-6: £7.99 for e-mail updates in your field


Edited by Heith Copes, University of Alabama at Birmingham, USA and Mark Pogrebin, University of Colorado, USA Series: Criminology and Justice Studies This reader provides the lived experiences of those who work in or who are affected by the criminal justice system. By providing firsthand experiences these articles are able to convey to student readers what to expect when selecting a career in criminal justice. In addition, these articles are precisely the types of scholarly work that students enjoy reading. In addition, an introductory essay by the authors to the book as a whole, followed by lengthy introductions to each reading encourage students to see how each article sheds light on an important issue affecting the cj system, and how each article should also be judged on its method for getting at ‘reality.’ As a result, students learn more deeply and are more engaged by this text/reader for introduction to cj than from conventional (and more expensive) texts. Routledge July 2011: 229x152: 540pp Hb: 978-0-415-88748-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88749-6: £39.99

E-mail: for more information


Carl Boggs, National University eBooks are only available to order online

128 sociology

Online Gaming in Context


The Social and Cultural Significance of Online Games

Reconfigurations of the Social and Natural Sciences

Garry Crawford and Victoria K Gosling, University of Salford, UK

Edited by Andrew Barry and Georgina Born The book presents a series of empirical, historical and theoretical studies that interrogate the unity, diversity and novelty of interdisciplinary research that cut across the boundaries between the natural sciences and engineering and the social sciences, arts and humanities.

Online Gaming in Context provides a key and accessible introduction to the study of digital gaming, and is the first book to explicitly and comprehensively address how digital games are experienced and engaged with in the everyday lives, social networks and consumer patterns of gamers.

It shows that interdisciplinary research involving social scientists and/or artists as well as scientists contributes to the democratisation of expertise and that interdisciplinary research can also contribute to transforming the objects and relations of research.

Routledge «Market: Gaming / New Media / Cultural Sociology / Digital Cultures June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55619-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86959-8: £80.00

Routledge April 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-57892-9: £90.00

Routledge Handbook of Identity Studies


Series: Routledge International Handbooks The Handbook of Identity Studies offers a remarkably clear overview of the analysis of identity in the social sciences, and in so doing seeks to develop a new agenda for identity-studies in the twenty-first century.

Routledge «Market: Psychology / Sociology / Cultural Studies April 2011: 246x174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-55558-6: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86971-0: £110.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Kaori O’Connor, University College London, UK Series: Routledge Series for Creative Teaching and Learning in Anthropology Lycra describes the development of a specific fabric, but in the process provides students with rare insights into U.S. corporate history, the changing image of women in America, and how a seemingly doomed product came to occupy a position never imagined by its inventors and contained in the wardrobe of virtually every American. And it will generate lively discussion of the story of the relationship between technology, science and society over the past half a century. Routledge April 2011: 254x178: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-80437-0: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82990-5: £21.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Edited by Anthony Elliott, Flinders University, Australia

How A Fiber Shaped America

sociology 129

Material Powers * Cultural Studies, History and the Material Turn Edited by Tony Bennett, University of Western Sydney, Australia and Patrick Joyce, University of Manchester, UK

Moral Panic and the Politics of Anxiety Edited by Sean Hier Moral Panic and the Politics of Anxiety develops an integrated framework for moral panic research by widening the scope of moral panic scholarship. The volume brings together recognized moral panic researchers with prominent scholars in moral regulation, social problems, cultural fear, and health risks to develop insights into the cultural and political significance of moral panic.

Series: CRESC Material Powers explores and develops new understandings of how power is made up and exercised by examining the role of material infrastructures in the organisation of state power and the role of material cultural practices in the organisation of colonial forms of governance.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Foundations Part 2: Contemporary Debates Part 3: New Directions

Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies / Sociology / Geography October 2010: 234x156: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-60314-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88387-7: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Social Problems / Morality / Sociology May 2011: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-55555-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55556-2: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86972-7: £95.00

Outsourcing the Womb Race, Class and Gestational Surrogacy in a Global Market

Migrating Music Edited by Jason Toynbee, The Open University, UK and Byron Dueck Series: CRESC Migrants bring music from the homeland to the metropolis. But music also migrates via the media: ‘world’ music, hip hop, bossa nova ... . With case studies from across the world this ground-breaking collection shows how migrating music is key to the construction of a still-emerging, global cosmopolitan imagination.

Routledge «Market: Social Theory / Music / Diaspora March 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-59448-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84175-4: £80.00

France Winddance Twine, University of California, Santa Barbara A quiet revolution has been taking place during the past three decades. The way that children enter families has changed radically among upper middle class families. In the 1980s infertility increasing became defined as a medical problem that could be solved with assisted reproductive technologies (ART) rather than through adoption. Asexual or ‘assisted conception’ involving medical technologies such as in vitro fertilization and embryo transfers began to replace sexual reproduction for infertile couples. Third parties, referred to as surrogates are hired to assist individuals and/or couples who wish to conceive and child with whom they share a genetic tie. This has resulted in a ‘surrogate baby boom’. This book provides a critical introduction to the global surrogacy market. A comparative analysis of the assisted reproductive technology and surrogacy industry in Egypt, Israel, India and the United States disentangles the intersecting roles of race, religion, class inequality, religious law, and global capitalism. Gestational surrogacy challenges the idea of ‘natural’ reproduction and of the meaning of parenthood. What role should the state play in providing individuals and families with access to reproductive technologies? This book concludes with a discussion of ‘reproductive justice’. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge February 2011: 254x178: 48pp Pb: 978-0-415-89202-5: £7.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83420-6: £7.99 eBooks are only available to order online

130 sociology

Philosophy of Money

Race, Racism, and Crime

Georg Simmel

A Theory of African American Offending

Edited by David Frisby, London School of Economics, UK Foreword by Charles Lemert, Welseyan University, USA

James D. Unnever, University of South Florida, Sarasota, USA and Shaun L. Gabbidon, Pennsylvania State Capital College, USA

Translated by Tom Bottomore, London School of Economics, UK

Series: Criminology and Justice Studies

Series: Routledge Classics

A little more than a century ago, the famous social scientist W.E.B. Dubois asserted that a true understanding of African American offending must be grounded in the ‘real conditions’ of what it means to be black living in a racial stratified society. Today and according to official statistics, African American men – about 6 percent of the population of the United States – account for nearly 60 percent of the armed robbery arrests in the United States. To the authors of this book, this and many other glaring racial disparities in offending centered on African Americans is clearly related to their unique history and to their past and present racial subordination. Inexplicably, however, no criminological theory exists that fully articulates the nuances of the African American experience and how they relate to their offending. In readable fashion for undergraduate students, the general public, and criminologists alike, this book for the first time presents the foundations for the development of an African American theory of offending.

In The Philosophy of Money, Georg Simmel provides us with a now classic discussion of the social, psychological and philosophical aspects of the money economy, full of brilliant insights into the forms that social relationships take. He analyzes the relationships of money to exchange, human personality, the position of women, and individual freedom as well as brilliant insights into the consequences of the modern money economy and the division of labour, in particular the processes of alienation and reification in work and urban life. Routledge «Market: Sociology / Philosophy April 2011: 234x156: 600pp Pb: 978-0-415-61011-7: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82829-8: £33.99

Rapid Climate Change Causes, Consequences, and Solutions Scott G. McNall, California State University, Chico Series: Framing 21st Century Social Issues The book reviews the science of climate change and explains why it is one of the most difficult problems humanity has ever tackled. Climate change is a ‘wicked’ problem bound up with problems of population growth, environmental degradation, and world problems of growing social and economic inequality. The book explores the politicization of the topic, the polarization of opinion, and the reasons why, for some, science has become just another ideology to be contested. How do humans assess risk? Why are they are so bad at focusing on the future? How can we solve the problem of climate change? These are the questions this work answers. Routledge February 2011: 254x178: 64pp Pb: 978-0-415-89203-2: £7.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83424-4: £7.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge April 2011: 229x152: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-88357-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88358-0: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82856-4: £100.00

Routledge Handbook of International Criminology * Edited by Cindy J. Smith, Sheldon X. Zhang and Rosemary Barberet Series: Routledge International Handbooks This handbook showcases the latest thinking and findings from a group of senior and promising young scholars around the world who have come together in an effort to broaden our perspectives in understanding crime and social control across borders and nationalities. It is divided into three parts, in which three distinct but overlapping types of crime are presented and discussed: international crime, transnational crime, and national crime. Routledge «Market: Criminology April 2011: 246x174: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-77909-8: £130.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86470-8: £110.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


‘I have lost interest ... in all that I have written prior to The Philosophy of Money. This one is really my book, the others appear to me colourless and seem as if they could have been written by anyone else.’ – Georg Simmel to Heinrich Rickert (1904)

sociology 131

The Corporate Criminal

Sex, Drugs, and Death

Steve Tombs and David Whyte, Liverpool University, UK

Addressing Youth Problems in American Society

Series: Key Ideas in Criminology

Tammy L. Anderson, University of Delware, USA

This book interrogates the concept of corporate ‘personhood’ to understand the nature of corporate criminality and the prospects for more effective corporate control. Linking debates in criminology to broader claims around corporate social responsibility, it provides an understanding of the key ideas that explain the role of the corporation in the global economy.

Routledge «Market: Business Studies / Criminology / Governance June 2011: 198x129 Pb: 978-0-415-55637-8: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86940-6: £20.99

new in paperback

Series: Framing 21st Century Social Issues Sex, Drugs, and Death: Addressing Youth Problems in American Society explores how youth lifestyles, identity pursuits, behaviors and activities produce a wide range of social problems in contemporary society. The book focuses on the interconnections between three of the most significant youth issues: sexuality, substance use and suicide. The book pays special attention to the unique pursuits of young people and the locations in which they interact, including virtual places like Facebook and more actual ones such as high school, college, and nightclubs. Patterns among females and males of various class, race, and ethnic backgrounds are also featured prominently in the text as well as how sociologists think about and study them. Routledge December 2010: 254x178: 84pp Pb: 978-0-415-89205-6: £7.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83422-0: £7.99

Routledge International Encyclopedia of Queer Culture *


Selected Contents: Dance. Ailey, Alvin. Jones, Bill T., and Zane, Arnie. Morris, Mark. Rainer, Yvonne. Urban Bush Woman. Education. African Queer Studies. Butler, Judith. CLAGS (Center for Lesbian and Gay Studies). Psychoanalysis and Academic Scholarship. Scholarship and Academic Study. glbtq. Sedgwick, Eve. Theory and Theorists. Queer. Film.Africa, South of the Sahara: Filmmaking. Amateur porn. Brocko, Lino. Caven, Ingrid. Chinese Underground Filmmaking. Cuba, filmmaking. Film festivals: Hong Kong. filmmaking: Musicals, Film. United Kingdom. Independent and documentary filmmaking. Health. AIDS. Depathologizing of Homosexuality. Electroshock Therapy. Kinsey Report. The; Pharmaceutical Companies. Seroconversion. Homophobia. Falwell, Jerry. Fanon, Frantz. Helms, Jesse. McCarthy, Joseph. Whitehouse, Mary. Internet Fan sites. Internet: Politics and activism. Internet Providers, Gay. VNS Matrix. Literature. Acker, Kathy. Black glbtq filmmaking. Brazil, Literature. Germany, Literature. Genet, Jean. New Zealand Literature. Rich, Adrienne. Woolf, Virginia. Music. ABBA. Jagger, Mick and the Rolling Stones. lang, kd. Liberace. Pet Shop Boys. Porter, Cole. Village People. Performance. Davis, Vaginal. Dyke Action Machine (DAM!). Finley, Karen. Opera. Warhol, Andy. Politics. Achmat, Zackie. Black Laundry. Daughters of Bilitis. Gay Liberation Front. Fortuyn, Pim. Frank, Barney. Indonesia, Sexual Cultures. Islamic World, The. LAMBDA Legal. Shepard, Matthew. Women’s Liberation Movement Routledge «Market: Sexuality / Sociology / Queer Culture April 2011: 246x174: 784pp Pb: 978-0-415-56966-8: £40.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Suicide Bombings Riaz Hassan Series: Short Cuts In an age when the Western world is preoccupied with worries about weapons of mass destruction in terrorist hands, terrorists in many parts of the world are using a more basic device as a weapon – life itself. Through analysis of data from The Suicide Terrorism Database, Suicide Bombings seeks to explain the motivation of these attackers, and uncovers a cocktail of forces that drive suicide bombers.

Routledge «Market: Sociology / Politics / Religion April 2011: 198x129: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-58886-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58887-4: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82788-8: £65.00

E-mail: for more information


Edited by David A Gerstner, City University of New York: College of Staten Island and Doctoral Faculty, Graduate Center eBooks are only available to order online

132 sociology

The Future of Higher Education

The Problem of Emotions in Societies

Dan Clawson and Max Page, both at University of Massachusetts, USA

Jonathan Turner, University of California, Riverside, USA

Series: Framing 21st Century Social Issues Higher education is more important than ever, for individual success and for national economic growth. And yet higher education in the United States is in crisis: public funding has been in free fall; tuition has skyrocketed making colleges and universities less accessible; basic structures such as tenure are under assault. The Future of Higher Education analyzes the crisis in higher education, describing how a dominant neo-liberal political ideology has significantly changed the U.S. system of higher education. The book examines the contemporary landscape of higher education institutions and asks and answers these questions: Who is able to attend college? Who pays for our system of higher education? Who works at and who governs colleges and universities? The book concludes with a plan for radically revitalizing higher education in the United States.

The Languages of Sexuality * Jeffrey Weeks, London South Bank University, UK A compendium of one hundred words which are key to the understanding of contemporary sexualities and intimacies. Selected Contents: Selected contents: A-Z of Entries. Addiction. Age. Authenticity. Autonomy. Bisexuality. Blackmail. Bodies. Bohemia. Boundaries. Care. Citizenship. Commitment. Community. Commodities. Consent. Construction. Cultures. Curiosity. Cybersex. Death. Democracy. Desire. Dirt. Disease. Drugs. Ecstasy. Equality. Eros. Essence. Experiments. Families. Fantasy. Femininity. Feminism. Fetish. Friendship. Fundamentalism. Gay. Gender. Genes. Globalisation. Heterosexuality. Homosexuality. Homophobia. Identity. Individualism. Intimacy. Jealousy. Knowledge. Lesbianism. Liberation. Love. Masculinity. Marriage. Masturbation. Metrosexuality. Movements. Needs. Orgasm. Otherness. Paedophilia. Parenting. Partnership. Panic. Performance. Perversion. Phallus. Pleasure. Polyamorous. Pornography. Prostitution. Power. Privacy. Queer. Race. Religion. Regulation. Relationships. Reproduction. Respect. Responsibility. Rights. Rites. Sadomasochism. Safety. Science. Sexuality. Sodomy. Space. Stories. Tourism. Tradition. Transgender. Transgression. Utopia. Values. Vice. Victims. Violence. Voyeurism. Words. Postscript Routledge «Market: Sociology / Sexuality Studies / Cultural Studies April 2011: 234x156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-37572-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37573-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93032-8: £70.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Like any other valued resource, emotions are distributed unequally. Moreover, emotions are a generalized resource because they give people the confidence, or lack of confidence, to secure additional types of resources. Thus, this distribution of emotions roughly corresponds to the shares of others kinds of resources that members of various social classes possess. The level of positive and negative emotional energy evident among members of different social classes has large consequences for the viability of human societies. When a large majority of members in diverse social classes have reservoirs of positive emotional energy, these emotions work to legitimate macrostructures and to build people’s commitments to societies. When, however, significant numbers of persons in lower social classes, and at times in middle to upper social classes as well, reveal reservoirs of negative emotional energy, they are likely to de-legitimate key institutional systems and, under specifiable conditions, mobilize collective – often with violent outcomes. Thus, emotions are at the core of both integrative and disintegrative forces in societies, and when large reservoirs of negative emotional energy exist, they pose a problem for societies. Routledge December 2010: 254x178: 86pp Pb: 978-0-415-89207-0: £7.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83425-1: £7.99

The Sociology of Terrorism Peoples, Places and Processes Stephen Vertigans, Robert Gordon University, UK This ground breaking manuscript is the first sociological research based textbook for terrorism. An innovative framework is adopted that draws together historical and modern, local and global, social processes for a range of individuals, groups and societies. By embedding individual behaviour and dispositions within broader relationships and activities the author is able to develop a more holistic approach to terrorism. Shifting forms of identification and interwoven attitudes to political violence are illuminated to help explain the emergence, continuation and end of ‘terrorists’ careers. Routledge «Market: July 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57265-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57266-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85581-2: £90.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge December 2010: 254x178: 76pp Pb: 978-0-415-89206-3: £7.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83418-3: £7.99

Series: Framing 21st Century Social Issues

sociology 133

The Stupidity Epidemic

Towards a Critical Sociology

Worrying About Students, Schools, and America’s Future

An Essay on Commonsense and Imagination

Joel Best, University of Delaware, USA

Zygmunt Bauman

Series: Framing 21st Century Social Issues

For the better part of its history sociology shared with commonsense its assumption of the ‘nature-like’ character of society – and consequently developed as the science of unfreedom. In this powerful and engaging work, first published in 1976, Professor Bauman outlines the historical roots of such a science and describes how the new trends in sociology emerging from phenomenology and existentialism do not challenge this preoccupation. Rather, he claims, they deepen and extend it by stressing the key role of commonsense, particularly the ways in which it is sustained and embedded in the routines and assumptions of everyday life.

Critics often warn that American schools are failing, and that our students are ill-prepared for the challenges the future holds, and may even be ‘the dumbest generation.’ We can think of these claims as warning about a Stupidity Epidemic. This essay begins by tracing the history of the idea of that American students, teachers, and schools are somehow getting worse; the record shows that critics have been issuing such warnings for more than 150 years. It then examines four sets of data that speak to whether educational deterioration is taking place. First, data on educational attainment show a clear trend: more students are getting more education. Second, standardized test scores suggest that American students are performing somewhat better; certainly most test scores do not indicate that students are getting worse. Third, measures of popular knowledge also show evidence of improvement. Fourth, there is clear evidence that IQ scores have been rising. In other words, the best available evidence fails to support claims about a Stupidity Epidemic. The essay then turns to exploring several reasons why belief in educational decline is so common, and concludes by suggesting some more useful ways to think about educational problems. Routledge December 2010: 254x178: 66pp Pb: 978-0-415-89209-4: £7.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83421-3: £7.99

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Science of Unfreedom 1. Second nature’ Defined 2. ‘Second nature’ Deified 3. ‘Second Nature’ and the Commonsense Part 2: Critique of Sociology 4. The Husserlian Revolution 5. The Existentialist Restoration 6. ‘Second Nature’ Vindicated Part 3: Critique of Unfreedom 7. Technical and Emancipatory Reason 8. ‘Second Nature’ Seen Historically 9. Can Critical Sociology be a Science? 10.Truth and Authentication Routledge «Market: Sociology April 2011: 234x156: 122pp Pb: 978-0-415-57310-8: £23.50 eBook: 978-0-203-85570-6: £60.00

Unequal Educations

Web 2.0

Dismantling the Achievement Gaps

Sam Han

Nancy Lopez

Series: Short Cuts


Routledge March 2011: 229x152: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-87507-3: £21.99 for e-mail updates in your field


Examining the arrival of Web 2.0 in accessible language as a multidimensional socio-technological process, this book provides and introduction to everything you ever wanted to know about Web 2.0 and the surrounding social impacts arising from our regular use of the Internet.

Routledge «Market: New Media / Internet / Sociology April 2011: 198x129: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-78039-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78040-7: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85522-5: £65.00

E-mail: for more information


There are roughly 45 million Latina(o) people living in the United States today and immigration scholars agree that the population of undocumented immigrants in the U.S. is around 12 million today, many of whom are of Hispanic origin. Immigration scholars also agree that a major unanswered question for the future of U.S. society is how well the children of these population groups will ‘make it’ in the educational system and therefore begin to move up the socio-economic ladder. Will their ‘achievement’ in the educational system parallel the experience and success of other immigrant groups of generations past? Or will many of these children experience much higher drop-out rates and if so, with what consequences? And are there policy options to prevent this from happening? Those are the very important issues this book will explore. eBooks are only available to order online

134 sociology

Waste and Consumption

Why Nations Go to War

Capitalism, the Environment, and the Life of Things

A Sociology of Military Conflict

Simonetta Falasca-Zamponi, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

Mark P. Worrell, State University of New York, Cortland, USA

Series: Framing 21st Century Social Issues

The United States has been involved in many wars, sometimes for noble causes like defeating Nazism, and, at other times, it has compromised its own ideals, leading to a lot of soul searching and regrets. Some wars are celebrated as glorious achievements (World War II), some are ‘forgotten’ (Korea), and some are ‘ignored’ (Afghanistan). The current wars in the Middle East represent a complex interplay of motivations, challenges, and threats to America’s role as the world’s democratic leadership. In the case of Afghanistan, we find that during the Cold War the US defense and intelligence apparatus directly and indirectly created an incalculable number of radical extremists that have now turned their sights on their former benefactor. The invasion of Iraq represents a different calculus: under the multitude of rationalizations rests a simple political-economic case of a master nation punishing a disobedient subject. In this brief book, America’s relationship with war is explored with an eye toward changes in capitalism from industrialism to post-industrialism, America’s involvement in the Cold War, nuclear proliferation, terrorism, torture, culture, and ideology.

Series: Framing 21st Century Social Issues

This book belongs to a cluster of books on environment and sustainability, including a book by Scott McNall on climate change and a future book by Timothy W. Luke on sustainability. The author argues that much of the literature on environmentalism has focused on issues of overproduction and has ignored consumption, especially wasteful consumption. She remedies that in her treatment, which draws attention to the environmental, cultural and personal implications of waste. Her discussion of personal responsibilities for consumption will appeal to students who seek to locate themselves in a global social structure. This timely book can be used in introductory sociology, social problems, and classes on environment and sustainability. Routledge December 2010: 254x178: 76pp Pb: 978-0-415-89210-0: £7.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83427-5: £7.99

Routledge January 2010: 254x178: 80pp Pb: 978-0-415-89211-7: £7.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83426-8: £7.99

Transforming Scholarship: Why Women’s and Gender Studies Students Are Changing Themselves and the World Michele Tracy Berger, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA and Cheryl Radeloff, Minnesota State University, USA Series: Contemporary Sociological Perspectives Transforming Scholarship is a user friendly guide of practical guidance and inspiration for supporting a student’s interest in a Women’s Studies degree. It focuses on three of the major barriers students face when exploring Women’s Studies. The first is a lack of awareness that Women’s Studies constitutes an academic field. The second barrier is the negative response a student often faces when announcing to the world that he or she is interested in Women’s Studies. The third barrier regards the perceived lack of employment and career options of graduating with a Women’s Studies degree. This book will support students to think critically about what they know, how to demonstrate what they know, and how to prepare for life both personally and professionally after the degree.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge April 2011: 235x156: 296pp Pb: 978-0-415-87328-4: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82996-7: £18.99

sociology 135 Africa, Cultural Studies and Difference

Barcoding Nature

Edited by Keyan Tomaselli and Handel Kashope Wright This book offers perspectives by Africans on the idea of cultural studies in Africa. The percpectives are both local and global, native and diasporic. This book was published as a special issue of Cultural Studies. Routledge «Market: Sociology February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-61742-0: £80.00

Alienation and the Carnivalization of Society Edited by Jerome Braun and Lauren Langman, Loyola University, USA Series: Routledge Studies in Social and Political Thought This book examines alienation from both a sociological and psyhcoanalytic perspective, revisiting classic treatments of the topic (Marx, Simmel, Weber) and exploring its relevance to understanding post-modern consumer society. Routledge «Market: Sociology August 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-88878-3: £75.00

Analysing Media Discourses Edited by John E. Richardson and Joseph D. Burridge This edited collection showcases a range of diverse approaches to the analysis of various forms of mediated communications. Individual contributions explore in analytical depth multiple dimensions of newspaper content, magazines (both historical advertising and contemporary editorial discourse), television (both situation comedy and ‘reality’ TV), books (covers and content in two genres), political leaflets and a flight simulation computer game. It will be an important resource for scholars and students within disciplines including communication studies, sociology, media studies, cultural studies, discourse studies, and journalism studies. This book was published as a special issue of Social Semiotics. Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies February 2011: 246x174: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-61858-8: £80.00

Edited by Tony Bennett, University of Western Sydney, Australia and Chris Healy

Kathryn Dean Series: Ontological Explorations

This book explores current efforts to molecularise, digitise and globalise the taxonomic sciences with public and scientific communities in mind. The timely issues it raises for the social studies of genomics arise from the authors’ observations and analysis of new relationships between the knowledge cultures and practices of the taxonomic, biodiversity and computer sciences and genomics.

Utilising a critical realist approach, Citzenship and the Art of Thinking identifies the defining aspects of sustainability in order to propose a criteria of adequacy for any project, initiative or policy. The positive contribution that can be made to this field by an approach based in critical realism or dialectical critical realism is demonstrated throughout the book and will be a valuable source of information and debate for postgraduates and professionals with an interest in sustainability, critical realism or social systems.

Routledge «Market: Sociology of Science / Sociology and Politics of Environment / Social Studies of Genomics / Post-Genomics June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55479-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87044-0: £80.00

Bruno Latour Hybrid Thoughts in a Hybrid World Anders Blok and Torben Elgaard Jensen French sociologist and philosopher, Bruno Latour, is one of the most creative thinkers of the last decades. This book is the first comprehensive and accessible English-language introduction to his multi-faceted work. It explores how Latour’s complex theorizing helps us understand science, society, nature, and politics in a world beyond modernity. Routledge «Market: Social Theory / Cultural Studies / Methodology May 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-60278-5: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83527-2: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Sociology / Philosophy April 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-55350-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87170-6: £75.00

Contemporary Critical Theory and Methodology Piet Strydom Series: Social Research Today Contemporary Critical Theory and Methodology is unique in presenting the first critical collection of texts dealing with the debate between critical theory and pragmatism. Piet Strydom focuses in particular on the implications that the relation between the two has for the methodology and research practice of contemporary critical theory.

Children’s Food Practices in Families and Institutions

Routledge «Market: Politcal Theory / Cont Social Theory / Research Methods February 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-54827-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87556-8: £80.00

Edited by Samantha Punch, Ian McIntosh and Ruth Emond, all at Stirling University, UK

Contested Citizenship in East Asia

This book explores the power and significance of food and food practices within people’s daily lives at home, in care and at school. This book was published as a special issue of the Children’s Geographies. Routledge «Market: Child Development / Health Psychology / Sociology of the Family February 2011: 246x174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59455-4: £80.00

Edited by Vanessa K¸nnemann and Ruth Mayer, both at University of Hannover, Germany Interrelating different locations and time frames, this volume discloses both the numerous analogies and fascinating differences which characterize the myths and realities of Chinatowns in Europe and the United States.

Developmental Politics, National Unity, and Globalization Edited by Kyung-Sup Chang, Seoul National University, South Korea and Bryan S. Turner, Wellesley College, USA Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology The rapid economic growth of East Asian countries in the last two decades has not always been matched by democratic progress. Employing the framework of social rights and active citizenship, this volume examines the tensions between economic growth and the developmental state, on the one hand, and social rights and civil liberties on the other, in East Asia. Routledge «Market: Asian Studies / Politics / Sociology April 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59446-2: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84174-7: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Sociology June 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-89039-7: £75.00


E-mail: for more information



for e-mail updates in your field

An Historical Materialist Communicative Approach

Series: Genetics and Society

Myths and Realities of an Urban Phenomenon

Assembling Culture explores how assemblage theory and its close associates offer new models for cultural analysis, models with real potential for opening up the relations between culture, economy and the social to new forms of investigation. This book was published as a special issue of Journal of Cultural Economy Routledge «Market: Sociology December 2010: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61443-6: £80.00

Claire Waterton, Rebecca Ellis and Brian Wynne, Lancaster University, UK

Chinatowns in a Transnational World

Assembling Culture

Citizenship and the Art of Thinking

Shifting Taxonomic Practices in an Age of Biodiversity Loss eBooks are only available to order online

136 sociology Cultural Consumption, Classification and Power

Digital Media, Cultural Production and Speculative Capitalism

Geographies of the Haitian Diaspora

Edited by Alan Warde, University of Manchester, UK

Edited by Freya Schiwy, Alessandro Fornazzari and Susan Antebi

Edited by Regine O. Jackson, Emory University, USA

This book offers critical reflection on Pierre Bourdieu’s account of the relationships between class, culture, power and taste. It compares and contrasts different theoretical and conceptual approaches, and brings empirical investigations to bear on relevant theoretical issues about social distinction. This book was published as a special issue of Journal of Cultural Economy.

This collection of essays explores the interfaces between new information technologies and their impact on contemporary culture, and recent transformations in capitalist production. The contributors address these transformation by exploring their relation to new digital media (YouTube, MySpace, digital image and video technology, information networks, etc.) and various cultural forms including the Hispanic television talk show, indigenous video production, documentary film in Southern California, the Latin American stock market, German security surveillance, transnational videoconferencing, and Japanese tourists’ use of visual images on cell phones. This book was published as a special issue of Social Identities.

Series: Routledge Studies on African and Black Diaspora

Routledge «Market: Sociology December 2010: 246x174: 104pp Hb: 978-0-415-61471-9: £80.00

Cultural Studies and Environment, Revisited Edited by Phaedra. C Pezzullo, Indiana University, USA This edited collection illustrates an appreciation of the dynamic, palpable, and significant ways the environment permeates culture (and vice versa), as well as a collective commitment to the ways that cultural studies has more to offer – and to learn from – taking environmental matters to heart. Including research from four continents and across media, the authors offer insights on timely topics such as food, tourism, human/animal relations, forests, queer theory, indigenous rights, and water. This book was published as a special issue of Cultural Studies. Routledge «Market: Cultural Studies November 2010: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-61313-2: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Sociology December 2010: 246x174: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-61449-8: £80.00

European Developements in Corporate Criminal Liability Edited by James Gobert and Ana-Maria Pascal Series: Routledge Advances in Criminology Routledge «Market: Corporate Crime / Criminal Law / Criminology April 2011: 234x156: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-62066-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81920-3: £80.00

Festivals and the Cultural Public Sphere

Diaspora and Citizenship Edited by Claire Sutherland, University of Durham, UK and Elena Barabantseva, University of Manchester, UK This book discusses the impact of diasporas on the articulations and practices of legal, political, cultural and social citizenship in their country of origin. This book was published as a special issue of Nationalism and Ethnic Politics . Routledge «Market: Ethnic Studies / Anthropology / Citizenship June 2011: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59412-7: £80.00

Edited by Gerard Delanty, University of Sussex, UK, Liana Giorgi, ICCR, Austria and Monica Sassatelli Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology This volume is the first major social scientific study of contemporary arts festivals. It will have appeal to a wide readership in cultural sociology, cultural studies and cultural theory. Routledge «Market: Sociology / Social Theory / Cultural Studies April 2011: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-58730-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81878-7: £75.00

Genre and the City Edited by Michael Shapiro

Ethiopia in Transit Millennial Quest for Stability and Continuity Edited by Pietro Toggia and Abebe Zegeye, University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa The political past haunts Ethiopia while it is facing the future with optimism and hope. The contributors in this edition examine historical and contemporaneous issues with different lenses, highlighting the multiplicity and complexity of the contradictions that define traditional and modern Ethiopia. This book was published as a special issue of African Identities.

This book, which originated as a monograph issue of the Journal for Cultural Research, contains essay/chapters that examine urban politics through readings of film, literature and architecture genres. This book was published as a special issue of Journal for Cultural Research. Routledge «Market: Sociology November 2010: 246x174: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-61435-1: £80.00

This edited collection examines the diversity of the Haitian experience in diaspora to ask how we might situate and conceptualize community in view of increased scholarly attention to transnational processes. Routledge «Market: Sociology April 2011: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-88708-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82837-3: £75.00

Governing the Energy Transition Edited by Geert Verbong, Technische Universiteit Eindhoven, the Netherlands and Derk Loorbach, Erasmus University Rotterdam, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Studies in Sustainability Transitions The limited sustainability of our current energy supply systems necessitates a transition to a more sustainable system. Taking a systemic, socio-cultural approach, this book provides new insights into the nature of this challenge and explores possible strategies to accelerate and guide such transitions. Routledge «Market: Sociology July 2011: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-88842-4: £30.00

Hope and Feminist Theory Edited by Rebecca Coleman and Debra Ferreday, both at University of Lancaster, UK This book explores how hope is foundational to feminist theory. Authors discuss a wide-ranging series of themes including temporality, affect and emotion, utopia and optimism, representation, mediation and subjectivity, politics and critique. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal for Cultural Research. Routledge «Market: Feminist Theory / Women’s Studies / Cultural Theory March 2011: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-61852-6: £80.00

Information Technology and Traditional Legal Concepts Edited by Richard Jones and Roksana Moore The internet has changed perceptions of privacy, criminality and ownership this book questions whether the underlying legal concepts should also change. This book was published as a special issue of International review of Law Computers and Technology. Routledge «Market: Technology and the Law November 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-61485-6: £80.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Sociology February 2011: 246x174: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-61697-3: £80.00

sociology 137 Innovative Possibilities: Global Policing Research and Practice

Life Course Perspectives on Military Service

IPES Series

Edited by Janet M. Wilmoth and Andrew S. London, both at Syracuse University, USA

Edited by Les Johnston and Clifford Shearing, University of Cape Town, South Africa Innovative Possibilities: Global Policing Research and Practice builds on partnerships between police and academics. It engages researchers and police practitioners to build a bridge between policing research and practice. This book was published as a special issue of Police Practice and Research. Routledge «Market: Sociology / Criminology / Policing February 2011: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-61835-9: £80.00

Is There a Home in Cyberspace? The Internet in Migrants’ Everyday Life and the Emergence of Global Communities Heike Monika Greschke, University of Bielefeld, Germany Series: Routledge Research in Information Technology and Society How does the availability of the internet alter migrants’ everyday lives and senses of belonging? Drawing on the empirical case study of Paraguayan migrants, this book explores the interrelation of media and migration practices and sheds light on cultural meanings of digital media, shifting senses of belonging and emerging global forms of living together. Routledge «Market: Sociology August 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-89312-1: £75.00

Islamophobia in Western Europe and North America Edited by Marc Helbling Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology For the first time this volume reunites leading researchers who focus on survey data to investigate Islamophobic attitudes of ordinary citizens. The individual contributions investigate what Islamophobia exactly, how it can be explained and how it is related to similar social phenomena such as xenophobia and antiSemitism. Various countries in Western Europe and North America are analyzed. Routledge «Market: Islam / Sociology of Religion / Migration June 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-59444-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84173-0: £80.00

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology This volume synthesizes literature on military service and its life course consequences. It considers how the military has changed over time, how experiences of military service vary across cohorts and persons with different characteristics, how military service affects service members’ lives and families, and the linkages between research and policy. Routledge «Market: Sociology June 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-87941-5: £70.00

Living Through Terror Edited by Suvendrini Perera and Antonio Traverso, Curtin University of Technology, Australia In the era of war on terror, the term terror has tended to be applied to its sudden eruptions in the metropolises of the global north. This volume directs its attention to terror’s manifestations in other locations and lives. The contributions consider terror’s effects in ignored and silenced locations where terror is either naturalised (the Philippines, South Africa, Timor Leste, Sri Lanka) or made invisibile (the neo-liberal democracies of Australia and Italy). Living through terror is not a state of unrelieved despair, passivity or helplessness but is frequently a process of active engagement, creating and desiring. Including, poetry, visual art, fiction and critical writing, the volume demonstrates that theorising, storying, building and resignifying are all necessary acts of agency undertaken by subjects in societies of terror. This book was published as a special issue of Social Identities.


Series: Routledge Research in Information Technology and Society Migrants and diaspora communities are shaped by their use of information and communication technologies. This book explores the multifaceted role played by new media in the re-location of these groups of people, assisting them in their efforts to defeat nostalgia, construct new communities, and keep connected with their communities of origin. Drawing on contributions from a range of disciplines including sociology, anthropology, psychology and linguistics, it offers a more profound understanding of one of the most significant phenomena of contemporary international societies – the migration of nearly a billion people worldwide – and the relationship between technology and society. Routledge «Market: Sociology July 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-88709-0: £75.00

Neo-Materialism From Bio Power to Social Movements Graeme Chesters, University of Bradford, UK and Ian Welsh, Cardiff University, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology Routledge «Market: Politics / Sociology / Geography June 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45053-9: £80.00

Video Gamers

Network Governance of Global Religions

Selected Contents: Part 1: Play and Production Part 2: Communities and Communication Part 3: Diversity and Inclusion Part 4: Directions in Online Gaming

Edited by Garry Crawford, Victoria K. Gosling and Ben Light, both at University of Salford, UK Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

Jerusalem, Rome, and Mecca Michel S. Laguerre, University of California, Berkeley, USA Series: Routledge Research in Information Technology and Society This study seeks to explain three models of network governance embedded in digital practices that the mainstream monotheistic religions–Judaism, Catholic Christianity, and Islam–have used to lead and manage the worldwide distribution of their local nodes, exploring the connection between network governance and its digital embeddedness and showing how the latter enhances the performance of the former.

E-mail: for more information



for e-mail updates in your field

Edited by Leopoldina Fortunati, University of Udine, Italy, Raul Pertierra, Ateneo de Manila University, The Philippines and Jane Vincent, University of Surrey, UK

Routledge «Market: Sociology November 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-61447-4: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Sociology April 2011: 229x152: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-88879-0: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82389-7: £75.00

Migration, Diaspora, and Information Technology in Global Societies

Routledge April 2011: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-56368-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86337-4: £80.00

Policing: Toward an Unknown Future IPES Series Edited by John Crank, University of Nebraska-Omaha, USA The enclosed papers are the culmination of a project Professor John Crank and Dr. Colleen Kadleck carried out assessing issues facing the police into the early 21st century. This book was published as a special issue of Police Practice and Research. Routledge «Market: Sociology February 2011: 246x174: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-61818-2: £80.00 eBooks are only available to order online

138 sociology Power, Culture, and Economic Change in Russia

Rural Transformations and Rural Policies in the US and UK

Strong and Smart – Towards a Pedagogy for Emancipation

To the Undiscovered Country of Post-Socialism, 1988–2008

Edited by David L. Brown, Cornell University, USA and Mark Shucksmith, Newcastle University, UK

Education for First Peoples

Jeffrey K. Hass

Series: Routledge Studies in Development and Society

Series: New Studies in Critical Realism and Education

Advancing cutting-edge sociological theory and using unique data on everyday economic life, this book examines the centrality of power, culture, and practice in Russian post-socialist change - and provides a framework for addressing general economic change. The book is aimed to faculty and students in sociology, political science, economics, and area studies. Routledge «Market: Political Economics / Post Soviet Russia / Sociology April 2011: 234x156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-66691-6: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81729-2: £75.00

Production & Consumption of Music Edited by Alan Bradshaw and Avi Shankar From Tibet to South Africa to Jamaica and from film history to people’s domestic conditions of music listening, this collection brings together interdisciplinary analyses of music as understood from a broader context, ambitiously seeking to explore the conditions of its production and consumption within single frameworks. This book was published as a special issue of Consumption, Markets & Culture. Routledge «Market: Politics December 2010: 246x174: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-61206-7: £80.00

This book examines and compares the transformation of rural society and economy in the US and UK during the last half-century, and explores the significance of these transformations for community sustainability, the quality of life, and environmental quality. Routledge «Market: Sociology July 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-89010-6: £75.00

Social Justice in Group Work Practical Interventions for Change Edited by Anneliese A. Singh, University of Georgia, USA and Carmen F. Salazar, Texas A&M University-Commerce, USA This book features research and case studies of social justice group work in community and school settings, guidelines for training and supervision, and recommendations for future social justice group work. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal for Specialists in Group Work. Routledge «Market: Culture / Youth Studies / Ethnic Studies February 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57681-9: £80.00

Sociological Realism Edited by Andrea Maccarini, Emmanuele Morandi and Riccardo Prandini

Pursuing Quality of Life

Series: Ontological Explorations

From the Affluent Society to the Consumer Society Leonard Nevarez, Vassar College, USA Routledge April 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-89013-7: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82974-5: £60.00

Rethinking Violence Edited by Vittorio Bufacchi This book provides the first, multi-disciplinary analysis of the concept and phenomenon of violence. It brings together in one volume a selection of different approaches and methodologies to the study of violence, including criminology, international relations, political science, history of political thought, psychology, sociology, public health, economics and philosophy. This book was published as a special issue of Global Crime

Sociological Realism presents a clear and updated discussion of the main tenets and issues of social theory, written by some of the top scholars within the critical realist and relational approach. It connects such approaches systematically to other strands of thought that are central in contemporary sociology, like systems theory and rational choice theory. Routledge «Market: Sociology / Philosophy February 2011: 234x156: 220pp Hb: 978-0-415-61456-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-09318-4: £80.00

Chris Sarra

Strong and Smart - Towards a Pedagogy for Emancipation tells the story of how Dr Chris Sarra overcame low expectations for his future to become an educator who has sought to change the tide of low expectations for other Indigenous students. The book draws upon Roy Bhaskar’s theory of Critical Realism to demonstrate how Indigenous people have agency and can take control of their own emancipation. Sarra shows that it is important for Indigenous students to have confidence in their own strength and ability to be as ‘able’ as any other group within society. Routledge «Market: Sociology / Education March 2011: 172x119 Hb: 978-0-415-61560-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-09319-1: £80.00

Sociology and Human Rights Edited by Patricia Hynes, NSPCC, UK, Michele Lamb, Roehampton University, UK, Damien Short, University of London, UK and Matthew Waites, University of Glasgow, UK Sociology and Human Rights is the first collection to focus on the contribution that sociological approaches can make to analysis of human rights. This book was published as a special issue of the International Journal of Human Rights . Routledge «Market: Human Rights / Women’s Studies / Ethnic Studies May 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-61797-0: £80.00

The Black Imagination, Science Fiction and the Speculative Edited by Sandra Jackson and Julie Moody Freeman This text critically examines works in literature and film of the African and Black Diaspora as well as mainstream media and popular culture in which African descendant people are subjects, actors and agents in science fiction narratives about imagined futures – whether they be set on earth, or elsewhere in the universe: set in the future – near and distant, or alternative pasts. This book was published as a special issue of African Identities: An International Journal. Routledge «Market: Sociology November 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-61482-5: £80.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Sociology / Criminology December 2010: 246x174: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-61343-9: £80.00

sociology 139 The Internet and Surveillance Edited by Christian Fuchs, Uppsala University, Sweden, Kees Boersma, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Anders Albrechtslund, Aalborg University, Denmark and Marisol Sandoval, University of Salzburg, Austria Series: Routledge Studies in Science, Technology and Society The Internet has been transformed in the past years from a system primarily oriented on information provision into a medium for communication and community-building. The notion of ‘Web 2.0’, social software, and social networking sites such as Facebook, Twitter and MySpace have emerged in this context. With such platforms comes the massive provision and storage of personal data that are systematically evaluated, marketed, and used for targeting users with advertising. In a world of global economic competition, economic crisis, and fear of terrorism after 9/11, both corporations and state institutions have a growing interest in accessing this personal data. The contributions in this book provide a comprehensive look at issues that are redefining our entire concept of privacy and surveillance. Routledge «Market: Sociology August 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-89160-8: £75.00

The Limits of Gendered Citizenship Contexts and Complexities Edited by Elzbieta H. Oleksy, University of Lûdz, Poland, Jeff Hearn, Linköping University, Sweden and Dorota Golanska, University of Lodz, Poland Series: Routledge Advances in Feminist Studies and Intersectionality This collection responds to the need to re-evaluate the very important concept of citizenship in light of recent feminist debates. In contrast to the dominant universalizing concepts of citizenship, the volume argues that citizenship should be theorized on many different levels and in reference to diverse public and private contexts and experiences. The book seeks to demonstrate that the concept of citizenship needs to be understood from a gendered intersectional perspective and argues that though it is often constructed in a universal way, it is not possible to interpret and indeed understand citizenship without situating it within a specific political, legal, cultural, social, and historical context. for e-mail updates in your field

Touring Poverty

From Radiobiology to Regenerative Medicine

Favela tours in Rio de Janeiro, township tours in Cape Town, slum tours in Mumbai: in different places of the Global South, impoverished neighborhoods are turned into valued attractions for international tourists. Providing a wealth of empirical material and illustration, this book is set to change the way in which we think about the controversial phenomenon of poverty tourism.

Alison Kraft, University of Nottingham, UK Series: Genetics and Society Alison Kraft provides a timely analysis of the past, present and future of the stem cell. It uncovers an intriguing and paradoxical story of scientific setbacks and advance, medical breakthroughs and technical innovation amid ongoing uncertainty about the nature of the stem cell. Routledge «Market: Sociology / STS studies June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44993-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92939-1: £80.00

Edited by Sean Redmond, University of Wellington, Victoria, New Zealand In this book the different manifestations, meanings, and processes of the star and celebrity confessional will be explored. The authors consider acts of confession by celebrities such as Tom Cruise, Michael Jackson, Jade Goody, Britney Spears, Sarah Jessica Parker, Tracey Emin, and Russell Crowe. This book was published as a special issue of Social Semiotics. Routledge «Market: Sociology December 2010: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-61454-2: £80.00

Theories and Methodologies in Postgraduate Feminist Research Researching Differently Edited by Rosemarie Buikema, Utrecht University, the Netherlands, Gabriele Griffin, University of York, UK and Nina Lykke, Linköping University, Sweden Series: Routledge Advances in Feminist Studies and Intersectionality This volume centers on theories and methodologies for postgraduate feminist researchers engaged in interdisciplinary research, in a context of increasing globalization, giving special attention to cutting-edge approaches at the borders between humanities and social sciences and specific discipline-transgressing fields such as feminist technoscience studies. Routledge «Market: Sociology May 2011: 229x152: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-88881-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81733-9: £75.00


E-mail: for more information

Bianca Freire-Medeiros Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

Routledge «Market: Sociology / Tourism / Ethnography June 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59654-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84071-9: £80.00

Toward Sustainable Transitions in Healthcare Systems

The Star and Celebrity Confessional



Routledge «Market: Sociology December 2010: 229x152: 268pp Hb: 978-0-415-88706-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83153-3: £75.00

The Scientific, Clinical and Commercial Development of the Stem Cell *

Edited by Jacqueline Broerse, VU University Amsterdam, the Netherlands and John Grin, University of Amsterdam, the Netherlands Series: Routledge Studies in Sustainability Transitions Over the past decades, a series of reform initiatives have been going through health systems of advanced welfare states, including the control of cost development, the tenability of health systems in globalizing economies, dissatisfaction about quality of treatment or quality of life, and the increasing importance of health problems related to lifestyles and life conditions. The reforms pursued to address these problems have led to rather fundamental changes in health systems, but not a true resolution of the persistent problems facing healthcare. This book seeks to investigate how we may understand current problems in health systems from the perspective of notions from transition and system innovation studies. Based on that understanding, what strategies, developed in other domains for bringing about transitions and system innovations, may contribute to further reforms of health systems? Routledge «Market: Sociology July 2011: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-88841-7: £30.00

Transforming Tragedy, Identity, and Community Edited by Lilla Crisafulli, Tilottama Rajan and Diego Saglia This volume takes up the question of transnational interactions in the Romantic period and the possibilities they created for the reinvention and questioning of existing models of identity and community. This book was published as a special issue of European Romantic Review. Routledge «Market: Politics February 2011: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-61316-3: £80.00 eBooks are only available to order online

140 sociology Understanding Religious Ritual Theoretical Approaches and Innovations

Undocumented Workers’ Transitions

Women and Heroin Addiction in China’s Changing Society

Edited by John Hoffmann

Legal Status, Migration, and Work in Europe

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology

Sonia McKay, Eugenia Markova and Anna Paraskevopoulou, all at London Metropolitan University, UK

Huan Gao, California State University Stanislaus, USA

Although numerous studies of religious rituals have been conducted by anthropologists, sociologists, psychologists, and religious studies scholars, it is rare to find a work that brings scholars from different disciplines together to discuss the similarities and differences in their research. This book represents contributions from leading scholars from several disciplines that show the diversity of approaches to religious rituals, while also providing cross-disciplinary perspectives on this topic. Routledge «Market: Religion / Sociology of Religion / Cultural Studies June 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-78167-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84019-1: £75.00

Understanding Russianness Edited by Risto Alapuro, University of Helsinki, Finland, Arto Mustajoki and Pekka Pesonen Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology This book brings together Russian and Western, eminent and younger scholars to provide a fresh and provocative approach to a variety of interrelated fields in Russian studies. It covers different dimensions of creative misunderstandings, hybrids, tensions and other modes of adaptation in the Russian culture from linguistics, cultural studies, and social sciences perspectives, and in doing so effectively overcomes the compartmentalism that still predominates in most text books. Routledge «Market: Russian Studies / Socio-linguistics / Sociological Theory June 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-60415-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83414-5: £75.00

Series: Routledge Advances in Sociology This groundbreaking book utilises data from a two-year research study in seven European countries, comparing the experiences of undocumented workers in the UK with those of similar migration status in Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Denmark, Italy and Spain. The book explores how immigration laws, while aimed at discouraging undocumented migration, actually sustain it. Routledge «Market: Sociology July 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88902-5: £75.00

Series: Routledge Advances in Criminology This groundbreaking book provides scholars and students in the areas of criminology, criminal justice, sociology, substance abuse and women’s studies with in-depth analysis of 131 female heroin users’ drug use careers in China. The book has important policy implications for both China and the international society in the context of increasing global concern about women’s substance abuse. Routledge «Market: Sociology August 2011: 229x152: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-89318-3: £75.00

Victims, Gender and Jouissance Victoria Grace, University of Canterbury, New Zealand Series: Routledge Research in Gender and Society Victims, Gender and Jouissance offers an indepth exploration of the concept of the victim. In bringing together critical readings of major theorists of victimization, Grace draws from their disparate visions to offer a richer picture of the causes of gendered violence and to discover strategies that will mitigate that violence. Routledge «Market: Sociology July 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-80618-3: £60.00




order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525



sports science, leisure studies & culture 141

Adventure Education

Coaching Children in Sport

An Introduction

Edited by Ian Stafford, Sports Coach, UK Coaching Children in Sport explains why children should not be treated as mini-adults in sport and helps coaches to devise effective ways of working that not only achieve results but also take into account the best interests of the child. Including case studies, practical reflective activities and guides to further reading throughout, this book is an essential text for all courses and training programmes in sports coaching. It is also vital reading for all students, teachers and practitioners working with children in sport, physical education or developmental contexts.

Edited by Chris Hodgson and Matt Berry, both at University of Chichester, UK Adventure Education is a form of experiential learning typically associated with activities involving risk, from cooperative games such as raft building to high adventure activities such as rock climbing. This book provides a comprehensive and authoritative introduction to the planning, delivery and evaluation of Adventure Education, with a strong emphasis on professional practice in both implementation and teaching.

2nd Edition

Coping and Emotion in Sport Edited by Joanne Thatcher, Aberystwyth University, UK, Marc Jones, Staffordshire University, UK and David Lavallee, Aberystwyth University, UK The emotional highs and lows of competitive sport, whether experienced as a competitor, spectator or coach may be the essential ingredient that gives sport its universal and compelling appeal. Emotion is clearly a pervasive force within competitive sport, and this is reflected in the burgeoning interest over recent decades in athletes’ emotions and strategies for coping with these emotions. The interplay between emotion and coping is a critical factor in determining, through its influence on key psychological functions, an athlete’s potential success in competitive sport. This fully revised and updated edition of the classic text on coping and emotion in sport goes further than any other book in examining the central role that these two factors play in sports performance.


Routledge «Market: Sport Science / Psychology June 2011: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-57818-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57819-6: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85229-3: £95.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Onderzoeksmethoden voor Sportstudies 2e druk Chris Gratton, Sheffield Hallam University, UK, Ian Jones, Bournemouth University and Tom Robinson This is the second edition of Gratton and Jones’ highly successful companion to research methods courses. Illustrated with sport-related case-studies throughout, key topics such as qualitative and quantitative research methods, research design, literature reviews, ethical issues in research, and research techniques are presented in an accessible way. Supported by a companion website, this book is an invaluable reference for any student undertaking a dissertation or research project as part of their studies. Selected Contents: 1. What Is Research? 2. The Research Process 3. Research Traditions 4. Research Questions, Aims and Objectives 5. Reviewing the Literature 6. Theories, Concepts and Variables 7. Research Designs for Sport Studies 8. Collecting Data I: The Questionnaire Survey 9. Collecting Data II: Research Interviews 10. Collecting Data III: Unobtrusive Methods – Observation and Content Analysis 11. Collecting Data IV: Ethnographic Research in Sport 12. Analysing Data I: Quantitative Data Analysis 13. Analysing Data II: Qualitative Data Analysis 14. Writing the Research Report 15. Practical Issues Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Research Methods May 2011: 234x156: 304pp Pb: 978-0-415-59399-1: £29.99

E-mail: for more information


Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Physical Education April 2011: 246x174: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-57183-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57185-2: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85675-8: £95.00

Routledge «Market: Sports Coaching May 2011: 246x174: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-49390-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49391-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85068-8: £90.00 eBooks are only available to order online

142 sports science, leisure studies & culture

Sport and Sociology

Talent Identification and Development in Sport

Dominic Malcolm, Loughborough University, UK Series: Frontiers of Sport The sociology of sport is a sub-discipline approaching maturity. As the first book to provide a history of the sociology of sport and to clearly locate the contemporary discipline in the wider currents of sociological discourse, Sport and Sociology is important reading for all students and scholars interested in the relationship between sport and society, whether they are working in sport studies or in the sociological mainstream.

Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Sociology of Sport June 2011: 234x156: 230pp Hb: 978-0-415-57121-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57123-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85744-1: £80.00

International Perspectives Edited by Joseph (Joe) Baker, York University, Canada, Steve Cobley, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK and Jàrg Schorer, University of Münster, Germany This book offers a comprehensive synthesis of current knowledge in talent identification and development in sport, from the biological basis of ability to the systems and processes within sport through which that ability is nurtured. With an emphasis throughout on practical implications and processes for all those working in sport, the book offers an authoritative evaluation of the strengths and weaknesses of contemporary systems for identifying and developing talent in sport. This is important reading for any student, researcher or practitioner with an interest in skill acquisition, youth sport, elite sport, sports coaching or sports development. Routledge «Market: Sport Science / Sports Coaching June 2011: 234x156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-58160-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58161-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85031-2: £85.00

2nd Edition

3rd Edition

Sport and Social Exclusion

Sports Management

Mike Collins

An Introduction Tackling social exclusion should be a central aim of social policy. In this fully revised and updated new edition of his groundbreaking study, Sport and Social Exclusion, Mike Collins has assembled a vast array of evidence from a range of global sources to demonstrate how the effects of social exclusion are as evident in sport as they are in any area of society. The book uses sport as an important case study for critical reflection on existing social policy and explores sport’s role as a source of new initiatives for tackling exclusion.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

In this fully revised and updated edition of his classic introductory textbook, David Watt addresses the realities of working in contemporary sports management. From sports politics and strategy right the way through to personal development and training, Sports Management offers a clear and accessible guide to the most important issues, challenges and practical techniques facing managers and administrators working in sport today.

Routledge «Market: Sports Management / Leisure Management June 2011: 234x156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-54997-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87460-8: £29.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-27457-9

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Sociology May 2011: 234x156: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-56881-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85972-8: £29.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-25959-0

David Watt, Institute of Directors in Scotland

sports science, leisure studies & culture 143

The Science of Gymnastics

Watching the Olympics

Edited by Monem Jemni, University of Greenwich, UK

Politics, Power and Representation

Patrice Holvoet, Universitè de Lille, France, William A. Sands, US Olympic Committee, USA and John H. Salmela, University of Ottowa, Canada

Edited by John Sugden and Alan Tomlinson, University of Brighton, UK With particular focus on the London Games in 2012, this book casts a critical eye over the Olympic bidding process, finance, promises of legacy and development and the consequences of hosting the Games for the civil rights and liberties of those living in their shadow. No other book has ever offered closer scrutiny of the inner workings of Olympism’s political and economic network, and therefore this book is indispensible reading for any student or researcher with an interest in the Olympics, the cultural, political and economic impact of sport, or sporting mega-events.

The Science of Gymnastics provides a comprehensive and accessible introduction to the fundamental physiological, biomechanical and scientific principles underpinning this most demanding of sporting disciplines. It is essential reading for all students, researchers and coaches with an interest in gymnastics or applied sport science.

Routledge «Market: Sport Science / Sports Coaching / Gymnastics January 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54990-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54991-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87463-9: £95.00

Routledge «Market: Sport Studies June 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-57832-5: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57833-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85220-0: £85.00

Understanding the Olympics John Horne and Garry Whannel, University of Bedfordshire, UK Understanding the Olympics explores the full social, cultural, political, historical and economic context to the Olympic Games. It traces the history of the Olympic movement from its origins in ancient Greece, through its revival in the nineteenth century, to the modern mega-event of today. Written to engage and inform, the book includes illustrations, information boxes, chronologies, glossaries and ‘Olympic stories’ in every chapter, which makes it essential reading for anybody with an interest in the Olympics or the wider relationship between sport and society. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Olympics June 2011: 246x174: 338pp Hb: 978-0-415-55835-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55836-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86772-3: £95.00 eBooks are only available to order online

144 sports science, leisure studies & culture Documenting the Beijing Olympics

Sport Management Cultures

Edited by D.P. Martinez, SOAS, University of London, UK

Edited by Vassil Girginov, University of Windsor, Canada

Series: Sport in the Global Society – Contemporary Perspectives

This is the first book to address sport management from a cultural perspective. It offers a comprehensive review of the conceptualisations of culture and its relation with sport management. This book was published as a special issue of European Sport Management Quarterly.

This book focuses on the processes of documenting the Beijing Olympics – ranging from the visual (television and film) to radio and the written word – and the meanings generated by such representations. This book was published as a special issue of Sport in Society. Routledge «Market: Sports Studies / Olympics / Media Studies December 2010: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57548-5: £80.00

Doping and Anti-Doping Policy in Sport Ethical, Legal and Social Perspectives Edited by Mike McNamee, Swansea University, UK and Verner Moller Series: Ethics and Sport Doping and Anti Doping Policy in Sport offers an important critique of contemporary anti-doping policy. This book adds uniquely to the catalogue of discourses by focusing on extant anti-doping policy and doping practices from a range of multidisciplinary perspectives (specifically ethical, legal, and social scientific). It should be essential reading for any advanced student, researcher or policy maker with an interest in this vital issue. Routledge «Market: Sport Studies / Sports Law March 2011: 234x156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-61923-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-09326-9: £75.00

Routledge «Market: Sport in Society / Sport Management / Cultural Studies May 2011: 246x174: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-60920-3: £80.00

Sport, Bodily Culture and Classical Antiquity in Modern Greece Edited by Eleni Fournaraki, University of Crete, Greece and Zinon Papakonstantinou, University of Athens, Greece Series: Sport in the Global Society - Historical perspectives This book is dedicated to the reception of classical antiquity in modern sport and bodily culture. Taking Greece as a case-study, essays in the volume examine facets of the intricate association of classicism, sport, bodily culture, spectacles, national and gender identities, and the modern Olympics. It was published as a special issue of the International Journal of the History of Sport. Routledge «Market: Sport Politics / Cultural Geography / Classical Studies May 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-66753-1: £80.00

The Social Organization of Sports Medicine

Mental Toughness in Sport * Developments in Theory and Research Edited by Daniel Gucciardi and Sandy Gordon Series: Routledge Research in Sport and Exercise Science Routledge «Market: Sport Psychology June 2011: 234x156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-57298-9: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85577-5: £85.00

Sport and Social Mobility RamÛn Spaaij, La Trobe University, Australia Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society

Edited by Dominic Malcolm, Loughborough University, UK and Parissa Safai, York University, Canada Series: Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society This volume charts changing perceptions of sport within medical discourse, attempts by sports medicine providers to forge professional identities in response to these processes, the day-to-day experiences of deliverers of sports medicine and the reactions of recipients of that healthcare.

The World of Physical Culture in Sport and Exercise Visual Methods for Qualitative Research Edited by Cassandra Phoenix and Brett Smith, both at University of Exeter, UK Methodologically innovative, and theoretically insightful, this volume is the first book within the field of sport and exercise to harness the potential of bringing the visual into qualitative research. It was published as a special issue of Qualitative Research in Sport and Exercise. Routledge «Market: Sport Media / Visual Culture / Research Methods in Sport Studies February 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-61555-6: £80.00

Watching Sport Aesthetics, Ethics and Emotion for the Spectator Stephen Mumford, University of Nottingham, UK Series: Ethics and Sport While philosophy of sport has tended to focus on the participator, the majority of people actually experience sport as a spectator. Mumford here considers the philosophical import of watching sport, suggesting that far from being passive, it is an aesthetic, a moral and an emotional experience for spectators. Routledge «Market: Philosophy of Sport June 2011: 234x156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-37790-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-09935-3: £75.00

Women in Sports History Edited by Carol A. Osborne, University of Cumbria, UK and Fiona Skillen, University of Central Lancashire, UK This book examines aspects of women’s sports history between the late-nineteenth century and the mid-twentieth century. It was published as a special issue of Sport in History. Routledge «Market: Gender Studies / Sports History / Social History February 2011: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-61907-3: £80.00

Routledge «Market: Sport July 2011: 229x152: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-88444-0: £75.00

Can sport serve as a vehicle for social mobility of disadvantaged social groups? How and to what extent are different forms of social capital created through sport participation? Ramón Spaaij takes up these questions through a critical examination of the ways in which sport facilitates or inhibits upward social mobility.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Sports July 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87488-5: £70.00

psychology 145 Taylor & Francis is the official distributor for Guilford Press books in the UK, Europe and Israel. Customers from the USA, Canada and the rest of the world should purchase Guilford Press titles (indicated below) via

Adolescent Psychology Around the World Edited by Jeffrey Jensen Arnett, Clark University, USA Painting a picture of adolescence around the world, this book provides readers with a broad cultural perspective on adolescents’ psychological development. Each chapter follows the same template making it easier to compare topics across countries: background; period of adolescence; beliefs; gender expectations; the self (personal and cultural identity); family and friend relationships; love and sexuality; health behavior; work; education; the impact of the media; involvement in politics/the military; and unique issues to adolescents in that region. The book is accompanied by a website with test questions and videos. Ideal as a supplementary text for courses in adolescent psychology, adolescence, and/or (cross) cultural psychology taught in psychology, education, and sociology, this book also appeals to researchers who study adolescent psychology and to clinicians/social workers who work with adolescents. Psychology Press «Market: Adolescent Psychology August 2011: 229x152: 336pp Hb: 978-1-84872-888-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-1-84872-889-9: £24.99

Becoming Who We Are Temperament and Personality in Development Mary K. Rothbart, University of Oregon, USA Series: Guilford Series on Social and Emotional Development This definitive work comprehensively examines the role of temperament in the development of personality and psychopathology. Pre-eminent researcher Mary Rothbart synthesizes current knowledge on temperament’s basic dimensions; its interactions with biology, the social environment, and developmental processes; and influences on personality, behavior, and social adjustment across the lifespan. In a direct and readable style, Rothbart combines theory and research with everyday observations and clinical examples. She offers new insights on ‘difficult’ children and reviews intervention programs that address temperamental factors in childhood problems. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology April 2011: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-1-60918-069-0: £30.50

2nd Edition

Applied Positive Psychology

Black Fathers

Improving Everyday Life, Schools, Work, Health and Society

An Invisible Presence in America

Edited by Stewart I. Donaldson, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi and Jeanne Nakamura, all at Claremont Graduate University, USA

Edited by Michael E. Connor, California State University, USA and Joseph White, University of California, USA

Series: Applied Psychology Series

Featuring case studies of Africandescended fathers, this book brings to life the achievements and challenges of being black fathers in America. Leading scholars and practitioners provide insight into this understudied population. The book examines historical issues; the problems associated with the absence of a father; father-daughter relationships; and the need for research which considers systemic problems confronting African American fathers. An ideal supplement for courses on fathering, parenting, African American families, Black studies, and race relations taught in a variety of departments, the book also appeals to social service providers, policy makers, and clergy who work with community institutions.

Positive Psychology has experienced extraordinary growth over the past decade. This edited book will present research that suggests new strategies for improving everyday life, healthcare, education, organizations and work life for societies across the globe. Its aim is to present a positive world view with new hope for the future of humankind. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge Academic «Market: Family Studies July 2011: 229x152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-88366-5: £54.95 Pb: 978-0-415-88367-2: £24.95 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-4510-5

E-mail: for more information



Routledge Academic «Market: Positive Psychology April 2011: 229x152: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-87781-7: £44.95 Pb: 978-0-415-87782-4: £24.95 eBook: 978-0-203-81890-9: £44.95 eBooks are only available to order online

146 psychology

Clinical and Neuropsychological Foundations of Schizophrenia

Cognitive Development An Advanced Textbook

Edited by Bernice A. Marcopulos, Western State Hospital, Virginia, USA and Anthony J. Giuliano, Harvard Medical School and Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, USA Series: American Academy of Clinical Neuropsychology/Psychology Press Continuing Education Series This volume is the first practitioneroriented source of information on the neuropsychology of schizophrenia that conveys the growth in the field in terms of what is known about cognition in schizophrenia, its assessment, and how this informs clinical practice. It offers professionals working with persons with schizophrenia with the knowledge and tools needed to provide competent professional neuropsychological services. Selected Contents: Cognition in Schizophrenia. Schizophrenia as a Developmental Brain Disorder. Course and Progression of Cognitive Deficits in Schizophrenia. Neurocognition and Functional Outcome. Neuropsychological Assessment: Recent Developments. Medical Co-morbidities. Traumatic Brain Injury and Schizophrenia. Aging and Dementia in Persons with Schizophrenia. Complications of Substance Use and Mental Illness. Cultural Issues. Medication and Cognition in Schizophrenia. Forensic Issues. Neuropsychologically Informed Interventions Psychology Press «Market: Clinical Neuropsychology August 2011: 229x152: 432pp Hb: 978-1-84872-877-6: £49.95

Edited by Marc H. Bornstein, National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, USA and Michael E. Lamb, Cambridge University, UK Consisting of parts of Bornstein & Lamb’s Developmental Science, 6th edition along with new introductory material, this book provides a cutting edge, comprehensive introduction to cognitive development. World-renowned contributors introduce the history and systems, methodologies, and analytic techniques of the topic under review along with an introduction, an overview of the field, engaging applications that illustrate the relevance of the field, a summary, and numerous references. As such, the book illuminates substantive phenomena in cognitive development including neuroscience and genetics, physical and motor development, perception, and cognitive and language development. Ways in which developmental thinking and research affect and are affected by practice and social policy are emphasized. A website for students and instructors accompanies the book. Ideal for courses on cognitive development taught in a variety of departments, researchers also appreciate this book’s cutting edge coverage. Psychology Press «Market: Developmental Psychology May 2011: 254x178: 400pp Pb: 978-1-84872-925-4: £27.50

Clinical Neuropsychology of Emotion

Consumer Culture, Identity and Well-Being *

Yana Suchy, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, USA

The Search for the ‘Good Life’ and the ‘Body Perfect’

Written in an engaging, accessible style, this book synthesizes the growing body of knowledge on the neuropsychology of emotion and identifies practical clinical implications. The author unravels the processes that comprise a single emotional event, from the initial trigger through physiological and psychological responses. She also examines how patterns of emotional responses come together to motivate complex behavioral choices. Grounded in theory and research, the book discusses relevant syndromes and populations, reviews available assessment instruments, and describes how deficits in emotional processing affect cognition, daily functioning, and mental health.

Helga Dittmar, University of Sussex, UK

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

This book documents the negative psychological impact consumer culture is having on how individuals view themselves and on their emotional welfare. It focuses on: • the purchasing of material goods as a means of expressing and seeking identity • psychological buying motivations in conventional buying environments and on the internet • the unrealistic socio-cultural beauty ideals embodied by idealized models. Psychology Press «Market: Social Psychology September 2010: 234x156: 296pp Pb: 978-1-84872-062-6: £19.95

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Guilford Press «Market: Psychology March 2011: 234x156: 370pp Hb: 978-1-60918-072-0: £37.00

Series: European Monographs in Social Psychology

psychology 147

Contemporary Neurobehavioral Syndromes

Early Development and Leadership

Edited by Gerald Goldstein, VA Pittsburgh Healthcare System, USA, Theresa Incagnoli, in Private Practice, New York, USA and Antonio E. Puente, University of North Carolina, USA

Building the Next Generation of Leaders

Selected Contents: Barre et al., LongTerm Outcome Following Preterm Birth. Griebling et al., Reconceptualization of Autism and Autism Spectrum Disorders as Neurodevelopmental Disorders. Katz, AD/ HD in Adults. Becker et al., Dementia with Lewy Bodies. Goldstein, Persian Gulf and Other ‘Deployment’ Syndromes. Alvarez et al., Neurobehavioral Aspects of PTSD. Goldstein et al., Comorbid Disorders. Shemansky et al., Behavioral Toxicological Disorders. Krug et al., Respiratory Disorders and Neuropsychological Dysfunction. DeLuca et al., Fibromyalgia, Chronic Fatigue and Related ‘Neurasthenic’ Disorders Psychology Press «Market: Clinical Neuropsychology June 2011: 229x152: 352pp Hb: 978-0-8058-4985-1: £50.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82965-3: £50.00

Disorganized Attachment and Caregiving Edited by Judith Solomon, Bridgeport Hospital, Connecticut, USA and Carol C. George, Mills College, California, USA From leading authorities, this volume provides a state-of-the-art examination of disorganized attachment: what it is, how it can be identified, and its links to behavioral problems and psychological difficulties in childhood and beyond. The editors offer a fresh perspective on disorganized attachment, not as a characteristic of the infant or child but as the product of a dysregulated and disorganized parent-child relationship. They present cutting-edge research and exemplary treatment approaches. With attention to the subjective experiences of both mothers and children, the book shows how focusing on the caregiving system can advance research and clinical practice.


Guilford Press «Market: Psychology May 2011: 234x156: 440pp Hb: 978-1-60918-128-4: £34.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Today more than ever, there is a need for leadership. We spend billions of dollars in our organizations attempting to develop leaders to provide compelling visions, manage their people effectively, and steer the organizations to profitability. Few books pull together the thinking and research that spans the development of leadership from birth through college. This unique edited book focuses on leadership behaviors of very young children and adolescents, and shows how early behaviors affect development and predict later behavior. Routledge Academic «Market: Leadership June 2011: 229x152: 312pp Hb: 978-1-84872-824-0: £31.95 eBook: 978-0-203-81834-3: £31.95

Explaining Individual Differences in Reading Theory and Evidence Edited by Susan A. Brady, University of Rhode Island and Haskins Laboratories, USA, David Braze, Haskins Laboratories, USA and Carol A. Fowler, Haskins Laboratories and University of Connecticut, USA Series: New Directions in Communication Disorders Research This volume examines the scope, limits and implications of phonological theory in research into reading development and reading disabilities. It provides an essential resource for researchers interested in the cognitive foundations of reading and literacy and those working in reading and learning disabilities. Selected Contents: Theories of Phonology and the Role of Phonology in Reading Development and Reading Disability. Early Precursors of Reading-Relevant Phonological Skills. Self-Teaching Hypothesis. Efficacy of Phonics Teaching for Reading Outcomes. Phonological Hypothesis as a Valuable Framework for Studying the Relation of Dialect Variation to Early Reading Skills. Beyond Phonological Deficits. Phonological and Other Language Deficits Associated with Dyslexia Psychology Press «Market: Neuropsychology June 2011: 229x152: 360pp Hb: 978-1-84872-936-0: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81796-4: £40.00

E-mail: for more information


This volumes provides expert reviews of research involving new neurobehavioral syndromes defined as illnesses that first appeared, or were reconceptualized, during the twentieth century.These new disorders are reviewed with regard to their neurocognitive characteristics, causes, and outcomes.

Edited by Susan E. Murphy, James Madison University, USA and Rebecca Reichard, Claremont McKenna College, USA eBooks are only available to order online

148 psychology textbook

new in paperback

Five Ways of Doing Qualitative Analysis

Handbook of Emergent Methods

Phenomenological Psychology, Grounded Theory, Discourse Analysis, Narrative Research, and Intuitive Inquiry Frederick J. Wertz, Fordham University, New York, USA, Kathy Charmaz, Sonoma State University, California, USA, Linda M. McMullen, University of Saskatchewan, Canada, Ruthellen Josselson, The Fielding Graduate University, California, USA, Rosemarie Anderson, Institute of Transpersonal Psychology, California, USA and Emalinda McSpadden, Fordham University, New York, USA This unique text provides a broad introduction to qualitative analysis together with concrete demonstrations and comparisons of five major approaches. Leading scholars analyze the same narrative, featuring ‘Teresa,’ a young opera singer who experienced a career-changing illness. After vividly exemplifying what these approaches look like in action, the researchers probe their similarities and differences; their distinctive purposes and strengths; the role, style, and subjectivity of the individual researcher; and the scientific and ethical complexities of conducting qualitative research. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology April 2011: 241x160: 450pp Hb: 978-1-60918-143-7: £47.00 Pb: 978-1-60918-142-0: £34.00

Edited by Sharlene Nagy Hesse-Biber, Boston College, Massachusetts, USA and Patricia Leavy, Stonehill College, Massachusetts, USA ’Methods determine not only how we see, but also what we can see. This comprehensive Handbook details creative new approaches to asking and exploring questions within the social sciences.’ – Ruthellen Josselson, Fielding Graduate University, USA Social researchers increasingly find themselves looking beyond conventional methods to address complex research questions. This is the first book to comprehensively examine emergent qualitative and quantitative theories and methods across the social and behavioral sciences. Providing scholars and students with a way to retool their research choices, the volume presents cutting-edge approaches to data collection, analysis, and representation. Leading researchers describe alternative uses of traditional quantitative and qualitative tools; innovative hybrid or mixed methods; and new techniques facilitated by technological advances. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology January 2011: 246x174: 740pp Pb: 978-1-60918-146-8: £37.00

3rd Edition new in paperback

Ethical Issues in Psychology Phil Banyard, Nottingham Trent University, UK and Cara Flanagan Series: Foundations of Psychology

Handbook of Emotions Edited by Michael Lewis, UMDNS-Kobat Wood Johnson Medical School, USA, Jeannette M. Haviland-Jones, Rutgers University, USA and Lisa Feldman Barrett, Boston College, USA

This book explains the key ethical issues in psychology and reviews the various ethical principles and guidelines developed by professional bodies. The problems related to different kinds of research are discussed, as well as the special case of socially sensitive research. Finally, the question of the use of animals in research is examined. This book will be ideal for all A Level students who must study ethics as part of their exam syllabus as well as for undergraduate courses where ethics is the core topic.

’The field of emotion and this Handbook helps define what it means to be fully human.’ – Susan T. Fiske, Princeton University, USA

Selected Contents: Rights and wrongs. Ethical issues and how to deal with them. Ethical Principles and guidelines. Psychological research with human participants. Psychological Research with animals. Psychology in practice. Ethics and your research project Routledge «Market: Psychology / Philosophy / Social Policy May 2011: 216x172: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-42987-0: £39.95 Pb: 978-0-415-42988-7: £14.95

Selected Contents: Part I: Interdisciplinary Foundations. Part II: Biological and Neurophysiological Approaches to Emotion. Part III: Developmental Changes. Part IV: Social Perspectives. Part V: Personality Issues. Part VI: Cognitive Factors. Part VII: Health and Emotions. Part VIII: Select Emotions Guilford Press «Market: Psychology January 2011: 246x174: 848pp Pb: 978-1-60918-044-7: £34.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


order now!

This authoritative Handbook reviews current knowledge about all aspects of emotion and its role in human behavior. The field’s foremost researchers explore how emotion intersects with biology, developmental processes, social behavior, personality, cognition, and physical and mental health.

psychology 149 4th Edition new in paperback


Handbook of Pediatric Psychology Handbook of Self-Enhancement Edited by Michael C. Roberts and Ric G. Steele, and Self-Protection both at University of Kansas, USA ’An invaluable resource for psychologists and other health care professionals who provide clinical care, conduct research, or teach courses in pediatric or child health psychology ... Readers will greatly appreciate the volume’s scholarship, utility, and comprehensive coverage.’ – Dennis Drotar, Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center, USA Sponsored by the Society of Pediatric Psychology, this Handbook is recognized as the definitive reference in the field. In concise, peer-reviewed chapters, leading authorities comprehensively examine links between psychological and medical issues from infancy through adolescence. It describes innovative ways that professionals can promote positive health behaviors; help children and families cope with medical conditions and their treatment; and collaborate across disciplines to deliver effective clinical services in primary care, mental health, and school settings. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Psychology February 2011: 246x174: 808pp Pb: 978-1-60918-175-8: £34.00

3rd Edition textbook new in paperback

Handbook of Personality Theory and Research Edited by Oliver P. John, University of California, Berkley, USA Richard W. Robins, University of California, Davis, USA and Lawrence A. Pervin, Rutgers, The State Univeristy of New Jersey, USA

Edited by Mark D. Alicke, Ohio University, USA and Constantine Sedikides, University of Southampton, UK

’This excellent book provides a rich and thought-provoking survey of research on these questions ... This book has much to offer anyone interested in human nature.’ – Roy F. Baumeister, Florida State University, USA This is the first major volume dedicated to the processes by which people exaggerate their virtues, deemphasize their shortcomings, or protect themselves against threatening feedback. Leading investigators present cutting-edge work on the key role of self-enhancing and self-protective motives in social perception, cognition, judgment, and behavior. Compelling topics include the psychological benefits and risks of selfenhancement and self-protection; personality traits and contextual factors that make certain individuals more likely to hold distorted views of the self; innovative approaches to assessment and measurement; and implications for relationships, achievement, and mental health. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology January 2011: 246x174: 530pp Hb: 978-1-60918-002-7: £57.00

Interdependent Minds The Dynamics of Close Relationships Sandra L. Murray, The State University of New York, USA and John G. Holmes, University of Waterloo, Canada Series: Distinguished Contributions in Psychology ’Reading this book is so enjoyable that you don’t realize until the end that Murray and Holmes have quietly revolutionized relationship science ... The authors’ expansive theory, which integrates a vast literature and offers countless new ideas, is an inspiration; it will serve as the framework that launched a thousand studies.’ – Eli Finkel, Northwestern University, USA

’With this edition of the Handbook of Personality, the vibrant state of theory, research, and application in personality psychology is abundantly evident ... Truly, this is a landmark work.’ – Mark Snyder, McKnight, University of Minnesota, USA


Guilford Press «Market: Psychology January 2011: 246x174: 862pp Pb: 978-1-60918-059-1: £37.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Why do some marriages grow stronger in the face of conflict or stress while others dissolve? In this book, two pioneering researchers present a groundbreaking theory of how mutually responsive behaviors emerge – or fail to emerge – in relationships. Illustrating their findings through the vivid stories of four diverse couples, the authors explore how conscious considerations interact with unconscious impulses to foster trust and commitment. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology March 2011: 234x156: 402pp Hb: 978-1-60918-076-8: £34.00

E-mail: for more information


This authoritative Handbook is the reference of choice for researchers and students of personality. Leading authorities describe the most important theoretical approaches in personality and review the state of the science in five broad content areas: biological bases; development; self and social processes; cognitive and motivational processes; and emotion, adjustment, and health. Within each area, chapters present innovative ideas, findings, research designs, and measurement approaches. eBooks are only available to order online

150 psychology

George Mather, University of Sussex, UK

Popularity in the Peer System Edited by Antonius H.N. Cillessen, Radboud University, the Netherlands, David Schwartz, University of Southern Califronia, USA and Lara Mayeux, University of Oklahoma, USA

Series: Foundations of Psychology This book provides an accessible, up-to-date introduction to the process of human sensation and perception. It offers an easy and up-to-date access to the basic concepts and findings in sensation and perception and looks at all the senses including vision, hearing, touch, pain, balance, smell and taste. The main features are: • a balanced coverage from an interdisciplinary perspective • an integrated approach • up-to-date material • the inclusion of key terms, key concepts, chapter summaries and further readings. The book assumes no prior knowledge, making it an ideal introduction for students from a broad range of backgrounds and for a wide range of courses in psychology, neuroscience and biology. Selected Contents: Introduction. Transduction. Mechanoreceptors. Chemoreceptors. Photoreceptors. Nociceptors. Reflective exercises Routledge «Market: Cognitive Psychology April 2011: 216x172: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-61514-3: £39.95 Pb: 978-0-415-58181-3: £14.95

Neuroplasticity and Neurorehabilitation

’This timely volume returns to a classic topic to summarize recent advances in studying popularity ... It would be a good text for an advanced graduate seminar on peer relationships.’ – Brett Laursen, Florida Atlantic University, USA Bringing together leading researchers, this is the first volume to comprehensively examine popularity among children and adolescents: what it is, how it is attained, and its impact on peer interaction and individual development. The book clarifies how popularity is distinct from being socially accepted or well liked and how it is different for girls and boys. Behaviors that characterize popular peers are explored, as are the developmental benefits and risks of popularity and its connections to peer influence processes. Innovative measurement approaches and research designs are clearly described. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology February 2011: 6x9: 306pp Hb: 978-1-60918-066-9: £34.00

Qualitative Research from Start to Finish Robert K. Yin, COSMOS Corporation, Maryland, USA ’This book is both practical and scholarly. I like Yin’s conceptualization of the five features of qualitative research. I also appreciate the lack of jargon and the use of concrete examples. I will recommend this book to colleagues as a practical guide and will consider using it as a class text.’ – Lance D. Fusarelli, North Carolina State University, USA

Edited by Sarah A. Raskin, Trinity College, Connecticut, USA Brain plasticity is the focus of a growing body of research with significant implications for neurorehabilitation. This state-of-the-art volume explores ways in which brain-injured individuals may be helped not only to compensate for their loss of cognitive abilities, but also possibly to restore those abilities. Expert contributors examine the extent to which damaged cortical regions can actually recover and resume previous functions, as well as how intact regions are recruited to take on tasks once mediated by the damaged region. Evidence-based rehabilitation approaches are reviewed for a range of impairments and clinical populations, including both children and adults. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology May 2011: 234x156: 350pp Hb: 978-1-60918-137-6: £44.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

This lively, practical text presents a fresh and comprehensive approach to doing qualitative research. The book offers a unique balance of theory and clear-cut choices for customizing every phase of a qualitative study. A scholarly mix of classic and contemporary studies from multiple disciplines provides compelling, field-based examples of the full range of qualitative approaches. Readers learn about adaptive ways of designing studies, collecting data, analyzing data, and reporting findings. Guilford Press «Market: Psychology December 2010: 246x174: 320pp Hb: 978-1-60623-977-3: £47.00 Pb: 978-1-60623-701-4: £34.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Introduction to Sensation & Perception

psychology 151

Scoring Software for the Comprehensive Aphasia Test

Social and Personality Development

Robin Keith, University of East Anglia, UK and Elise Croot

An Advanced Textbook

The Scoring Software for the Comprehensive Aphasia Test makes scoring CAT assessments easy. Enter results from the CAT scoring book into the easy-to-use spreadsheet and the software instantly calculates totals and t-scores and produces three graphs that can be shared with clients and their families. Scoring sheets can be stored electronically, printed, or embedded into reports. This resource will be an asset to any clinician using the Comprehensive Aphasia Test. Amongst others, benefits include:

Edited by Michael E. Lamb, Cambridge University, UK and Marc H. Bornstein, National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, USA

• significantly reduces the time spent scoring • simplifies the process of scoring, calculation, interpretation and analysis • allows data entry to be completed by an assistant, freeing the therapist to concentrate on therapy. Software Requirements: Requires a PC with Microsoft Excel 2003 or later installed. Psychology Press «Market: Neuropsychology November 2010 CD-ROM: 978-1-84872-064-0: £100.00

Consisting of parts of Bornstein and Lamb’s Developmental Science, 6th edition along with new introductory material, this book provides a cutting edge, comprehensive introduction to social and personality development. World-renowned contributors introduce the history and systems, methodologies, and analytic techniques of the topic under review along with an introduction, an overview of the field, engaging applications that illustrate the relevance of the field, a summary, and references. Ways in which developmental thinking and research affect and are affected by practice and social policy are emphasized. A website for students and instructors accompanies the book. Ideal for courses on social and personality development, researchers also appreciate this book’s cutting edge coverage. Psychology Press «Market: Developmental Psychology May 2011: 254x178: 400pp Pb: 978-1-84872-926-1: £27.50


2nd Edition

Quantitative Data Analysis with SPSS 17, 18 & 19

Reasoning and Thinking Ken Manktelow, University of Wolverhampton, UK This completely rewritten second edition reflects on the revolutionary changes that have occurred in the field of reasoning and thinking since the first edition, such as the huge expansion in research as well as updates of methods and explanations. The main topics of discussion are:

Alan Bryman, University of Leicester, UK and Duncan Cramer, Loughborough University, UK

It also includes a comprehensive range of exercises for further practice.


Selected Contents: Data analysis and the research process. Concepts and their measurement. Summarizing data. Sampling and statistical significance. Bivariate analysis. Bivariate analysis. Multivariate analysis. Multivariate analysis. Aggregating variables: exploratory factor analysis Routledge «Market: Social Sciences / Methodology May 2011: 246x174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-57918-6: £49.95 Pb: 978-0-415-57919-3: £24.95 for e-mail updates in your field


• deductive and inductive reasoning • probability judgement • decision making and rationality • new paradigm in reasoning research • causal reasoning • counterfactual thinking. The book provides a detailed, integrated and approachable treatment of this area of cognitive psychology, and is ideal reading for intermediate and advanced undergraduate students. Selected Contents: Basic Reasoning Processes and Principles. Reasoning with Propositions. Reasoning and Meaning. Explaining Reasoning. Hypothetical Thinking. Decisions in Context. Rationality. Reasoning, Thinking and You Psychology Press «Market: Psychology June 2011: 216x172: 264pp Hb: 978-1-84169-740-6: £39.95 Pb: 978-1-84169-741-3: £19.95

E-mail: for more information


This new edition has been completely updated to accommodate the needs of users of SPSS Statistics Version 19 for Windows. The authors provide a nontechnical approach to quantitative data analysis and a user-friendly introduction to the software. It takes readers step-by-step through techniques, including nonparametric tests; correlation; simple and multiple regression multivariate analysis of variance and covariance; and factor analysis. eBooks are only available to order online

152 psychology

The Madness Of Women

The Social Cure

Myth and Experience

Identity, Health and Well-Being

Jane Ussher, University of Western Sydney, Australia

Edited by Jolanda Jetten, University of Queensland, Australia, Catherine Haslam and Alexander Haslam, both at University of Exeter, UK

Series: Women and Psychology Drawing on academic and clinical experience, including case studies and in-depth interviews, as well as on the now extensive critical literature in the field of mental health, Jane Ussher presents a critical multifactorial analysis of women’s madness that both addresses the notion that madness is a myth, and yet acknowledges the reality and multiple causes of women’s distress. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of psychology, gender studies, sociology, women’s studies, cultural studies counselling and nursing. Routledge «Market: Feminist Psychology April 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-33927-8: £44.95 Pb: 978-0-415-33928-5: £17.95 eBook: 978-0-203-48287-2: £44.95

’An educative, wideranging and informative book’ – Barbara Wilson, The Oliver Zangwill Centre for Neuropsychological Rehabilitation, UK There is a growing body of research showing that social networks and identities have a profound impact on mental and physical health. This edited book brings together the latest research on how group memberships, and the social identities associated with them, determine people’s health and well-being. It provides a variety of perspectives from clinical, social, organisational and applied fields that offer theoretical and empirical insights into these processes and their consequences. As such it will be of interest to undergraduate and graduate students of psychology as well as scholars and professionals in these fields. Psychology Press «Market: Social Psychology / Health Psychology August 2011: 234x156: 280pp Hb: 978-1-84872-021-3: £39.95

The Psychology of Social Conflict and Aggression

Therapeutic Feedback with the MMPI-2

Edited by Joseph P. Forgas, University of New South Wales, Australia, Arie W. Kruglanski, University of Maryland, USA and Kipling D. Williams, Purdue University, USA

A Positive Psychology Approach

This book offers a scholarly yet readable overview of recent advances in research on interpersonal and intergroup conflict and aggression. Selected Contents: Basic Issues. An Attachment Perspective. Link Between Ostracism & Aggression. Passive & Psychological Aggression. Interpersonal Assertiveness. Cognitive & Affective Influences. Implicit Reactions Against Goals & Motives of Others. Role of PerspectiveTaking & Empathy in Resolving Conflict. Affective Influences on Social Conflicts. Effects of Anger on Negotiation. Role of Quest for Personal Significance in Motivating Terrorism. Relationships. Intimate Partner Violence. Interdependent Goals & Relationship Conflict. Being Ostracized & Aggression. Doormat Effect: Dangers of Resolving Conflict via Unilateral Forgiveness. Social, Cultural & Evolutionary Factors. Male Warrior Hypothesis. Implications of Global Climate Change for Violence. Media & Aggression. Supernatural Beliefs. Effect of Religious Participation on Aggression Psychology Press «Market: Social Psychology May 2011: 229x152: 340pp Hb: 978-1-84872-932-2: £45.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Therapeutic Feedback with the MMPI-2: A Positive Psychology Approach provides the clinician empirically-based, practical information about how to convey the abundance of information in the MMPI-2 profile in a way that is collaborative, empathic, hopeful, and facilitates a therapeutic alliance. Discussion centers around ten scales and 31 common codetypes, addressing complaints, thoughts, emotions, traits and behaviors, therapists’ notes, feedback statements, treatment and self-help suggestions, and possible therapeutic pitfalls for each scale. The larger trim size also reflects the size of the MMPI-2 interpretive reports and makes it easy for clinicians to copy pages of the book to share with their clients. Routledge «Market: Positive Psychology / Personality Assessment June 2011: 279x216: 406pp Pb: 978-0-415-88491-4: £27.95 eBook: 978-0-203-82890-8: £27.95

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Series: Sydney Symposium in Social Psychology

Richard Lewak, in Private Practice, California, USA, Liza Siegel, Mark Burnett Productions, USA, Dave Nichols, Oregon, USA with Ronald A. Stolberg, in Private Practice, California, USA

psychology 153

Visual Methods in Psychology

When Groups Meet *

Using and Interpreting Images in Qualitative Research

The Dynamics of Intergroup Contact

Edited by Paula Reavey, South Bank University, UK

Thomas F. Pettigrew, University of California, USA and Linda R. Tropp, University of Massachusetts, USA

’This book will bring something genuinely new to the rapidly growing field of visual research’ – Alan Bryman, University of Leicester, UK

Series: Essays in Social Psychology This volume is a comprehensive overview of classic and contemporary work on intergroup contact, combining an extensive meta-analysis of 515 published studies on the topic with the authors’ research. It provides researchers, students and professionals in social psychology and related fields with a rich sourcebook on intergroup contact, at a time of intergroup turmoil around the world.

This book provides an illustration of the potential for visual methods in psychology. Each chapter explores theoretical, methodological, ethical and analytical issues that shape the ways in which visual qualitative research is conducted. The contributors come from a variety of traditions including: • narrative psychology • personal construct theory • discursive psychology and conversation analysis • phenomenology • psychoanalysis. The wide range of topics covered makes this volume a vital contribution to psychology, sociology and gender studies. Routledge «Market: Qualitative Research Methods June 2011: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-48348-3: £49.95 eBook: 978-0-203-82904-2: £49.95

Selected Contents: 1. Origins of Intergroup Contact Theory 2. Does Intergroup Contact Typically Reduce Prejudice? 3. Do Intergroup Contact Effects Generalize? 4. Are the Effects of Intergroup Contact Universal? 5. When Does Intergroup Contact Reduce Prejudice? 6. How Does Intergroup Contact Reduce Prejudice? 7. Does Intergroup Contact Reduce All Aspects of Prejudice? 8. Cross-Group Friendship and Reducing Prejudice 9. Group Status and Contact Effects 10. Intergroup Contact as One of Many Predictors of Prejudice 11. Criticisms of Intergroup Contact Theory 12. When Intergroup Contact Fails Psychology Press «Market: Social Psychology May 2011: 229x152: 200pp Hb: 978-1-84169-765-9: £27.99


Transformative Consumer Research for Personal and Collective Well-Being

Preventing Workplace Bullying

Edited by David Glen Mick, University of Virginia, USA, Simone Pettigrew, University of Western Australia, Cornelia (Connie) Pechmann, University of California and Julie L. Ozanne, Virginia Tech, USA

Workplace bullying is more common and costly than most people realise. It can make life unbearable for employees in any industry, and ultimately undermine an organisation’s bottom line. In this practical guide, the authors explain how to identify workplace bullying and apply best practice to preventing and managing it. They outline what constitutes bullying at work, demystify some of the controversial issues, and discuss the various factors which influence workplace bullying. This evidence-based book on workplace bullying is a valuable resource for organisations of all sizes and for anyone affected by bullying at work including employees, human resource managers, workplace consultants, counsellors, mediators and legal advisors.

Daily existence is more interconnected to consumer behaviors than ever before, encompassing many issues of well-being. This unique volume edited by expert international authors will look at opportunities for well being and help consumers, policy administrators and marketers navigate many problems facing today’s consumers like unhealthy eating, marketplace discrimination and ecological deterioration to name just a few.


E-mail: for more information



for e-mail updates in your field

Carlo Caponecchia and Anne Wyatt, both at the University of New South Wales, Australia

Selected Contents: Part I: What is Workplace Bullying? Part II: Rights and Responsibilities. Part III: Taking Action. Part IV: Moving Beyond Workplace Bullying Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry March 2011: 234x156: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-66880-4: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-66881-1: £14.99

Routledge Academic «Market: Consumer Behavior August 2011: 254x178: 750pp Hb: 978-1-84872-852-3: £66.00

An Evidence-Based Guide for Managers and Employees eBooks are only available to order online

mental health


154 psychology


6. ADD-Friendly Ways to Organize Your Life

3rd Edition

Encyclopedia of Counseling Master Review and Tutorial for the National Counselor Examination, State Counseling Exams, and the Counselor Preparation Comprehensive Examination

Strategies that Work from a Professional Organizer and a Renowned ADD Clinician Judith Kolberg and Kathleen Nadeau 2002: 254x178: 280pp Pb: 978-1-58391-358-1: £13.50

Howard Rosenthal 2008: 229x152: 672pp Pb: 978-0-415-95862-2: £35.00


7. Why Love Matters

2nd Edition

The Handbook of Child and Adolescent Clinical Psychology

How Affection Shapes a Baby’s Brain Sue Gerhardt 2004: 198x129: 256pp Pb: 978-1-58391-817-3: £9.99

A Contextual Approach Alan Carr 2006: 234x156: 1224pp Pb: 978-1-58391-831-9: £39.95


8. Counselling for Toads

2nd Edition

The Practice of Emotionally Focused Couple Therapy

A Psychological Adventure Robert de Board 1997: 198x129: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-17429-9: £12.95

Creating Connection Susan M. Johnson 2004: 229x152: 384pp Pb: 978-0-415-94568-4: £24.99


9. Play Therapy

Becoming an Emotionally Focused Couple Therapist

The Art of the Relationship

The Workbook

Garry L. Landreth

Susan M. Johnson, Brent Bradley, Jim Furrow, Alison Lee, Gail Palmer, Doug Tilley and Scott Woolley

2nd Edition

2002: 229x152: 432pp Hb: 978-1-58391-327-7: £29.95


2005: 279x216: 416pp Pb: 978-0-415-94747-3: £19.95

10. 2nd Edition

2nd Edition


The Psychology of Executive Coaching

Foundations for a Contemporary Understanding

Theory and Application

Edited by James E. Maddux and Barbara A. Winstead

Bruce Peltier

2008: 254x178: 472pp Hb: 978-0-8058-6169-3: £39.95

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


order now!

2009: 229x152: 472pp Pb: 978-0-415-99341-8: £22.00

clinical psychology & psychiatry 155

A Collaborative Approach to Eating Disorders

Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Adult ADHD

Edited by June Alexander, Australia and Janet Treasure, Maudsley Hospital and King’s College London, UK

Targeting Executive Dysfunction

There is growing evidence that collaboration is an essential element for treatment success in eating disorders. This book emphasises and explains the importance of family involvement as part of a unified team approach towards treatment and recovery. It draws on up-to-date evidence based research as well as case studies and clinical vignettes to illustrate the seriousness of eating disorders and the impact on both the sufferer and others. Areas of discussion include: current research; clinical applications; and developments in the field. Selected Contents: Part I: Understanding Risk and Resilience for Eating Disorders. Part II: Treatment. Part III: Clinical Presentations. Part IV: Changing the Culture Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry / Eating Disorders June 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-58145-5: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58146-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81669-1: £65.00

new in paperback

Mary V. Solanto, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, USA ’This book presents one of the few evidence-based psychosocial treatments for adults with ADHD that have emerged in recent years. Solanto’s group treatment approach is an asset to clinicians. It allows multiple patients to benefit at once as they gain coping skills and receive social support from others with similar impairments.’ – Steven A. Safren, Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts General Hospital, USA Presenting an evidence-based treatment approach developed over 10 years of therapeutic work with adults with ADHD, this book is highly practical and accessible. It describes effective cognitive-behavioral strategies for helping clients improve key time-management, organizational, and planning abilities that are typically impaired in ADHD. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry March 2011: 246x174: 184pp Hb: 978-1-60918-131-4: £24.00

Distress Tolerance

ADHD in Adults

Theory, Research, and Clinical Applications

What the Science Says Russell A. Barkley, Medical University of South Carolina, USA, Kevin R. Murphy, Adult ADHD Clinic of Central Massachusetts, USA and Mariellen Fischer, in Private Practice, USA

Edited by Michael J. Zvolensky, University of Vermont, USA, Amit Bernstein, University of Haifa, Israel and Anka A. Vujanovic, Borten University School of Medicine, USA ’The first volume of its kind. The contributors are experts in their respective areas who provide valuable information on the nature and clinical relevance of distress tolerance.’ – Shireen L. Rizvi, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, USA

’Rigorous, comprehensive, informative, and impressive ... I would strongly recommend this work to those routinely involved in the assessment and treatment of patients with adult ADHD.’ – Psychiatric Services


Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry January 2011: 241x160: 489pp Pb: 978-1-60918-075-1: £19.00 for e-mail updates in your field


This state-of-the-art volume synthesizes the growing body of knowledge on the role of distress tolerance – the ability to withstand aversive internal states such as negative emotions and uncomfortable bodily sensations – in psychopathology. Prominent contributors describe how the construct has been conceptualized and measured and examine its links to a range of specific psychological disorders. Exemplary treatment approaches that target distress tolerance are reviewed. Featuring compelling clinical illustrations, the book highlights implications of the research for better understanding how mental health problems develop and how to assess and treat them effectively. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry February 2011: 234x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-60918-038-6: £27.00

E-mail: for more information


Providing a new perspective on ADHD in adults, this compelling book analyzes findings from two major studies directed by leading authority Russell A. Barkley. Groundbreaking information is presented on the significant impairments produced by the disorder across major functional domains and life activities, including educational outcomes, work, relationships, health behaviors, and mental health. Thoughtfully considering the treatment implications of these findings, the book also demonstrates that existing diagnostic criteria do not accurately reflect the way ADHD is experienced by adults, and points the way toward developing better criteria that center on executive function deficits. eBooks are only available to order online

156 clinical psychology & psychiatry 2nd Edition new in paperback

2nd Edition new in paperback

Effective Treatments for PTSD

Handbook of Depression

Practice Guidelines from the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies

Edited by Ian H. Gotlib, Stanford University, California, USA and Constance L. Hammen, University of California, USA ’Gotlib and Hammen have assembled an outstanding group of experts on depressive disorders ... It is the reference for scientific and practical knowledge on depression.’ – Richard C. Shelton, Vanderbilt University Medical Center, USA

Edited by Edna B. Foa, University of ennsylvania, USA, Terence M. Keane, Boston University, USA, Matthew J. Friedman, Dortmouth Medical School, USA and Judith A. Cohen, Allegheny General Hospital, Pennsylvania ’From experts in the field, this excellent book is loaded with the most up-todate treatment guidelines for PTSD ... The full range of biopsychosocial approaches are reviewed, making this an essential reference for residents, clinicians, and researchers.’ – Nang Du, University of California, San Francisco, USA Developed under the auspices of the PTSD Treatment Guidelines Task Force of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, this tightly edited work is the definitive best-practice reference for practitioners caring for any trauma population. Leading clinical scientists thoroughly review the literature on widely used therapeutic approaches for both adults and children. Succinct treatment guidelines are presented that feature standardized ratings of the evidence for each approach. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry / Psychotherapy January 2011: 234x156: 658pp Pb: 978-1-60918-149-9: £27.00

Exposure Therapy for Anxiety Principles and Practice Jonathan S. Abramowitz, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA, Brett Jason Deacon, University of Wyoming, USA and Stephen P. Whiteside, Mayo Clinic, Minnesota, USA ’For the novice or student, the book provides the theoretical and practical building blocks of anxiety treatment ... The authors speak with the clarity of their collective decades of clinical and research experience.’ – Murray B. Stein, University of California, San Diego, USA

Bringing together the field’s leading authorities, this acclaimed work is widely regarded as the standard reference on depression. The Handbook provides comprehensive coverage of the epidemiology, course, and outcome of depressive disorders; issues in assessment and diagnosis; psychological and biological risk factors; effective approaches to prevention and treatment; and the nature of depression in specific populations. Each chapter offers a definitive statement of current theories, methods, and research findings, while also identifying key questions that remain unanswered. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry January 2011: 246x174: 708pp Pb: 978-1-60918-150-5: £30.50

new in paperback

Handbook of PTSD Science and Practice Edited by Matthew J. Friedman, Dartmouth Medical School, New Hampshire, USA, Terence M. Keane and Patricia A. Resick, both at Boston University School of Medicine, USA ’This book would be an excellent primary text for a graduate course on traumatic stress and PTSD.’ – Stevan E. Hobfoll, Kent State University, USA

Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry January 2011: 234x156: 404pp Hb: 978-1-60918-016-4: £30.50

Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry January 2011: 246x174: 592pp Pb: 978-1-60918-174-1: £30.50

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Going beyond one-size-fits-all approaches, this indispensable book describes how to design and implement exposure-based interventions for clients suffering from any type of pathological worry or fear. The expert authors translate cutting-edge theory and research into flexible guidelines for real-world clinical practice. They present the nuts and bolts of individualized assessment and treatment planning and offer strategies for engaging clients successfully. Chapters organized around common anxiety triggers feature a wealth of case examples and specific ideas for exposure exercises.

Unparalleled in its breadth and depth, this state-of-the-art Handbook reviews current scientific advances in understanding trauma and PTSD, discusses the implications for clinical practice, and evaluates the status of evidence-based assessment and treatment. The foremost authorities in the field examine post-traumatic psychological reactions on multiple levels, from genes and neurocircuitry to gender and lifespan development. Established and emerging psychological, medical, and public health interventions are discussed in depth, as are issues in tailoring treatment to the needs of different populations. Special topics include forensic issues, resilience, and prevention. The integrative concluding chapter presents a reasoned agenda for future research.

clinical psychology & psychiatry 157

Living Well on the Spectrum


How to Use Your Strengths to Meet the Challenges of Asperger Syndrome/High-Functioning Autism

Assessment, Treatment, and Prevention

Valerie L. Gaus, in Private Practice, New York, USA Being ‘different’ is old news for adults with Asperger syndrome and high-functioning autism (AS/HFA), whether they were diagnosed as children or only recently. Meeting a huge demand and providing indispensable practical guidance, prominent therapist Valerie Gaus shows how difference can be a strength. By mastering specific coping and problemsolving skills that ‘neurotypical’ folks take for granted, people with AS/HFA can achieve greater success in everything from dealing with daily routines and social interactions to building a career and negotiating intimate relationships. The straight-talking, methodical writing style is expressly tailored to this audience’s preferences and needs. The book is packed with questionnaires and worksheets that help readers pinpoint their areas of greatest concern and develop personalized action plans to build the life they want. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry / Self-Help March 2011: 203x266: 344pp Pb: 978-1-60623-634-5: £13.00

Edited by Melanie P. Duckworth and Victoria M. Follette, both at the University of Nevada, Reno, USA Exposure to potentially traumatic events puts individuals at risk for developing a variety of psychological disorders. The contributors of Retraumatization: Assessment, Treatment and Prevention explore this concept and provide the most current information on the epidemiology, theory, and treatment issues related to multiple trauma experiences. Clearly organized, the text fulfills six goals: defining retraumatization, outlining the controversies related to it, providing an overview of theoretical models, presenting data related to the frequency of occurrence of different forms of trauma, detailing the most reliable strategies for assessment, and providing an overview of treatments. Each chapter is organized similarly, with contributors addressing epidemiological data, etiological formulations and theoretical models, clinical descriptions, assessment; diagnosis; and prognosis, and prevention and treatment. Routledge «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry / Trauma September 2011: 229x152: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-87275-1: £53.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87276-8: £27.95 eBook: 978-0-203-86632-0: £53.00

Mindfulness-Based Relapse Prevention for Addictive Behaviors Schizophrenia A Clinician’s Guide

The Final Frontier – A Festschrift for Robin M. Murray

Sarah W. Bowen, Neha Chawla and G. Alan Marlatt, all at the University of Washington, Seattle, USA

Edited by Anthony S. David, Shitij Kapur and Peter McGuffin, all at King’s College London, UK

This authoritative book presents an innovative relapse prevention program that integrates mindfulness practices with evidence-based cognitive and behavioral strategies. Clinicians get essential information and materials for implementing the approach with their clients. In eight carefully structured group sessions, participants gain awareness of their own inner experiences, step out of habitual patterns of thought and behavior that can trigger relapse, and acquire concrete skills to meet the day-to-day challenges of recovery.


Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry January 2011: 203x266: 180pp Hb: 978-1-60623-987-2: £24.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Series: Maudsley Series This book is a unique project reflecting the contribution that Robin Murray has made to the field of psychiatry over the past 35 years, with a particular focus on the advances that have been made to the understanding and treatment of schizophrenia. International contributors cover topics including: • neurodevelopment • neuroscience and pharmacology • neuroimaging • genetics. Schizophrenia: The Final Frontier will be essential reading for psychiatrists, clinical psychologists, social and basic scientists whose work is related to major mental illness, as well as admirers of the work of Robin Murray. Selected Contents: Part I: Development. Part II: Neuroscience. Part III: Neuroimaging. Part IV: Genetics. Part V: Cognition. Part VI: Social Psychiatry. Part VII: Treatment Psychology Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry May 2011: 234x156: 440pp Hb: 978-1-84872-077-0: £28.95

E-mail: for more information


’Here is a book that contains both an evidence-based program and an invitation to explore a wholly new way of dealing with addictive feelings and behaviors ... This book will be an inspiration to all who read it, and transformative for those who practice it.’ – Mark Williams, University of Oxford, UK eBooks are only available to order online

158 clinical psychology & psychiatry

The Clinician’s Guide to Violence Risk Assessment

The Trauma Recovery Group A Guide for Practitioners Michaela Mendelsohn, Judith Lewis Herman, Emily Schatzow, Melissa Coco and Diy Kallivayalil, all at Harvard Medical School, USA and Jocelyn Leviton, University of California, USA

Jeremy F. Mills, Carleton University, Canada, Daryl G. Kroner, Southern Illinois University, USA and Robert D. Morgan, Texas Tech University, USA ’When it comes to violence risk assessment, mental health professionals can feel lost in a sea of contradictory claims ... From rising stars in forensic psychology, this is an outstanding contribution to the field, and one that will have a very long shelf life. Buy this book!’ – Joel A. Dvoskin, University of Arizona, USA Presenting a comprehensive framework for conducting a scientifically grounded violence risk assessment, this book is authoritative, current, and practical. The essentials of doing this type of evaluation are reviewed and available risk appraisal instruments are described for general violence, sexual violence, and spousal violence. The authors provide expert advice on choosing suitable instruments and approaches for particular cases, interpreting the resulting data, and communicating with legal decision-makers. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry December 2010: 234x156: 242pp Hb: 978-1-60623-984-1: £27.00

2nd Edition new in paperback

’This comprehensive resource adds significantly to the available resources on treatment for trauma, walking the therapist through the entire process of group-based exposure and trauma processing ... Bravo for this exciting new treatment contribution!’ – Christine A. Courtois, in Private Practice, Washington, D.C., USA Rich with expert, practical guidance for therapists, this book presents an evidencebased group treatment approach for survivors of interpersonal trauma. This time-limited treatment is designed for clients who have achieved basic safety and stability in present-day life and who are ready to work on the more enduring ways that trauma has harmed their self-perception and relationships. Vivid case examples and transcripts illustrate the process of screening, selecting, and orienting group members and helping them craft and work toward individualized goals, while optimizing the healing power of group interactions. Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry March 2011: 260x198: 178pp Pb: 978-1-60918-057-7: £24.00

Vulnerability to Psychopathology Risk Across the Lifespan Edited by Rick E. Ingram, University of Kansas, USA and Joseph M. Price, San Diego State University, USA ’Outstanding! ... This text is rich in theory and deep in research. It is an outstanding reference source for an advanced undergraduate course in abnormal, developmental, or child psychology.’ – Thomas A. Widiger, University of Kentucky, USA



This state-of-the-art work has been highly praised for bridging the divide between adult and developmental psychopathology. The volume illuminates the interplay of biological, cognitive, affective, and social-environmental factors that place individuals at risk for psychological disturbance throughout development. Childhood-onset and adult forms of major disorders are examined in paired chapters by prominent clinical researchers. An integrative third chapter on each disorder then summarizes what is known about continuity and change in vulnerability across the lifespan. Implications for assessment, treatment, and prevention are also considered.


order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Guilford Press «Market: Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry January 2011: 241x160: 524pp Pb: 978-1-60918-148-2: £24.00

psychotherapy & counselling 159

Grief and Bereavement in Contemporary Society Bridging Research and Practice Edited by Robert A. Neimeyer, University of Memphis, Tennesse, USA, Darcy L. Harris, King’s University College, London, Ontario, Canada, Howard R. Winokuer, The Winokuer Center for Counseling and Healing, North Carolina, USA and Gordon F. Thornton, Indiana University of Pennsylvania, USA

Integrated Group Therapy for Bipolar Disorder and Substance Abuse Roger D. Weiss and Hilary Smith Connery, both at Harvard Medical School, Massachusetts, USA ’This book presents timely and clinically relevant information that will be of extraordinary value to any clinician interested in learning about and treating individuals who have both disorders.’ – Kathleen T. Brady, Medical University of South Carolina, USA

Series: Series in Death, Dying and Bereavement

Routledge «Market: Death Studies / Grief Counseling July 2011: 229x152: 471pp Hb: 978-0-415-88480-8: £62.50 Pb: 978-0-415-88481-5: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84086-3: £62.50

Group Therapy for Substance Use Disorders A Motivational Cognitive-Behavioral Approach Linda Carter Sobell and Mark B. Sobell, both at New Southeastern University, Florida, USA ’The Sobells are preeminent in the addiction treatment field. This engaging book presents the evidence behind their innovative group treatment approach and synthesizes decades of research and clinical experience.’ – Mary Marden, University of Texas at Austin, USA This authoritative book presents a groundbreaking evidence-based approach to conducting therapy groups for persons with substance use disorders. The approach integrates cognitive-behavioral, motivational interviewing, and relapse prevention techniques, while capitalizing on the power of group processes.


Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling March 2011: 203x266mm: 270pp Pb: 978-1-60918-051-5: £27.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Packed with practical clinical tools, this book presents an empirically supported treatment expressly designed for clients with both bipolar disorder and substance use disorders. The volume provides a complete session-by-session overview of the approach, including clear guidelines for setting up and running groups, implementing the cognitive-behavioral treatment techniques, and troubleshooting frequently encountered problems. Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling / Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry March 2011: 260x198: 258pp Pb: 978-1-60918-060-7: £24.00

2nd Edition

Helping Grieving People – When Tears Are Not Enough A Handbook for Care Providers J. Shep Jeffreys, in Private Practice, USA Series: Series in Death, Dying and Bereavement Helping Grieving People is a training manual for care providers who provide support and counseling to those grieving death, illness, and other losses. The author addresses grief as it affects a variety of relationships and discusses different intervention and support strategies, always cognizant of individual and cultural differences in the expression and treatment of grief. Jeffreys has established a practical approach to preparing trainee caregivers through three basic tracks: Heart, Head, and Hand. The first step, Heart, calls for self discovery, freeing oneself of accumulated loss in order to focus all attention on the griever. Head emphasizes understanding the complex and dynamic phenomena of human grief. Hand stresses the caregiver’s actual intervention, and speaks to the appropriate level of skill as well as the various methods of healing available. Routledge «Market: Grief Counseling May 2011: 229x152: 384pp Pb: 978-0-415-87701-5: £24.95 eBook: 978-0-203-85615-4: £24.95 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-94603-2

E-mail: for more information


Grief and Bereavement in Contemporary Society is an authoritative guide to the study of and work with major themes in bereavement. Its chapters synthesize the best of research-based conceptualization and clinical wisdom across 30 of the most important topics in the field, including the implementation of specific models in clinical practice, family therapy for bereavement, complicated grief, spirituality, and more. This is a readable, engaging, and comprehensive book that will share the most important scientific and applied work on the contemporary scene with a broad international audience, and as such, it will be an essential addition to anyone with a serious interest in death, dying, and bereavement. eBooks are only available to order online

160 psychotherapy & counselling new in paperback

new in paperback

Key Competencies in Brief Dynamic Psychotherapy

The Routledge Companion to International Business Coaching

Clinical Practice Beyond the Manual

Edited by Michel Moral, University of Paris VIII, France and Geoffrey Abbott, Institute of Executive Coaching, Australia

Jeffrey L. Binder, Argosy University, Georgia, USA

An effective coach can help the business leader make sense of the challenges and complexities of modern international business, unlocking the potential of both leader and organization. This important Handbook offers the first comprehensive, detailed introduction to the theory and practice of international business coaching, drawing on the latest academic research, as well as real-world examples of international best practice. This book provides practitioners and students with an innovative theoretical framework, which extends existing coaching models. Contributors from around the world explore different perspectives and practices and offer practical tools to apply the theories and models in the real-life business context. The Routledge Companion to International Business Coaching is essential reading for students of coaching theory, and business leaders looking to understand better the role of the modern business coach.

’Binder is one of the few scholars in the field who have the ability to review psychotherapy research in sufficient detail and to do so in a way that is both meaningful and applicable to the practicing clinician.’ – APA Journals, PsycCRITIQUES This book identifies the core competencies shared by expert therapists and helps clinicians – especially those providing brief dynamic/interpersonal therapy – to develop and apply them in their own work. Rather than being a cookbook of particular techniques, the book richly describes therapists’ mental processes and moment-to-moment actions as they engage in effective therapeutic inquiry and improvise to help patients achieve their goals. The author integrates the psychotherapy and cognitive science literatures to provide a unique understanding of therapist expertise. Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling January 2011: 234x156: 292pp Pb: 978-1-60918-168-0: £16.95

Routledge «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling / Coaching January 2011 Pb: 978-0-415-66941-2: £29.99

The Counselor Educator’s Survival Guide

new in paperback

Relational Theory and the Practice of Psychotherapy

Designing and Teaching Outstanding Courses in Community Mental Health Counseling and School Counseling

Paul L. Wachtel, City University of New York, USA

Edited by Dilani M. Perera-Diltz and Kathryn C. MacCluskie, both at Cleveland State University, USA

‘Wachtel is not only an important clinical contributor; he is also a master teacher. You will want to read and reread this book.’ – Lewis Aron, New York University, USA This important and innovative book explores a new direction in psychoanalytic thought that can expand and deepen clinical practice. Relational psychoanalysis diverges in key ways from the assumptions and practices that have traditionally characterized psychoanalysis. At the same time, it preserves, and even extends, the profound understanding of human experience and psychological conflict that has always been the strength of the psychoanalytic approach. Through probing theoretical analysis and illuminating examples, the book offers new and powerful ways to revitalize clinical practice.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Routledge «Market: Counseling July 2011: 229x152: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-87589-9: £24.95 eBook: 978-0-203-85954-4: £24.95

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Guilford Press «Market: Psychotherapy and Counselling January 2011: 234x156: 338pp Pb: 978-1-60918-045-4: £16.95

This is an edited volume that is a resource manual containing information pertaining to developing and instructing course work in Counselor Education in both the Clinical Mental Health Counseling (CMHC) and the School Counseling (SC) Programs at the Master’s level. It’s main objectives are to establish a rationale and format for incorporating active learning across the Counselor Education curriculum; provide material that closely meets the CACREP guidelines for that content area to emerging, new, and established educators developing courses in CMHC or SC programs; and provide active learning strategies that can be incorporated into classroom lessons to emerging, new, and established educators instructing courses in CMHC or SC programs.

psychotherapy & counselling 161

Multicultural Counseling Perspectives from Counselors as Clients of Color Aretha Marbley, Texas Tech University, USA True multicultural ‘competence’ in counseling or therapy must start with a deep understanding and acknowledgement that other people’s worldview is as legitimate to them as yours is to you, and until you recognize the worth or legitimacy of someone else’s views, you will have a hard time communicating across cultural boundaries. This text is unique in that it is the first book to recognize this legitimacy and allow the firsthand telling of cultural stories (that encompass race, ethnicity, class, gender, and life cycle) of African American, Asian, Hispanic/Latino, and Native American Indian people’s experiences of mental health services. Additionally, it is the first to concentrate specifically on both successful and unsuccessful experiences (shunned, dropped out, or experienced what they perceive to be unsuccessful counseling) of people of colour. Routledge «Market: Counseling March 2011: 229x152: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-95686-4: £21.95

Couples & Family Therapy new in paperback

Doing Couple Therapy Craft and Creativity in Work with Intimate Partners Robert Taibbi, in Private Practice, Virginia, USA Series: The Guilford Family Therapy Wise, compassionate, and highly practical, this engaging text covers the entire process of therapeutic work with couples, from opening sessions and assessment through skills building, core issues, and termination. Students and novice couple therapists learn effective strategies for intervening with couples of any age who are struggling with acute crises or longstanding conflicts and power struggles. Rich with sensitive, detailed case material, the book features numerous exercises that help readers identify and develop their own strengths as practitioners. Self-care strategies and tips for getting the most out of supervision are provided. Special topics include how to address couple issues with only one partner and couple therapy applications for chronic mental health problems. for e-mail updates in your field


Lee Williams, Todd M. Edwards, JoEllen Patterson and Larry Chamow, all at the University of San Diego, California, USA Series: The Guilford Family Therapy Showing how to weave assessment into all phases of therapy, this indispensable text and practitioner guide is reader friendly, straightforward, and practical. Specific strategies are provided for evaluating a wide range of clinical issues and concerns in adults, children and adolescents, families, and couples. The authors demonstrate ways to use interviewing and other techniques to understand both individual and relationship functioning, develop sound treatment plans, and monitor progress. Handy mnemonics help beginning family therapists remember what to include in assessments, and numerous case examples illustrate what the assessment principles look like in action with diverse clients. Guilford Press «Market: Couples and Family Therapy March 2011: 234x156: 270pp Hb: 978-1-60918-079-9: £27.00

E-mail: for more information



Guilford Press «Market: Couples and Family Therapy February 2011: 234x156: 276pp Pb: 978-1-60918-204-5: £16.95

Essential Assessment Skills for Couple and Family Therapists eBooks are only available to order online

162 Couples & Family Therapy

Case Studies in Couples Therapy

We’re No Fun Any More

Theory-Based Approaches

Guiding Clients to a Joyful Marriage

Edited by David K. Carson and Montserrat Casado-Kehoe, both at Palm Beach Atlantic University, Florida, USA

Robert Schwarz, American Association of Marital & Family Therapy, USA and Elaine Braff, in Private Practice, New Jersey, USA

Series: Family Therapy and Counseling In Case Studies in Couples Therapy, readers will grasp the essentials of major theories and approaches in a few pages and then see how concepts and principles are applied in the work of well-known clinicians. The case studies incorporate a wide variety of couples from diverse backgrounds in a number of different life situations. It is simultaneously narrow (including specific processes and interventions applied with real clients) and broad (clearly outlining a broad array of theories and concepts) in scope, and the interventions in it are directly linked to theoretical perspectives in a clear and systematic way. Students and clinicians alike will find the theoretical overview sections of each chapter clear and easy to follow, and each chapter’s thorough descriptions of effective, practical interventions will give readers a strong sense of the connections between theory and practice. Routledge «Market: Couples and Family Therapy July 2011: 229x152: 439pp Hb: 978-0-415-87942-2: £52.99 Pb: 978-0-415-87943-9: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85156-2: £52.99

If you are married and also work and/or have kids, it’s common to lose the playful, sexy side of a relationship. Common – but not necessary. We’re No Fun Any More teaches couples how to regain the joy that supports a strong and loving marriage. Within its pages, readers will find a practical (and obviously fun) plan to: get their marriage out of the rut that’s robbing it of joy; recapture the pleasure of dating, romance, and love; and revive the playful quality of sex that makes it the pleasurable and enjoyable experience it’s supposed to be. Routledge «Market: Couples and Family Therapy August 2011: 229x152: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-87187-7: £44.50 Pb: 978-0-415-87188-4: £21.99

The Emotionally Focused Casebook New Directions in Treating Couples Edited by John L. Furrow, Fuller Theological Seminary, California, USA, Susan M. Johnson, Ottawa Couple and Family Institute, Ontario, Canada and Brent A. Bradley, University of Houston-Clear Lake, USA There is currently no single resource that compiles the various applications to the many clinical populations being served by EFT today. The Emotionally Focused Casebook fills that void as a substantive reference for clinicians, students, professors, and supervisors using and teaching EFT. Each chapter utilizes a hands-on case study approach with concrete guidelines and illustrations for the adaptation and application of EFT with specific treatment populations. This casebook is the perfect practical resource for professionals and students looking for examples of specific theoretical, conceptual, and treatment applications of EFT.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Routledge «Market: Couples and Family Therapy July 2011: 229x152: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-99875-8: £19.50 eBook: 978-0-203-81804-6: £39.00

psychoanalysis 163

A Life of One’s Own

Eternity’s Sunrise

Introduction by Rachel Boulky

A Way of Keeping A Diary

Marion Milner

Introduction by Hugh Haughton

How often do we ask ourselves, ‘What will make me happy?’ ‘What do I really want from life?’ In this book Marion Milner explores these questions and embarks on a seven year personal journey to discover what it is that makes her happy. Written in the spirit of a detective story, searching out clues, the reader quickly becomes involved in the chase. Using her own intimate diaries, kept over many years, Marion Milner analyses moment of everyday life and discovers ways of being, of looking, of moving, that bring surprising joy – ways which can be embraced by anyone. With a new introduction by Rachel Bowlby this book will be essential reading for all those interested in reflecting on the nature of their own happiness.

Marion Milner

Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis March 2011: 198x129: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55064-2: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55065-9: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81719-3: £50.00

Following on from A Life of One’s Own and An Experiment in Leisure, Eternity’s Sunrise explores Marion Milner’s way of keeping a diary. Recording small private moments, she builds up a store of ‘bead memories’; a carved duck, moments captured in her travels in Greece, Kashmir and Israel, circus clowns, a painting. From these ‘beads’ – sacred, horrific, profane, funny – grows a sense of an ‘answering activity’, the result of turning one’s attention inwards to experience real joy. What Marion Milner conveys so vividly and inspirationally is her lifelong intention to live as completely as possible in the moment. With a new introduction by Hugh Haughton, Eternity’s Sunrise will be essential reading for all those interested in reflecting on the nature of their own happiness. Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis March 2011: 198x129: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55072-7: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55074-1: £14.99

An Experiment in Leisure Introduction by Maud Ellmann

Change in Psychoanalysis An Analyst’s Reflections on the Therapeutic Relationship

Marion Milner

Chris Jaenicke, in Private Practice, Berlin, Germany

What is it that stops people from knowing what they want? How often do we wonder where we are going and what our world is all about? Written in 1936 An Experiment in Leisure further charts Marion Milner’s illuminating investigation into how we lead out lives. Instead of drawing on her daily diary, she turns to the memory of images. These images come not only from her own life, but also from books, mythology, travel and religion and seem to point to a suspension of ordinary, everyday awareness. From this condition of emptiness springs an increasingly imaginative appreciation both of being alive and of the world we live in. With a new introduction by Maud Ellmann An Experiment in Leisure remains a great adventure in thinking and living.

Series: Psychoanalytic Inquiry Book Series for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis February 2011: 210x140: 210pp Hb: 978-0-415-88804-2: £42.50 Pb: 978-0-415-88805-9: £13.50 eBook: 978-0-203-83273-8: £42.50

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis March 2011: 198x129: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-55066-6: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55067-3: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81676-9: £50.00

In this clinically rich and deeply personal book, Chris Jaenicke demonstrates that the therapeutic process involves change in both the patient and the analyst, and that therapy will not have a lasting effect until the inevitability and depth of the analyst’s involvement in the intersubjective field is better understood. In other words, in order to change, we must allow ourselves to be changed. This can happen within the sessions themselves, as one grasps the influence of and decenters from one’s own subjectivity, with cumulative effects over the course of the treatment. Thus the process, limitations, and cure of psychotherapy are cocreated, without displacing the asymmetrical nature of roles and responsibility. Essentially, beyond the theories and techniques, it is the specificity of our subjectivity as it interacts with the patient’s subjectivity which plays the central role in the therapeutic process. eBooks are only available to order online

164 psychoanalysis

Antonino Ferro, in Private Practice, Pavia, Italy Series: The New Library of Psychoanalysis This book explores the psychoanalytic encounter and how emotions are formed and experienced by patient and analyst alike. Drawing on the work of Bion, this book offers a new perspective and insight into how the mind works. The author narrates key theoretical concepts through the presentation of clinical material from adult and child analysis and places emphasis on being able to foster these narrations rather than the concepts themselves. Selected Contents: Avoiding Emotions, Living Emotions. Image and Narration: An Endless Game. Examples and Queries. Bion: Theoretical and Clinical Comments. Bion’s Thinking and Its Fertilization: Clinical Implications. Psychoanalytic Scales and Light Pollution. Thinking the Unthinkable. Variations On Transference and Countertransference. Psychoanalytic Exercises Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis May 2011: 234x156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-55502-9: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55503-6: £22.99

The Primordial Mind in Health and Illness A Cross-Cultural Perspective Michael Robbins, Boston Psychoanalytic Society, USA The Primordial Mind in Health and Illness draws on the author’s clinical experience as a psychoanalyst to construct an interdisciplinary model for understanding primordial mental activity in relation to thought in everyday life. Topics of discussion include: • dreaming and creativity • the relationship between mental processes in spiritual cultures • the psychoses and language. This book challenges existing models of primordial mind and will be of great interest to all psychoanalysts as well as those with a psychological interest in spiritual cultures. Selected Contents: Freud and Klein. Jung, Bion, Matte-Blanco. Piaget, Werner, Attachment Theory and Implicit Knowledge. Dreaming. The Primordial Mind in Everyday Life. Shamanism and Psychosis. Thoughtful Reflections of Psychotic Persons. Language, Thought and Communication. Neuroscience of Primordial Mind. Analogy and Transformation in Human Systems Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis March 2011: 234x156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-45460-5: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45461-2: £21.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Seeing and Being Seen Emerging from a Psychic Retreat John Steiner, British Psychoanalytical Society, UK Series: The New Library of Psychoanalysis ’John Steiner has summed up and enriched contemporary insight into many aspects of the work of psychoanalysis and has laid out a Kleinian approach to resistance that is up-to-date, inclusive, and detailed.’ – Roy Schafer, From the Forenad This book examines the themes that surface when considering clinical situations where patients feel stuck and where a failure to develop impedes the progress of analysis. As well as offering fresh ideas, Steiner bases his creative and integrative efforts on previous contributions by psychoanalysts including Freud, Klein, Rosenfeld and Bion. As such, this book will be of interest to psychoanalysts, clinical psychotherapists and all those with an interest in the psychoanalytic field. Selected Contents: Part I: Embarrassment, Shame, and Humiliation. Part II: Helplessness, Power, and Dominance. Part III: Mourning, Melancholia and the Repetition Compulsion Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis February 2011: 234x156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-57505-8: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57506-5: £21.99

The Suffering Stranger Hermeneutics for Everyday Clinical Practice Donna M. Orange, Institute for the Psychoanalytic Study of Subjectivity, New York, USA Utilizing the hermeneutics of Hans-Georg Gadamer and the ethics of Emmanuel Lèvinas, The Suffering Stranger invigorates the conversation between psychoanalysis and philosophy, demonstrating how each is informed by the other and how both are strengthened in unison. Orange turns her critical (and clinical) eye toward five major psychoanalytic thinkers – Sándor Ferenczi, Frieda Fromm-Reichmann, D. W. Winnicott, Heinz Kohut, and Bernard Brandchaft – investigating the hermeneutic approach of each and engaging these innovative thinkers precisely as interpreters, as those who have seen the face and heard the voice of the other in an ethical manner. In doing so, she provides the practicing clinician with insight into the methodology of interpretation that underpins the day-to-day activity of analysis, and broadens the scope of possibility for philosophical extensions of psychoanalytic theory. Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis June 2011: 229x152: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-87403-8: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87404-5: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86363-3: £50.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Avoiding Emotions, Living Emotions

psychoanalysis 165

Understanding and Treating Dissociative Identity Disorder A Relational Approach Elizabeth F. Howell, International Society for the Study of Dissociation, USA

With Culture in Mind Psychoanalytic Stories Edited by Muriel Dimen, New York University, USA Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series

Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis June 2011: 229x152: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-99496-5: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99497-2: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88826-1: £55.00

Routledge «Market: Psychoanalysis July 2011: 229x152: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-88486-0: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-88487-7: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84066-5: £50.00


Series: Relational Perspectives Book Series for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information


Elizabeth Howell makes another invaluable contribution to the clinical understanding of dissociative states with Understanding and Treating Dissociative Identity Disorder. Working within the realm of relational psychoanalysis, she explicates a multifaceted approach to the treatment of this fascinating yet often misunderstood condition, which involves the partitioning of the personality into part-selves that remain unaware of one another. She begins with the identification and diagnosis of dissociative identity disorder before outlining a phase-oriented treatment plan, which includes facilitating a multileveled coconstructed therapeutic relationship, emphasizing the multiplicity of transferences, countertransferences, and kinds of potential enactments.

This is a new kind of anthology. More conversation than collection, it locates the psychic and the social in clinical moments illuminating the analyst’s struggle to grasp a patient’s internal life as voiced through individual political, social, and material contexts. Each chapter is a single detailed case vignette in which aspects of race, gender, sexual orientation, heritage, ethnicity – elements of the sociopolotical matrix of culture – are brought to the fore in the transference-countertransference dimension, demonstrating how they affect the analytic encounter. Additionally, discussions by three senior analysts further deconstruct patients’ and analysts’ cultural embeddedness as illustrated in each chapter. For the practicing clinician as well as the seasoned academic, this highly readable and intellectually compelling book clearly demonstrates that culture saturates subjective experience – something that all mental health professionals should keep in mind. eBooks are only available to order online

166 jung/analytical psychology

Sandplay Therapy in Vulnerable Communities A Jungian Approach Eva Pattis Zoja, Jungian Analyst and Sandplay Therapist, Italy This book offers a new method of therapeutic care for people in acute crisis situations such as natural disasters and war, as well as the long-term care of children and adults in areas of social adversity including slums, refugee camps and high-density urban areas. Providing the reader with clear, practical instructions for carrying out their own sandplay project, this book will be essential reading for psychotherapists involved with sandplay therapy, those with an interest in cross cultural psychotherapy and all professionals working with those in situations of social adversity. Selected Contents: The Social Aspect of Psychoanalysis: Freud’s Polyclinic. The Cross-cultural Aspect of Analytical Psychology: Carl Gustav Jung. Margaret Lowenfeld’s World Technique and Dora Kalff’s Sandplay. Expressive Sandwork in South Africa, China and Colombia. Practical Instructions for an Expressive Sandwork Project Routledge «Market: Jung and Analytical Psychology / Psychotherapy March 2011: 234x156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-59271-0: £50.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59272-7: £14.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81795-7: £50.00

The Jung-Kirsch Letters The Correspondence of C.G. Jung and James Kirsch Edited by Ann Conrad Lammers, in Private Practice, USA This book charts Jung’s 32-year correspondence with James Kirsch, a German-Jewish psychiatrist who founded Jungian communities in Berlin, Tel Aviv, London, and Los Angeles, and adds depth and complexity to the previously published record of the early Jungian movement. Their letters tell of heroic survival, brilliant creativity, and the building of generative institutions; but these themes are darkened by personal and collective shadows, in particular the rise of the Nazi era and the claims of anti-Semitism leveled against Jung. The letters are translated here for the first time and the illuminating editorial commentary provides unique and invaluable insights into the writers’ world. The Jung-Kirsch Letters is an invaluable resource for all those with an interest in learning more about the historical and cultural origins of the Jungian movement. Routledge «Market: Jung and Analytical Psychology May 2011: 234x156: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-41921-5: £50.00

Survivors of Addiction Narratives of Recovery Mary Addenbrooke, in Private Practice, UK Survivors of Addiction draws on first-hand narratives to provide an overview of how and why people become addicted, and explores what happens after the addiction is left behind. It covers: • being caught up in addiction • how and why users stop being addicted • the early days after surviving addiction • long-term outcomes. By considering psychodynamic and Jungian perspectives as well as the clinical vignettes, this book examines the process of recovery from addiction. It will be key reading for therapists, clinicians and healthcare workers. It will also be of interest to those who are, or have been addicted, and their families.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: Part I: Lost in the Labyrinth of Addiction. Part II: The Turning Point. Part III: The New Task. Part IV: In the Long Term Routledge «Market: Jung and Analytical Psychology March 2011: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-1-58391-724-4: £60.00 Pb: 978-1-58391-725-1: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81887-9: £60.00

child & adolescent mental health 167 4th Edition

new in paperback

Academic Skills Problems Workbook

Adolescents and Adults with Learning Disabilities and ADHD

Edward S. Shapiro, Lehigh University, Pennsylvania, USA

Assessment and Accommodation

An ideal companion to Academic Skills Problems, Fourth Edition, this indispensable Workbook provides practice exercises and reproducible forms for use in direct assessment and intervention. Updated to reflect the changes in the fourth edition of the text, the Workbook includes teacher and student interview forms, a complete guide to using the Behavioral Observation of Students in Schools (BOSS) observation code, tools to support RTI, and exercises in administering assessments and scoring, interpreting, and graphing the results. The convenient large-size format facilitates photocopying. This book will be invaluable to school psychologists, K-12 school administrators, special educators, and classroom teachers; graduate students and researchers in these fields. Together with Academic Skills Problems, Fourth Edition, it will serve as a text in graduate-level courses dealing with academic assessment and intervention.

Noël Gregg, University of Georgia, USA

Bullying, Suicide, and Homicide Understanding, Assessing, and Preventing Threats to Self and Others for Victims of Bullying Butch Losey, Child Focus Inc., USA The main objective of this book is to provide a detailed understanding of the relationship between bullying, suicide, and homicide and to offer an assessment and response strategy that is useful for mental health professionals who work with children. Specific topics covered include the identification of risk factors of suicide and homicide for someone who is being bullied; characteristics of bullying that are more traumatic and therefore carry more risk; analysis of homicide risk within the context of American school shooters; four ‘indelible links’ that thread through bullying, suicide, and homicide that take on particular significance and point to a need for a heightened awareness on the part of professionals working with victims; and appropriate assessment and intervention strategies.


Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health May 2011: 229x152: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-87344-4: £53.00 Pb: 978-0-415-87347-5: £19.95 eBook: 978-0-203-86462-3: for e-mail updates in your field


Comprehensive and authoritative, this book helps educators and clinicians navigate the maze of laws, policies, and scientific research relating to diagnostic and intervention decision making for adolescents and adults. Leading expert Noël Gregg provides clear guidance on how to conduct and document evidence-based assessments and select appropriate instructional and testing accommodations. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / Special Education February 2011: 234x156: 316pp Pb: 978-1-60623-593-5: £16.95

Counseling 21st Century Students for Optimal College and Career Readiness A 9–12th Grade College and Career Curriculum Including Activities and Best Practices Corine Fitzpatrick, Manhattan College, New York, USA and Kathleen Costantini, New York City Department of Education, USA This book offers counselors an actionbased curriculum that will meet the needs of the 21st century high school student, help to foster their growth and ambition, and engage them as constructivists in learning what they need to succeed beyond high school. It takes a comprehensive, developmental approach, focusing on 9th–12th grade students, rather than solely on those in 11th and 12th grade. Specific topics discussed include successful transition to 9th grade; using technology in the college and career advising process; assisting and advising students in college research and application; and helping seniors make successful transitions to college. Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology June 2011: 279x216: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-87612-4: £16.95 eBook: 978-0-203-85939-1: £16.95

E-mail: for more information


Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology January 2011: 260x198: 198pp Pb: 978-1-60918-021-8: £24.00

’The best contemporary treatment of this topic available ... Highly readable, instructive, and punctuated with informative case examples, this book should prove beneficial to clinicians, educators, and graduate students.’ – Russell A. Barkley, Medical University of South Carolina, USA eBooks are only available to order online

168 child & adolescent mental health

Child and Adolescent Suicidal Behavior

Cognitive Therapy for Adolescents in School Settings

School-Based Prevention, Assessment, and Intervention

Torrey A. Creed, University of Pennsylvania, USA, Jarrod Reisweber, Philadelphia Veterans Affairs Medical Center, USA and Aaron T. Beck, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, USA

David N. Miller, University of Albany, State University of New York, USA Series: Practical Intervention in the Schools ’This book is a ‘must read’ for anyone who works in school settings. The author presents a comprehensive and realistic perspective on youth suicidal behavior in the 21st century.’ – Alec L. Miller, Montefiore Medical Center and Albert Einstein College of Medicine, USA Meeting a crucial need, this book distills the best current knowledge on child and adolescent suicide prevention into comprehensive guidelines for schoolbased practitioners. The author draws on extensive research and clinical experience to provide best-practice recommendations for developing schoolwide prevention programs, conducting risk assessments, and intervening at different levels of intensity with students at risk. Also presented are post-vention procedures for responding effectively if a suicide does occur. Legal and ethical issues are addressed in detail. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology February 2011: 260x198: 170pp Pb: 978-1-60623-996-4: £20.00

Depression in Adolescent Girls Science and Prevention Edited by Timothy J. Strauman and Philip R. Costanzo, both at Duke University, USA and Judy Garber, Vanderbuilt University, USA Series: Duke Series in Child Development and Public Policy Compared to boys, adolescent girls face an increased risk of depression and repeated recurrences throughout adulthood. This unique volume presents a comprehensive multidisciplinary framework for understanding how girls become vulnerable to mood disorders and how that vulnerability might be reduced. The contributors are leading scholars at the cutting edge of theory, research, intervention, and policy. The chapters cover new developments in the science of depression – from genes to biological, psychological, and social processes – and explore how the research is being translated into innovative prevention efforts. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health May 2011: 234x156: 340pp Hb: 978-1-59385-563-5: £37.00

Series: Practical Intervention in the Schools The first concise guide to conducting cognitive therapy (CT) in school settings, this book features in-depth case examples and hands-on clinical tools. The authors – who include renowned CT originator Aaron T. Beck – provide an accessible introduction to the cognitive model and demonstrate specific therapeutic techniques. Strategies are illustrated for engaging adolescents in therapy, rapidly creating an effective case conceptualization, and addressing a range of clinical issues and stressors frequently experienced in grades 6-12. The challenges and rewards of school-based CT are discussed in detail. Selected Contents: Chapter 1: An Overview of Cognitive Therapy. Chapter 2: Cognitive Therapy Case Conceptualization. Chapter 3: Cognitive Techniques. Chapter 4: Behavioral Techniques. Chapter 5: Making Cognitive Therapy Happen in the Schools. Appendices Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology March 2011: 203x266: 180pp Pb: 978-1-60918-133-8: £20.00

new in paperback

Growing up with Autism Working with School-Age Children and Adolescents Edited by Robin L. Gabriels, University of Colorado at Denver, USA and Dina E. Hill, University of New Mexico School of Medicine, USA ’A wonderful resource for educators and mental health professionals, this book is filled with practical and helpful guidance covering a range of issues.’ – Fred R. Volkmar, Yale University School of Medicine, USA Individuals with autism and their caregivers face unique challenges in later childhood and adolescence. This volume translates research on the needs of this population into practical recommendations for clinicians and educators. Accessible guidance and hands-on suggestions are provided for supporting positive behavior, communication, and social skills; managing issues related to mental and physical health and sexuality; helping families access services and navigate the legal system; and optimizing the educational and transition planning process. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health February 2011: 234x156: 302pp Pb: 978-1-60918-147-5: £16.95

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


child & adolescent mental health 169

Models for Implementing Response to Intervention

Motivational Interviewing with Adolescents and Young Adults

Tools, Outcomes, and Implications

Sylvie Naar-King, Wayne State University School of Medicine, USA and Mariann Suarez, University of South Florida College of Medicine, USA

’I know of no other source that better connects RTI implementation to improvement in student outcomes ... I plan to use this book as a text for the School Consultation course in our School Psychology doctoral program.’ – Michael Vanderwood, University of California, Riverside, USA Providing a unique ‘on-the-ground’ perspective, this book examines the implementation of three empirically supported response-to-intervention (RTI) models in four different school districts. The book addresses the complexity of putting RTI into place in the elementary grades, showing how the process actually took place and what impact it had on school climates and student learning and behavior. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology March 2011: 234x156: 412pp Hb: 978-1-60918-124-6: £30.50

2nd Edition

Helping Schoolchildren Cope with Anger A Cognitive-Behavioral Intervention Jim Larson, University of Wisconsin-Whitewater, USA and John E. Lochman, University of Alabama, USA ’This highly effective program is now even more valuable with the addition of chapters specifically addressing considerations when treating girls and implementation with individuals.’ – Judith A. McBride, Long Beach Unified School District, California, USA This invaluable guide presents all of the information and clinical tools needed to implement the Anger Coping Program, an empirically supported intervention for students in grades 3-6. Practitioners are taken step by step through setting up treatment groups, teaching vital skills for reducing aggression and disruptive behavior, and building strong partnerships with teachers and parents. Many practical suggestions are provided for adapting the program to different settings and optimizing student outcomes.


Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health December 2010: 203x266: 208pp Pb: 978-1-60623-973-5: £20.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5938-5161-3 for e-mail updates in your field


Series: Applications of Motivational Interviewing ’A beautifully written, well-organized, and immensely substantive text on collaborating with young people who are struggling with serious challenges.’ – Andrew Malekoff, North Shore Child and Family Guidance Center, New York, USA This pragmatic guide spells out how to use motivational interviewing (MI) to have productive conversations about behavior change with adolescents and young adults in any clinical context. Filled with vivid examples, sample dialogues, and ‘dos and don’ts,’ the book shows how conducting MI from a developmentally informed standpoint can help practitioners quickly build rapport with young patients, enhance their motivation to make healthy changes, and overcome ambivalence. Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health February 2011: 234x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-60918-062-1: £24.00

Starting Treatment With Children and Adolescents A Process-Oriented Guide for Therapists Steven Tuber and Jane M. Caflisch, both at the City University of New York, USA Starting Treatment With Children and Adolescents provides new therapists with time-tested framework for treatment and moment-by-moment guides to the first few sessions with a new patient. In twelve remarkable case studies, the authors lay out a different individual play-therapy session that includes a verbatim transcript, a running commentary on the techniques and theory used in each session, and an analysis of what worked, what didn’t, and what else the clinician could have done to make the session as productive as possible. Clinicians will come away from the book with a clear sense of how other therapists actually work and how to best manage a therapy session. They’ll also find answers to common questions like how else could I have handled that situation? What other paths could I have tried? How might those other paths have played out? What treatment strategies are most advantageous to my patients’ growth – and to my own? Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health May 2011: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-88557-7: £62.99 Pb: 978-0-415-88558-4: £21.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83940-9: £62.99

E-mail: for more information


Edited by Edward S. Shapiro, Lehigh University, USA, Naomi Zigmond, University of Pittsburgh, USA, Teri Wallace, Minnesota State University, USA and Doug Marston, Minneapolis Public Schools, USA eBooks are only available to order online

170 child & adolescent mental health

The School Counselor’s Guide

The School Counselor’s Guide

Elementary School Guidance Curriculum Activities

High School Guidance Curriculum Activities

Mark Nelson, Montana State University, USA

Mark Nelson, Montana State University, USA

The School Counselor’s Guide is a set of three volumes, providing a tailored guidance curriculum for Elementary, Middle, and High School students, including approximately 100 classroom activities that are organized and designed to meet the National Standards created by the American School Counselor Association (ASCA). These activities can be used in the design of a comprehensive guidance curriculum, which addresses the academic, career, and personal/social development of all students.

The School Counselor’s Guide is a set of three volumes, providing a tailored guidance curriculum for Elementary, Middle, and High School students, including approximately 100 classroom activities that are organized and designed to meet the National Standards created by the American School Counselor Association (ASCA). These activities can be used in the design of a comprehensive guidance curriculum, which addresses the academic, career, and personal/social development of all students.

Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology February 2011: 279x216: 219pp Three-ring Binder: 978-0-415-88921-6: £110.00

Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology February 2011: 279x216: 196pp Three-ring Binder: 978-0-415-88923-0: £110.00

The School Counselor’s Guide

Working with Adolescents

Middle School Guidance Curriculum Activities

A Guide for Practitioners

Mark Nelson, Montana State University, USA

Julie Anne Laser and Nicole Nicotera, both at the Graduate School of Social Work, University of Denver, USA

The School Counselor’s Guide is a set of three volumes, providing a tailored guidance curriculum for Elementary, Middle, and High School students, including approximately 100 classroom activities that are organized and designed to meet the National Standards created by the American School Counselor Association (ASCA). These activities can be used in the design of a comprehensive guidance curriculum, which addresses the academic, career, and personal/social development of all students. Routledge «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health / School Psychology February 2011: 279x216: 209pp Three-ring Binder: 978-0-415-88922-3: £110.00

Series: Social Work Practice with Children and Families ’This comprehensive text discusses adolescent development through a multisystemic, ecological perspective that addresses the many contexts in which adolescents live.’ – Linda Openshaw, Texas A&M University-Commerce, USA This state-of-the-art practitioner resource and course text provides a comprehensive view of adolescent development and spells out effective ways to help teens who are having difficulties. The book illuminates protective and risk factors in the many contexts of adolescents’ lives, from individual attributes to family, school, neighborhood, and media influences. An ecological perspective is applied to understanding and addressing specific adolescent challenges, including substance abuse, sexual identity issues, mental health problems, risky sexual behavior, and delinquency. Throughout the text, clear-cut assessment and intervention strategies are illustrated with rich case examples.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Guilford Press «Market: Child and Adolescent Mental Health February 2011: 234x156: 310pp Hb: 978-1-60918-035-5: £27.00

creative arts therapies 171

Dramatherapy and Destructiveness

Play in Clinical Practice Evidence-Based Approaches

Creating the Evidence Base, Playing with Thanatos Edited by Ditty Dokter, Pete Holloway and Henri Seebohm, all at Roehampton University, UK

Edited by Sandra W. Russ, Case Western Reserve University, USA and Larissa N. Niec, Central Michigan University, USA ’Bravo! This book offers a balanced discussion of the value of play. Weaving together chapters on play and learning, assessment, and play-based intervention, it is a timely ‘go-to’ resource for researchers and clinicians alike.’ – Kathy Hirsh-Pasek, Temple University, USA

’This is a stimulating read, opening the door on the experience of dramatherapy practice in challenging settings and with complex clients.’ – Anna Chesner, London Centre for Psychodrama With a focus on working with those suffering from conduct disorders, mood disorders, schizophrenia and personality disorders, this book looks at: • theory and research underpinning working with destructiveness • in-depth case studies • analysis and evaluation of the evidence • guidelines for best practice. This book will be of interest to drama-therapists, therapists, health professionals, social workers, teachers and artists. Selected Contents: Part I: Destructiveness and Dramatherapy. Part II: Clinical Practice. Part III: Towards an evaluation of the Evidence Base So Far Routledge «Market: Creative Art Therapies June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-55850-1: £60.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55851-8: £22.99

This innovative book goes beyond traditional play therapy to present a range of evidence-based assessment and intervention approaches that incorporate play as a key element. It is grounded in the latest knowledge about the importance of play in child development. Leading experts describe effective strategies for addressing a wide variety of clinical concerns, including behavioral difficulties, anxiety, parent-child relationship issues, trauma, and autism. The empirical support for each approach is summarized and clinical techniques are illustrated. Guilford Press «Market: Creative Art Therapies / Child and Adolescent Mental Health February 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-60918-046-1: £30.50



ONLINE for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



USING THE URLS BELOW EACH LISTING eBooks are only available to order online

172 nursing

Learning to Care * A Psychological Approach to Nursing and Healthcare Helena Priest, Staffordshire University, UK This book is an accessible guide which will enable healthcare professionals to identify and respond to a patientís psychological needs. Presenting the theoretical background to psychological care, and looking at approaches from both psychology and nursing, Helena Priest develops a model of effective psychological care delivery. She shows how to develop the skills and knowledge-base necessary for good psychological care, and explores the factors that can inhibit this. Selected Contents: 1. The Nature of Care 2. Psychological Aspects of Care 3. Theoretical and Practical Perspectives on Psychological Care 4. A Model for Psychological Care 5. Skills and Qualities for Caring 6. Knowledge for Caring 7. Psychological Care in Context 8. Caring Enough: The Future for Psychological Care Routledge «Market: Nursing / Psychology May 2011: 246x174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42907-8: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42908-5: £19.99

Qualitative Research in Midwifery and Childbirth Phenomenological Approaches Edited by Gill Thomson and Fiona Dykes, both at University of Central Lancashire, UK and Soo Downe Qualitative Research in Midwifery and Childbirth brings together a range of phenomenological methods and insights into one accessible text. Illustrated with plenty of examples of successful phenomenological research, it keeps the focus applied to midwifery and childbirth and makes clear the links to practice throughout.

Routledge «Market: Midwifery / Social Sciences April 2011: 234x156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-57501-0: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57502-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81682-0: £85.00

International Perspectives on Public Health and Palliative Care Edited by Libby Sallnow, Barts and the London NHS Trust, Suresh Kumar, Institute of Palliative Medicine, India and Allan Kellehear, University of Bath, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Public Health Public health approaches to palliative care have been growing in policy importance and practice acceptance. This innovative volume explores the major concepts, practice examples, and practice guidelines for this new approach. Selected Contents: Part 1: What is a Public Health Approach to Palliative Care Part 2: Country Reviews Part 3: Practice Examples Routledge

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


«Market: Public Health / Medicine / Nursing June 2011: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-66350-2: £75.00

medical sociology & health studies 173

Contemporary Theorists for Medical Sociology

Routledge Handbook of Disability Studies

Edited by Graham Scambler, University College London, UK

Edited by Carol Thomas, University of Lancaster, UK, Nick Watson, University of Glasgow, UK and Alan Roulstone, University of Northumbria, UK

Series: Critical Studies in Health and Society This text explores the work of key social theorists and the application of their ideas to issues around health and illness. Each chapter includes a critical introduction to the thinkerís central theses, ways in which their ideas might inform medical sociology and some examples of how they can be applied.

A detailed and up-to-date overview, the Routledge Handbook of Disability Studies provides an authoritative overview of the main issues in the field around the world today. Consisting entirely of newly commissioned chapters and arranged thematically, it surveys the state of the discipline, examining emerging and cutting edge areas as well as core areas of contention.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Habermas 2. Luhmann 3. Wallerstein 4. Bauman 5. Bourdieu 6. Foucault 7. Merleau-Ponty 8. Archer 9. Latour 10. Deleuze and Guatteri Routledge «Market: Health Studies / Sociology June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59782-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59783-8: £22.99

Routledge «Market: Disability Studies / Sociology / Health April 2011: 246x174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-57400-6: £125.00

2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy

Pediatric Life Care Planning and Case Management

Brian Sheldon, Formerly at Centre for Evidence-Based Social Services, Peninsula Medical School, UK Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy is written in a lively and accessible style and is designed to give a thorough grounding in cognitive-behavioural methods and their application. It is essential reading for students and professionals in social work, nursing and psychotherapy.


Selected Contents: 1. Origins and Development of Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy 2. Research on the Effectiveness of Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy 3. Philosophical Implications 4. Learning Theory and Research 5. Emotional Reactions 6. Assessment, Monitoring and Evaluation 7. Stimulus-Control Techniques 8. Response-Control Techniques 9. Ethical Considerations Routledge ★Market: Nursing / Social Work / Psychology January 2011: 246x174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-56436-6: £85.00/03 Pb: 978-0-415-56435-9: £24.99/04 eBook: 978-0-203-83371-1: £85.00/14 for e-mail updates in your field


Edited by Susan Riddick-Grisham, Life Care Manager, Richmond, Virginia, USA and Laura Deming The life care plan is a dynamic document based upon standards of practice, comprehensive assessment, data analysis, and research. It provides an organized and concise plan for current and future needs for individuals with chronic health care needs. This book brings together the many concepts involved in developing pediatric life care plans in one state-ofthe-art source and serves as a resource for all professionals involved in the practice of life care planning and case management of the pediatric patient. The unifying theme of each chapter the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to an integrated continuum. The book includes detailed case studies and lists clinical resources for children with chronic health conditions or disability states. CRC Press «Market: Rehabilitation / Disability April 2011: 254x178: 1084pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0358-5: £99.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-1726-2

E-mail: for more information


Research and Practice in Health and Social Care eBooks are only available to order online

174 medical sociology & health studies 2nd Edition

Environmental Destruction and Psychosocial Breakdown Health and Human Development Roberto De Vogli, University College London, UK Series: Routledge Studies in Public Health Global warming and the depletion of natural resources are widely recognized as major threats to our future. However, this environmental destruction is paired with an often-overlooked deterioration of psychosocial wellbeing. This original and compelling book explores the links between these phenomena, discussing the implications for action and change. Selected Contents: Part 1. Developmental Disorders Introduction: A Turning Point or a Point of No Return? 1. The Growth Delusion Part 2. Patterns of Degradation 2. Futility Unlimited 3. Virtual Freedom 4. All Things Being Unequal 5. Civic Eclipse 6. Not of This Earth Part 3. Societal Inertia 7. Power and Profit 8. Out of Control Part 4. Progress or Collapse? 9. Dignity: A Race Against US

Exercise and Disease Management

Thyroid Cancer

Brian C. Leutholtz and Ignacio Ripoll, Integrative Medical Services, Virginia Beach, USA

From Emergent Biotechnologies to Clinical Practice Guidelines

Consolidating the current knowledge base on exercise and chronic disease, this book provides a ready-made format for health care providers to use when prescribing exercise programs for patients. This book helps physicians and health care providers respond to the challenge to keep patients healthier and active, thus reducing recurrent hospitalizations and health care costs. Individual companion workbooks for Chapters 1-11 on CD-ROM provide patient health maintenance information about diabetes, AIDS, obesity, Golden Years (age 65 and older), heart disease, kidney disease, lung disease, peripheral vascular disease, physical inactivity, osteoporosis and arthritis, and high blood pressure.

Edited by Angelo Carpi, Pisa University, Italy and Jeffrey I. Mechanick, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, USA

CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 240pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2759-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2760-4: £95.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-8713-5

Routledge «Market: Public Health / Sociology April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-49069-6: £70.00

Written to keep up with the constant flow of information regarding new data, trials, and guidelines in thyroid cancer research, this book presents clinical guidelines governing diagnostics and therapeutics. It provides sufficient introductory chapters to explain methods used to translate experimental data into clinical practice based on molecular biology research and new clinical trial data. Chapters cover pathophysiology, systems biology, genetic and epigenetic alterations, risk stratification, and aspiration biopsy guidance. The reference also includes clinical case studies, which emphasize the emerging role of molecular medicine and looks at biotechnology innovations and novel medical imaging. CRC Press May 2011: 254x178: 328pp Hb: 978-1-4398-6221-6: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-6222-3: £89.00

Alternative Medicine

Revitalizing of Traditional Knowledge of Herbs Edited by M.K. Rai, D. Acharya, SGB Amravati University, India and Jose Luis Rios, Universitat de Valencia, Spain Presenting recent discoveries on ethnomedicinal plants around the world, this book focuses on evaluating the progress to date as well as the future potential of drug development in ethnomedicine. Eight reviews examine therapeutic applications including the spasmolitic effects of various plants, the anti-inflammatory activity of plants from Brazil and Tunisia, common fertility treatments in Trinidad and Tobago, traditional medicines from Cameroon and their interaction with estrogen receptors, the medicinal plants used in Spain to treat digestion problems, immune-modulators and stimulators from plants, and antimicrobial herbs from India. Science Publishers «Market: Medicine January 2011: 235x156: 480pp Hb: 978-1-57808-696-2: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-5362-7: £82.00

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Herbalism, Phytochemistry and Ethnopharmacology Edited by A. Singh, Herbal Consultant, Punjab, India Bridging the gap between the ancient sciences of herbalism and the emerging disciplines such as ethnopharmocology or phytopharmacotherapy, this book highlights the major breakthroughs in the history of the field and focuses on future directions in the discovery and application of herb-derived medicines. Implementing the concept of reverse pharmacology, it integrates documented clinical and experiential ‘hits’ into pharmacological leads by transdisciplinary exploratory studies. It further develops these into drug candidates by experimental and clinical research. Honoring the interdisciplinary nature of herbalism, this book is a handy reference for all those in the herbal drug industry from student to researcher. Science Publishers «Market: Biological Sciences March 2011: 229x152: 280pp Hb: 978-1-57808-697-9: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5361-0: £76.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Ethnomedicinal Plants

social work & social policy 175

Grief, Loss and Bereavement Care * An Evidence-Informed Approach for Health and Social Care Practitioners

Practice-based Research A Textbook for Social Workers Sarah-Jane Dodd and Irwin Epstein, both at Hunter College, CUNY, USA This book discusses PBR as a social work research approach; describes its principles and methods and presents a range of exemplars illustrating its application in different practice settings.

Edited by Peter Wimpenny, Robert Gordon University, UK and John Costello, University of Manchester, UK Bereavement is a challenging area for everyone, including health and social care practitioners who are well placed to offer support to the bereaved. This invaluable text draws together a comprehensive evidence-base for supporting grieving people and applies it to a health and social care context. Selected Contents: Introduction. Bereavement in Children and Young People. Parental and Family Bereavement. Bereavement and Older People. Endof-life Care and Bereavement. Mental Health, Trauma and Bereavement. Bereavement and Primary Care. Acute Care and Bereavement. Children’s Deaths and Bereavement. Perinatal Bereavement. Bereavement in Old Age Settings. Bereavement and People with Learning Difficulties. HIV, AIDS and Bereavement. Bereavement and Occupational Health. Professional Development for Health and Social Care Practitioners. Interventions, Organisation of Care and Support for the Bereaved Routledge «Market: Nursing / Counselling / Social Work June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46750-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46751-3: £19.99

Selected Contents: Part 1. Introduction to PBR in Social Work Practice: Introduction 1.Evolution and Definition of PBR Part 2. Engaging in the PBR Process – How to do it! 2. Establishing the Practice-Research Problem 3. PBR Research Designs 4. Choosing Practice Designs that Honor Practice Protocols 5 .The PBR Literature Review: When and How To Do It? 6. Understanding Differences Between Data Collection Methods Quantitative Data Gathering 8. Qualitative Data Gathering 9. Sampling 10. Research Ethics and the Protection of Human Subjects 11. Analyzing Data in PBR 12. Putting Research into Practice – A Collaborative Approach to Interpreting and Disseminating Research Results 13. Utilizing Research Consultants from a PBR Perspective Routledge «Market: Social Work June 2011: 246x174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56523-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56524-0: £21.99

3rd Edition

Practising Social Work Ethics

When Parents Die Learning to Live with the Loss of a Parent

International Cases and Commentaries

Rebecca Abrams

Edited by Sarah Banks, University of Durham, UK and Kirsten Nøhr, Hogeschool van Amsterdam, the Netherlands


Selected Contents: Introduction 1. My Story 2. First Days, Last Rites 3. Different Deaths, Different Griefs 4. Mourning Time: The First Year 5. Mourning Time: The Second Year and After 6. Changes and Losses: The Private Kind 7. Changes and Losses: The Public Kind 8. Old Grief in New Guises 9. Pathways to the Future 10. Last Words Suggested Reading Useful Organizations Routledge «Market: Counselling / Social Work and Self-help June 2011: 216x138: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-59011-2: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59012-9: £17.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-415-20066-0 for e-mail updates in your field


Ethical considerations are central to social work, yet there are often situations where values conflict. This text looks at real life case studies of ethical problems in the areas of: respecting rights, negotiating roles and boundaries, being fair, challenging and developing organisations and working with policy and politics. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Practising Social Work Ethics 2. Respecting Rights 3. Negotiating Roles and Boundaries 4. Being Fair 5. Challenging and Developing Organisations 6. Working With Policy and Politics 7. Conclusion Routledge «Market: Social Work / Youth Work June 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-56031-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56033-7: £21.99

E-mail: for more information


Drawing on her personal and professional experiences, as well as the stories of many others, Rebecca Abrams provides a compassionate and insightful exploration of the experience of losing a parent. An indispensible aid to the bereaved and the professionals who work with them, this third edition has been fully revised. eBooks are only available to order online

176 social work & social policy Transnational Social Support Edited by Adrienne Chambon, University of Toronto, Canada, Wolfgang Schröer, Universität Hildesheim, Germany and Cornelia Schweppe, Johannes Gutenberg-Universität Mainz, Germany Series: Routledge Studies in Health and Social Welfare In the context of ever-increasing globalization, transnational systems of support have emerged in response to the needs of transnational families, labour forces, and the communities within which they are located. This volume will be the first to systematically address transnational support research from a theoretical and empirical perspective, making the concept of transnationality part of the core knowledge structure of social work. Routledge «Market: Social Work July 2011: 229x152: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-88876-9: £75.00


Edited by Gerard E. Mullin, John Hopkins University, Baltimore, USA, Laura E. Matarese, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pennsylvania, USA and Melissa Palmer, NYU Langone Medical Center, New York, USA Discussing nutritional therapies in the management of gastrointestinal issues, this important reference brings together experts in the field of nutrition and gastroenterology to offer dietary, nutritional, and natural therapies for gastrointestinal ailments in order to improve digestive health. Beginning with a review of the digestive tract and core concepts, it presents the nutritional consequences and considerations of digestive disorders including celiac disease, cancers, malabsorption, inflammatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, and obesity. It also addresses the unique issues of hospitalized patients and includes a toolbox of key concepts, charts, tables, algorithms, and practical therapeutic strategies. CRC Press July 2011: 235x156: 488pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1264-8: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1265-5: £89.00

order now!

2nd Edition

Parkinson’s Disease

Pediatric Life Care Planning and Case Management

Edited by Ronald F. Pfeiffer, University of Tennessee Health Science Center, Memphis, USA, Zbigniew K. Wszolek, Mayo Clinic, Jacksonville, Florida, USA and Manuchair Ebadi, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, USA A new optimism that Parkinson’s disease can be defeated is energizing the research community. Halting the progression of the disease, restoring function, and even prevention are all realistic goals. This comprehensive volume provides state-of-the-art information on all aspects of Parkinson’s disease, including epidemiology, genetics, diagnosis, treatment, and social issues. Novel and attractive models are included to simplify difficult-to-understand concepts. With a focus on therapeutics and written by leaders in the field, Parkinson’s Disease emphasizes both the importance of early diagnosis and the search for more effective therapies.and the search for more effective therapies. CRC Press

The life care plan is a dynamic document based upon standards of practice, comprehensive assessment, data analysis, and research. It provides an organized and concise plan for current and future needs for individuals with chronic health care needs. This book brings together the many concepts involved in developing pediatric life care plans in one state-of-the-art source and serves as a resource for all professionals involved in the practice of life care planning and case management of the pediatric patient. The unifying theme of each chapter the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to an integrated continuum. The book includes detailed case studies and lists clinical resources for children with chronic health conditions or disability states. CRC Press

«Market: Medicine July 2011: 279x216: 1408pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0714-9: £159.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0715-6: £159.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Edited by Susan Riddick-Grisham, Life Care Manager, Richmond, Virginia, USA and Laura Deming

D +44 (0)1235 400525

«Market: Rehabilitation / Disability April 2011: 254x178: 1084pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0358-5: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0359-2: £99.00


Gastrointestinal and Liver Disease Nutrition Desk Reference

2nd Edition

biological sciences 177

Agriculture in Brazil Yearbook 2011

Agriculture in Brazil Yearbook 2010

Brazil Agrianual

Brazil Agrianual

Agra FNP Research, São Paulo, Brazil

Agra FNP Research, São Paulo, Brazil

This resource covers the economics, dynamics, dimensions, and profitability of Brazilian agriculture in 2011. Reporting on the agriculture sector in Brazil and the world, the book presents outlooks for major sectors and land prices. It also provides data on production, harvest areas, supply, demand, consumption, trade, costs, and prices of 35 major crops, including apple, avocado, banana, beans, canola, orange, lime, tangerine, cocoa beans, coconut, coffee, corn, cotton, forestry, garlic, grape, guava, mango, melon, onion, palm, papaya, passion fruit, peanuts, pineapple, potato, rice, rubber, soybean, sorghum, sugarcane, sunflower, tomato, watermelon, and wheat.

This resource covers the economics, dynamics, dimensions, and profitability of Brazilian agriculture. Reporting on the agriculture sector in Brazil and the world, the book presents outlooks for major sectors and land prices. It also provides data on production, harvest areas, supply, demand, consumption, trade, costs, and prices of 35 major crops, including apple, avocado, banana, beans, canola, orange, lime, tangerine, cocoa beans, coconut, coffee, corn, cotton, forestry, garlic, grape, guava, mango, melon, onion, palm, papaya, passion fruit, peanuts, pineapple, potato, rice, rubber, soybean, sorghum, sugarcane, sunflower, tomato, watermelon, and wheat.

CRC Press «Market: Agriculture April 2011: Special: 237pp CD-ROM: 978-0-415-66768-5: £457.00

CRC Press «Market: Agriculture December 2010: Special: 237pp CD-ROM: 978-0-415-66767-8: £457.00

3rd Edition

2nd Edition textbook

Handbook of Laboratory Animal Science, Volume II

Marine Microbiology

Animal Models

Ecology & Applications Colin Munn, University of Plymouth, UK Marine Microbiology is divided into three sections: the first reviews the main features of the marine environment and key aspects of marine microbial life; the second looks at the role of marine microorganisms in ecology, and the final section considers some of the applications of this knowledge, looking into areas such as disease and biodegradation.

Edited by Jann Hau, University of Copenhagen & Rigshhospitalet, Denmark and Steven J. Schapiro, The University of Texas, Bastrop, Texas, USA


CRC Press «Market: Life Sciences April 2011: 254x178: 480pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8457-3: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-8458-0: £76.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-1084-3 for e-mail updates in your field


Garland Science «Market: Undergraduate / Postgraduate and Research Students Studying Marine Biology or Microbiology March 2011: : 320pp Pb: 978-0-8153-6517-4: £40.99

E-mail: for more information


This third edition of a bestselling handbook now has a truly international flavor. Each chapter focuses on an important subdiscipline and can be read and used as stand-alone texts, with only limited necessity to consult other chapters for information. This approach has resulted in slight overlaps in contents in some chapters, a small price to pay to make the book as reader friendly as possible. The handbook stresses the 3Rs; replacing live animals with alternative methods, reducing the number of animals used, and refining techniques to minimize the discomfort experienced by the animal participants. eBooks are only available to order online

178 biological sciences


Genetics, Genomics and Breeding of Berries

Structures and Functions S.M. Kisia, University of Nairobi, Kenya

Edited by Kevin M. Folta, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, USA and Chittaranjan Kole, Clemson University, South Carolina, USA

Series: Biological Systems in Vertebrates The book describes the diversity and features of various vertebrate groups, ranging from the oldest living fishes to the relatively more recent groups to evolve such as mammals. The authors cover the structures of body systems including organs and tissues, as well as their functions and how they differ in various vertebrate groups. They also discuss the evolution of vertebrate groups from the earliest extinct ancestors to the living vertebrates as well as related groups that are now extinct. The book contains illustrations to clarify various issues and discussions of the features that enable vertebrates to adapt to aquatic and terrestrial environments they inhabit.

There has been considerable interest in berries recently, as their health-related, culinary, and biological properties have driven new initiatives in berry breeding and production. Breakthroughs in molecular technologies allow genomicsenabled approaches to augment research efforts. This volume documents the basic botany and culture of four major berry crops and then follows the scientific milestones that have ushered these systems into the modern genomics era. Leading researchers in each crop system detail the recent findings in genetics, genomics, and breeding that seek to improve sustainable cultivation, fruit quality, and availability.

Science Publishers June 2010: 229x152: 530pp Pb: 978-1-57808-606-1: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4052-8: £63.99

Science Publishers March 2011: 235x156: 200pp Hb: 978-1-57808-707-5: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5660-4: £63.99

3rd Edition


The Structure of Biological Membranes

Viruses Biology, Application, and Control David R. Harper, Biocontrol Limited, UK

Completely revised and updated to reflect changes in the field, The Structure of Biological Membranes, Second Edition focuses on lipids and the lipid bilayer, as well as on membrane protein structure and function, and includes a chapter on transport. It provides an integrated view of membranes as functioning units. This new edition incorporates recent advances in membrane protein structure, membrane rafts, and membrane fusion. The roles of cholesterol in the biology of cells, the structures of G-protein coupled receptors, membrane lipids as modulators of membrane-bound enzymes, and viral fusion mechanisms are presented and analyzed in depth. CRC Press «Market: Biological Sciences May 2011: 254x178: 552pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0957-0: £127.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0958-7: £127.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-1403-2

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Viruses: Biology, Application, and Control is a concise advanced undergraduate and graduate textbook covering the essential aspects of virology included in biomedical science courses. It is an updated and expanded version of David Harper’s Molecular Virology 2e from the Medical Perspectives series. Selected Contents: 1. Virus Structure and Infection 2. Virus Classification and Evolution 3. Virus Replication 4. Viral Interaction with the Immune System 5. Vaccines and Immunotherapy 6. Antiviral Drugs 7. Beneficial Use of Viruses 8. Emergence and Extinction of Viruses 9. Virus Culture, Detection and Diagnosis Appendix: Virus Replication Strategies and Characteristics by Family Garland Science «Market: Virology or Microbiology July 2011: : 300pp Pb: 978-0-8153-4150-5: £40.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Edited by Philip Yeagle

biological sciences 179

Genetics, Genomics and Breeding Reactive Oxygen Species and of Vegetable Brassicas Antioxidants in Higher Plants Edited by Jan Sadowski, Adam Mickiewicz University, Poland and Chittaranjan Kole, Clemson University, South Carolina, USA

Edited by S. Dutta Gupta, Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur, India

Series: Genetic, Genomics and Breeding of Crop Plants

This volume provides basic information on reactive oxygen species (ROS) and describes the new developments in the action of ROS and the role of antioxidants and the mechanisms that have been developed to scavenge free radical associated cellular damage. It illustrates the chemistry of ROS, ROS signaling, antioxidative defense systems, transgene approach in scavenging ROS and the role of oxidative stress in plant recalcitrance and hyperhydricity, and how plants orchestrate their response to morphogenesis. It also includes a brief account on the use of medicinal plants for natural antioxidants, focusing biochemical details.

Due to their diversity, vegetable Brassicas are of great economic import and offer unique opportunities to enrich our knowledge about plant growth, development, and rapid phenotypic evolution. By applying emerging genomic technologies, we may greatly increase our understanding of the Brassica biology and breeding efficiency. This volume contains 11 chapters contributed by 34 specialists with extensive experience in genetics, molecular breeding, and genomics of vegetable Brassicas. Recent achievements and new technologies presented in this book will provide support to further research the genetics and genomics of vegetable Brassica crops and facilitate their genetic improvement. Science Publishers March 2011: 235x156: 450pp Hb: 978-1-57808-706-8: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-6604-7: £89.00

Key Transitions in Animal Evolution

What’s New About Crop Plants Novel Discoveries of the 21st Century

Tackling one of the most difficult and delicate of the evolutionary questions, this challenging book summarizes the more recent results in phylogenetics and developmental biology that address the evolution of key innovations in metazoans. Divided into three sections, the first considers the phylogenetic issues involving this area of the tree of life and the elucidation of those relationships that continue to trouble taxonomists. The second section considers the developmental biology of metazoan evolution including the development of the nervous system, sensory organs, and physiological maturation. Part three focuses on the evolution of pattern and process in the Metazoa.


Science Publishers «Market: Life Sciences December 2010: 235x156: 340pp Hb: 978-1-57808-695-5: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-5402-0: £82.00

for e-mail updates in your field


U.S. Gupta, Retired Adj Professor, University of Georgia, Athens, USA  ntil recently, breeding efforts in mass U produced food crops centered on high yield production while sacrificing flavor, taste and other quality traits. Now, more emphasis is being placed on the enhancement of nutritional and medicinal properties of the food crops. Aside from merely being considered a source of food, crops are today being looked from a health benefit perspective and even from an environmental standpoint. This volume looks at the use of crops for a myriad of purposes, including the prevention and/or mitigation of various diseases, vaccine and antigen production, biofuel production, and the suppression of weeds. Science Publishers January 2011: 235x156: 649pp Hb: 978-1-57808-699-3: £114.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-5604-8: £114.00

E-mail: for more information


Edited by Rob Desalle, American Museum of Natural History, New York, USA and Bernd Schierwater, ITZ, Ecology and Evolution, TiHo Hannover, Germany

Science Publishers October 2010: 235x156: 380pp Hb: 978-1-57808-686-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-5408-2: £95.00 eBooks are only available to order online

180 biological sciences Agricultural Acarology

Flow Cyclometry


Introduction to Integrated Mite Management

A Practical Guide

Edited by S.K. Jain, A.A. Khan and M.K. Rai

Marjorie Hoy, University of Florida, Gainesville, USA

Edited by Albert D. Donnenberg, Hillman Cancer Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, USA and Fiona Elizabeth Craig, University of Pittsburgh, USA

Geomicrobiology is a combination of geology and microbiology, and includes the study of interaction of microorganisms with their environment, such as in sedimentary rocks. This is a new and rapidly-developing field that has led in the past decade to a radically-revised view of the diversity and activity of microbial life on Earth. Geomicrobiology examines the role that microbes have played in the past and are currently playing in a number of fundamental geological processes. The present book is of great importance for researchers working in the field of microbiology, biotechnology, geology and environmental biotechnology. It can be a major reference book for students as well as researchers.

The first comprehensive book on pest mites and beneficial mites in agricultural systems, this timely work covers the basic biology, behavior, and ecology of key mite pests and of their important natural enemies. It emphasizes the appropriate use of diverse control tactics for managing pest mites, including biological and other ecologically sound strategies, and discusses their relative advantages and limitations. Written by a globally prominent entomologist, it instructs in taxonomic discrimination between mites and other arthropods and provides the necessary training to effectively work with mites of agricultural importance. CRC Press June 2011: 254x178: 456pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1751-3: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1753-7: £63.99

Artificial Reefs in Fisheries Management Edited by Stephen A. Bortone, Gulf of Mexico Fishery Management Council, Tampa, USA, Frederico Pereira Brandini, Universidade de Sao Paulo, Brazil, Gianna Fabi, CNR, ISMAR, Ancona, Italy and Shinya Otake, Fukui Prefectural University, Japan Series: Marine Biology Based upon papers presented at the 9th Conference on Artificial Reefs and Artificial Habitats (CARAH), this reference offers a timely compilation of information to increase management options for fishery and natural resource managers. Highlighting the role of artificial reefs in fisheries management, the book discusses theoretical concepts as well as practical, worldwide applications of the use of artificial reefs in fisheries management. It also provides guidance for implementing more effective fisheries management programs in the future to stem the tide of declines in fishery stocks. CRC Press May 2011: 254x178: 368pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2007-0: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2008-7: £76.99

Flow cytometry is one of the most powerful analytics and preparative techniques in cell biology. This book details six of the most useful topics in flow cytometry derived from six lectures from recognized experts in the field. Each lecture is accompanied by expert commentary, all of which is written in an easy to read style. The cutting-edge chapters cover a wide array of topics including designing a flow cytometry experiment, rare event analysis, functional assays, assays of cell proliferation, solid tissues, and imaging flow cytometry. Each topic is carefully discussed for its current relevance in the field, its importance in biomedical research, and the frequency of its misuse in the scientific literature. CRC Press July 2011: 235x156: 512pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0034-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0035-5: £95.00

Gene Biotechnology William Wu, Esperion Therapeutics, Inc., Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA, Helen H. Zhang, Michael J. Welsh and Peter B. Kaufman, all at University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA The third edition of this popular reference covers a variety of techniques related to gene manipulation, including DNA isolation, preparation, screening, and analysis. Topics range from basic methods to current and sophisticated technologies.Other topics include approaches to grant funding and SiRNA technology. The authors offer detailed, step-by-step explanations of protocols and helpful troubleshooting guides. This edition features several new chapters and new techniques for every chapter. CRC Press «Market: Biological Sciences May 2011: 235x156: 584pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4830-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4832-6: £95.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-1288-5

Genetics, Genomics and Breeding of Sunflower

The oilseed sunflower contributes approximately ten percent of the world’s plant-derived edible oil and the confection type sunflower holds a considerable share of the directly consumed snacks market. We are now embarking on the age of genomics which will expedite the process of genetic improvement of crops. There has been an explosion of information on genetic markers, DNA sequences, and genomic resources for most major food crops including sunflower. This volume is intended to bridge traditional research with modern molecular investigations on sunflower. Science Publishers June 2010: 229x152: 360pp Hb: 978-1-57808-676-4: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4049-8: £82.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Handbook of Disease Causing Microbes Edited by Jaishree Paul, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India

3rd Edition

Edited by Jinguo Hu, USDA-Agricultural Research Service, Pullman, Washington, USA, Gerald Seiler and C. Kole

order now!

Science Publishers June 2010: 229x152: 320pp Hb: 978-1-57808-665-8: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4510-3: £76.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525

CRC Press «Market: Life Sciences March 2011: 229x152: 300pp Hb: 978-1-4398-6678-8: £82.00

Immune-based Cancer Treatment The T Iymphocyte Response Edited by Michael A. Alexander, Widener University, Chester, Pennsylvania, USA Science Publishers February 2011: 235x156: 250pp Hb: 978-1-57808-703-7: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-6183-7: £82.00

Inflammation, Life Style and Chronic Diseases The Silent Link Edited by Bharat B. Aggarwal, The University of Texas, Houston, USA, Sunil Krishnan and Sushovan Guha Series: Oxidative Stress and Disease As a discussion on the role of inflammation in chronic disease and the effect on lifestyle, this text looks at cancer, autoimmune diseases, neurological diseases, pulmonary diseases, gastrointestinal diseases, metabolic diseases, and cardiovascular diseases. It examines the links between the diseases and risk factors such as chronic infections, obesity, alcohol, tobacco, radiation, environmental pollutants, and high-calorie diets. It covers anti-inflammatory agents made by man and Mother Nature as potential therapeutics to the symptoms and presents research on how the suppression of proinflammatory pathways may provide opportunities for both prevention and treatment of chronic diseases. CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 480pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3989-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3990-4: £95.00


Series: Contemporary Topics in Entomology

biological sciences 181 Manipulative Tenants Bacteria Associated with Arthropods Elinat Zchori-Fein, Newe Ya’ar Research Center, Ramat Yishay, Israel and Kostas Bourtzis, University of Ioannina, Agrinio, Greece Series: Frontiers in Microbiology In efforts to summarize the most up-to-date information available on bacterial symbionts of arthropods, this text provides an overview of primary symbionts in addition to 10 of the most abundant secondary symbionts known to date. The editors have brought together entomogists and microbiologists to create a full picture of the complex systems, thus encouraging the integration of theory and practice in efforts to find innovative routes to pest and disease management. The book provides comprehensive knowledge and a unique perspective on a fast-growing field. Figures within the text include diagrams, tables, graphs, pictures, and chemical structures. CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2749-9: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2750-5: £31.99

Molecular Detection of Human Fungal Pathogens

Seed Conditioning, Volume 2

Edited by Dongyou Liu

Bill Gregg, Seed Industry Development & Conditioning Specialist, Starkville, Mississippi, USA and Gary Billups, Crippen International, Inc., Anna, Texas, USA

With a focus on sample preparation and molecular detection procedures, this text concisely reviews the pathogen concerned in respect to its taxonomy, biology, epidemiology, and pathogenesis. It provides descriptions of clinical sample collection preparation procedures and summaries of molecular detection methods available together with the presentation of a detailed, representative molecular detection protocol for the pathogen. The book also discusses the challenges, limitations, and advantages of the current methods as well as further research needs relating to improved diagnosis. CRC Press June 2011: 279x216: 888pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1240-2: £127.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1241-9: £127.00

Physiology of the Pea Crop Nathalie Munier-Jolain, Genetics & Ecophysiology of Legumes Unit, INRA, France, Veronique Biarnes and Isabelle Chaillet

Molecular Detection of Human Bacterial Pathogens Edited by Dongyou Liu The second book in a four-part series, this text is an in-depth review of state-of-the-art molecular detection and identification methods for human bacterial pathogens. With each chapter written by scientists with expertise in respective human pathogen research, this book is an authoritative summary of biology, epidemiology, and pathogenesis of major human bacterial pathogens. This book is a handy textbook for undergraduate and graduate students in medical, veterinary, and food microbiology, and contains approximately 750 figures and 750 tables for better comprehension. Topics in this text include classification, morphology and biology, epidemiology, genomics, and diagnoses. CRC Press «Market: Biological Sciences April 2011: 279x216: 1184pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1238-9: £127.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1239-6: £127.00

Drawing on contributions from plant physiologists and researchers in various other disciplines, this book presents the current status of knowledge on the physiology of the pea crop. It first discusses vegetative and reproductive development, growth under non-limiting conditions, and the nitrogen nutrition of the pea crop. It then explores the effects of the abiotic and biotic stresses on the development as well as the growth and nitrogen uptake by the plant. The book concludes with a global model of the functioning of the pea crop, which is proposed as a tool for the diagnosis of the yield-limiting factors. CRC Press May 2010: 229x152: 298pp Hb: 978-1-57808-570-5: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3972-0: £63.99

Reproductive Biology and Phylogeny of Snakes Edited by Robert D. Aldridge, Saint Louis University, Missouri, USA and David M. Sever, Southeastern Louisiana University, Hammond, USA for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



Science Publishers February 2011: 235x156: 714pp Hb: 978-1-57808-701-3: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-5833-2: £89.00

Technology--Parts A & B

Seed conditioning removes undesirable material including debris and stray seeds from selected raw harvested seed, so as to create planting seed that delivers high yielding crops. This two-volume set describes the essential information needed to understand this process and the machinery involved. It describes the machines available to conditioners and explains how they can be installed, operated, and maintained to give quality service. The machines are described in detail, sometimes with the help of models. The book also details the operating sequence used to prepare seed for conditioning. Science Publishers June 2010: 229x152: 1000pp Hb: 978-1-57808-608-5: £114.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4508-0: £114.00

The Biology of Gobies Edited by Robert Patzner, James L. Van Tassell, Marcelo Kovacic and B.G. Kapoor Science Publishers March 2011: 235x156: 650pp Hb: 978-1-57808-436-4: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-6233-9: £89.00

The Collected Letters of Antoni Van Leeuwenhoek – Volume 16 Edited by Lodewijk C. Palm In volume XVI of The Collected Letters of Antoni van Leeuwenhoek, 25 letters have been included, all of them written from July 1707 to June 1712. The letters were written to six distinct addressees: Royal Society in London in general (sixteen letters); John Chamberlayne (280, and 281), who translated the letters of Van Leeuwenhoek for the Royal Society, Hans Sloane (297), James Petiver (287) and Anthonie Heinsius. Every volume in the series contains the texts in the original Dutch and an English translation. The great range of subjects studied by Van Leeuwenhoek is reflected in these letters. CRC Press «Market: History of Science December 2010: 246x189: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-58640-5: £159.00 eBook: 978-0-203-09339-9: £159.00 eBooks are only available to order online

182 biotechnology 3rd Edition textbook


Basic Transport Phenomena in Biomedical Engineering

Physiology, Biophysics and Biomedical Engineering

Ronald L. Fournier, University of Toledo, USA

Andrew W. Wood, Brain Sciences Institute, Hawthorn, Australia

This text combines the basic principles and theories of transport in biological systems with fundamental bioengineering. It contains real world applications in drug delivery systems, tissue engineering, and artificial organs. Considerable significance is placed on developing a quantitative understanding of the underlying physical, chemical, and biological phenomena. Therefore, many mathematical methods are developed using compartmental approaches. The book is replete with examples and problems. CRC Press «Market: Bioengineers and Biomedical Engineers May 2011: 229x152: 350pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2670-6: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2671-3: £44.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5916-9026-9

Series: Series in Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering Developed from the author’s courses, this text provides an understanding of the physical principles underlying human physiology and the monitoring of physical parameters in clinical settings with biomedical engineering applications. It takes a quantitative approach to physiology and includes many problems and worked examples. A supplementary website provides MATLAB® codes and material for practical classroom activities. A solutions manual is available for qualifying instructors. Taylor & Francis «Market: Physics August 2011: 254x178: 750pp Hb: 978-1-4200-6513-8: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-6514-5: £49.99

Pests and Pathogens: Management Strategies Edited by Vudem D. Reddy, Poduri N. Rao and Khareedu V. Rao The need and demand to feed the ever-increasing global population, pose major challenges for increasing crop productivity in eco-friendly manner. Cultivation of crops under input-intensive conditions resulted in enhanced vulnerability of the high-yielding cultivars to a multitude of pests and pathogens at all phenological stages. Disease spectrum and intensity are continuously changing because of the dynamic nature of crop systems, pests and pathogens. Thus, disease management has become the major functional component of the crop production systems. The volume covers the following topics: Insect Pests / Pathogens of Rice, Sorghum, Chickpea and Castor and their Management, Molecular Marker-assisted Breeding and Transgenic Crops for Disease Management, Management of Forest Insect Pests, Effect of Climate Change on Insects, Pathogens, Plants and Pesticide usage and Botanicals & Microbial Pesticides and Insect Resistance.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


CRC Press «Market: Agriculture April 2011: 246x174: 590pp Hb: 978-0-415-66576-6: £108.00

biotechnology 183 Adaptive Motion Compensation in Radiotherapy

Adhesion Molecules

Edited by Martin Murphy, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, USA

This book covers the structure and classification of adhesion molecules, immunohistochemical localization, junctional, functional and inflammatory adhesion molecules and molecular imaging. It discusses adhesion molecules in relation to signaling pathways, gene expression, arginine, stem cells, neutrophil migration, leukocytes decompression sickness, ischemia reperfusion injury, diabetes, obesity, metabolic syndrome, weight loss, hypoxia, kidney disease, smoking, osteoprotegerin, tumors, bioinformatics, high-throughput technologies, chemotherapy, hematopoiesis, lipoproteins, fatty acids, atrial fibrillation and heart disease, and the brain and dementia.

Series: Imaging in Medical Diagnosis and Therapy Reflecting recent advances in the field, this book provides the first detailed treatment of online interventional techniques for motion compensation radiotherapy. It explains how adaptive motion intervention is imaging-intensive and relies on near real-time image acquisition and processing. With a focus on the strategy of online motion compensation, the book discusses necessary motion detection methodology, repositioning methodology, and how to interpret and respond to target movement data in real time. It covers methods of detection and correction and then offers examples. It also gives attention to the distinct problems in dose planning and delivery posed by each adaptation technology.

Victor R. Preedy, King’s College, UK

Science Publishers June 2010: 229x152: 520pp Hb: 978-1-57808-671-9: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4060-3: £95.00

CRC Press May 2011: 279x216: 400pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2193-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2194-7: £95.00

Micro and Nano Techniques for the Handling of Biological Samples Jaime Castillo, Winnie Edith Svendsen and Maria Dimaki, all at Technical University of Denmark, Lyngby The techniques and tools used to understand many biological problems must be able to handle biological material without damaging or altering its natural state. This timely book assesses various micro and nano techniques currently available to handle these materials. It shows how the techniques can effectively manipulate biological samples and highlights the advantages and shortcomings of each technique. The authors also help readers to understand how the manipulation tools work and to determine the appropriate tool for their needs. CRC Press «Market: Biological Sciences June 2011: 235x156: 496pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2743-7: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2744-4: £89.00

pharmaceutical sciences 3rd Edition textbook

Essentials of Law and Ethics for Pharmacy Technicians Kenneth M. Strandberg, North Dakota State University, Fargo, USA Series: Pharmacy Education Series Fully revised to address the latest procedural, ethical, and technological developments in this rapidly changing field, this third edition of a bestseller employs a chapter by chapter edit for clarity alongside a wealth of new material, including a new appendix on the legal standing of electronic transmission of prescriptions. It covers the latest in state and federal regulations pertaining to the administration of new medications, including birth control and the morning after pill, as well as new regulations on Over the Counter label claims.



ONLINE USING THE URLS BELOW EACH LISTING for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5315-3: £33.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5316-0: £33.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-4200-4556-7 eBooks are only available to order online

184 neuroscience

Epilepsy The Intersection of Neurosciences, Biology, Mathematics, Engineering and Physics Edited by Ivan Osorio, University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, USA, Hitten Zaveri, Yale University, New Haven, USA, Mark G. Frei, Flint Hills Scientific, LLC, Lawrence, USA and Susan Arthurs, Alliance for Epilepsy Research, Dexter Integrating the studies of epilepsy, neurosciences, computational neurosciences, mathematics, physics, engineering, and medicine, this volume provides the first means to a clear, structured, and enriching multidisciplinary perspective for developing students, researchers, and clinicians in the field of epilepsy. The text gives up to date information on the state of current research, possible future research, and clinical directions in the fields of epilepsy and seizure dynamics. Clear illustrations that illustrate the patterns of brain electrophysiology and behavioral manifestations are provided to aid comprehension. The authors include extensive references in each chapter to enhance further study. CRC Press April 2011: 254x178: 552pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3885-3: £121.00

The Neural Bases of Multisensory Processes


Edited by Micah M. Murray, CIBM, Lausanne, Switzerland and Mark Thomas Wallace, Vanderbilt Brain Institute, Nashville, Tennessee, USA

Premises, Potential and Problems

Series: Frontiers in Neuroscience Introducing groundbreaking original research and reviews, this indispensible reference provides a current review of the state-of-the-field focusing on the neural bases that form the foundation of multisensory processes. Accessible to a multidisciplinary scientific audience as well as non-specialists, this comprehensive overview is divided into seven sections, including combinatorial principles and modeling, anatomy, learning, plasticity, development and aging, clinical manifestations, and attention and spatial representations. It addresses the movement toward more naturalistic multisensory processes and includes translational perspectives across multiple species and methodologies. CRC Press «Market: Medicine June 2011: 235x156: 512pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1217-4: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-1219-8: £95.00

Series: Advances in Neurotechnology Research and Applications Written by leading international experts, this text presents a unique, integrative perspective that examines how studies and developments in neurotechnololgy are both impacted by and affect the philosophical foundations of the human condition. As the first book in the series Advances in Neurotechnology: Ethical, Legal and Social Issues , this work establishes the current state of neurotechnology and defines the philosophical and ethical issues in neuroscience, neuroengineering, biomedical engineering, computer science, and nanoscience. It also specifically addresses core questions that are integral to the intellectual and pragmatic dimensions of the rapidly progressing field of neurotechnology. CRC Press «Market: Medicine June 2011: 235x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2586-0: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2628-7: £76.99

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


order now!

Edited by James Giordano, Center for Neurotechnology Studies, Potomac Institute for Policy Studies, Arlington, USA

forensic science 185 textbook


Forensic Anthropology

Introduction to Corrections

An Introduction

David H. McElreath, University of Mississippi, Oxford, USA, Linda Keena, Greg Etter and Ellis Stuart, Jr.

Edited by MariaTeresa Tersigni-Tarrant and Natalie Shirley

A detailed examination of corrections in the United States, this book covers how the corrections system developed and changing philosophies that provide the ideological basis to run the jails and prisons. It reviews new developments in correctional treatments and how the system currently works. The authors discuss diverse topics such as concept and application of punishment as well as victimization and institutionalization. They also explore the functions of corrections and the roles of those who serve in the profession.

Written by experts in their respective fields, this introductory textbook provides a detailed history of forensic anthropology. Comprehensive, user-friendly, and with more than 300 color photographs, the book presents an explanation of the methodology, includes up-to-date analytical techniques, and offers examples of these applications in typical case work. Topics covered include new developments in the field, trauma analysis, identification of biological profiles, and taphonomic processes. The appendix features references and recommended readings.

CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-4398-6013-7: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-6014-4: £57.99

CRC Press June 2011: 254x178: 448pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1646-2: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-1647-9: £63.99


Death Scenes An Investigator’s Field Guide Michael Maloney, Bevel, Gardner and Associates, Brunswick Designed as an on-scene reference for processing death scenes, this field guide walks readers through the steps of death investigations. The text begins with the initial notification of a death and continues through the processing of the scene and the body. It covers the investigator’s role at an autopsy and analyzes the scene indicators of evidence. Mechanism of injury, wound, and disease dynamics are covered in order to aid in determining the cause and manner of death. A separate section provides information on child and infant deaths. The book is presented in an outline format for ease of reference and understanding. for e-mail updates in your field


Kathleen Sweet, University of Maryland, College Park, USA Written by a highly respected expert in both general and aviation security, this book addresses major shifts in the security industry occurring over the past decade. It details the rise and history of private security, covering traditional and emerging considerations. It explores physical security controls, procedural and security management functions, and controls on the security of the enterprise. Other topics include business continuity, risk, crisis management, and emergency operations. This book contains key terms and end-of-chapter exercises. Further ancillary material is available for qualifying instructors. CRC Press June 2011: 254x178: 480pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3628-6: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3629-3: £44.99

E-mail: for more information



Taylor & Francis June 2011: 229x152: 192pp Pb: 978-1-4398-4590-5: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4591-2: £38.99

Introduction to Security and Risk Management eBooks are only available to order online

186 forensic science

Forensic Nursing Kelly M. Pyrek, Glendale, Arizona, USA Using a case study approach, Forensic Nursing illustrates important aspects of this profession through interviews with experts in their various specialties. It explores the forensic nurse’s approach to sexual assault examination, death investigation, legal nurse consulting, forensic-related mental health, and corrections. It also discusses how to interact effectively with victims, crime labs, medical examiners, forensic scientists, law enforcement, and legal professionals. Including a foreword by renowned specialist Virginia Lynch, the book contains important material for forensic investigators, students, nurses, and criminal justice professionals.


Ethics for the Public Service Professional Aric W. Dutelle A single-source textbook for ethics and ethical decision making as it relates to government service, this book discusses issues affecting service within the areas of homeland security, forensic science, and emergency services at the local, county, state, and federal levels. It addresses challenges faced by today’s public service professionals and administrators with regards to incorporating ethics within daily decisions, discretion, and duties. Updated via website, case studies include examples in CSI, forensic science, policing, interrogation, homeland security, disaster relief, medico-legal investigations, public administration, and defense, and prosecution. CRC Press April 2011: 235x156: 234pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2490-0: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2491-7: £49.99

CRC Press «Market: Forensics and Criminal Justice January 2006: 279x216: 664pp Hb: 978-0-8493-3540-2: £97.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-0291-1: £97.00

food science textbook

3rd Edition

Cereal Grains Laboratory Manual CRC Desk Reference for Nutrition Series: Food Preservation Technology Facilitating the acquisition of practical knowledge and providing innovative ideas for further developments, this laboratory manual demonstrates the application of quality control measurements for grains, milled products, starches, and the wide array of finished products. Each section of the book contains a set of references so students may expand their knowledge as well as questions to evaluate comprehension of the covered material. It includes a glossary of practical terms and a section of Imperial to metric measurement conversions pertaining to weight, volume, density and other equivalences. CRC Press August 2011: 279x216: 350pp Pb: 978-1-4398-5565-2: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5566-9: £38.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Carolyn D. Berdanier, Professor Emerita, University of Georgia, Athens, USA This third edition is an updated reference that defines and explains terms commonly used in nutrition, medicine, food science, metabolism, and physiology. The entries are listed alphabetically and are followed by a definition, paragraph, essay, composition, or feature article. Many of the more complex entries are supported with illustrations and/or tables. It has been expanded to reflect new advances in all areas of nutrition science. New material contains information on gut hormones and their functions; food intake recommendations; new drugs with nutritional applications; and novel discoveries of transport proteins and messenger proteins. Websites are provided for additional information. CRC Press June 2011: 254x178: 448pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4844-9: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4845-6: £99.95 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-3835-9

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Sergio O. Serna-Saldivar, I.T.E.S.M., Monterrey, Mexico

food science 187

Serving People with Food Allergies

Handbook of Analysis of Edible Animal By-Products

Kitchen Management and Menu Creation

Edited by Leo M.L. Nollet, University College Ghent, Applied Engineering Sciences, Belgium and Fidel Toldra, Instituto de AgroquÌmica y TechnologÌa de Alimentos (CSIC), Valencia, Spain

Joel Schaefer, Allergy Chefs, Inc., Jacksonville, USA Written for large food service corporations and hotel and restaurant chains to use when training their staff, this book contains information on cooking for and serving those with food allergies in basic terminology, making it suitable for household use as well. The author provides information on specialty products to enhance menu offerings and reduce liability issues. He also offers ideas on reviewing kitchen procedures to identify ways to prevent cross-contaminations. The book contains tools for cooks, managers, and chefs on creating and modifying recipes that meet the needs of people afflicted with multiple food allergies. CRC Press April 2011: 235x156: 192pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2804-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2805-2: £31.99

While muscle foods are the more commonly consumed portion of an animal, animal by-products such as the entrails and internal organs are also widely consumed. This handbook, unique in the world, provides food scientists with a full overview of the tools available for the analysis of these by-products. Known for their superior handbooks on processed meats and poultry, muscle meat, dairy, and seafood, editors Nollett and Todra take the same comprehensive approach. They bring together leading experts who look at the techniques and methodologies for analyzing nutritional and sensory qualities as well as safety, includingthe detection of pathogens and toxins usually found in muscle foods. CRC Press «Market: Food Science and Technology March 2011: 254x178: 392pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0360-8: £108.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0361-5: £108.00

2nd Edition

Single Cell Oils Microbial and Algal Oils Edited by Zvi Cohen, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Israel and Colin Ratledge, University of Hull, UK Featuring recognized academic and industrial experts in this cutting-edge field, this book reviews single cell oils (SCO) currently in the market. The text mainly focuses on the production of the long chain polyunsaturated fatty acids, Arachidonic acid, and Docosahexaenoinc acid. All chapters provide up to date references for navigating the vast amount of historic data available in the field. The authors provide real world examples of the commercial development and applications of various SCO in a variety of fields, from food ingredients and disease treatment to aquaculture and fish farming. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



AOCS Publishing November 2010: 229x152: 492pp Pb: 978-1-893997-73-8: £89.00 Prev. Ed: 978-1-893997-80-6 eBooks are only available to order online

188 food science 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Aseptic Processing and Packaging of Food and Beverages

Eating Disorders in Women and Children

Flavor, Fragrance, and Odor Analysis

Desktop Reference for Food Industry Practioners

Prevention, Stress Management, and Treatment

Jairus R.D. David, ConAgra Foods, Omaha, NE, USA, Ralph H. Graves, Consultant, Visalia, California, USA and Thomas Szemplenski, Aseptic Resources, Inc., Overland Park, Kansas, USA

Edited by Jacalyn J. Robert-McComb, James R. Clopton and Kristen Goodheart, all at Texas Tech University, Lubbock, USA

Edited by Ray Marsili, Marsili Consulting Group, Rockford, USA

A must-have reference for researchers in product formulation, engineering, and production, this book reviews the history of aseptic processing and packaging, describes current technologies, and explains why these technologies are effective. Specific topics include: pumping-timing, heat exchange, hold-tube design, system design, and production of culinary steam and air. This book fills in the gaps left by other sources to provide a comprehensive one-volume guide. CRC Press «Market: Food Science and Technology May 2011: 254x178: 512pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0719-4: £121.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0720-0: £121.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-8004-4

CRC Press June 2011: 254x178: 420pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2481-8: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2483-2: £82.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-2027-9

Bioactive Food Proteins and Peptides Applications in Human Health Edited by Navam S. Hettiarachchy, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA, Kenji Sato, Kyoto Prefectural University, Japan and Maurice R. Marshall, University of Florida, Gainsville, USA With a human health perspective, this book discusses food-derived proteins and peptides in relation to advances in technology, and challenges and opportunities their research presents in the areas of health, nutrition, medicine and bioscience. A first section addresses chemistry and bioactivity. It looks at proteins-peptides as allergens, antihypertensive agents, antimicrobials, antioxidants, and anti-cancer agents. Findings on the bioavailability and toxicity of food-derived peptide and intestinal functions are also included. Section Two involves chapters on therapeutic peptides, including recent developments in proteomics, bioavailability, and opportunities for designing future peptides-based foods. CRC Press «Market: Food Science and Technology July 2011: 235x156: 360pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9314-8: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-9317-9: £99.00

Offering treatment, prevention, and stress management techniques and modalities specific for women and children (from grade school to adulthood) with eating disorder symptoms, this new edition focuses on helping others understand the illness and providing prevention strategies with emphasis on self-awareness and acceptance. It features new chapters on pharmaceutical approaches to the management of eating disorders and related symptoms including mindfulness programs, exercises, and effective therapeutic techniques. Each chapter includes learning objectives, background and significance, current findings, summary and conclusions, and case studies (when appropriate).

Nutritional Genomics The Impact of Dietary Regulation of Gene Function on Human Disease Edited by Wayne R. Bidlack, California State Polytechnic University, Pomona, USA and Raymond L. Rodriguez, University of California, Davis, USA Written as a platform for researchers, scientists, educators, and policy makers to discuss the current status of nutritional genomic research, this book contains the latest scientific findings on the mechanisms underlying diet-genome interactions. With contributions from renowned experts, it covers information on transforming dietary signals into disease-preventing changes in gene expression, gene-linked networks of chronic disease and cancer, and the role of food science and nutrition to meet individual genomic health needs. The book identifies future directions for research and challenges and opportunities for improving global health and wellness by preventing, delaying, or mitigating chronic diseases with diet. CRC Press «Market: Nutrition June 2011: 235x156: 448pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4452-6: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4453-3: £89.00

Emphasizing SBSE techniques alongside advances in mass spectrometry, sample preparation, gas chromatography (GC)-olfactometry, and electronicnose technology, this new edition discusses the significant advantage of these methods for flavor and odor studies in the food, cosmetic, and pharmaceutical industries. Written from a practical, problem-solving perspective, it discusses the chemical structures of key flavor and fragrance compounds, contains numerous examples and chromatograms, and emphasizes novel solidphase micro extraction procedures. It also presents important updates on GC-olfactometry as a tool for studying flavor synergy effects. CRC Press August 2011: 235x156: 440pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4673-5: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4674-2: £99.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8247-0627-2

Microbiological Research and Development for the Food Industry Edited by Peter J. Taormina, John Morrell Food Group, Cincinnati, OH, USA Written to walk the reader through the process of investigating microorganisms in food systems for consumer and brand protection, this text provides practical insights into the necessary mechanisms and research of the field. It fuses the business and scientific aspects of microbiological research to underscore the return on investment for food beverage and food ingredient producers. This text goes beyond routine presence/absence testing of pathogens and spoilage microorganisms in foods by describing ways data can be collected to answer more complex questions and provides examples of how such data can be applied to consumer and brand protection efforts. CRC Press «Market: Food Science and Technology May 2011: 235x156: 328pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3483-1: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3484-8: £89.00

Physical Properties of Foods Novel Measurement Techniques and Applications Edited by Ignacio Arana, Universidad Pública de Navarra, Pamplona, Spain Series: Contemporary Food Engineering This book provides a source of critical and readily accessible information on modern techniques for measuring physical parameters affecting food quality and food characterization. The text is divided into two parts. The first part presents principles and measurement techniques of the main physical parameters, highlighting the latest techniques and their ability to substitute and differentiate various foods, for example, fruits, vegetables, cereals, oil, forage, meat and meat products, and dairy products. The second part of the text focuses on applications.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 440pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3536-4: £108.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3537-1: £108.00



Architecture 189


6. The Architect’s Portfolio

3rd Edition

Analysing Architecture

Planning, Design, Production

Simon Unwin

Andreas Luescher

2009: 276x219: 296pp Pb: 978-0-415-48928-7: £24.99

2010: 246x189: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-77901-2: £24.99


7. Twenty Buildings Every Architect Should Understand

Manufacturing Material Effects

Simon Unwin

Edited by Branko Kolarevic and Kevin Klinger

2010: 276x219: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-55252-3: £16.99

2008: 261x240: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-77575-5: £34.99


Rethinking Design and Making in Architecture

8. Theatre Buildings

Emergent Technologies and Design

A Design Guide Association of British Theatre Technicians

Towards a Biological Paradigm for Architecture

Edited by Judith Strong

Michael Hensel, Achim Menges and Michael Weinstock

2010: 276x219: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-54894-6: £39.99


2010: 246x174: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-49344-4: £34.99

9. Housing Design Handbook A Guide to Good Practice

Innovations in Hospital Architecture

David Levitt

Stephen Verderber

2009: 276x219: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-49150-1: £34.99

2010: 276x219: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-77795-7: £40.00


10. University Planning and Architecture

Dictionary of Ecodesign

The Search for Perfection

Ken Yeang and Lillian Woo

An Illustrated Reference 2010: 246x189: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-45899-3: £40.00

Jonathan Coulson, Paul Roberts and Isabelle Taylor for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



2010: 276x219: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-57110-4: £75.00 eBooks are only available to order online

190 Architecture

Around and About Stock Orchard Street

Frank Lloyd Wright’s Sacred Architecture

Edited by Sarah Wigglesworth, Sarah Wigglesworth Architects, UK

Faith, Form and Building Technology

Completed in 2000, 9/10 Stock Orchard Street has resisted categorisation and this has continued to challenge critics and observers.With contributions from well-known writers in the field, this book responds to the debate, reflecting positively and negatively on what the buildings represent and how they have performed, ten years on. Highly illustrated the book uses the buildings as the central case study, situating the build in a broader cultural context, presenting conclusions relevant and insightful for today’s readers, both professional and academic.

A comprehensive study of the sacred buildings built and designed by Frank Lloyd Wright, this book offers scholarly discussion with analytical drawings and photographs. The buildings considered represent different periods of Wright’s career (from 1886 to 1958) and his usage of new building technologies and application of his theory of organic architecture was especially demonstrated in his sacred architecture. This unique contribution will be useful to all those interested in Wright’s architecture and theory.

Selected Contents: Client’s Tale. Intimate Inner. Architectural Review Correspondence. Telling Tales. Ordinariness & Perfection. From Innovation to Commonplace. The Model. As-built Drawings. Getting it Built. Excessive Materiality of Stock Orchard St. Last Writes. ‘Whose Straw is it Anyway?’ Construction Drawings. What do we mean by green... Routledge «Market: Architecture April 2011: 276x219: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-57527-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57529-4: £29.99

Anat Geva, Texas A&M University, USA

Selected Contents: Preface Introduction 1. Faith 2. Form 3. Building Technology 4. Frank Lloyd Wright’s Twenty Sacred Architectural Designs Routledge «Market: Architectural History June 2011: 276x219: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77508-3: £44.99

Richard Rogers: The Pompidou Centre

Bernard Tschumi: Parc de la Villette

Supercrit #3

Supercrit #4

Edited by Samantha Hardingham, Architectural Association School of Architecture, UK and Kester Rattenbury, University of Westminster, UK

Edited by Samantha Hardingham, Architectural Association School of Architecture, UK and Kester Rattenbury, University of Westminster, UK

Series: Supercrit

Series: Supercrit The Supercrit series revisits some of the most influential architectural projects of the recent past and explores how they have influenced the way we think and design today. Supercrit 4 Bernard Tschumi: Parc de la Villette revisits the Parc de la Villette, a ground breaking public space with art installations. Highly illustrated, this innovative text is an invaluable resource for any architecture student and an inspiring record and exploration of this fascinating project. Readers can get involved, hear the architect’s project definition, and join in the crit.

The Supercrit series revisits some of the most influential architectural projects of the recent past and explores how they have influenced the way we think and design today. The third book in this innovative series explores Piano+Rogers’ phenomenal project for a new type of major cultural building in Paris. In Supercrit #3: The Pompidou Centre you can hear Richard Rogers’ description of the project, see the images and join in the crit. Highly illustrated, this innovative and compelling book is an invaluable resource for any architecture student.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Selected Contents: Supercrit defintion. Project Data. Preview: Samantha Hardingham. Project Section Images. Supercrit Transcript. Review: Kester Rattenbury Routledge «Market: Architecture / Architectural Design February 2011: 297x210: 120pp Hb: 978-0-415-45787-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45788-0: £29.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: Supercrit defintion. Project Data. Photmontage of event. Event handout. Preview: Kester Rattenbury. Supercrit Transcript. Review. Further Reading Routledge «Market: Architecture / Architectural Design February 2011: 297x210: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-45785-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45786-6: £29.99

Architecture 191

Glorious Visions

The Architecture of Light

John Soane’s Spectacular Theater

Recent Approaches to Designing with Natural Light

Helene Furján, University of Pennsylvania, USA

Mary Ann Steane, University of Cambridge, UK

Focusing on the house and museum and its considerable collections of architectural fragments, models, drawings folios and publications, this book is about 13 Lincoln’s Inn Fields in London, built in the early 1800s by the renowned architect Sir John Soane. The house was highly original in its period, and continues to influence and impress architects and historians alike. Strongly interdisciplinary in its scope, this book situates Soane’s house-museum within the broader context of early nineteenth-century British aesthetics, theories of taste, and cultural currents, viewing it as a cultural and artistic product as well as an architectural and museological one. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Genius 2. Models 3. Scenes 4. Mirrors 5. Associations 6. Fictions 7. Shadows 8. Mementos Conclusion: The Poetry of Architecture Routledge «Market: Architectural History / Museum Studies April 2011: 246x174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-78157-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78158-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82544-0: £95.00

This appraisal of natural lighting strategies also considers ideas about space, spatiality, how lighting can orchestrate form and movement, and patterns of human occupation. Taking an overview of a large number of historical and contemporary projects, this book explores current attitudes to natural light by offering a series of in-depth studies of recent projects and the particular lighting issues they have addressed. Selected Contents: Introduction: Daylighting in the Era of Electricity 1. Speaking of Light, Speaking with Light 2. Desert Tent 3. Deciding the Colouring of Things 4. Reading Light 5. Enlightening Conversation 6. Seeing the Light 7. O’ Donnell and Tuomey’s Lessons in the History and Geography of Light 8. Inverse Light? 9. New Light for Old Across London 10. The Electricity of Daylight? Routledge «Market: Architecture / Interior Design April 2011: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-39478-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39479-6: £29.99


renovatio urbis

Form and Performance in Digital Architecture

Architecture, Urbanism and Ceremony in the Rome of Julius II

Supported by case studies from some of the top firms across the globe, this book critically examines the implications and influences of computer based design on form as performance. With a unique emphasis on professional practice it is essential reading for all architects, aspiring and practicing.


Selected Contents: Performalism. Concept of ‘Performance’ in Architecture. Architecture as Performative Art. Performing the Contemporary. Informationism. Collapsing of Technological Performance & Subject’s Performance. High Performance Anxiety. Performance-Orientated Design from Material Perspective. Performalism or Performance-Based Design. Eisenman Architects. GLForm. Preston Scott Cohen. Archi-Techtonics. Contemporary Architecture Practice. R&Sie(n). Kol/Mac LLC. Gehry Partners,LLP/Gehry Technologies. Franken Architekten. OCEAN. Open Source Architecture. Gramazio & Kohler. RUR. Foster+Partners Routledge «Market: Architecture / Digital Design / Architectural Graphics June 2011: 246x189: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-58360-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58361-9: £39.99 for e-mail updates in your field


Nicholas Temple, University of Lincoln, UK Series: The Classical Tradition in Architecture Examining the urban and architectural developments in Rome during the Pontificate of Julius II (1503–13) this book focuses on the political, religious and artistic motives behind the principal architect, Donato Bramante, and his ambition to create a unified urban/ architectural scheme. Selected Contents: Introduction: Julian Rome 1. Sign-posting Peter & Paul 2. Via Giulia and Papal Corporatism 3. Palazzo dei Tribunali and the Meaning of Justice 4. Cortile del Belvedere, Via della Lungara and vita contemplativa 5. St Peter’s Basilica 6. The Stanza della Segnatura. Conclusion: Popes and Bridges Routledge «Market: Renaissance Studies / Architectural History / Art History April 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-47385-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-81848-0: £80.00

E-mail: for more information


Edited by Yasha Grobman, Israel Institute of Technology and Eran Neuman, Tel Aviv University, Israel eBooks are only available to order online

192 Architecture Architectural Integration and Design of Solar Thermal Systems Maria Cristina Munari Probst and Christian Roecker, both at EPFL, Switzerland Although solar thermal systems are technologically mature and cost effective, they have not yet been sufficiently used in building design to play an adequate role in the reduction of fossil fuel consumption. One main hindrance to adoption is the generally low architectural design quality of the building integration of these thermal systems. Starting from a definition of architectural integration quality and related criteria, this book is intended to help both architects and manufacturers improve their design work. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Architectural Integration Quality 3. Architectural Integration Requirements 4. ‘Integrability’ of Existing Products 5. Development Methodology for Novel Solar Thermal Systems 6. Developed Systems 7. Conclusions Routledge «Market: Architecture April 2011: 160x240: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-66791-3: £65.00

planning new in paperback

An Anthology Edited by Irena Murray and Julian Osley, both at Royal Institute of British Architects, UK

Meaning in Landscape Architecture and Gardens Edited by Marc Treib, University of California, Berkeley, USA This book offers a rich source of ideas about the designed landscape, what these mean to us and how they acquired that significance. Interspersed with stunning photography, Treib combines established essays from landscape architects with new commentaries by the authors themselves. Reflections reveal the evolution of the authors’ thoughts since their original publication, as well as their initial reasoning.

Introduction by Alan Powers Le Corbusier (1887–1965) is arguably the most influential architect of the twentieth century. Despite the fact that he designed no permanent buildings in the United Kingdom, more than any other individual he was responsible for shaping British post-war architecture. Le Corbusier and Britain traces the growing awareness of work by this visionary figure in contemporary architecture journals and the popular press. Contributions by such prominent architects and critics as Edwin Lutyens, Herbert Read, Evelyn Waugh, Peter Smithson, Jane Drew, Basil Spence and Christopher Booker are accompanied by 150 illustrations, together with writings and drawings by Le Corbusier himself. Also featuring the most comprehensive bibliography of British writings by and about Le Corbusier ever published, this book is an invaluable addition to the study of architecture. Routledge «Market: Architecture August 2010: 276x219: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-60865-7: £14.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Selected Contents: Meaning and Meanings Marc Treib 1. Form, Meaning, and Expression in Landscape Architecture Laurie Olin 1a. Commentary 1: What Did I Mean Then and Now? Laurie Olin 2. Must Landscapes Mean? Approaches to Significance in Recent Landscape Architecture Marc Treib 2a. Commentary 2: Must Landscapes Mean Revisited Marc Treib 3. Can Gardens Mean? Jane Gillette 3a. Commentary 3 Jane Gillette 4. Gardens Can Mean Susan Herrington 4a. Commentary 4: Meaning and Criticism Susan Herrington Routledge «Market: Landscape Architecture March 2011: 216x138: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-61725-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-82789-5: £24.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Le Corbusier and Britain

planning 193

New Labour and Planning

Port Cities

From New Right to New Left

Dynamic Landscapes and Global Networks

Philip Allmendinger, University of Cambridge, UK

Edited by Carola Hein, Bryn Mawr College, USA

Following the Thatcher and Major administrations there was an apparent renaissance of planning under New Labour. This active revival in planning policy demonstrates not just how governments succeed and fail in policy changes, but also illustrates how planning itself reacts to these modifications. Allmendinger presents a thorough analysis of the planning system throughout the years of the Labour government, and what this means for the future of UK planning policy. Selected Contents: Preface 1. From New Right to New Left 2. New Labour and Planning 3. Understanding Planning under Labour 4. Planning and Urban Policy 5. Spatial Planning 6. Hitting the Target and Missing the Point 7. Development, Infrastructure and Land Taxation 8. Conclusions Bibliography Routledge «Market: Planning / Policy Studies January 2011: 234x156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59748-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59749-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83199-1: £95.00

Ports have been and continue to be critical in not just the global movement of goods, but also the global movement of ideas, social change and cultural phenomena including architecture and urban form. Multiple forces are at play: technological requirements, elite preferences and working class needs, urban policy and globalization. Scholars from multiple disciplines explore similarities, dissimilarities and the ways in which sea-based networking influences urban landscapes and architecture, socio-economic and cultural development from the 19th to the 21st centuries. Selected Contents: 1. Changing Urban Patterns in Port Cities 2. Migration, Trade and Atlantic Port Cities 3. Shipping Chinatowns and Container Terminals 4. Seaport Cities 5. Port Cities and Global Exchange of Planning Ideas 6. Trade, Politics and City Spaces in Mediterranean Ports 7. Mercantile Elites in Ports of Amsterdam and Rotterdam 8. Treaty Ports of China 9. Staring at the Sea, Staring at the Land 10. Town Planning, Architecture and Migration in Port Cities of Suez Canal Area 11. Hamburg’s Waterfront Redevelopment 12. New York City 13. Hong Kong 14. Dubai’s Jebel Ali Port Routledge «Market: Plannning / Urban Studies May 2011: 246x174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-78042-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78043-8: £29.99

new in paperback

new in paperback

Planning the Megacity

Remaking Chinese Urban Form *

Jakarta in the Twentieth Century

Modernity, Scarcity and Space, 1949–2005

Christopher Silver, University of Florida, Gainsville, USA

Duanfang Lu, University of Sydney, Australia

Series: Planning, History and Environment

Series: Planning, History and Environment

In this book, the first on the planning history of Jarkarta, Christopher Silver describes how planning has shaped urban development in Southeast Asia, and in particular how its largest city, Jakarta in Indonesia, was transformed from a colonial capital of approximately 150,000 in 1900 to a megacity of 12–13 million inhabitants in 2000. for e-mail updates in your field


Routledge «Market: Planning, Architecture / Asian Studies and Geography April 2011: 234x156: 226pp Pb: 978-0-415-66569-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00119-6: £95.00

E-mail: for more information



Routledge «Market: Planning and Planning History April 2011: 234x156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-66571-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-70001-3: £75.00

In this pioneering study of contemporary Chinese urban form, Duanfang Lu provides an analysis of how Chinese society constructed itself through the making and remaking of its built environment. She shows that as China’s quest for modernity created a perpetual scarcity as both a social reality and a national imagination, the realization of planning ideals was postponed. The work unit – the socialist enterprise or institute – gradually developed from workplace to social institution which integrated work, housing and social services. The Chinese city achieved a unique geography made up in large part of self-contained work units. eBooks are only available to order online

194 Planning

Space! Place! Life!

Understanding Cities

Learning from Place

Method in Urban Design

The Academy of Urbanism

Alexander Cuthbert, The University of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia

This is the first is a series of books drawing on the expertise of the Academy of Urbanism. It examines the concepts that are core to the academy; the way that urban space is designed, the quality place created by the buildings that enclose this space and the life that animates it. Capitals, towns, neighbourhoods, streets, and urban places are explored by Chris Balch, David Rudlin, Brian Evans, David Taylor and Sarah Chaplin respectively. The book is a fascinating take on urban places and the force that animates them, written by some of the most experienced urban practitioners in the UK and illustrated beautifully with drawings by David (Harry) Harrison and poems by Ian MacMillan. Routledge «Market: Urban Design April 2011: 246x189: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-61399-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61400-9: £19.99

For too long urban design has been seen as a subsidiary to architecture and urban planning, sitting somewhere between the two without establishing itself as a field of study in its own right. This book sets out to challenge that assumption and establish a comprehensive framework for restructuring urban design knowledge. Cuthbert builds upon the base of his previous books Designing Cities and The Form of Cities in this thought provoking book. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Theory/ Heterology 2. History 3. Philosophy 4. Politics 5. Culture 6. Gender 7. Environment 8. Aesthetics 9. Typologies 10. Pragmatics Postscript Routledge «Market: Urban Design June 2011: 246x174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-60823-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60824-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-81793-3: £95.00

new in paperback

Sustainable City/Developing World The Evolving Arab City ISOCARP Review 06

Tradition, Modernity and Urban Development

Edited by ISOCARP

Edited by Yasser Elsheshtawy, UAE University, United Arab Emirates

Selected Contents: Part 1: Focus on Africa Part 2: The Global Challenge Part 3: New Methods for a Low Carbon Future Routledge «Market: Planning September 2010: Special: 268pp Pb: 978-0-415-61715-4: £29.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Series: Planning, History and Environment Today cities of the Arab world are subject to many of the same problems as other world cities, yet too often they are ignored in studies of urbanisation. This new collection reveals the contrasts and similarities between older, traditional Arab cities and the newer oil-stimulated cities of the Gulf in their search for development and a place in the world order. The eight cities which form the core of the book – Rabat, Amman, Beirut, Kuwait, Manama, Doha, Abu Dhabi and Riyadh – provide a unique insight into today’s Middle Eastern city. Routledge «Market: Planning / Urban Studies / Middle East Studies April 2011: 234x156: 328pp Pb: 978-0-415-66572-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-69679-8: £75.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


This book addresses the challenges posed by climate change for the cities and urban regions of the developing world. How can planners, designers and other decision makers best secure development that is more resilient to the extreme conditions increasingly associated with climate change? And what techniques can they employ to ensure that the cities of tomorrow are developed with low carbon principles? This beautifully illustrated book will be important reading for anyone seeking to learn more about international planning and design approaches in this era of climate change.

Planning 195

Urban Design

Urban Identity

The Composition of Complexity

Learning from Place

Ron Kasprisin, University of Washington, Seattle, USA

The Academy of Urbanism

Ron Kasprisin’s skills as both an artist and Professor of Urban Design and Planning are combined to guide students in how to use illustrations and graphics to elevate their projects beyond the everyday. Sketches and plans from basic design elements, to complex projects, show the methods and skills students can use in forging their own design paths. A must for all those on planning and urban design courses, both in the design studio and out. Selected Contents: Foreword and Acknowledgements 1. Introduction 2. Definitions and Fundamentals of Urban Design in Culture 3. Urban Design Language and Parameters 4. Elements and Principles of Design Composition 5. Relationships in Composition 6. Transformations of Form in Urban Design 7. Context, Program and Typology 8. Experiments in Composition 9. Theoretical Considerations Appendices The Politics of Design Remnants, Bridging and Hybridity Section and Axonometric Drawing Compositions in the Landscape Routledge «Market: Urban Design / Architecture / Planning June 2011: 246x174: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-59146-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59147-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83376-6: £95.00

This second book from the Academy of Urbanism deals with the subject of urban identity and character. Why is it that all modern towns and cities look the same, as they become dominated by identikit buildings, multi-national corporations, even arbitrarily imposed urban design rules? How can we preserve and foster the sense of local identity and character that so value without falling into the trap of historical pastiche? Topics covered include: globalism and modern architecture; differentiation between a place’s identity and its brand; local and national identity in architecture; createive quarters of towns and their effect upon their hosts. This book brims with fascinating and sometimes controversial insights and opinions on urbanism. Routledge «Market: Urban Design April 2011: 246x189: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-61402-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-61403-0: £19.99



ONLINE for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



USING THE URLS BELOW EACH LISTING eBooks are only available to order online

196 Civil engineering

Advances and Trends in Structural Engineering, Mechanics and Computation

Dam Maintenance and Rehabilitation II

Edited by Alphose Zingoni, University of Capetown, South Africa Containing the state-of-the-art in structural mechanics, associated computation and structural engineering, and addressing the challenges that the present and the future pose, this book of extended abstracts including an accompanying CD-ROM with the full papers will be much of interest to engineers, academics and researchers in civil, structural, mechanical and aerospace engineering, and to those concerned with the analysis, design, construction and maintenance of engineering structures.

Edited by Rafael Romeo Garcìa, Confederación Hidrográfica del Ebro, Ministerio de Medio Ambiente y Medio Rural y Marino, Spain, Josè Marìa Villarroel González-Elipe, Sociedad Española de Presas y Embalses SEPREM, Spain, Mario Andreu Mir, Francisco Hijós Bitrián and Raimundo Lafuente Dios, all at Confederación Hidrográfica del Ebro, Ministerio de Medio Ambiente y Medio Rural y Marino, Spain, Moisès Rubìn de Cèlix Caballero and Mariano de Andrès Rodrìguez-Trelles, both at Sociedad Española de Presas y Embalses SEPREM, Madrid, Spain, Alejandro Carrasco-Mìnguez, Getinsa Ingenierìa S.L.. Madrid, Spain, Maria Soledad Martìn-Cleto Sánchez and Miguel Alonso Pérez de Ágreda, both at Sociedad Española de Presas y Embalses SEPREM, Madrid, Spain Dam Maintenance and Rehabilitation II constitutes a complete review of the state of art in techniques concerning dam retrofitting and conservation. Contributions correspond to a wide range of topics related to dam maintenance, behaviour evaluation and rehabilitation, and are highly relevant for dam academics and professionals at all technical and administrative levels.

CRC Press «Market: Structural Engineering August 2010: 246x174: 388pp Hb: 978-0-415-58472-2: £349.00 eBook: 978-0-415-61815-1: £349.00

CRC Press «Market: Dam Engineering November 2010: 246x174: 1162pp Hb: 978-0-415-61648-5: £249.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82988-2: £249.00

Alkali-Aggregate Reaction and Structural Damage to Concrete Engineering Assessment, Repair and Management


Geoffrey E. Blight, University of Witwatersrand, South Africa and Mark G. Alexander, University of Cape Town, South Africa The book discusses methods that can be used for in situ non-destructive testing to assess the effects of AAR, and in-service measurements and load-testing to assess the present and future safety of reinforced concrete structures. Methods of repair and rehabilitation and their long-term success are also treated, as well as methods of halting or slowing the progress of AAR. At the same time, the fundamentals of AAR are explained in terms intelligible to the civil and structural engineer who is primarily trained in structural mechanics and design.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

Edited by André Musy and Christophe Higy, Service Intercommunal de Gestion (SIGE), Switzerland Looking beyond a purely scientific discussion of hydrology, the authors of this volume emphasize that mankind needs to recognize the urgency of the situation in which our water is threatened. Providing a comprehensive overview of the broad and complex field of hydrology, the book explores the water cycle, its various components, and its interactions with the environment in which it develops and interacts. Through this work, the authors endeavor to contribute to the sustainable development of our society and our environment. CRC Press December 2010: 254x178: 346pp Hb: 978-1-57808-709-9: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-5640-6: £82.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: 1: Alkali-aggregate reaction (AAR) and its effects on concrete 2: Diagnostic investigations and tests 3: Effects of AAR on Engineering Properties of Concrete 4: Assessment of risk of structural failure based on results of laboratory or field tests 5: Repair and rehabilitation of AAR-affected structures 6: Epilogue – important structural consequences of AAR CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering January 2011: 246x174: 225pp Hb: 978-0-415-61353-8: £89.00 eBook: 978-0-203-09321-4: £89.00

A Science of Nature

civil engineering 197

Soil-Foundation-Structure Interaction

Urban Habitat Constructions Under Catastrophic Events

Edited by Rolando P. Orense, Nawawi Chouw and Michael J. Pender, all at University of Auckland, New Zealand

COST C26 Action Final Report

Recently there has been a growing interest in considering nonlinear soilfoundation interaction in the design of shallow foundations, both for static and earthquake loading. To distinguish these approaches from the classical linear elastic soil-structure interaction, the term soil-foundation-structure-interaction (SFSI) has been coined recently. This book reviews the current state of development, discusses the potential for application in foundation design, and considers how this area might develop in the next few years. It is much of interest to post-graduates in Foundation Engineering, Earthquake Geotechnical Engineering, Earthquake Engineering, and Advanced Structural Dynamics. CRC Press «Market: Foundation Engineering July 2010: 246x174: 260pp Hb: 978-0-415-60040-8: £99.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83820-4: £99.00

Urban Habitat Constructions Under Catastrophic Events Proceedings of the COST C26 Action Final Conference Edited by Federico M. Mazzolani, University of Naples Federico II, Italy A collection of 151 papers from internationally recognized outstanding experts, subdivided into 5 sections: Characterization of catastrophic actions on constructions; Analysis of behaviour of constructions under catastrophic events; Evaluation of vulnerability of constructions; Protecting, strengthening and repairing; Strategy and guidelines for damage prevention, and of interest to academics and engineers in civil and structural engineering. CRC Press «Market: Structural Engineering August 2010: 246x174: 1068pp Hb: 978-0-415-60685-1: £299.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83363-6: £299.00

Edited by Federico M. Mazzolani, University of Naples Federico II, Italy COST is an intergovernmental framework for European Cooperation in Science and Technology. Part of COST was COST Action C26 ‘Urban Habitat Constructions Under Catastrophic Events’, which started in 2006 and was closed in September 2010. This Final Report of COST Action C26 will be of interest to academics and engineers in civil and structural engineering, especially those involved in fire resistance, earthquake resistance,impact and explosion resistance, and resistance to Infrequent Loading Conditions. CRC Press «Market: Structural Engineering August 2010: 246x174: 478pp Hb: 978-0-415-60686-8: £149.00 eBook: 978-0-203-83362-9: £149.00

A Handbook of Tropical Residual Soil Engineering Edited by B.B.K. Huat, University of Putra Malaysia, Malaysia and David Toll, University of Durham, UK Residual soils are found in many parts of the world. In tropical areas, residual soil layers are often extensive and may continue downwards for hundreds of meters before unweathered rock is reached. Since most foundations, excavations and embankments will therefore be built on or in such soil, and as residual soils are often used as construction materials, it is vital that the properties and peculiarities of tropical residual soils are well understood. The Handbook of Tropical Residual Soil Engineering is intended as a complete reference source and manual for every engineer working on or interested in soil and foundation engineering in tropical areas. Almost all aspects of tropical residual soils are treated, including a range of engineering applications. A dedicated part of the book is focused on region and country specific sections, including typical characteristics, soil conditions and practical cases. Ultimately, the final pages present tables and charts with typical data. Unique reference book for engineers involved in geological, foundation, and construction engineering work in tropical residual soil. for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering / Soil & Foundation Engineering June 2011: 246x174: 750pp Hb: 978-0-415-45731-6: £114.00 eBook: 978-0-415-89136-3: £114.00 eBooks are only available to order online

198 civil engineering

Assessment, Prediction and Control Keith Attenborough, University of Hull, UK, Vadim Tokarev and Oleksandr Zaporozhets This leading edge professional guide provides acoustical engineers with accurate and reliable information about aircraft noise, atmospheric conditions and artificial topography in order to help them to reduce aircraft noise and its effects on the ground. Spon Press «Market: Acoustics / Aeronaut & Mech Eng May 2011: 234x156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-24066-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88882-7: £80.00

Carbon-Neutral Architectural Design Pablo La Roche, California State Polytechnic University, Pomona An examination of greenhouse gas emissions caused by energy usage in buildings, this book presents strategies and methods to achieve greenhouse gas emissions reductions. The text offers carbon neutral design strategies for new construction and existing buildings in order to improve energy performance. It addresses local and regional planning issues, transportation considerations, air-flow analysis and radiation impact surveys, solar heating options, daylighting options, and window options. The author also explains how to consider a buildingís location within a community during the design process. CRC Press August 2011: 235x156: 208pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4512-7: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4513-4: £63.99

Concrete Repair Edited by Michael G. Grantham, GR Technologie Ltd., UK This straightforward book serves as a practical guide to engineers on the processes to be followed in commissioning a concrete repair. It stresses the need to fully understand the cause, extent and location of the problem, by appropriate insitu and laboratory testing. And it outlines the steps to a successful repair. It includes sections on the different repair techniques, giving good practical advice as to where and when to use them, and the warns of the pitfalls of their incorrect use. It also includes an up-to-date guide on the current standards for repair, and provides a good bibliography on other sources of information and books on the various techniques.

order now!

Reinforced Soil Walls and Slopes

Michiel Postema, University of Bergen, Norway

Mauricio Ehrlich and Leonardo Becker, both at COPPE - Federal University of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

Sets out the physical and engineering principles of acoustics and ultrasound as used for medical applications. It covers the basics of linear acoustics, wave propagation, non-linear acoustics, acoustic properties of tissue, transducer components, and ultrasonic imaging modes, as well as the most common diagnostic and therapeutic applications. It offers students and professionals in medical physics and engineering a detailed overview of the technical aspects of medical ultrasonic imaging, whilst serving as a reference for clinical and research staff. Spon Press «Market: Acoustics / Medical Physics March 2011: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-56353-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86350-3:

Infrastructure Health in Civil Engineering (Two-Volume Set) Mohammed M. Ettouney, Weidlinger Associates Inc., New York, New York, USA and Sreenivas Alampalli, NYSDOT, Albany, New York, USA This two-volume set discusses the importance of linking the decision making concept to damage identification and structural modeling. It examines the process of addressing and maintaining structural health, including measurements, structural identification, and damage identification and discusses the theoretical and practical issues involved for each aspect. Emphasizing state-ofthe-art practice as well as future directions, this text also features numerous practical case studies and covers the latest techniques in sensing and sensor utilization. CRC Press August 2011: 279x216: 1700pp Hb: 978-1-4398-6655-9: £191.00

A Practical Guide

Spon Press «Market: Civil Engineering April 2011: 234x156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-44734-8: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93140-0: £70.00

Fundamentals of Medical Ultrasonics

Particulate Discrete Element Modelling a Geomechanics Perspective Catherine O’Sullivan, Imperial College London, UK Series: Applied Geotechnics The first single work on DEM providing the information to get started with this powerful numerical modelling approach. Provides the basic details of the numerical method and the approaches used to interpret the results of DEM simulations. It will be of use to professionals, researchers and higher level students, with a theoretical overview of DEM as well as practical guidance. Spon Press «Market: Civil Engineering February 2011: 234x156: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-49036-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88098-2: £80.00

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525

Design and Construction

When it comes to using reinforcements to grant better mechanical performance to soils, geosynthetics, one of the newest groups of building materials have become mandatory in almost all works of infrastructure, draining applications, waterproofing, paving, erosion control and soil reinforcement. This volume presents the basic mechanisms associated with soil-reinforcement interaction and a rational design method for reinforced soil-retaining structures. Concepts are described with didactic and theoretical rigor in to need the practical needs of engineers involved in the design, construction and inspection of reinforced soil structures. CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering April 2011: 246x174: 118pp Hb: 978-85-797-5001-4: £42.99

Sustainability of Concrete Pierre-Claude Aïtcin, Sherbrooke University, Canada and Sidney Mindess, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Modern Concrete Technology This book presents the latest advances in the science of concrete, with a particular focus on durability, sustainability and economy. It explores the potential for increased sustainability in concrete from the initial mixing right through to its behaviour in complex structures exposed to different types of loads and aggressive environments. Spon Press «Market: Concrete & Civil Engineering February 2011: 234x156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-57196-8: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85663-5: £100.00

New Techniques on Soft Soils Edited by Marcio Almeida New Techniques on Soft Soils covers a wide range of updated techniques on several topics, such as site investigation, vertical drains, surcharge, piled embankment, granular piles, deep mixing, monitoring and performance. An essential reference for designers and practitioners involved in soft soil construction, it provides a comprehensive view of current experiences and opinions of researchers and professionals from different parts of the world involving site investigation, design and construction on soft clays. CRC Press «Market: Soil & Foundation Engineering April 2011: 246x174: 340pp Hb: 978-85-797-5002-1: £87.00


Aircraft Noise

building 199

A Guide to the Simplified Building Energy Model (SBEM)

Integrating BREEAM Throughout the Design Process

What it does and how it Works (FB 24)

A Guide to Achieving Higher BREEAM and Code for Sustainable Homes Ratings (FB 28)

Roger Hitchin This BRE Trust Report describes how SBEM works, and explains the processes and assumptions within it. The report has been written specifically for professionals who need to see behind the user interface, without going into mathematical detail.

IHS – BRE Press «Market: Building Design April 2010: 297x210: 32pp Pb: 978-1-84806-129-3: £25.00

The Challenges and Costs of Bringing Them Back into Use (FB 25) M. Davidson This BRE Trust report examines the profile of vacant dwellings. It examines which dwellings remain vacant and why, explores their condition, compares factors leading to long-term vacancy and highlights barriers to bringing them back into use.


Design Fires for Use in Fire Safety Engineering (FB 29) Christopher Mayfield and Danny Hopkin Technical data and guidance on defining a robust and appropriate design fire in the fire safety engineering design of a building. It explains: what a design fire is; determination; limitations of methodologies; data and calculation methods.

IHS - BRE Press «Market: Fire April 2011: 297x210: 82pp Pb: 978-1-84806-152-1: £45.00

E-mail: for more information



IHS – BRE Press «Market: Housing April 2010: 297x210: 26pp Pb: 978-1-84806-131-6: £22.50

for e-mail updates in your field

This BRE Trust Report provides practical information on how to achieve higher BREEAM and Code for Sustainable Homes ratings and improve the sustainability of assessed buildings.

IHS - BRE Press «Market: Sustainable Building Design April 2011: 297x210: 58pp Pb: 978-1-84806-149-1: £35.00

Vacant Dwellings in England

Virginia Cinquemani and Josephine Prior eBooks are only available to order online

200 building 3rd Edition

2nd Edition

New Aspects of Quantity Surveying Practice

Programming and Scheduling Techniques

Duncan Cartlidge, Construction Procurement Consultant, UK

Thomas Uher, University of New South Wales, Australia and Zantis Adam

‘An essential guide for all surveying professionals’ – RICS Business

This textbook focuses on the practical skills needed when planning and scheduling projects. As well as serving as a guide to best practice, a broad range of techniques are examined and compared to help readers understand their full range of options. Whilst this book will also prove invaluable as a reference for professionals, it has been written for students studying project management modules with planning content.

‘A modern classic’ – QS News As we enter the second decade of the twenty-first century, the pressures on the Quantity Surveying profession continue to change and evolve, and so the third edition of this trusted textbook includes new chapters to help students and professionals deal with the new issues they face. Material addressing issues such as procurement, IT, global markets and adding value has been updated to reflect changes in practice since the second edition. Selected Contents: 1. The Story so Far 2. A New Approach to Measurement 3. Sustainability and Procurement 4. IT Update 5. Ethical Practice at Home and Abroad 6. Delivering Added Value 7. Emerging Services 8. Sustainability Assessment and Quantity Surveying Practice Spon Press «Market: Quantity Surveying April 2011: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-58042-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58043-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85110-4: £95.00

Construction Quality Management

Selected Contents: 1.The Concept of Planning 2. Bar Charts 3. The Critical Path Method 4. Resource Management 5. Overlapping Network Models 6. Project Control 7. Critical Path Scheduling by Computer 8. Critical Chain Scheduling 9. Multiple Activity Charts 10. Line of Balance Technique 11. Work Study 12. Risk and Scheduling 13. The Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT) Spon Press «Market: Construction Management / Project Management April 2011: 234x156 Hb: 978-0-415-60168-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-60169-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83600-2: £95.00

Principles and Practice Paul Watson, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Tim Howarth, Northumbria University, UK Written in line with the ISO 9001:2008 standard, this textbook provides a comprehensive evaluation of quality management systems and tools for construction. Their effectiveness in achieving project objectives is explored, as well as applications in corporate performance enhancement. Both the strategic and operational dimensions of quality assurance are addressed by focusing on providing models of best practice.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Selected Contents: 1. An Overview of the Key Theorists and Quality Philosophy 2. Measuring Project and Corporate Performance 3. BS EN ISO 9001: 2008 4. Total Quality Management and the European Foundation for the Quality Management Excellence Model 5. Quality and Environmental Management Systems 6. Developing a Learning Organisational Culture 7. Quality Management for Health and Safety on Construction Projects Spon Press «Market: Construction Management April 2011: 234x156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-56910-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56911-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85966-7: £90.00

building 201 Green Buildings and the Law * Edited by Julie Adshead, Salford Law School, UK

New Perspectives on Construction in Developing Countries

Series: CIB

Edited by George Ofori, National University of Singapore

Legislation and regulation are driving green development and compliance in a wide variety of ways. This international review of the law in key jurisdictions for the research community, lawyers, the construction industry and government examines some of the mechanisms in place – from the more traditional building regulation controls to green leases and the law relating to buildings and their natural environment.

Series: CIB

Selected Contents: 1. Emissions from Buildings 2. Green Leases 3. Emissions from Buildings 4. Energy efficiency requirements of buildings under the Australian Building Code 5. Residential Buildings and the Urban Green Environment 6. Building regulations 7. Overview of Malaysian Legislation 8. Indoor air quality 9. Law and policy initiatives for sustainable buildings in Singapore 10. Green Buildings and the Law in Taiwan 11. The South African Constitution: Implications for the Built Environment

Selected Contents: 1. Strategic Overview 2. Changes in Societies and Economies 3. Construction Industry Development 4. Construction in the Economy and its Role in Socio-Economic Development 5. The Informal Sector of the Construction Industry 6. Construction Project Performance in Developing Countries 7. Human Resource Development in Construction 8. Technology Development and Innovation 9. Materials Development 10. Contractor Development 11. The Consulting Firms in Developing Countries 12. Institution Building in Construction Industries in Developing Countries

Spon Press «Market: Construction Law April 2011: 234x156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-55926-3: £70.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86680-1: £70.00

Though the challenges confronting the construction industry in developing countries have grown, current research rarely presents effective solutions. This book focuses on the generic subjects relating to the construction industry in developing countries, and provides an up-to-date insight into important new concepts and issues.

Spon Press «Market: Construction Management and Economics May 2011: 234x156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-58572-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84734-3: £75.00

Environmental engineering textbook

2nd edition

Introduction to Renewable Energy Renewable Energy Yearbook 2011 Vaughn C. Nelson, West Texas A&M University, Canyon, Texas, USA

Renergy FNP

Series: Energy and the Environment

The Brazilian Renewable Energy Yearbook: Renergy, Second Edition maps out the renewable energy sector in Brazil, identifying potential, obstacles, and perspectives. Besides covering the now traditional ethanol and biodiesel, this book presents a structured and holistic vision of an economic sector that will create profound transformation in the global economy. Renowned professionals have written technical articles on the role of biomass, small hydroelectric plants, and wind and solar energy in Brazil’s energy matrix. The book also discusses other points, such as logistical challenges and investments in land for greenfield projects. It includes information and analysis on biofuels, carbon credits, and governmental policy on other continents, concluding with energetic analysis. The Renewable Energy Yearbook 2011 is available as a hardback edition or as CD-ROM.

An overview of renewable energy, this textbook covers source, resource assessment, and application. It includes solar thermal, photovoltaics, concentrating collectors, wind energy, geothermal energy, biomass energy, mini hydro, and ocean waves, tides, and currents. The text covers large and small systems for generation of electricity, including village power. It also examines institutional issues such as policies, legislation, regulations and environmental issues and considers economic analyses of the different renewable energies. It includes end of chapter questions and a solutions manual is available upon qualifying course adoption. for e-mail updates in your field


CRC Press «Market: Energy Science & Engineering June 2011: 297x210: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-66769-2: £210.00 CD-ROM: 978-0-415-66770-8: £178.00

E-mail: for more information



CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering March 2011: 235x156: 394pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3449-7: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3450-3: £49.99

Agra FNP Research, São Paulo, Brazil eBooks are only available to order online

202 Environmental engineering

Renewable Energy Yearbook 2010 Ecological Assessment Renergy FNP of Selenium in the Agra FNP Research, São Paulo, Brazil Aquatic Environment This specialized yearbook maps out the renewable energy sector in Brazil, identifying potential, obstacles, and perspectives. It offers objective and exclusive data on renewable energy (ethanol, biodiesel, biogas, vegetable carbon, wind power, solar power, hydroelectric power, and more) and provides historical series related to production, prices, and comparisons with fossil fuels (gasoline, liquified gas from petroleum). It also presents expert articles and a structured and holistic vision on how renewable energy will create profound transformations in the global economy. This is a multidisciplinary strategic instrument for energy and agricultural scientists and engineers, consultants, investors, policymakers, and energy users. The Renewable Energy Yearbook 2010 is available as a hardback edition or as CD-ROM.

Edited by Peter M. Chapman, Golder Associates, Canada, William J. Adams, Rio Tinto, Salt Lake City, Utah, USA, Marjorie Brooks, University of Wyoming, Laramie, USA, Charles G. Delos, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., USA, Samuel N. Luoma, U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, California, USA, William A. Maher, University of Canberra, Australia, Harry M. Ohlendorf, CH2M HILL Inc., Sacramento, California, USA, Theresa S. Presser, U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, California, USA and Patrick Shaw, Environmental Canada, Canada Filled with practical guidance and concise information, this book offers the latest assessment techniques for the aquatic environment, gives the current state of contamination in industrialized countries, and raises awareness for developing nations. It describes experiment design for information on aquatic effects and trophic transfer of selenium, presents numerous case studies, and gives insight on possible contamination of current and future ecosystems.

CRC Press «Market: Energy Science & Engineering December 2010: 297x210: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-66763-0: £210.00 CD-ROM: 978-0-415-66766-1: £178.00

The Dark Side of Green The Unintended Consequences of the Climate Change Movement

CRC Press May 2010: 235x156: 368pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2677-5: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2678-2: £82.00

Gary S. Moore, Harvard University, Boston, Massachusetts, USA Applying science to the politically charged global warming debate, this text incorporates the work of scholars from around the world who address the issue without institutional bias. It presents evidence concluding that climate change is moderate and predominantly a natural process, that predictions of destructive warming are unreliable, and that the economic and humanitarian costs of trying to reverse climate change are certain to cause unprecedented human suffering. The book includes real climatology data and CO 2 levels over tens of thousands of years. It also includes high-end graphics and relevant links to federal, state, and professional sites.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


CRC Press August 2011: 235x156: 208pp Pb: 978-1-4398-0061-4: £38.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0062-1: £38.99

Environmental Engineering 203 Mercury Pollution

Remediation and Management of Contaminated Sites

An Interdisciplinary Overview

Steven Wuerz, South Dakota School of Mines & Technology/Delft University, the Netherlands

Edited by Michael C. Newman, College of William and Mary, Gloucester Point and Sharon L. Zuber, College of William and Mary, Williamsburg, Virginia, USA Using mercury pollution as an example, this book illustrates the interdisciplinary approach required for solving environmental problems. It explains the details of the natural cycling of mercury in and on the earth and discusses how humans have dramatically disrupted its exchange among the earthís soil, air, and water. The chapters discuss history, media, and politics in relation to mercury and contain links to established websites with specific resources for readers. Also included are smaller case studies, such as the Minamata tragedy, fish consumption, and international treaties. CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3384-1: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3388-9: £57.99

This book presents a complete demonstration of what needs to be done for contaminated sites, from analyzing a site’s potential economic value and the site’s contamination issues to site testing and analysis. The text explores the selection of appropriate remediation methods, the determination of ongoing risks and limitations of a remediated site, site reclamation, new uses for remediate sites, and reporting documentation. The author also covers VOCs, radiochemicals (radon), biologicals, and other soil and groundwater contaminants. Case studies feature examples from the US, Canada, the UK, and The Netherlands. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering June 2011: 235x156: 450pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2601-0: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2602-7: £76.99



ONLINE for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



USING THE URLS BELOW EACH LISTING eBooks are only available to order online

204 ergonomics & human factors 2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Handbook of Human Factors in Web Design

Human Error in Medicine Marilyn Sue Bogner, Institute for the Study of Human Error, Bethesda, Maryland

Edited by Kim-Phuong L. Vu, California State University, Long Beach, USA and Robert W. Proctor, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana, USA

Series: Human Error and Safety

Series: Human Factors and Ergonomics This second edition of a bestseller provides up-to-date knowledge of human factors issues in web design. It comprehensively treats human factors research methods, design guidelines, and processes for use in developing effective websites and web-based technologies. As the first edition included 38 chapters written by over 80 distinguished scholars and practitioners, the second edition has increased the number of contributors, and added eight new chapters. The book covers new research and usability methods, accessibility and ISO guidelines, and discusses social networking and online gaming. Chapters also examine Healthcare, Data Mining, Mobile Devices, and Learning Communities. CRC Press «Market: Ergonomics and Human Factors April 2011: 279x216: 808pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2594-5: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2595-2: £191.00

While providers are most often blamed, empirical evidences shows that medical errors are due most often to a convergence of multiple contributing factors. This new edition of Human Error in Medicine presents an expanded consideration that emphasizes lessons learned not just in hospitals, but also in home care and self-care – important because of the increasing prevalence of chronic illnesses. Bringing together diverse experts, the book covers a wide range of topics including errors in the use of medical equipment, errors from fatigued decision making, latent surgical errors, medical error in the legal system and error reduction through technical advancement and improved facility design. CRC Press «Market: Ergonomics and Human Factors June 2011: 235x156: 368pp Pb: 978-0-8058-4522-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-6302-8: £28.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8058-1386-9

Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics in Consumer Product Design Edited by Waldemar Karwowski, University of Central Florida, Orlando, Marcelo Soares and Neville A. Stanton, Brunel University, Middlesex, UK Series: Ergonomics Design & Mgmt. Theory & Applications A comprehensive resource, this handbook covers consumer product research, case study, and application. It discusses the unique perspective a human factors approach lends to product design and how this perspective can be critical to success in the market place. Divided into two volumes, the handbook includes introductory and summary chapters on case study design, design methods and process, error and hazards, evaluation methods, focus groups, and more. It discusses white goods, entertainment systems, personnel audio devices, mobile phones, gardening products, computer systems, and leisure goods.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


CRC Press «Market: Ergonomics and Human Factors May 2011: 254x178: 1200pp Hb: 978-1-4200-4621-2: £121.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-4623-6: £121.00

Environmental Science



environmental science 205

6. Semi-Field Methods for the Environmental Risk Assessment of Pesticides in Soil

Environmental Management System ISO 14001: 2004

Edited by Andreas Schaeffer, Paul J. van den Brink, Fred Heimbach, Simon P. Hoy, Frank M.W. de Jong, Jorg Rombke, Martina Roß-Nickoll and Jose P. Sousa,

Syed Imtiaz Haider

Handbook of Transition with CD-ROM 2010: 229x152: 599pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2939-4: £159.00

2010: 235x156: 144pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2858-8: £76.99


7. Sick Building Syndrome and Related Illness

Toxic Chemicals

Prevention and Remediation of Mold Contamination

Thomas E. Higgins, Jayanti A. Sachdev and Stephen A. Engleman

Risk Prevention Through Use Reduction 2010: 235x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3915-7: £57.99

Edited by Walter E. Goldstein 2010: 235x156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0144-4: £82.00


8. Jet Fuel Toxicology

2nd Edition

Local Models for Spatial Analysis

Edited by Mark L. Witten, Errol Zeiger and Glenn David Ritchie 2010: 235x156: 348pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8020-9: £99.00

Christopher D. Lloyd 2010: 235x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2919-6: £57.99


9. Advanced Geoinformation Science

Coastal Lagoons

Edited by Chaowei Yang, David Wong, Qianjun Miao and Ruixin Yang

Edited by Michael J. Kennish and Hans W. Paerl

Critical Habitats of Environmental Change 2010: 254x178: 568pp Hb: 978-1-4200-8830-4: £76.99

2010: 235x156: 525pp Hb: 978-1-4398-1060-6: £95.00


10. Soil Quality Standards for Trace Elements

Vermiculture Technology Earthworms, Organic Wastes, and Environmental Management

Derivation, Implementation, and Interpretation

Edited by Clive A. Edwards, Norman Q. Arancon and Rhonda L. Sherman

Edited by Graham Merrington and Ilse Schoeters

2010: 235x156: 623pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0987-7: £76.99 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



2010: 235x156: 184pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3023-9: £76.99 eBooks are only available to order online

206 environmental science 2nd Edition

Implementing Industrial Ecology

Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies

Methodological Tools and Reflections for Constructing a Sustainable Development

Y. Anjaneyulu and Valli Manikam

Edited by Cyril Adoue, Systemes Durables, Auterive, France This book is the fruit of the author’s years of research and fieldwork undertaken at the Centre for Sustainable Development Research and Interdisciplinary Studies – Troyes University of Technology. The research and field work were concentrated on material and energy flow loops. The book is aimed at those responsible for providing a bit of substance to the objective of sustainable development. It is also aims to disseminate this information towards future caretakers of the planet who today occupy seats at universities. Science Publishers December 2010: 235x156: 166pp Hb: 978-1-57808-700-6: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-6234-6: £57.99

The Second Edition of Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies is designed covering basic concepts and important methodologies. It covers the prediction and assessment of impacts on soil and groundwater management, surface water management, biological Environment, air environment, the impact of noise on the environment, and of socio-economic and human health impacts. This new edition contains an additional chapter on environmental risk assessment and risk management, a chapter on the application of remote sensing and GIS in EIA and a chapter with EIA case studies. All in a clear style, it presents the fundamentals of EIA and how to apply these in practice. This volume is intended for a global audience of advanced students and practitioners in environmental management and planning. CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering March 2011: 246x174: 428pp Hb: 978-0-415-66556-8: £76.99

Arsenic – Natural and Anthropogenic

Labor and Employment Issues for the Safety Professional

Biology and Management of White-Tailed Deer

Edited by Jörg Matschullat, Technical University, Bergakademie, Freiberg, Germany and Eleonora Deschamps, Fundacao Estadual do Meio Ambiente (FEAM), Minas Gerais, Brazil

Thomas D. Schneid, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, USA

Edited by David G. Hewitt, Caesar Kleberg Wildlife Research Institute, Texas A&M University, USA

Series: Arsenic in the environment This work is resulting from a large interdisciplinary research project (1998-2007) with contributions from specialists in the field. The first part of the book reviews the current knowledge of Arsenic behaviour in the environment (global biogeochemical cycles), toxicology, remediation techniques, immobilization technologies and environmental legislation. The second part uses the research project as a significant case study for mining-related arsenic problems. The third and last part discusses mitigation and remediation technologies and approaches such as environmental education, hygiene training, backed by real experience and successful implementation in the region. I. Arsenic in the environment, toxicology and remediation; II. Iron Quadrangle, ARSENEX project and related perceptions; III. From air, water and soil to the human body; IV. Solutions and outlook – meeting the challenges. CRC Press February 2011: 246x174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-54928-8: £78.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09322-1: £78.99

Series: Occupational Safety & Health Guide Series CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 328pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2020-9: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2021-6: £57.99

2nd Edition

Biological Invasions Economic and Environmental Costs of Alien Plant, Animal, and Microbe Species Edited by David Pimentel, Ph.D., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, USA A revised, expanded, and updated second version to the successful Biological Invasions: Economic and Environmental Costs of Alien Plant, Animal, and Microbe Species , this reference discusses how non-native species invade new ecosystems and the subsequent economic and environmental effects of these species. With nine new chapters, this text provides detailed information on the major components of the invasive-species problem from six continents, including impacts on human health and livestock. The book examines ways in which non-native species destroy vital crops and forests; damage ecosystem dynamics, which leads to plant and animal biodiversity losses; and cause soil erosion and water loss.

Sponsored by the Quality Deer Management Association, this book is the first comprehensive reference in more than 20 years on the whitetailed deer, the most studied large mammal species in the world. It covers the evolutionary history of the species; its anatomy, physiology, and nutrition; population dynamics; and ecology across its vast range. The text also presents a history of management beginning with Native Americans and progressing through management by Europeans, population lows in the early 1900s, restocking efforts through the mid-1900s, growing populations through the late 1900s, to a species that is overabundant and becoming difficult to manage. CRC Press June 2011: 254x178: 736pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0651-7: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0652-4: £76.99

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


CRC Press May 2011: 254x178: 392pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2990-5: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2991-2: £76.99/17 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-0836-9

environmental science 207 Drought and Climate Change A Rural Australian Perspective, Adaptation, and Social Impact Daniela Anna Stehlik, Charles Darwin University, Australia Written with US drought researchers in mind, this text links Australia’s drought experience with the predicted impact of climate change around the world by exploring how rural communities adapt to climate stress. It illustrates the intersection of physical and social processes by examining the impact of Australia’s rainfall deficit on population density, resource use, and land management practices. While it focuses on some of the physical science aspects of climate change in Australia, its main focus lays on the management aspects. Complete with real-world examples, the book includes advice on possible adaption strategies. CRC Press May 2011: 229x152: 210pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4545-5: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4546-2: £63.99

Economic Incentives for Stormwater Control

Sustainable Agriculture and New Biotechnologies

Edited by Hale W. Thurston, US EPA, Cincinnati, Ohio, USA

Edited by Noureddine Benkeblia, University of the West Indies, Jamaica

Focusing on the economic tools available for stormwater runoff control, this book addresses a huge knowledge gap from a policy perspective. Case studies illustrate the application of various incentives, including tradable credits, fees with rebates, and auction mechanisms. The text presents the theory behind the different mechanisms used and highlights obstacles to implementation. The contributors are primarily concerned with the socio-demographic and economic aspects of people’s participation in stormwater runoff control.

Series: Advances in Agroecology

CRC Press June 2011: 229x152: 224pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4560-8: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4561-5: £63.99

Focusing on the use of new biotechnologies to create more sustainable agriculture within the framework of global environmental changes, this book is the first reference to highlight developments in molecular biology and genetic engineering. It discusses new emerging technologies such as metabolomics, metagenomics, nutrigenomics and more recently ionomics, and their translation to agricultural research and productive technologies. An international team of experts from 12 countries present concrete examples of the use of omics technologies in food production systems and their application to soil-plant-environment interactions. CRC Press June 2011: 254x178: 560pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2504-4: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2505-1: £82.00

gis & remote sensing Hyperspectral Remote Sensing of Vegetation

Global Navigation Satellite Systems

Edited by Prasad S. Thenkabail, U.S. Geological Survey, USA, John G. Lyon, Clifton, Virginia, USA and Alfredo Huete, University of Technology, Australia

Insights into GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, Compass and Others Basudeb Bhatta Specifically designed as an introductory reference text, this volume provides a thorough coverage of the basic principles and techniques of GNSS. It starts with the history and basic concepts and subsequently provides an extensive coverage on every GNSS constellation, GNSS signals, errors and accuracy issues, positioning methods, augmentations, satellite geodesy, and GNSS receivers. It also presents a wide spectrum of GNSS applications and practical issues involved in surveying, mapping, and navigation. Written in a clear style and including advanced topics, a detailed glossary, guidance on surveying, mapping and navigation along with numerous references, this volume is of use to students, researchers and professionals. It will specifically benefit those in geoinformatics, navigation, civil, construction, naval, aviation and transportation engineering working with GNSS for natural resources, agricultural and environmental information, geosciences and geography.

With contributions from international experts in hyperspectral data, this book demonstrates the experience, utility, methods, and models used in studying terrestrial vegetation using hyperspectral data. Each chapter focuses on specific applications, reviews existing knowledge, highlights the advances made, and provides guidance for appropriate use of hyperspectral data in the study of vegetation. Case studies from a variety of continents are included. Chapters also contain sections that summarize practical methods for the professional user. CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 600pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4537-0: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4538-7: £99.00 for e-mail updates in your field


E-mail: for more information



CRC Press «Market: Environmental Engineering April 2011: 246x174: 438pp Hb: 978-0-415-66560-5: £89.00 eBooks are only available to order online

208 electrical, chemical & mechanical engineering

Applied Optics Fundamentals and Device Applications

Fundamentals of Mechanics with Design Applications

Nano, MOEMS, and Biotechnology

Atila Ertas, Texas Tech University, USA

Mark A. Mentzer, US Army Aberdeen Proving Ground, Maryland, USA

During the last decade, there has been an explosion of complex problems facing engineers, and the technical knowledge and understanding in science and engineering required to attack these problems continues to rapidly evolve. Ideal as a concise reference for anyone studying to take the Fundamentals of Engineering exam, this book thoroughly covers the basic knowledge necessary for engineering design. This text contains a condensed presentation of the fundamentals of statics, dynamics, vibrations, and strength of materials necessary for engineering design. It also includes many design applications, which integrate the topics covered in this chapters.

Series: Emerging Technologies in Optical Engineering Providing an interdisciplinary look at optics technology, this book investigates the connection between nanotechnology, MOEMS, and biotechnology. It covers fundamental relationships and system applications and includes design examples and numerous useful references. The author discusses emerging technologies, such as MEMS, MOEMS, nanotechnology, biotechnology, fiber optic sensing, and integrated optics, along with specialized military applications. He uses case studies to provide a comprehensive understanding of the way in which emerging optics technologies are applied in the marketplace. CRC Press April 2011: 235x156: 424pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2906-6: £78.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2908-0: £78.99

CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 320pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4930-9: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4931-6: £49.99

2nd Edition textbook


Classical Feedback Control

Fundamentals of Sensors for Engineering and Science

With MATLAB® and Simulink Boris Lurie, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California, USA and Paul Enright, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, USA

Patrick F. Dunn, University of Notre Dame, Indiana, USA

This second edition textbook describes the design and implementation of high-performance feedback controllers for engineering systems. It emphasizes the frequency-domain design and methods based on Bode integrals, loop shaping, and nonlinear dynamic compensation. The authors include many problems and offer practical applications, illustrations, and plots with MATLAB simulation and design examples. This text contains homework problems accompanied by actual solutions. Examples include case studies and real-world situations. CRC Press May 2011: 254x178: 580pp Hb: 978-1-4398-6017-5: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-6018-2: £76.99 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8247-0370-7

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

CRC Press April 2011: 235x156: 112pp Pb: 978-1-4398-6103-5: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-6304-6: £44.99

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Series: Automation and Control Engineering

Written by the author of the popular Measurement and Data Analysis for Engineering and Science, Second Edition, this text takes a unique, practical approach to the basics of sensors and measurement, enabling readers to make informed decisions when choosing sensors for applications. The author emphasizes the underlying physics of each type of sensor and its basic characteristics and illustrates the various uses of sensors via current applications in engineering and science. The text includes examples and chapter problems and provides ancillary materials at

electrical, chemical & mechanical engineering 209

Handbook of Spin Transport and Magnetism

Introduction to Unmanned Aerial Systems

Edited by Evgeny Y. Tsymbal, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, USA and Igor Zutic, University at Buffalo, New York, USA

Richard K. Barnhart, Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas, Eric Shappee and Douglas M. Marshall, J.D., University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, USA

Albert Fert

In recent years, Unmanned Aerial Systems (UAS) have become a prominent segment of the aviation industry. From its history to future applications, this book explores the landscape of UAS. It discusses commercial and military applications, integration into the national airspace system (NAS), system functions, operational procedures, and safety concerns. It also addresses sensors, controls, automation, and a host of other relevant topics, including a survey of current and proposed U.S. and international regulations regarding UAS. This dynamic text is well-illustrated and also offers web-based resources.

Addressing spin transport and magnetism, this volume provides a balanced account of the state of the art in spintronics. It reveals how key phenomena first discovered in one class of materials, such as spin injection in metals, have been revisited decades later in other materials systems, including silicon, organic semiconductors, carbon nanotubes, graphene, and carefully engineered nanostructures. The book focuses on specific materials and structures, includes extensive cross references between chapters, and offers a historical and personal perspective of the field written by Nobel Prize laureate Albert Fert.

CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 224pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3520-3: £44.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-3521-0: £44.99

Chapman and Hall/CRC May 2011: 254x178: 1742pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0377-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0378-3: £95.00

2nd Edition textbook

Hassan Bevrani and Takashi Hiyama, both at Kumamoto University, Japan This book thoroughly explains the basic principles of power system AGC systems. It presents frequency response models, intelligent structures, and mathematical algorithms, which are used to adapt artificial intelligent control techniques for AGC issues. The author considers physical constraints and engineering aspects of AGC systems and examines most developed intelligent control strategies, using real-time simulations. With an emphasis on practical methods for computer analysis and design, the text develops appropriate concepts relative to the intelligent AGC problem in real-world power systems, rather than describing sophisticated mathematical analytical methods.


CRC Press April 2011: 235x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4953-8: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4954-5: £95.00 for e-mail updates in your field


Nuclear Systems Volume I Thermal Hydraulic Fundamentals, Second edition Neil E. Todreas, MIT, Cambridge and Mujid Kazimi Focusing on thermal hydraulic design and analysis of the nuclear core, this textbook examines nuclear systems, allowing students to develop the knowledge and design skills needed for working with the next generation of nuclear reactors. It addresses the stress integration of fluid flow and heat transfer, various reactor types, and energy source distribution. This edition covers recent nuclear reactor concepts like Generation III+ and IV reactors as well as new power cycles. It features new examples using concept parameters as well as new chapter problems. A solutions manual is available upon qualifying course adoptions. Taylor & Francis June 2011: 229x152: 736pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0887-0: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-0888-7: £76.99 Prev. Ed: 978-1-5916-9034-4

E-mail: for more information


Intelligent Automatic Generation Control eBooks are only available to order online

210 electrical, chemical & mechanical engineering

Service Delivery Platforms

Aircraft Structures

Executing Flawless Service Offerings

G. Lakshmi Narasaiah

Shyam Mardikar, Bharti Airtel Limited, India

In this textbook all Aircraft Structures related topics, such as engineering mechanics, strength of materials, theory of elasticity and Aerodynamics are covered. Aircraft structures, with emphasis on light weight, have incorporated special features such as box beams in wings, ring frames in fuselage and longitudinal stiffeners. These are designed for bending, shear and torsion loads. These are also susceptible to buckling, aero elastic deformation and fatigue. This book covers comprehensive reading material for the students of Aerospace engineering. Additional study material is provided.

Series: Informa Telecoms & Media Providing readers with insight into the revolutionary pairing between PSTN and the Internet, this book covers the evolution of service plane architecture and service delivery platforms that form the backbone of emerging and possible service offerings in this converged arena. Leading experts detail the intricacies of compatibility, scalability, service delivery, and billing for these services. This perspective allows both current and future developers and managers of communication services to see service offerings from the end users’ perspective. It defines the usability and ease of adoption advantages needed to accompany any paradigm shift in the industry. Auerbach Publications «Market: Electrical Engineering June 2011: 235x156: 250pp Pb: 978-1-4200-9210-3: £49.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-9222-6: £49.99

CRC Press «Market: Mechanical Engineering April 2011: 246x174: 402pp Hb: 978-0-415-66574-2: £82.00

2nd Edition

Operation and Control in Power Systems

Distillation Control, Optimization, and Tuning

P.S.R. Murty

Fundamentals and Strategies

Operation and Control in Power Systems is an introductory course text for undergraduate students in electrical and mechanical engineering. In fifteen chapters, it deals with the operation and control of power systems, ranging from load flow analysis to economic operation, optimal load flow, unit commitment, load frequency, interconnected systems, voltage and reactive power control and advanced topics. Various models that are needed in analysis and control are discussed and presented through out the book. This second edition has been extended with mathematical support material and with methods to prevent voltage collapse. It also includes more advanced topics in power system control, such as the effect of shunt compensators, controllable VAR generation and switching converter type VAR generators.

Lanny Robbins

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

CRC Press March 2011: 235x156: 136pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5748-9: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-5800-4: £95.00

D +44 (0)1235 400525


CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering April 2011: 246x174: 428pp Pb: 978-0-415-66565-0: £76.99

With a focus on the fundamentals and strategies of distillation columns, this book covers the process variables for continuous distillation columns, as well as four basic control strategies and the typical cases in which they are used. The author defines the inlet and outlet streams and process variables for a distillation column and then explains the overall concept of the separation and purification that is performed. Performance and product quality are described in terms of specification requirements, and tools and techniques for the optimization of quality performance are provided. Figures and graphs are included within the reference to illustrate concepts.

electrical, chemical & mechanical engineering 211 Biologically Inspired Robotics Edited by Yunhui Liu, The Chinese University of Hong Kong and Dong Sun, City University of Hong Kong, Kowloon Based on a selection of speeches from the 2009 IEEE International Conference on Robotics and Biomimetics , this reference presents information on cutting-edge research in the field. The 16 chapters, rewritten from the speeches to include extra detail and analysis, cover robotic design, micro/nano robots for bio-systems and biomedicine, and biological measurement and actuation. A section on cybernetics is included as well. Written for graduate students and researchers in control engineering and robotics, this text helps the reader understand research trends and future development of bio-robotics and biologically inspired robot design. It includes a wealth of figures and hundreds of equations. CRC Press June 2011 Hb: 978-1-4398-5488-4: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-5497-6: £63.99

Digital Imaging for Cultural Heritage Preservation

Guidance of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles

Analysis, Restoration, and Reconstruction of Ancient Artworks

Rafael Yanushevsky, Research & Technology Consulting, Bethesda, MD

Filippo Stanco, Sebastiano Battiato and Giovanni Gallo, both at University of Catania, Italy

Based on the Lyapunov-Bellman approach, this book explains how to choose optimal parameters of guidance laws. It focuses on the physical interpretation of obtained mathematical expressions. It compares practical application of newer and existing guidance laws, focusing on boost-phase intercept systems, especially airborne interceptors for such systems. To address a wide range of guidance problems for unmanned aerial vehicles, the author formulates a more general guidance problem and develops corresponding laws. The text also discusses the obstacle avoidance problem for UAVs and develops algorithms to deal with the issue.

Series: Digital Imaging and Computer Vision This edition presents the most prominent topics and applications of digital image processing, analysis, and computer graphics in the field of cultural heritage preservation. The text assumes prior knowledge of digital image processing and computer graphics fundamentals. Each chapter contains a table of contents, illustrations, and figures that elucidate the presented concepts in detail, as well as a chapter summary and a bibliography for further reading. Well-known experts cover a wide range of topics and related applications, including spectral imaging, automated restoration, computational reconstruction, digital reproduction, and 3D models. CRC Press May 2011: 235x156: 544pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2173-2: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-2174-9: £89.00

Chemical Thermodynamics and Information Theory with Applications Chemical thermodynamics is at a juncture. Today, much of chemical science is assisted by digital computation weighted toward both industry and information, but current studies of thermodynamics do not reflect this. This book provides a fresh look at by detailing how thermodynamic transformations are grounded upon the insights derived from an intimate knowledge of modern information theory. Going beyond classical thermodynamics and information theory, the text explores the fusion of molecular information and electronic structure theory, non-equilibrium and finite time thermodynamics, quantum computation, and applications of information theory to bioinformatics, proteomics, and genomics. CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 288pp Hb: 978-1-4398-2087-2: £57.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2088-9: £57.99

Modelling and Computation in Engineering Edited by Jinrong Zhu, North China Electric Power University, Baoding, China In recent years the theory and technology of modelling and computation in engineering has expanded rapidly, and has been widely applied in various kinds of engineering projects. This books collects the state-of-the-art in this emerging field, and will be much of interest to academics, leading engineers, industry researchers and scholar students in engineering and engineering-related disciplines.

Fetah Benabid, University of Bath, UK and Peter J. Roberts, Technical University of Denmark, Denmark

Edited by Gerald F. Marshall, Niles, Michigan, USA and Glenn E. Stutz, Lincoln Laser Company, Arizona, USA Series: Optical Science and Engineering The Handbook of Optical and Laser Scanning reveals the fundamentals of controlling light beam deflection, factors in image fidelity and quality, and the newest technological developments currently impacting scanner system design and applications. This highly practical reference reviews elements of laser beam characterization and describes optical systems for laser scanners, featuring a logical chapter organization, authoritative yet accessible writing, and hundreds of supporting illustrations. With contributions from 27 subject specialists from the United States, Europe, and Asia, the book affords a valuable range of perspectives as well as global coverage of optical and laser beam scanning. CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering June 2011: 254x178: 856pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0879-5: £114.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0880-1: £114.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8247-5569-0

This book discusses the unique characteristics of HC-PCF and shows how they are ideally suited for a broad range of applications, from lasers to fiber-optic sensors and power delivery. The authors examine the challenges of HC-PCF becoming the next generation of high powered fiber lasers. They elucidate the principles that underlie its ability to confine gases and light together, discussing how this property is leading to a new paradigm in the study of gas-laser interactions. The book also reveals why HC-PCFs are such an excellent platform for exploring physics of photonic bandgaps. Chapman and Hall/CRC «Market: Physics June 2011: 235x156: 352pp Hb: 978-1-4200-7896-1: £76.99 eBook: 978-1-4200-7897-8: £76.99

Integrated Microsystems Materials, MEMs, Photonics, Bio Interfaces Edited by Krzysztof Iniewski, CMOS Emerging Technologies Inc., Vancouver, British Columbia Series: Devices, Circuits, and Systems Written by experts from industry and academia around the world, this book focuses on electrical engineering and elaborates on how electrical circuits interface with biology, microfluidics, and photonics. Including only light math and physics, with greater focus on explanation, it covers integrated devices and other emerging structures required for future micro- and nanotechnologies. This material addresses physical and chemical sensing, imaging, smart actuation, and data fusion and management. Providing tables, figures, and equations to help illustrate concepts, the book’s contributors examine and explain the potential of emerging applications that are in integrated microsystems. CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering May 2011: 235x156: 425pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3620-0: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3621-7: £89.00


E-mail: for more information



for e-mail updates in your field

Fundamental and Applications

Handbook of Optical and Laser Scanning

CRC Press «Market: Civil Engineering October 2010: 246x174: 210pp Hb: 978-0-415-61516-7: £82.00 eBook: 978-0-203-82985-1: £82.00

Hollow Core Photonic Crystals Fibers

2nd Edition

Daniel J. Graham, Loyola University, Chicago, USA

CRC Press March 2011: 229x152: 365pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5095-4: £89.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-5096-1: £89.00 eBooks are only available to order online

212 electrical, chemical & mechanical engineering Logo Recognition Theory and Practice Jingying Chen, University of Edinburgh, UK, Lizhe Wang, University of Indiana, Bloomington, USA and Dan Chen, University of Birmingham, UK This book presents a logo recognition system based on line pattern features. To achieve the desired accuracy and efficiency, the system employs a conceptually simple three-stage hierarchy: polygonal approximation, indexing, and matching. In the first stage, raw logos are transformed into normalized line segment maps. In the second stage, effective line pattern features are used to index the database in order to generate a moderate number of likely models. The third stage, an improved line segment Hausdorff distance (LHD) measure, screens and generates the best matches. CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 400pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4775-6: £63.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-4785-5: £63.99

Nonsmooth Mechanics and Convex Optimization

Structural Acoustics

Yoshihiro Kanno, University of Tokyo, Japan

Joshua E. Greenspon, J G Engineering Research Associates, Baltimore, Maryland

This book presents a methodology for comprehensive treatment of nonsmooth laws in mechanics in accordance with contemporary theory and algorithms of optimization. The author deals with theory and numeiral algorithms comprehensively, providing a new perspective n nonsmooth mechanics based on contemporary optimization. Covering linear programs; semidefinite programs; second-order cone programs; complementarity problems; optimality conditions; Fenchel and Lagrangian dualities; algorithms of operations research, and treating cable networks; membranes; masonry structures; contact problems; plasticity, this is an ideal guide of nonsmooth mechanics for graduate students and researchers in civil and mechanical engineering, and applied mathematics. CRC Press «Market: Mechanical Engineering March 2011: 235x156: 445pp Hb: 978-1-4200-9423-7: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-9424-4: £82.00

Micro- and Nanoscale Phenomena in Tribology Edited by Yip-Wah Chung, Northwestern University, USA Based on presentations at the NSF Summer Institute on Nanomechanics, Nanomaterials, and Micro/Nanomanufacturing, this book presents the fundamentals of micro- and nanoscale phenomena associated with the tribological interface. Topics covered in the text include mechanics, surface science, state-of-the-art simulation, and experimental approaches. Expert contributors from research and academia examine the effects of surface roughness, as well as chemical interactions related to friction and wear performance. They also address mechanical contact and lubrication issues. Molecular dynamics simulations illustrate nanoscale and microscale phenomena as they relate to real-world tribology phenomena. CRC Press June 2011: 235x156: 232pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3922-5: £95.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3923-2: £95.00

Powder Metallurgy Science, Technology, and Materials Anish Upadhyaya and Gopal Shankar Upadhyaya, both at IIT, Kanpur, India

Pervasive Communications Handbook Edited by Syed Ijlal Ali Shah, Freescale Semiconductors, Austin, Mohammad Ilyas, Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, USA and Hussein T. Mouftah, University of Ottawa, Canada A resource for the future of communication, this handbook on pervasive communication is designed for the quickly arriving time when we will be continuously connected to one another, and the exchange of information will dramatically impact all aspects of our daily life, including healthcare, education, commerce, and socialization. Serving as a comprehensive reference with contributions from dozens of pioneering experts, in addition to an extensive introduction, this resource will offer multi-authored sections on enabling technologies, applications and services, location and mobility management, and privacy and trust. Bibliographic information will provide the opportunity for further research.

Deterministic and Random Phenomena

Building on classic works in the field, this book provides a better understanding of sound radiation in air and water. It first presents the fundamental relations of beams and plates and then develops the analysis for random loading, which can also be applied to geophysical phenomena and viscoelastic media. The author includes methods for solving problems of built-up systems, discusses random structural acoustics, and offers computer programs on a CD-ROM. CRC Press April 2011: 235x156: 303pp Hb: 978-1-4398-3093-2: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3094-9: £82.00

Thermal Measurements and Inverse Techniques Edited by Helcio R.B. Orlande, Olivier Fudym, Denis Maillet and Renato M. Cotta, UFRJ, Brazil Series: Heat Transfer The use of inverse problems constitutes a new research paradigm in which groups of theoretical, computational, and experimental researchers synergistically interact to better understand the physical phenomena being studied. This book presents a comprehensive research-based survey of modern inverse techniques and their applications to engineering heat transfer. Written by top-notch contributors, the text provides a concise, single-source reference on the mathematical modeling, measurements, and solution of inverse problems in heat transfer. It covers topics such as multiscale modeling, thermophysical properties, heat flux, and temperature measurements. CRC Press «Market: Mechanical Engineering May 2011: 254x178: 720pp Hb: 978-1-4398-4555-4: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-4556-1: £99.00

CRC Press «Market: Electrical Engineering June 2011: 235x156: 725pp Hb: 978-1-4200-5109-4: £82.00 eBook: 978-1-4200-5110-0: £82.00

Since the 1920s, modern powder metallurgy has been used to produce a wide range of structural powder metallurgy components, self-lubricating bearings, and cutting tools. The conventional method involves the production of metal powders and the manufacture of useful objects from such powders by die compaction and sintering. Powder injection molding permits the production of stronger, more uniform, and more complex powder metallurgy parts. A detailed discussion of powder metallurgy materials and products is given in this book.

order now!

( +44 (0)1235 400524

D +44 (0)1235 400525


Universities Press November 2010: 235x187: 536pp Hb: 978-1-4398-5746-5: £108.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-5747-2: £108.00

industrial engineering & management 213 2nd Edition


Loss Control Auditing

Risk Assessment, Epidemiology, and Health Effects

A Guide for Conducting Fire, Safety, and Security Audits

Edited by Ronald F. Dodson, ERI Consulting, Inc., & University of Texas at Tyler, USA and Samuel P. Hammar, Diagnostic Specialties Laboratory, Bremerton, Washington, USA

E. Scott Dunlap

While there are hundreds of books available on many different aspects of asbestos, none contain the encyclopedic, comprehensive coverage found in this book. Edited by leading authorities, with contributions from specialists and leaders in their respective fields, this volume provides a cross-disciplinary approach and an authoritative review of asbestos research. The coverage spans history, pathology, epidemiology, sampling, analysis, and regulatory issues. Offering state-of-the-art data on asbestos exposure and the resultant development of disease, the book provides coverage sufficient for specialists and researchers but also useful anyone having to deal with asbestos-related problems. CRC Press June 2011: 254x178: 768pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0968-6: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0971-6: £99.00 Prev. Ed: 978-0-8493-2829-9

Series: Occupational Safety & Health Guide Series A comprehensive resource for those developing and executing a loss control audit program, this book comes at the material from three perspectives: Workplace safety, physical security, and life safety and fire service. Written for professionals in loss prevention and safety management as well as those studying the field, this reference includes core auditing issues that are addressed in the mainstream by loss control professionals and provides insight on the implementation of an auditing program within organizations. It illustrates audit scoring methodologies and presents sample audit formats for reader understanding and future use. CRC Press «Market: Environmental and Occupational Health and Safety April 2011: 235x156: 252pp Pb: 978-1-4398-2886-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-1-4398-2887-8: £31.99

Electrolytic In-Process Dressing (ELID) Technologies

Learning Curves

Fundamentals and Applications

Edited by Mohamad Y. Jaber, Ryerson University, Canada Series: Industrial Innovation A contributed work covering advances in learning curve research theory and applications, this book draws a learning map to demonstrate where learning is involved within organizations and how it can be sustained, perfected, and accelerated. It reviews developments in research and explores the learningquality relationship. The text explains how to improve learning curves using the Earned Value Method (EVM) and through the design of thinking systems. It also offers a chapter that reviews the Forgetting Curves.

Edited by Hitoshi Ohmori, Materials Fabrication Laboratory,